Electrical Safety Code Bulletins 2009

Bulletins
Copyright by Paperless (all rights reserved)

Reproduction authorized per License Agreement with Kimberly Murphy (AKDG) 5/19/2011 2:59:17 PM
Electrical Safety Authority
Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Bulletins
Page 1 of 4
Whats New - May 2011
Bulletins
All changes in the bulletins are Italic underlined and have been marked with a vertical line in the left margin.
Updated/New Bulletins please replace/ insert as indicated.
New Bulletin Replaces
Bulletin
Title Change
0-3-4 0-3-3 Errors and omissions in 2009 On-
tario Electrical Safety Code
Updated
8-3-6 8-3-5 Services and feeders for residen-
tial occupancies
Re-formulated to clarify application
of Rules 8-200 & 8-202.
Added Q&A about back-to-back
townhomes classifed as Single
Dwellings
26-18-5 26-18-4 Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI)
in sleeping facilities of a dwelling
unit
Clarifed dwelling room classifcation
for the purpose of applying Rule 26-
722(f) regarding AFCI protection for
bedroom receptacles
30-12-0 Luminaires in buildings of residen-
tial occupancies
50-1-1 50-1-0 Installation of Solar Photovoltaic
Systems
Deleted content of paragraph (4)
about voltage rating of photovoltaic
circuit and added a reference to new
bulletin 50-3-0
50-3-0 Voltage rating of a photovoltaic
source circuit
68-7-7 68-7-6 Swimming pool, hot tub and spa
installations
Added answers for frequently asked
questions
GI-2-5 GI-2-4 Telephone Listing Updated
Flash Notices
There will no longer be a paper edition of the Flash Notices. A complete listing and a full release of the Flash
Notices are available thru the ESAs Website www.esasafe.com and the CD version of the Bulletins
Index
11-01-FL Damage to Underground Conductors during Excavation-Customer Owned Services
Page 2 of 4
Safety Alerts
There will no longer be a paper edition of the Safety Alerts. A complete listing and a full release of the Safety
Alerts are available thru the ESAs Website www.esasafe.com and the CD version of the Bulletins
Index
10-23-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns of Unapproved Straightening Irons
11-01-AL Intertek warns of Incredible Nails Set Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark
11-02-AL UL Warns of Class 2 Power Units Bearing Unauthorized UL Marks
11-03-AL UL Warns of Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) Elbows and Bends With Inadequate Corrosion
Protection
11-04-AL Intertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of Turboion Croc Designer Ceramic Ball Hair
Dryer
11-05-AL UL Warns of Electric Signs with Unauthorized UL Marks
11-06-AL ESA warns Consumers and Chiropractic Professionals of Unapproved Chiropractic
Equipment
11-07-AL Intertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of HerStyler products bearing an Unauthorized
cETLus Certifcation Mark
11-08-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about LED Pool Lights Sold by Executive
Pools & Spas
11-09-AL UL Warns of Hair Straightener Flat Iron with Unauthorized UL Marks for Canada
Page 3 of 4
Recalls
There will no longer be a paper edition of the Recalls. A complete listing and a full release of the recalls are
available thru the ESAs Website www.esasafe.com
Index
RCL10-61 The Home Depot Canada Recalls Holiday Light Strings Due to the Potential Risk for Shock or
Fire
RCL10-62 Diogen Lighting Recalls Westinghouse LED String Lights Sold by Zellers Due to the Potential
Risk for Shock or Fire.
RCL10-63 XS Cargo Recalls Electric Food Slicer
RCL10-64 UPM Marketing Recalls Line Voltage Thermostats
RCL10-65 Ryobi Recalls RTS20 Ten-Inch, Portable Table-Saw Due to Injury Hazard
RCL10-66 Extech Instruments Corporation Recalls Clamp Meters and Multimeters due to Shock Hazard
RCL10-67 Haier America Trading, L.L.C. Recalls Chest Freezer Sold in US Only Due to Fire
Hazard
RCL10-68 American Tack and Hardware Co. Inc. (AmerTac) Recalls Forever-Glo Cylinder Nite Lites Due
to Fire and Burn Hazard
RCL11-01 Cilek Canada Recalls Biconcept Racecar Bed
RCL11-02 Wal-Mart Canada Corp. Recalls Durabrand Panini Maker Due to Laceration Hazard
RCL11-03 Wal-Mart Canada Corp. Recalls Durabrand Sandwich Maker Due to Laceration Hazard
RCL11-04 Sonias Salon & Spa Systems Recalls Spa Equipment
RCL11-05 Wal-Mart Stores Inc. Recalls Electric Heaters Due to Fire and Burn Hazard
RCL11-06 Makita Recalls Portable Gas Generators Due to Fire Hazard
RCL11-07 Schneider Electric Recalls Xantrex GT Series Single-Phase Grid Tie Solar Inverters
RCL11-08 Metal Ware Recalls Food Dehydrator Due To Fire Hazard
RCL11-09 Hoover Inc. Recalls WindTunnel Bagless Canister Vacuums
RCL11-10 AmerTac Recalls Night Lights Due to Fire and Burn Hazard
RCL11-11 Canadian Tire Voluntarily Recalls the Yardworks 950W Generator
RCL11-12 Schneider Electric Canada recalls 9001SKRU Multi-Speed Push Button Units due to the
possibility of Misoperation
RCL11-13 Guangdong Kelon Air-Conditioner Co., Ltd. Recalls Dehumidifer Due to Fire Hazard
RCL11-14 Groupe SEB Canada Inc. Recalls T-fal Maxi Fry Deep Fryer Due to Potential Fire Hazard
RCL11-15 Liebherr Recalls Built-In Refrigerators Due to Injury Hazard; Door Can Detach
RCL11-16 R.E Royal Trading Inc. recalls Curling Irons and Flat Irons
RCL11-17 Ontario Natural Food Co-op Recalls Blues Buster Light Bulbs (incandescent and compact
fuorescent)
Specs
A full release of the Specs will be available thru the ESAs Website www.esasafe.com
Page 4 of 4
How to Use These Bulletins
What are they?
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code is a regulation that applies to all types of electrical installations. Unavoid-
ably, it is sometimes written in a general fashion. Differences of opinion arise on how one should interpret the
code for specifc circumstances. Bulletins are interpretations of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
How to use and Ie them?
Most of the interpretations apply to a specifc rule or group of rules which are identifed in specifc bulletins.
Many users fnd it helpful to mark that rule in their code with a special mark (e.g., a B for bulletin) to remind
them there is an interpretation issued concerning that rule. To assist, we have added the Rule number and
Ontario Electrical Safety Code page to the titles.
How wouId I recognize a change from what was in the previous BuIIetins?
Please refer to the table on the front page as it lists the changes for each bulletin. All changes in the bulletins
are Italic and underlined. In addition, there will be a vertical line in the left margin beside those portions that
have changed since the bulletins were last issued.
What is the signicance of the buIIetin numbers?
Using Bulletin 4 7 4 as an example, the frst number (4) signifes the bulletin concerns Section 4 of the code.
The second number signifes the bulletin is the 7th ever written concerning Section 4. Some became obso-
lete, and thus there are gaps in the sequence of this middle number. The Index contains an up-to-date list of
bulletins in effect. The third number (4) signifes the bulletin is the fourth revision of this particular Bulletin.
Where a bulletin references another bulletin like 4-7-4, the last digit will show as an asterisk * ie: 4-7-*. This
is done to indicate the reference is to the latest edition of bulletin 4-7-4*.
i Electrical Safety Authority
Contents
Electrical Inspection Bulletins May 2011
Bulletin
Number
Title Date Reference Rule
Section 0
0-3-4 Errors and Omissions in 2009 Ontario
Electrical Safety Code
May-11 Update
Section 2
2-3-13 Inspection process May-09 2-004, 2-005
2-5-3 Circuit identifcation May-09 2-100(3)
2-7-27 Approval of electrical equipment Jan-10 2-022, 2-024
2-8-6 Combustible electrical wiring and cables May-09 2-126
2-9-4 Working space about electrical
equipment
April-10 2-308, 2-310
2-10-7 Electrical equipment near combustible
gas equipment
Jan-10 2-322
2-11-18 Plans and specifcations Oct-10 2-010
2-12-9 Traffc signal systems April-10 2-024(3), 10-400, 10-404, 12-526,
12-1122, 12-1166, 12-1514 and
16-200
2-14-5 Guidelines on reporting serious electrical
accidents
May-09 2-007
2-15-1 ESA inspection requirements for fre
alarm systems
May-09 2-003, 2-004
2-16-2 Appeals under the OESC process July-09 2-018
2-18-1 dentifcation of electrical installations (i.e.
buildings, lots and services)
May-09 2-004(5)
2-19-2 Panel board and breaker replacement May-09 2-034
2-20-1 Shock and arc fash protection May-09 2-306
2-21-0 Electrical installations that are not
compliant with the Ontario Electrical
Safety Code
July-09 2-018, 2-030
Section 4
4-3-6 Sizing of neutral conductors July-09 4-022
4-5-10 dentifcation and colouring of insulated
conductors and cables
May-09 4-028, 4-030, 4-036
4-7-8 Cable ampacities May-09 4-004
4-8-4 Diesel locomotive, industrial motor lead
cable (DLO)
May-09 4-006
4-11-2 Size of cables in underground services May-09 4-004 and 14-104
Section 6
6-1-13 Consumers services May-09 6-206, 6-300, 6-312, and 2-130
ii Electrical Safety Authority
6-3-5 Dual lugged and multiple meter mounting
bases
May-09 6-104, 6-200
6-5-1 Service to public transit shelters,
telephone booths, signs, CATV amplifers
and etc.
May-09 6-200, 6-206
6-7-3 Hot splitters/Tapping existing services July-10 6-200, 6-212 and 12-3032
6-8-1 Transformer rated, meter mounting
equipment
May-09 6-100
Section 8
8-3-6 Services and feeders for residential
occupancies
May-11 8-200, 8-202
8-4-1 Feeder sizing for portable classrooms May-09 8-204
Section 10
10-10-5 Grounding of the neutral of a generator May-09 10-204(1)(c) and 10-206(2)
10-11-4 Grounding electrodes and conductors May-09 10-700, 75-406
10-14-5 Bonding of non-electrical equipment July-10 10-400, 10-406 and 10-814
10-15-1 System grounding in a meter base May-09 10-204 and 10-812
10-16-1 Grounding & bonding requirements for
deep well submersible pumps installed in
wells with metal casings
May-09 10-700 and 26-954(d)
10-17-2 Entry of system ground conductors into
service entrance rated combination panel
boards
May-09 10-806
10-18-1 Grounding the primary side neutral on
wye-delta connection
May-09 10-106
10-20-2 Grounding of portable generators May-09 10-204 and 10-206
10-21-1 Clarifcation of grounding conductor size Jan-10 10-812 and 10-702
10-22-0 Requirements for converting a delta
service to a grounded wye service
Oct-10 10-204, 10-812, 4-022, 4-026,
4-028, 14-012, 14-102
Section 12
12-2-15 Marking of underground installations and
cables for submarine use
May-09 12-012
12-7-12 Entry of single conductors to metal
enclosures
May-09 4-008, 12-3022(7) and 18-062
12-19-10 Nonmetallic sheathed cables wiring
methods
April-10 2-034, 2-200, 4-004, 12-500 to
12-526 and 12-3012
12-20-2 Wiring for log type construction May-09 12-100
12-21-4 Non-metallic fexible raceways May-09 12-1300, 12-1500
12-25-1 Unused Wiring (Abandoned or
Redundant)
May-09 2-126, 12-114 and 12-3000
12-26-2 Conductors over portable classrooms May-09 12-310
12-29-1 Raceways installed underground or
where moisture may accumulate
May-09 12-928(1)
12-30-2 Support of free-air vertical drops of EMT July-09 12-1404
12-31-0 Application of Appliance Wiring Material
(AWM)
Jan-10 12-100
iii Electrical Safety Authority
12-32-0 Use of RA90, ACWU90 and TECK90
Cables in Underground Raceways
Oct-10 12-614, 12-902, 12-1014 and
Table 19
Section 14
14-1-1 Conductor sizes for adjustable trip circuit
breakers
May-09 2-100 and 14-104
14-2-6 Using the primary protection of a trans-
former to protect a panel board
Jan-11 14-606, 26-256
14-4-1 Interrupting and withstanding rating May-09 14-012, 14-014 and 2-034
14-5-1 Back Feeding of moulded case circuit
breakers and panelboards
May-09 14-418
14-6-1 Ground fault protection May-09 14-102
Section 18
18-1-15 Classifcation of Hazardous Locations May-09 18-004
18-4-5 Classifcation of woodworking plants May-09 18-004
18-7-0 Hazardous locations equipment approval
requirements
May-09 18-050, 2-024, 2-034
Section 20
20-1-2 Wiring in commercial garages, repairs
and storage
May-09 20-102(5) and 20-108(2)
20-3-1 Classifcation of vehicle showrooms May-09 20-102(5)
20-4-1 Wiring methods for diesel fuel dispensers
located in hazardous areas
May-09 20-002, 20-004
20-5-1 Automotive teaching areas of educational
facilities
May-09 20-100 and 20-400
Section 22
22-1-4 Residential sewage lift pumps May-09 22-100 and 28-604
22-2-2 Wiring in Category I locations where
excessive moisture in the form of vapour
or liquid is likely to be present
May-09 Section 22
22-3-3 Electrical Equipment in Confnement
Barns
Oct-09 22-002, 22-100, 22-200-22-204,
22-300 and 22-400
22-4-0 Alternative wiring methods for sewage lift
and treatment plants
May-09 18-004 and 22-700 to 22-710
Section 24
24-1-4 Wiring in patient care areas May-09 24-104
24-2-2 Classifcation of patient care areas May-09 24-000
24-7-1 Home dialysis units located in residential
occupancies
May-09 24-106
24-8-0 Essential electrical systems and life
safety systems in patient care areas
Oct-09 24-300, 24-302, 46-002 and 46-
108(5)
Section 26
26-13-11 Receptacles in washrooms and bath-
rooms
May-09 26-700(11), 26-710(f),
26-14-4 Electric range installations May-09 26-712, 26-742 and 26-744
26-15-2 Disconnect switch location for furnaces
and ground source heat pumps
May-09 26-806, 28-604
iv Electrical Safety Authority
26-18-5 Arc fault interrupter (AFCIs) in sleeping
facilities of a dwelling unit
May-11 26-722
26-20-2 Panel boards Location, Working Space
and Mounting Height
May-09 26-402, 2-308, 2-310, and 6-206
26-22-1 Sprinklered equipment May-09 26-008
26-23-1 Receptacle requirements in kitchens of
dwelling units
Jan-10 26-712(d)
26-24-0 Heating Ventilating Air Conditioning
(HVAC) Installations
Jan-10 2-004, 12-1302, 12-610, 12-618,
12-010, 12-112, 26-750, 26-806,
28-604
26-25-0 Tamper-Resistant Receptacles April-10 26-712(g) and 26-712(h)
26-26-0 Receptacles for unfnished basements,
utility rooms and laundry rooms/areas in
residential occupancies
April-10 26-710(e), 26-720(b) and
26-720(c)
Section 28
28-1-2 Manual motor controllers May-09 28-602(3)
Section 30
30-4-9 Lighting fxtures in or on suspended ceil-
ings
Jan-10 30-302(1)
30-6-6 Installation of recessed luminaires, re-
placement surface mount luminaires
Jan-11 30-408, 30-900 to 30-910
30-11-1 Fluorescent luminaires - disconnecting
means
May-09 30-308(4)
30-12-0 Luminaires in buildings of residential
occupancy
May-11 2-034, 12-3000, 14-010, 26-722,
30-318, 30-500, 30-502 and
30-504
Section 32
32-3-4 Aerial cable for fre alarm to portable
classrooms
Jan-10 12-300 to 12-318 and 32-100
32-5-0 nstallation of fre pumps July-09 32-204, 32-206 and 32-212
Section 36
36-1-23 Plan submissions for high voltage instal-
lations
May-09 2-010 and Section 36
36-3-3 Visible isolation High potential installa-
tions
May-09 36-214
36-5-9 Isolation of live parts in stations May-09 36-110
36-6-19 The installation of tamper resistant
transformers kiosks, tamper resistant
pad mounted transformers, pad mounted
transformers and liquid flled equipment
in proximity to building
May-09 2-024, 26-010, 26-014, 26-242,
26-300 to 324, 36-006 and 36-300
to 310
36-8-7 Lightning arrester application May-09 26-500 36-000, 36-308(2)(c)
36-10-15 High voltage grounding and bounding May-09 36-300 to 36-312
36-11-4 Disconnecting means for transformers May-09 26-250, 14-402, 36-204 and 36-
208
36-12-2 Loop feeder & ring buss May-09 36-204, 36-208, 14-414, 14-502
14-506 and 26-250
v Electrical Safety Authority
36-15-4 High voltage equipment standards
/Transformer cooling fan/ Transformer
designations
May-09 36-110, 2-024(4) and 26-010
36-16-1 Cable insulation (voltage) ratings May-09 36-100
36-17-2 Disconnecting mean and overcurrent
protection for customer-owned high
voltage installations
May-09 36-000 and 36-204
Section 46
46-1-5 Emergency lighting unit equipment May-09 46-304
46-4-2 Emergency power supply wiring and
overcurrent protection
April-10 46-000, 46-108(5), and 46-206
Section 50
50-1-1 Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Systems May-11 Section 50; Rules: 84-020, 84-
024, 84-030; Tables 11 and 19
50-2-2 Grounding and bonding of solar photovol-
taic systems
Jan-11 10-102, 10-204, 10-208, 10-400,
10-702, 10-808, 10-814; Tables 16
and 17
50-3-0 Voltage rating of a photovoltaic source
circuit
May-11 50-006
Section 68
68-7-7 Swimming pool, hot tub and spa
installations
May-11 Section 68
Section 75
75-3-4 Surface attachments methods for mast
retrofts/ Overhead conductor support
Jan-11 75-324, 6-112
75-6-0 Roadway lighting systems May-09 2-024, 2-132, 8-102, 30-1002, 30-
1030, 75-002, and 75-604
Section 76
76-1-9 Temporary services Oct-09 76-008, 76-016 and 75-248(3)
Section 84
84-1-6 Interconnection of electric power
production sources
Oct-10 Section 84 and Rule 2-010
84-2-0 Renewable generation point of connec-
tion
Jan-11 14-010, 14-100, 14-414 and 14-
606
Telephone Listing
GI-2-5 Electrical Safety Authority Telephone
Listings
May-11
0-3-4
Page 1 of 5
Bulletin 0-3-4
Errors and omissions in 2009 Ontario EIectricaI Safety Code
Issued May 2011
Supersedes Bulletin 0-3-3
Scope
The intent of this Bulletin is to recognize errors and omissions in the 2009 Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
Please, mark in your Code Book.
(1) Section 10
(2) Section 12
(3) Section 14
(4) Section 18
(5) Section 58
(6) Section 75
(7) Tables
(8) Appendix B
(9) Appendix D
(10) Appendix G
(11) Appendix J
(1) Section 10
Rule 10-618
Add (see Appendix B) to title.
(2) Section 12
RuIe 12-112(5)(b)
The reference to Rule 12-112(5)(b) should read notwithstanding the requirements of Subrule (3) (4)
(3) Section 14
Rule 14-418
(4) Section 18
Rule 18-004
(5) Section 58
Rule 58-000
0-3-4
Page 2 of 5
Rule 58-300
(6) Section 75
Rule 75-604
The reference to Rules 30-100 to 30-1036 should read Rules 30-1000 to 30-1036.
Rule 75-606 (2)
The reference to as specifed in Table 10 should read as specifed in Table 19.
(7) TabIes
TabIe 17
Revise reference rules to read (See Rules 10-700 and 10-812).
TabIe 19
Under Conditions of use For service entrance above ground and Trade designation Armoured cable, refer-
ence note 16 applies to AC90, not ACWU90.
Table 19
Add Reference Note 2 to entry for Teck Cable as shown:
Table 19
Allowable temperature for Type ACIC and SW-ACIC in wet locations is 90 C:
Table 37
Delete commas after enclosed (two places)
(8) Appendix B
Appendix B note for Rule 2-102:
Replace moulded switch with moulded case switch (two places).
0-3-4
Page 3 of 5
Revise text ...levels greater then than those for...
Appendix B note for Rule 10-206, Notes to Figure 5:
In Note (a), replace [see Rule 10-206(1)(c)] with [see Rule 10-206(1)(a)(ii)]
In Note (b), replace [See Rules 10-206(3) and 10-702(b)] with [See Rule 10-702(b)]
Appendix B note for Rule 10-812
Delete one arrow in Figure 7:
Figure 7
Three-phase, 3-wire ungrounded (deIta) system
Appendix B note to Rule 14-418
The term unit refers to individual areas such as found in shopping malls, or similar areas. The term unit does
not apply to the breakdown of offce space in offce towers to accommodate various tenants.
Appendix B note for Rules 18-050 and 18-066
Temperature and gas groups table.
Note (2) should read as notes (2) and (3):
(2) This substance is not listed in IEC 60079-20.
(3) The name is incorrectly stated in IEC 60079-20 as 1,2-epoxypropene. Propyleneoxide is also
known as 1,2-epoxypropane.
Minimum ignition temperature for gasoline should read 280 C.
Delete note that reads Rule 18-150 A group of three fuses protecting.
Appendix B note to Rule 18-150(2)(e)
Revise note to read Rules 18-150(2)(e), 18-210, 18-260, 18-308, 18-358 See the Note to Rule 18-114.
0-3-4
Appendix B note
Delete note that reads Rules 18-150, 18-210, 18-260, 18-308, 18-358 See the Note to Rule 18- 114.
Appendix B
Revise title for note to rule 24-106(6) to read Rule 24-106(5).
Appendix B
Insert title Rule 24-106(1) above text Extent of a patient care area is outlined in CAN/CSA-Z32.
Appendix B
Revise note for Rule 26-012 to read:
Rule 26-012
Dielectric liquid-filled circuit breakers or switches should have their vents piped directly to an outside
area in accordance with the manufacturers instructions or recommendations.
Construction criteria for service rooms are provided in Section 3.5 Articles 3.6.2.1 and 9.10.10.3 of the
National Building Code of Canada. Where a service room is required by this Code, it must be separated
from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a 1 h fire-resistance rating, unless the
service room is sprinklered.
Appendix B note Rule 68-054
The fgure should be replaced with the following (the correction is identifed in the circle):
Revise title for note to rule 68-068 to read Rule 68-068(6).
Revise title for note to rule 68-306 to read Rule 68-306(2).
Appendix B note for Tables 33 and 34 Revise 4.2.1 to read 5.2.1 (three places).
(9) Appendix D
TabIe D1
For Arc-welding cable maximum voltage rating revise note to read (See Note 6).
Page 4 of 5
0-3-4
Table D1
Size range for Type SIS equipment wire Revise to read 14 to 4/0.
(10) Appendix G
Appendix G
Revise first entry for Rule 26-012 to read:
Rule 26-012 3.6.2.1.(6) and 9.10.10.3, Construction of service room required by
Canadian Electrical Code, Part I
(11) Appendix J
Diagrams JD-6 & JD7
Revise diagram references to Zone 1 & 2 to read Division 1 & 2 respectively.
Annex JB
Table following the note for Rule JB18-062: Minimum ignition temperature for
gasoline should read 280 C.
Index revise entries as shown:
Equipment, space for 2-122 2-308
Voltage, drop 8-102, Table D3, Table D4
Page 5 of 5
2-3-13
Page 1 of 2
Bulletin 2-3-13
Inspection process
Rules 2-004 and 2-005
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Additions and alterations to existing installations
(2) Rough wire inspection requirements
(1) Additions and alterations to the existing installations
Contractors shall comply with the requirements of Rules 2-004 and 2-005 of the Ontario Electrical Safety
Code, especially regarding additions and alterations to existing installations.
Question 1
Does Rule 2-005, Basic exemption, apply to time share units?
Answer 1
No
Rationale 1
Rule 2-005 states in an owner-occupied single dwelling. Single dwelling as defned in the OESC means a
dwelling unit consisting of a detached house, one unit of row housing, or one unit of a semi-detached, duplex,
triplex, or quadruplex house. This defnition excludes apartment buildings larger then a quadruplex as well as
condominium type buildings. Time share type units are not typically owner occupied. Time share condos are
commercial properties owned and run by a corporation. The condo owner owns a piece of the corporation.
Direction 1
Rule 2-005 does not apply to a time share type units, where the units are intended to be rented to the public,
or exchanged to others, on a short term basis or other structures not included in the defnition of a single-
dwelling.
Question 2
Does rule 2-005 include the replacement of receptacles in knob and tube as well aluminum installations?
Answer 2
Yes, the following shall be included in the scope of work in relation to Rule 2-005:
v Replacements of the existing receptacles with GFCI receptacles as part of knob and tube wiring inside
residential installations. For more information refer to Flash notice, Knob and tube wiring in residential
installations 09-09-FL.
v Replacement of existing receptacles in residential homes with aluminum branch circuit wiring, with re-
ceptacles approved for copper conductors only using approved wire connectors for copper to aluminum
connections, copper pigtails and marked as per Flash notice, Aluminum wiring in residential installations
09-08-FL.
2-3-13
Page 2 of 2
(2) Rough wire inspection requirements
The question is often asked; what work is required to be completed for a rough in or rough wire inspection?
Direction
The following are required to be completed at the time of a rough wire inspection.
v All cables shall be installed, strapped and supported as required.
v All required outlet boxes shall be installed and securely fastened.
v All cables shall have their outer jacket removed and be terminated in outlet boxes where an outlet box will
be required for the wiring device, luminaire, or equipment.
v All bonding connections shall be completed at all outlet boxes including provision of a bonding conductor
for fnal connection where required to a wiring device, luminaire, or equipment.
v Any joints or splices in the wiring at outlet boxes shall be completed.
v Protection plates to be installed where required.
v No wiring shall be concealed by installation of insulation or foor, wall, and ceiling materials until autho-
rized by an inspector.
2-5-3
Bulletin 2-5-3
Circuit identication
Rules 2-100(3)
Issued May 2009
Background
Because of the increasing complexity of residential wiring, there is a need for increased circuit identifcation.
dentifcation of all special circuits in residential installations that can be described accurately in a few words
is required. In particular, circuits to ranges, dryers, water heaters, furnaces, kitchen split receptacles, electric
heating, laundry room receptacles etc., shall be identifed in the panel board with the name of the device sup-
plied and the permitted maximum rating of the overcurrent device (where fuses are used).
Where special fuses (e.g., Type P, Type D, HRC Form 1) are required, the fuse type shall be shown adjacent
to the permitted maximum rating of the fuse.
Question
s a panel schedule required with details of where the circuits are utilized?
Answer
Yes, the Code requires that at each distribution point, circuit breakers, fuses, and switches shall be marked,
adjacent to, in a conspicuous and legible manner to indicate clearly which installation or portion of installation
they protect or control. Circuits need to be properly identifed, e.g. Stove, washer, dryer, microwave, dish-
washer, outside receptacle. Circuits that supply smoke and/or CO detectors shall be clearly identifed, e.g.
hall lights & smoke detector.
t is not acceptable to mark all general circuits as Lights & Plugs. Although it is diffcult to exactly describe
general lighting and receptacle circuits, an attempt should be made, e.g. basement, living/dining room, bed-
room receptacles etc.
Page 1 of 1
2-7-27
Page 1 of 4
Bulletin 2-7-27
ApprovaI of eIectricaI equipment
Rules 2-022 and 2-024
Issued January 2010
Scope
(1) Approval requirements
(a) Recognized certifcation marks
(b) Recognized feld evaluation marks
(c) Recognized component marks
(2) Approval of devices on class 2 circuits
(1) ApprovaI requirements
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code and Ontario Regulation 438/07 recognize certifcation organizations ac-
credited by the Standards Council of Canada to approve electrical equipment (Rule 2-024). Only equipment
bearing one of the marks or labels shown in the following tables is approved.
To meet the requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, equipment must be approved to Canadian
standards. This is signifed by the C outside the Curtis Strauss, Entela, ETL, FM Approvals, LC, MET,
Nemko, NSF nternational, OMN, QA, TUV America, TUV Rheinland and UL marks. The cULus shown
with one Underwriters Laboratories mark, indicates the equipment with those marks is also compliant with
United States standards.
Underwriters Laboratories mark without the c at the eight o'clock position, indicates the equipment is compli-
ant with United States standards.
, CE mark, is manufacturer self-declaration mark and is not recognized in Canada.
Note 1
For the most updated list of recognized certifcation and feld evaluation marks and certifcation or feld evalu-
ation agency info, visit the Electrical Product Safety section of www.esasafe.com.
2-7-27
Page 2 of 4
(a) Recognized certication marks
Canadian Standards
Association (CSA)
Curtis Strauss Entela
FM ApprovaIs
Intertek Testing
Services
Labtest Certication
(LC)
Met Laboratories
(MET)
Nemko
NSF International
OMNI
EnvironmentaI
Services Inc
Quality Auditing
Institute
QPS
TUV America TUV Rheinland
Underwriters
Laboratories of
Canada (ULC
Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.
2-7-27
Page 3 of 4
(b) Recognized eId evaIuation marks
Canadian Standards
Association (CSA)
Electrical Safety
Authority (ESA)
See Note 2
Entela
See Note 2
Intertek Testing
Services
MET Laboratories
Nemko
QPS
See Note 2
TUV America
Underwriters
Laboratories of
Canada (ULC)
Note 2
PANEL ONLY label identifes that the panel has been evaluated to the SPE-1000. t does not cover equip-
ment that is added or connected to the panel.
2-7-27
Page 4 of 4
(c) Recognized component marks
Canadian Standards
Association (CSA)
Underwriters Labora-
tories Inc. (UL)
Note 3
Electrical components bearing these marks may have restrictions on their performance or may be incomplete
in construction, and are intended to be used as part of a larger approved product or system. The recognized
component marks are found on a wide range of products, including some switches, power supplies, printed
wiring boards, some kinds of industrial control equipment and thousands of other products..
(2) ApprovaI of devices on cIass 2 circuits
Electrical equipment does not require approval if it is connected to the load side of an approved class 2 power
supply whose power output does not exceed 100 VA and is operating at less than 42.4 V peak or dc with the
exception of:
(i) luminaires, decorative lighting strings, signs or displays with incandescent or halogen lamps;
(ii) luminaires, decorative lighting strings, signs or displays incorporating a ballast with operating voltages
greater than 42.4 volts peak or 42.4 DC;
(iii) electromedical equipment;
(iv) equipment for hazardous locations as defned under OESC Sections 18 and 20 of the Code; or
(v) equipment that incorporates heating elements.
2-8-6
Bulletin 2-8-6
CombustibIe eIectricaI wiring and cabIes
Rule 2-126
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Flame spread requirements for electrical wiring and cables with combustible outer jackets
(a) Ontario Building Code Part 3 buildings
(b) Ontario Building Code Part 9 buildings
(2) Removal of abandoned electrical wire and cables from plenum chambers
(3) Flame Spread Ratings Where the Wires and Cables are Part of Equipment
(1) FIame spread requirements for eIectricaI wiring and cabIes with combustibIe
outer jackets
Background
Rule 2-126 Flame Spread Requirements for Electrical Cables and Wiring states that all wiring and cables in-
stalled in buildings shall meet the fame spread requirements of the Ontario Building Code (although the Rule
states National Building Code of Canada, in Section 0, that term is defned to mean Ontario Building Code).
There has been confusion on what ratings are required, and this bulletin has been prepared to deal with the
common questions. The Appendix B note to Rule 2-126 provides the applicable building code article number
references for fame spread requirements. The fame spread requirements of the Ontario Building Code are
divided into two categories:
Part 3 buildings
Part 9 buildings
(a) Ontario BuiIding Code Part 3 BuiIdings
Table B1 on the following page lists the markings of cables or wires to meet the minimum fame spread re-
quirements of Part 3 of the Ontario Building Code. Types of buildings included are:
(a) All buildings used for:
Group A, assembly occupancies
Group B, care or detention occupancies
Group F, Division 1, high hazard industrial occupancies
(b) All buildings exceeding 600 square meters (6460 sq. ft.) in building area or exceeding 3 stories in building
height used for major occupancies classifed as:
Group C, residential occupancies
Group D, business and personal services occupancies
Group E, mercantile occupancies
Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium and low hazard industrial occupancies
For further clarifcation refer to the Ontario Building Code.
Page 1 of 3
2-8-6
TabIe B1 - Part 3 buiIdings
1 IF the building is... AND the cables or wires are
routed...
THEN the markings of
cables or wires to meet
the minimum fame spread
requirements are...
2 permitted to be of combustible
construction
anywhere EXCEPT an air han-
dling plenum (see row 6)
FT1 (OBC 3.1.4.3).
3 required to be of non-combus-
tible construction
under a raised computer room
foor
FT1 (OBC 3.1.5.21).
tible construction
anywhere EXCEPT:
(a) an air handling plenum, (see
row 6)or
(b) in a service room separated
from the remainder of the build-
ing by fre separation having not
less than a 1 hour rating (see
row 5)
FT4 (OBC 3.1.5.18).
tible construction
in a service room separated
from the remainder of the build-
ing by fre separation having not
less than a 1 hour rating
not required (OBC
3.1.5.17).
6 EITHER combustible or non-
combustible construction
in an air handling plenum FT6 or 1C FT4 (OBC
3.6.4.3).
Note: Wires or cables with combustible outer jackets or sheaths that do not meet the classifcations of this table must be
located in non-combustible raceways, concealed spaces in walls or concrete slabs.
(b) Ontario BuiIding Code Part 9 BuiIdings
Part 9 applies to buildings:
(a) of 3 storeys or less in building height;
(b) having a building area not exceeding 600 square meters (6460 sq. ft.); and
(c) used for:
Group C, residential occupancies
Group D, business and personal services occupancies
Group E, mercantile occupancies
Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium and low hazard industrial occupancies
For further clarifcation refer to the Ontario Building Code.
Cables or wires installed in Part 9 buildings other than dwelling units shall be marked as a minimum FT1.
(OBC 9.34.1.5)
Cables or wires installed in concealed spaces in a foor or ceiling assembly that are being used as a plenum
in a Part 9 buildings other than a dwelling unit shall be marked minimum FT6, except for single conductor
cables which shall be marked minimum FT4. (OBC 9.34.1.5)
Page 2 of 3
2-8-6
(2) RemovaI of abandoned eIectricaI wire and cabIes from pIenum chambers
Although not a requirement of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, users should also be aware of the Appendix
B note to Rule 2-126 and the requirements of the Ontario Fire Code to remove abandoned electrical wires
and cables from within plenum spaces.
2.4.1.1 (5) Abandoned optical fbre cables and electrical wires and cables, with combustible insulation, jack-
ets, or sheaths, and non metallic raceways shall be removed from a plenum unless
(a) they are permanently closed by the structure or fnish of the building,
(b) their removal would disturb the structure or fnish of the building, or
(c) their removal could affect the performance of cables in use.
Rationale
Tests conducted by NBCC/NFCC indicated that the smoke produced from the FT4 and FT6 rated cables in
plenums when exposed to fre could reduce visibility for occupants restricting their ability to evacuate. n ad-
dition, the FT4 and FT6 rated cables also produced irritant gases that could result in incapacitation or further
restrict the ability of occupants to evacuate.
The hazard is not necessarily related to a few cables, properly fre-rated, located in the plenum but to signif-
cant quantities which build up with successive generations of cabling changes.
(3) FIame Spread Ratings Where the Wires and CabIes are Part of Equipment
Questions have arisen about requiring a fame spread rating on the jackets of wires and cables forming part
of machines. An example might be a large industrial production machine where there may be ventilated type
cable tray forming part of the machine which contains control and power wiring.
Direction
Wire and cable in or on electrical equipment (machines) is not required to have fame spread ratings in accor-
dance with the Ontario Building Code. For purposes of this ruling, wires and cables which are approved as
part of the machinery are considered in or on the machinery.
Wire and cable with combustible outer coverings within the building structure, which are feld installed, which
are not part of the approved machinery and are attached to the building or, for example, in cable trays at-
tached to the building must meet Rule 2-126.
Rationale
In discussion with the Ontario Buildings Branch, the opinion given is that the building code has jurisdiction
over the building structure and fabric but not over contents which do not form part of that structure or fabric.
Page 3 of 3
2-9-4
Page 1 of 6
BuIIetin 2-9-4
Working space about eIectricaI equipment
Rules 2-308, 2-310 and 2-312
Issued April 2010
Scope
(1) Minimum working space around electrical equipment
(2) Questions and answers about working space around electrical equipment
(3) Entrance to and exit from the working space around electrical equipment
(1) Minimum working space around eIectricaI equipment
The requirements of Rules 2-308 & 2-310 are particular to certain types of equipment (i.e. equipment with or
without draw-out parts). To assist in application, the following table, Table B1 summarizes the application of
each rule.
TabIe B1 - Minimum Working Space In Front of Equipment (RuIes 2-308 and 2-310)
EQUIPMENT
RATING
EQUIPMENT WITH
DRAW-OUT PARTS
EQUIPMENT WITH
NO DRAW-OUT PARTS
Below
1200 amps
AND at
750 volts or less
1 m plus depth of
all drawout parts of the equipment
(see Note 1)
Subrule 2-308(2)
1 m
Subrule 2-308(1)
Either:
At or above
1200 amps (regard-
less of operating
Voltage)
OR
Above
750 volts (regardless
of Amperage rating)
1.5 m plus depth of all drawout parts of
the equipment (see Note 1)
Subrules 2-308(2) and 2-310(2)
1.5 m
Subrule 2-310(2)
1 m plus depth of all drawout parts
of the equipment
where possible to leave the room
or space around the equipment
without passing a potential
failure point on path to exit (see
Notes 1 & 2)
Subrules 2-308(2) and 2-310(2)
1 m
where possible to leave the room
or space around the equipment
without passing a potential
failure point on path to exit (see
Note 2)
Subrule 2-308(2)
Note:
1. The depth of draw-out parts required in the table above is based on the additional space that is required
for the operation of draw-out type equipment in either the connected, test, or fully disconnected position
and shall be suffcient for the opening of enclosure doors and hinged panels to at least 90.
2-9-4
Page 2 of 6
If the design of the equipment allows the draw-out parts to be in the connected, test, or fully disconnected
position without opening the cell door, then no additional space shall be required for equipment draw-out
and the measurements required by Rules 2-308 and 2-310 can be measured from the front face of the
equipment.
2. For equipments rated 1200A and higher or over 750V, Rule 2-310(2) requires the minimum working space
about electrical equipment mentioned in Rule 2-308(1) to be increased from 1 m to 1.5 m if a person in-
side an electrical room or the space around electrical equipment can NOT leave the space without pass-
ing a potential failure point on path to exit.
Where space is restricted and the working space cannot be increased to 1.5 m, as mentioned in Appendix
B, then a second exit (or more if needed) in the room in different locations shall be provided such that an
individual can leave the space without passing a potential failure point on path to exit. Subrule 2-310(3)
clarifes that the potential failure point is any point within or on the equipment
Figure B1 - CIarication of TabIe B1, Minimum required space around eIectricaI equipment
Notes:
(1) Distance X shall be determined based on conditions shown on Table B1 above.
(2) n a case where equipments are installed facing each other, then distance X shall be considered the
largest of clearances required by Table B1 (i.e. if Equipment 1 has current and/or voltage ratings differ-
ent than Equipment 2 such that the required minimum clearance around each of them, based on Table
B1, is different, the largest clearance measurement is required).
(3) Equipment manufacturer shall be consulted to get the distances of equipment draw out parts (referred to
as D1 and D2).
(4) The total clearance (space) in front of the electrical equipment shall be the addition of distance X and
both the depths of D1 and D2.
(5) If the equipment has no draw-out parts, no additional space shall be required, as referenced in Subrule
2-308(2).
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

(
1
)
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

(
2
)
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

(
1
)
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

(
2
)
2-9-4
Page 3 of 6
(6) No minimum dimension is required behind or on the side of electrical equipments if working space is not
required by Subrule 2-308(1).
(2) Questions and answers about working space around eIectricaI equipment
Question 1
Can a dry core transformer be installed (foor mounted) under a disconnect and panelboard fed from it?
Answer 1
No, the Code requires a minimum working space of 1 m (39) with secure footing be provided and maintained
in front of electrical equipment such as panelboards (Rule 2-308(1)).
Question 2
Can a dry core transformer be installed (foor mounted) under a splitter that has disconnects located above
and fed from it?
Answer 2
No, the Code requires a minimum working space of 1 m (39) with secure footing be provided and maintained
in front of electrical equipment (Rule 2-308(1)).
Question 3
Can a dry core transformer be installed (foor mounted) under a splitter?
Answer 3
Yes. The Code requires a minimum working space of 1 m (39) with secure footing be provided and main-
tained in front of electrical equipment (Rule 2-308(1)). However, this requirement can be eased for equip-
ments which have no renewable parts (such as fuses or switches) as in the case of a splitter installed above a
foor mounted transformer, with no other switches or panelboards above the splitter.
Question 4
Does the Code permit placing an appliance such as a clothes dryer in front of an electrical panel?
Answer 4
No. The Code requires a minimum working space of 1 m (39) with frm footing be provided and maintained in
front of electrical equipment such as panelboards. The Code also requires that working space around electri-
cal equipment be kept clear of all obstructions. (Rules 2-308 and 2-310).
Question 5
When switchboard is used as service entrance equipment, what are the OESC minimum requirements for the
headroom clearance? s it 2.2 m as per Rule 2-308 or 2 m as per Rule 6-206?
Answer 5
OESC requires the headroom clearance to be at least 2 m for consumers service equipment (as per Subrule
6-206(1)(c)). However, if that service equipment is a switchboard, where bare live parts are exposed at any
time, then Subrule 2-308(4) shall apply and a headroom of 2.2 m is the minimum required.
Question 6
What is meant by Rule 2-308 (1) requirements A minimum working space of 1 m with secure footing... when
applied to panel boards that are mounted on or in a wall and require access from only the front?
2-9-4
Page 4 of 6
Answer 6
This is interpreted as meaning a space that is at least 1 m in depth in front of the panel and at least 1 m in
width or the width of the panelboard, whichever is greater. In addition, OESC requires the headroom clear-
ance to be at least 2 m for consumers service equipment (as per Subrule 6-206(1)(c)). The panelboard does
not have to be centered in the width of the working space; it can be off center. (See Figure B2)
Figure B2 - Space requirements around paneIboards
Note (Height / headroom cIearance requirements for paneIboards):
The 2 m required minimum headroom clearance shown in the fgure above is required by Subrule 6-206(1) for
service entrance panels. Also, in a dwelling unit, Subrule 26-402(2) requires mounting the panel as high as
possible but with no overcurrent device handle positioned over 1.7 m above fnish foor level. The panelboard
does not have to be centered in the width of the working space. See also Bulletin 26-20-* for additional infor-
mation regarding the location of panel boards.
(3) Entrance to and Exit from the working space around eIectricaI equipment
Subrule 2-310(1) requires that each room or space containing electrical equipment (such as transformers,
overcurrent devices, switchgear, disconnecting means, panelboards, etc.) to have unobstructed means of
egress in compliance with Ontario Building code (OBC). The purpose of this rule is to ensure that personnel
have ready means of exit from an electrical room in case of an accident.
OBC requires a minimum width of 750 mm with no obstruction for egress means (OBC Articles 3.3.1.22 and
9.9.5.4.). Also, Rule 2-312 requires that passageway (exit path) and working space around electrical equip-
ment to be kept clear of obstruction as shown in Figure B3.
2-9-4
Figure B3, Illustration of Rule 2-312
Below are two examples of installations that do not provide a clear egress means of 750 mm and hence do
not comply with 2-310 and 2-312.
Photo B1- Hot water tank and furnace encroaches on the egress from the working
space around electrical panel
Unobstructed width of
egress shall be not less
than 750 mm in width
Fixed or moveable
appliance such as
furnace, water
heater, washer or
dryer, etc
1 m x 1 m
Min. required
working space
in front of
electrical panel
Unobstructed width of
egress shall be not less
than 750 mm in width
Fixed or moveable
appliance such as
furnace, water
heater, washer or
dryer, etc
1 m x 1 m
Min. required
working space
in front of
electrical panel
Panelboard
Hot Water Tank
This is the only entrance to/exit
from the working space around
the panelboard. This installation
does NOT comply with OESC
Rules 2-310(1) & 2-312 as the
egress width is less than 750 mm.
Furnace
500 mm (20 inch) actual measured distance
between furnace vertical duct and the wall
Panelboard
Hot Water Tank
This is the only entrance to/exit
from the working space around
the panelboard. This installation
does NOT comply with OESC
Rules 2-310(1) & 2-312 as the
egress width is less than 750 mm.
Furnace
500 mm (20 inch) actual measured distance
between furnace vertical duct and the wall
Page 5 of 6
2-9-4
Photo B2- Washer/dryer stack encroaches on the egress from
the working space around electrical panel
Note:
Installing the washer/dryer stack in the position shown violates OESC Rule 2-312 which requires the pas-
sageways and the working spaces around electrical equipment to be free of obstruction and arranged to give
persons ready access / egress to and from the working space.
200 mm (8 inch) actual measured
distance between washer/dryer
stack and the edge of the door
200 mm (8 inch) actual measured
distance between washer/dryer
stack and the edge of the door
Page 6 of 6
2-10-7
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin 2-10-7
EIectricaI equipment near combustibIe gas equipment
Rule 2-322
Issued January 2010
Rule 2-322 states that arc producing electrical equipment shall not be installed within 1 metre of the discharge
of a combustible gas relief device or vent.
Questions have been asked regarding the specifc types of electrical equipment covered by the rule.
The electrical equipment includes, but is not limited to, receptacles and switches, an air conditioning unit and
related disconnecting means (which must be located within 3 m of the AC unit as per Rule 28-604(5)). This
interpretation is consistent with the rules concerning the use of electrical equipment in Class 1 Zone 2 loca-
tions.
Permanently installed electric metering equipment (other than metering equipment with integral internal con-
tacts for recording or remote reading) is permitted to be located within 1 metre of the combustible gas relief
vent.
Figures B1 & B2 illustrate two examples of installations that comply with the minimum requirements.
Figure B1
Figure B2
2-10-7
Question:
Is it permitted to install arc producing electrical equipment (e.g. a/c unit) at a distance of less than 1 metre
from the discharge of an approved Over Pressure Cut-Off (OPCO) combustible natural gas relief device or
vent?
Answer:
Yes, if an approved Limited Relief OPCO device is installed, arcing electrical devices may be installed no
closer than 0.3m (12 inches) from the point of release. The over pressure relief device must be marked LR-
OPCO (see the example in the photo).
Background:
Under CSA standard B149.1S1.07 section 5.5.9, the clearances from relief devices installed outdoors are
listed in Table 5.2. For Natural gas CSA 6.18 certified OPCO (overpressure cut-off) regulators with limited
relief of (1.5m
3
/h) or less, the clearance from a source of ignition is 0.3m.
Page 2 of 3
2-10-7
On residential sites where there is very little space to locate the A/C unit and natural gas vent at 1 metre
separation, the use of a natural gas certified OPCO regulator is an acceptable solution to the problem of
separation. This may also be applied where there is an outdoor receptacle located at a distance of less than 1
metre from the vent.
Page 3 of 3
2-11-18
Bulletin 2-11-18
PIans and specications
Rule 2-010
Issued October 2010
Scope
(1) Requirements for plan submittal
(2) Who is responsible for submitting plans?
(3) Information required
(4) Where to submit the plans?
Rule 2-010 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code contains the requirements for the submittal of plans to ESAs
Plan Review Department.
Bulletin 36-1-* contains additional requirements regarding high voltage plan submissions.
(1) Requirements for pIan submittaI
Electrical work on any electrical installation shall not commence, until plans have been submitted and exam-
ined by the nspection Department where the electrical installation involves:
(a) a three phase consumer service or stand by generation, equal to or in excess of 400 Amp circuit capacity;
(see Note 1);
(b) a single-phase consumer service or stand by generation equal to or in excess of 600 Amp; (see Note 1);
(c) a feeder greater than 1000 amp;
(d) any installations involving consumer owned electric power generating equipment, with a rating in excess
of 10 kW (Micro Size) as defned by the OEB, and operating in parallel with a supply authority system; or
(e) any installation operating in excess of 750 volts, excluding
(i) installations of pole lines exclusively within the scope of Section 75; or
(ii) that portion of an underground installation between a supply authority owned transformer and the
related supply authority owned switch.
(2) Who is responsibIe for submitting pIans?
The person responsible for the plan design shall fle with the nspection Department complete wiring plans
and specifcations relating to the proposed work, and pay the Plan Review fees as prescribed by the nspec-
tion Department.
(3) Information required
The plans and specifcations that are submitted shall contain the following information, where applicable:
(a) the name and address of the person responsible for their preparation;
(b) the type of building or electrical installation and the site where the work will be carried out;
(c) the location of the service and distribution;
(d) the supply voltage and the single line diagram of the service and distribution;
(e) the loads, the rating of the protection, and the identifcation of the feeder and branch circuits at their re-
spective panelboards;
(f) the KVA or ampere rating, interrupting or withstand rating, ampere rating for continuous operation (80 or
Page 1 of 2
2-11-18
100%) of each item of equipment;
(g) the type and size of raceways;
(h) the number and rating of conductors in raceways;
(i) the rating of cables;
(j) the type of materials, accessories or fxtures installed in hazardous locations; and
(k) the size and location of grounding conductors;
(l) a description of underground parts of the installation; and
(m) for an addition to an existing electrical installation, any information related to the existing installation
affected by the works and a report on the existing loads or the maximum demand loads of the existing
installation recorded for the last twelve months; and
(n) for an electrical installation of more than 750 volts, the vertical and horizontal clearances of live parts, and
a description of the grounding and of the mechanical protection of live parts.
In addition to the above, the following is required to facilitate the plan review:
i. Detailed calculations for the minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors. (Note: The calculated
minimum ampacity shall not be less than the minimum requirements of Section 8 of the Ontario Elec-
trical Safety Code).
ii. Details identifying any Life Safety Systems as defned under Rule 46-002. These are the loads that
are required to be provided with an emergency power supply by the Ontario Building Code. (Refer
to Bulletin 46-4-* for additional information) Examples of life safety loads are: emergency lighting
needed for egress routes and exits, exit signs, fre alarm systems, elevators, smoke-venting fans, and
fre pumps.
Note 1:
Single Family Dwelling, Residential Installations
Plans and specifcations are required for the consumer's service and distribution equipment only, information
on branch circuits or utilization equipment is not required.
(4) Where to submit the pIans?
Please submit one copy of the plans for review to:
Plan Review Department
400 Sheldon Drive, Unit 5
Cambridge, Ontario
N1T 2H9
Telephone Number: Fax Number:
1-800-746-6480 1-800-957-2738
519-624-3564 519-624-3570
All required data should be submitted as a complete package, by one submitter where possible to facilitate
the plan review and timely report.
The fee for low voltage plan review is as per ESAs fee guide.
The inspector in the feld gives fnal approval of the installation.
Page 2 of 2
2-12-9
BuIIetin 2-12-9
Trafc signaI systems
Rules 2-024(3), 10-400, 10-404, 12-526, 12-1122, 12-1166, 12-1514 and 16-200
Issued April 2010
Scope
(1) Bonding requirements for traffc signal systems
(2) Approval
(3) Aerially Supported Cable
(4) Controller Unit, Bonding Jumper
(5) Equipment support
(6) Connection Authorizations for Temporary Traffc Signals
(1) Bonding requirements for trafc signaI systems (see Diagram B1)
All non-current carrying metal parts of a traffc signal system(s) mounted at a height of less than 2.5 m above
grade shall be bonded (Rule 10-400). Bonding conductors run underground for traffc signal systems may be
located outside of the conduit or cable assembly containing the circuit conductors (Rules 12-526, 12-1122,
12-1166, and 12-1514).
Overhead traffc signal systems connected to or supported by steel poles or standards shall have the steel
pole or standard bonded.
Direction
Based on past practice and satisfactory experience it is acceptable for bond conductors installed underground
for traffc signal installations to be external of the conduit or cable assembly. The bond conductor must be
minimum #6 copper and located in the same trench as the circuit conductors and positioned to be mechani-
cally protected during and after backfll of the trench. The routing of the bond conductor may be from the
metal poles back to the main service switch and then to the controller cabinet. See Diagram 1.
Notwithstanding Rule 10-404(2), where there are multiple raceways between equipment, only one bond con-
ductor is required. The bond conductor is permitted to be installed external to the raceways.
Rationale
To maintain the system integrity during a lightning strike. Failure of the traffc signal system could create a life
hazard situation.
In the event that a metal pole is struck by lightning the discharge of energy would be dissipated into the mass
of the earth through the #6 bond conductor loop and associated ground electrodes, there by protecting the
control equipment located in the controller cabinet.
This bond path and method of installation is acceptable and will allow all overcurrent devices to operate under
fault conditions.
Page 1 of 4
2-12-9
Diagram B1 - TypicaI grounding and bonding schematic
for a trafc signaI system based on the OPS Standard.
Notes
The Ontario Electric Safety Code requires a minimum of two ground rods to be installed at the service en-
trance switch; any additional ground electrodes would exceed that minimum requirement, as in diagram 1.
Pedestrian push buttons installed below 2.5m in a metallic box are not required to be bonded if supplied from
a Class power source as defned in Rule 16-200.
Bond conductors installed in raceways shall be insulated, if the raceway exceeds two quarter bends or ffteen
meters in length. Only one bond conductor is required regardless of the number of non-metallic ducts in-
stalled, to comply with Rule 10-404.
Denitions
Controller: means a complete traffc signal control equipment package including cabinet, controller unit and all
associated power control actuation or interconnection devices.
Controller Cabinet: means an outdoor enclosure used for the housing of the controller unit and all associated
power, control, activation or interconnection devices.
Page 2 of 4
2-12-9
(2) ApprovaI
Service entrance switches and controller cabinet assemblies shall be approved.
Cable assemblies and traffc signal heads need not be approved.
Cables manufactured to the nternational Municipal Signal Association (MSA) cable specifcations and the
Ontario Provincial Standard (OPS) shall be deemed acceptable. The applicable standard shall be surface
printed on the cable jacket.
Traffc signal heads shall be accepted as part of the wiring installation as per Rule 2-024(3).
Traffc control system poles and other supporting infrastructure are not required to be approved.
Rationale
Cables manufactured to the IMSA and OPS standard have been installed and accepted for many years and
have become industry standard. The specifcations that they are built to meet or exceed the CSA standard
and there is no evidence of undue fre or shock hazard.
Traffc signal heads by nature must be able to withstand the elements. They are part of a life safety system
that requires them to be robust.
Traffc control system poles are manufactured to the Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code (CHBDC), Mu-
nicipal Standards (MS) or the Ontario Provincial Standard (OPS).
These items pose no fre or shock hazard and shall be accepted as part of the wiring installation as per Rule
2-024(3)
(3) AeriaIIy supported cabIe
Cables and conductors shall be of types suitable for exposure to the weather as listed in Table 19 and ap-
proved for this type of installation. Additionally, cables and conductors shall be marked for sunlight resistance
(SR or SUNLIGHT RESISTANCE) where installed and used subject to direct rays of sun, as per Rule
2-130.
For example, Rule 30-1102 permits Types RW75, R90, RW90, TW, TWU, TW75, and TWU75 conductors to
be lashed to a messenger cable for outdoor lighting where exposed to the weather. Type RWU conductors
shall also be permitted, although not listed in Table 19.
Rationale
The cable manufacturers have indicated that Type RWU cables will withstand the effects of ultra violet light and
exposure to the weather (when marked as such) and the lashing will not have an injurious effect on the insulation.
(4) ControIIer unit, bonding jumper
The Ontario Provincial Standard and the NEMA Standard require controller units to have a bond jumper in-
stalled between the neutral bus and the bond bus. This requirement is to accommodate the RF flter, installed
in the controller. When the controllers are certifed or feld evaluated, the installation of a bond conductor
between the bond and neutral buss is permitted based on these recognized equipment standards for traffc
controller units.
Page 3 of 4
2-12-9
Rationale
These are the industry standard in North America for certifed or feld evaluated traffc controller units; Ontario
Provincial Standard: Ministry of Transportation: Ontario Traffc Signal Control Equipment Specifcations: June
1992 and NEMA TS 1 Traffc Controller Control Systems: 1989.
(5) Equipment support
Stainless steel bands shall be permitted to be used for the sole support of equipment used for traffc signal
systems. Ontario Electrical Safety Code Rule 75-202(3) shall not apply to Traffc Signal Systems as defned in
this Bulletin.
Rationale
Historically stainless steel bands have been used for the sole support of traffc signal system equipment and
have become the accepted trade practice. Failure of the traffc signal system could create a life hazard situa-
tion and this method of equipment support has been found to be more than adequate.
(6) Connection authorizations for temporary trafc signaIs
Traffc Signals are frequently installed on a temporary basis to accommodate road and bridge construction.
The industry standard for temporary signals in most cases complies with all the minimum requirements of the
Ontario Electrical Safety Code for a permanent installation. ESA will issue a permanent connection authoriza-
tion and a Certifcate of nspection for a temporary Traffc Signal installation, provided the wiring method used
meets the OESC requirements for a permanent installation.
Page 4 of 4
Bulletin 2-14-5
Guidelines on Reporting Serious Electrical Incidents
Rule 2-007
Issued May 2009
Who must caII?
An owner, contractor or operator of a facility shall report any serious electrical incident.
Why?
Reporting of serious eIectricaI incident is required within 48 hours under RuIe 2-007 of the Ontario
EIectricaI Safety Code (O. Reg. 10/02).
When must you caII?
Within forty-eight hours after occurrence of a serious electrical incident that includes the following.
v Any electrical contact that causes death.
v Any electrical incidents that causes critical injury, such as; an injury that places life in jeopardy, major
loss of blood, loss of limb, produces unconsciousness, fracture or amputation of arm or leg, but not
fngers or toes, burns to major part of body, loss of an eye.
v Any fre or explosion or any condition suspected of being electrical in origin which might have caused
a fre, explosion, loss of life, critical injury to a person, or damage to property.
v Any electrical contact with electrical equipment operating at over 750 volts.
v Any explosion or fre of electrical equipment operating at over 750 volts.
Who should you call?
Call the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) at 1-877-372-7233 or 1-877-ESA-SAFE and if it is a workplace
injury, then you must also call the Ministry of Labour.
What should you do?
When a reportable incident occurs, follow the guidelines listed below;
Ensure that there is no further danger in and around the incident scene.
Ensure that the injured, other workers and public are protected.
Perform the task with minimum disturbance to the incident scene, leaving the scene undisturbed, leave ar-
ticles or wreckage as is unless it causes a hazard or represents a danger to the public.
Secure the incident scene. Provide barricade, signs to prevent people from entering and disturbing evidence.
Call the Electrical Safety Authority within 48 hours to report the incident: 1-877-372-7233 (1-877-ESA-SAFE)
The foIIowing is information required when reporting the incident:
v When Time of day, date
v Where Location of the incident, address, or street intersection
v What Provide as much information on the circumstances of the incident
v Who The personnel involved in the incident, the number of people if it is multiple injuries/people or
damage that the incident has caused.
Call the Ministry of Labour if it is a workplace injury.
2-14-5
Page 1 of 2
EIectricaI Fire and/or Accident and Incident Notication
If you check any box in the foIIowing tabIe with a YES, then you must notify the EIectricaI Safety Authority.
FAX number 1-800-472-5485 Phone number 1-877- ESA SAFE (1-877-372-7233)
Caller name __________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Number ____________________________________________________________________
Agency the caller is representing _________________________________________________________
Address of Incidents Site________________________________________________________________
Nature of Incident Yes No
Fatality
Loss of Consciousness
Major Blood loss
Amputation of major limbs
1

Loss of eye sight
Was there fre involved in the above
Was there explosion or fre of electrical equipment operating under 750 volts
Was there any condition suspected of being electrical in origin which may have caused fre,
explosion, critical injury or property damage

Was there electrical contact with Over 750 Volts
Was there explosion or fre of electrical equipment operating at over 750 volts
Comments
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
1
except fngers and toes
In addition, report the incident to the Ministry of Labour if the incidents resulted in an
occupational fatality and injury.
In addition, report the incident to the Ministry of Labour if the incidents resulted in an
occupational fatality and injury.
2-14-5
Page 2 of 2
2-15-1
Bulletin 2-15-1
ESA inspection requirements for re aIarm systems
Rules 2-003, 2-004
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) ESA inspection requirements for fre alarm systems
(2) Relevant sections of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code
(3) Relevant sections of the Ontario Fire Code
(1) ESA inspection requirements for re aIarm systems
Issue
There have been questions raised as to what are the inspection requirements associated with the testing and
maintenance of existing fre alarms systems. The following direction identifes the requirements. This bulletin
has been developed in conjunction with the Ontario Fire Marshall (OFM) offce, the Canadian Fire Alarm As-
sociation and the Electrical Contractors Association of Ontario
Direction
An application for inspection under rule 2-004 is not required for the inspection and testing of fre alarm
systems for conformance to CAN/ULC-S536, nspection and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems , provided that
accurate record keeping is made available to the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) upon request. Examples of
the type of work that do not require an application for inspection are:
Control unit components, transponder component and/or feld device component replacement;
Like for like active feld device and supporting feld device replacement;
Removal and replacement of devices for testing, and maintenance purposes.
An application for inspection is required under 2-004 when repair, replacement and alterations of fre alarm
system components requires compliance with CAN/ULC-S524, Standard for the nstallation of Fire Alarm
Systems. Examples of this are:
Extension of the existing fre alarm system;
Replacement of Control unit and or transponder;
Relocation of feld devices, control units and/or transponders;
Replacement of fre alarm system wiring.
Background
Rule 2-004(1) of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code states that a contractor shall fle with the Electrical Safety
Authority an application for inspection for any work on an electrical installation. There has been some con-
cern that ESA would require an application for inspection for the replacement of devices associated with a fre
alarm system or that we would require an application for inspection for the testing of a fre alarm system.
For example, during the testing of a fre alarm system, one test requires the removal of an end of line resistor
to do the test. Strictly speaking this involves the breaking and remaking of a connection. Similarly, during the
testing of the fre alarm system it maybe be discovered that a smoke detector or other devices needs to be
replaced. Again, strictly speaking, this would involve the breaking and remaking of a connection.
Regular inspection and testing is required to be performed by the Ontario Fire Code (OFC) on existing fre
alarm systems. Persons performing this work are required to be recognized in accordance with Division C,
Page 1 of 4
2-15-1
Section 1.2 Qualifcations of the Ontario Fire Code. Service and maintenance requirements for fre alarms
systems are covered by the regulations of the Ontario Fire Code.
Rationale
The inspection and testing of fre alarm systems is required to be in accordance with Division B, Part 6, Article
6.3.2.2 of the Ontario Fire Code, which requires conformance with CAN/ULC-S536, nspection and Testing
of Fire Alarm Systems This means that all fre alarm inspection and testing excluding alterations or addition
of components fall under this category. ESA would rely on the record keeping that is required under the Fire
Code and associated standards as the application for inspection, as permitted by Subrule 2-004(5). These
records would be available to the Electrical Safety Authority upon request.
Note
It is the Owners responsibility for record keeping Rule 2-004 (5) states that inspections as required by the
Inspection department may be made at such time and in such manner as the inspection department deter-
mines. Rule 2-003 states that it is the owners responsibility to maintain a record of electrical installations.
The Service Provider will provide S536 documents to the Owner.
Persons who repair, replace or alter components of a fre alarm system are required to conduct this work in
accordance with Division B, Part 6, Article 6.3.1.8. in conformance with CAN/ULC-S524, nstallation of Fire
Alarm Systems., and requires an Application for inspection (Rule 2-004(1) of the Ontario Electrical Safety
Code)
(2) ReIevant sections of the Ontario EIectricaI Safety Code
2-003 Record of electrical installation work
The owner, owners agent, or operator shall maintain a record of all electrical installation acceptable to the in-
spection department in any public building, commercial or industrial establishment, apartment house, or other
building in which the public safety may be involved, and shall produce this record to any inspector at any time
and from time to time upon request, as specifed by the nspection Department.
2-004 Inspection
A contractor shall fle with the inspection department a completed application for inspection of any work on an
electrical installation:
before or within 48 hours after commencement of the work whether or not electrical power or energy has
been previously supplied to the land, building, or premises on which the work was performed; and
shall pay the fees prescribed by the inspection department; and
be in compliance with Ontario Regulation 570/05 made under Part VIII of the Electricity Act, 1998.
Inspections as required by the inspection department may be made at such time and in such manner as the
inspection department determines.
(3) ReIevant sections of the Ontario Fire Code
Division C, Part 1
Section 1.2 QuaIications
Subsection 1.2.1 QuaIications and responsibiIities of persons performing work on re aIarm systems
Application
1.2.1.1 This subsection applies to every person who performs annual tests or annual inspections of a fre
alarm system required under Article 6.3.2.2 of Division B and every person who repairs, replaces or alters
components of a fre alarm system.
Page 2 of 4
2-15-1
QuaIications
1.2.1.2 (1) Any person who performs the work described in Article 1.2.1.1 on a fre alarm system shall
(a) have successfully completed a program or course acceptable to the Fire Marshal,
(b) produce for inspection, upon request by the owner or the Chief Fire Offcial, a copy of a certifcate or docu-
ment attesting to the successful completion of a program or course referenced in Clause (a), and
(c) perform the inspection, test, repair, replacement or alteration in accordance with Article 6.3.1.8. and Sub-
section 6.3.2. of Division B.
(2) Despite Sentence (1), a person who has not successfully completed the required program or course may
perform the work described in Clause (1)(c) provided that
(a) the work is done under the supervision of a person who has successfully completed a program or course
required by Clause (1)(a),
(b) no more than two persons work under the supervision of the person referred to in Clause (a) at the same
time, and
(c) the supervision is provided at the work site.
(3) Any person supervising another as permitted in Sentence (2)
(a) shall advise the owner in writing that the work has been completed in accordance with Article 6.3.1.8. and
Subsection 6.3.2. of Division B, and
(b) is deemed to be the person referred to in Article 1.2.1.3.
ResponsibiIity
1.2.1.3 Despite Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, any person who performs the work described in Article 1.2.1.1. of
this Division on a fre alarm system is responsible for complying with Article 1.2.1.2 of this Division.
Subsection 1.2.2 QuaIications and ResponsibiIities of Persons Performing Work on Interconnected
Smoke AIarm Systems
Application
1.2.2.1 This subsection applies to every person who performs annual tests of an interconnected smoke alarm
system required under Article 6.3.2.6. of Division B and any person who repairs, replaces or alters compo-
nents of such an interconnected smoke alarm system.
QuaIications
1.2.2.2 (1) Any person who performs the work described in Article 1.2.2.1 on an interconnected smoke alarm
system shall
(a) have successfully completed a program or course acceptable to the Fire Marshal,
(b) produce for inspection, upon request by the owner or the Chief Fire Offcial, a copy of a certifcate or docu-
ment attesting to the successful completion of a program or course referenced in Clause (a), and
(c) perform the test and maintenance in accordance with Article 6.3.2.6 of Division B.
(2) Despite Sentence (1), a person who has not successfully completed the required program or course may
perform the work described in Sentence (1) provided that
(a) the work is done under the supervision of a person who has successfully completed a program or course
required in Clause (1)(a),
(b) no more than two persons work under the supervision of the person referred to in Clause (a) at the same
time, and
(c) the supervision is provided at the work site.
(3) Any person supervising another as permitted in Sentence (2)
(a) shall advise the owner in writing that the work has been completed in accordance with Article 6.3.2.6 of
Division B, and
(b) is deemed to be the person referred to in Article 1.2.2.2.
Page 3 of 4
2-15-1
ResponsibiIity
1.2.2.3 Despite Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, any person who performs the work described in Article 1.2.2.1 of
this Division on an interconnected smoke alarm system is responsible for complying with Article 1.2.2.2 of this
Division.
Division B, Part 6
Subsection 6.3.2 Check, Inspect and Test
Repairs and aIterations to re aIarm systems
6.3.1.8 Repair, replacement and alterations of fre alarm system components shall be in accordance with
CAN/ULC-S524, Standard for the nstallation of Fire Alarm Systems.
6.3.2.1. (1) The owner shall ensure that any person performing the annual tests or annual inspections re-
quired by this Subsection and any person performing repair, replacement or alterations referred to in Article
6.3.1.8. is in compliance with the requirements of
(a) Clause 1.2.1.2(1) (a) of Division C, or
(b) Sentence 1.2.1.2(2) of Division C.
Fire aIarm systems
6.3.2.2 (1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a fre alarm system, with or without voice communication
capability, shall be inspected and tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S536, nspection and Testing of Fire
Alarm Systems.
Page 4 of 4
2-16-2
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 2-16-2
AppeaIs under the OESC process
Rule 2-018
Issued JuIy 2009
To support the resolution of appeals related to the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) and the Electrical
Distribution Safety Regulation (EDSR), procedural rules and business processes have been developed and
an independent review panel of industry representatives was established.
ResoIving Disputes - InformaI AppeaIs
ndividuals making informal appeals are encouraged to frst resolve the dispute with the Inspector involved,
the Senior Inspector and the Technical Advisor.
ResoIving disputes - AppeaIs
If a resolution is not achieved through consultation with the Inspector involved, the Senior Inspector and the
Technical Advisor, an appeal may be made to the Electrical Safety Authoritys (ESA) Director of Appeals re-
garding the defect notice or non-compliance order.
Orders issued under the OESC or the EDSR that can be appealed include, but are not limited to:
Defect notice
Disconnection order
Order related to unapproved products
Non-compliance orders
Refusal to grant a connection authorization
Findings on plans
Refusal to approve plans
The ESA has a three step appeal process:
Step 1: Request for Review before ESA's Director
Step 2: Notice of Appeal before the Review Panel
Step 3: Appeal to Divisional Court
For more information about the Appeals Regulation and process, please visit the Government and Regulation
section on the ESAs website at www.esasafe.com
2-18-1
Bulletin 2-18-1
Identication of EIectricaI InstaIIations (ie BuiIdings, Lots and Services)
Rule 2-004 (5)
Issued May 2009
Issue
Every installation must be clearly identifed with Civic address and/or Lot numbers for the purpose of inspec-
tion.
Direction
Every electrical installation (ie Building, property and/or service) shall be clearly identifed with its Civic/Fire
dentifcation number and /or Lot Number before an inspection may take place.
The markings shall be visible from the access road or equivalent. This identifcation shall match the identifca-
tion provided on the application for inspection.
Rationale
In the interest of safety we have provided direction to our inspectors that we will not do any inspection on any
installation where we cannot clearly identify and confrm that the notifcation matches the installation.
A number of years ago, the province undertook an ambitious venture of identifying all properties for fre
service identifcation. The municipal planning department should be able to provide the contactor with proper
identifcation information when a building permit is issued.
ESA will not inspect any installation that is not clearly identifed with the Civic /Fire dentifcation Number and/
or Lot number.
Background
When an application for inspection is received by ESA, the information provided on the notifcation is used by
the inspector to fnd the installation requiring inspection.
If the information is missing, incomplete or inaccurate, the inspector may be forced to make assumptions as
to whether the site visited is indeed the intended target of the request for inspection.
This can create confusion, errors and potential safety issues. When an inspector issues a connection authori-
zation to energize a service, the Local Distribution Company (supply authority) uses that same location infor-
mation when energizing the service. f the installation is not clearly identifed, the wrong service may become
energized, with serious consequences.
In the case of new sub-divisions confusion can exist because there may be more than one builder on the
same street all using Lot 1 to identify their installation.
Page 1 of 1
2-19-2
BuIIetin 2-19-2
PaneI board and breaker repIacement
Rule 2-034
Issued May 2009
Issue
Questions have been asked regarding acceptable brands and types of new circuit breakers for use in older
brand names of panelboards that are no longer manufactured.
Background
There have been several issues with respect to replacing breakers in panels where the panel board manu-
facturer is no longer in existence or has been acquired by another manufacturer. In consultation with various
manufacturers, Table B1 was constructed to provide breaker replacement information for the various panel-
boards used in the province of Ontario. Table B2 has been provided by Cutler Hammer as a more compre-
hensive cross reference regarding breakers that they currently manufacture under the Cutler Hammer brand
name that are compatible with panelboards having older brand names.
Direction
All panelboards are required by the product standards to be marked with the make and type of breakers that
are acceptable for use in that panelboard. A replacement breaker is permitted to be of a different brand name
than the original panelboard provided that it is the same type as one of those marked on the panel. The circuit
breaker must also bear a recognized certifcation mark. As an example, Type QBL breakers that are currently
manufactured under the Cutler Hammer brand name are permitted to be installed in older C.E.B., Sylvania,
and Commander brands of panels that are marked for use with this type of breaker.
TabIe B1 - Breaker repIacement Iookup chart
Panel Board: Westinghouse
Replacement Breakers
(1) Westinghouse
(2) Commander
(3) Cutler-Hammer
PaneI Board: Commander
(1) Westinghouse
(2) Commander
(3) Cutler-Hammer
Panel Board: ITE
(1) ITE
(2) Siemens
Bryant
(1) Bryant
(2) Hubbell
Page 1 of 2
2-19-2
TabIe B2 - The foIIowing CEB, SyIvania, Commander, Westinghouse, and ChaIIenger PaneIs shaII be
permitted to use the foIIowing CutIer-Hammer RepIacement breakers
Original Manufacturer/
Panel Name
Panel Name
Bolt-on Breaker Type
Plug-in
Breaker Type
QBL BQL BQLT BQGF BAB GFCBB DNBA BR DNPL GFCB
C.E.B. (Ground Fault n/a) X
Sylvania (Ground Fault
n/a) X
Commander B/BC/BQ X
Challenger PL/PM/PMF X X X
Commander QL/QM X X X
Westinghouse GL, GLC,
WL, WIB, Novaline, NLC X X X
Cutler-Hammer QM/QL X X X
Cutler-Hammer CPL/CPM X X X
Cutler-Hammer CBL/CBM X X X
Page 2 of 2
2-20-1
Bulletin 2-20-1
Shock and arc ash protection
Rule 2-306
Issued May 2009
2-306 Shock and arc ash protection
Subrule (1) requires electrical equipment, other than in dwelling units, that may require maintenance to be
marked in the feld to warn individuals of the potential arc fash and electric shock hazards. This marking is
required for assistance in determining severity of potential exposure, planning safe work practices, and select-
ing personal protective equipment to protect against shock and arc fash hazards.
Subrule (2) requires that the feld marking on the equipment be visible to personnel before work is performed
on the equipment.
The marking referred to in Subrule (1) shall be located so that it is clearly visible to persons before examina-
tion, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance of the equipment.
The following are samples of warning labels that may be used to satisfy the new Code rule directions:
The following are documents that can be used to assess the risk hazard that may exist at the location:
CSA Z 462, Workplace Electrical Safety in the Workplace, provides assistance in determining the severity
of potential exposure, planning safe work practices, and selecting personal protective equipment to protect
against shock and arc fash hazards.
ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels, provides guidelines for the design of safety signs and labels
for application to products.
IEEE 1584, Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations, provides assistance in determining the arc
fash hazard distance and incident energy that workers may be exposed to from electrical equipment.
Rationale
Electrical ncident Reports received over the last number of years identifed many serious personal injury ac-
cidents and deaths while working on energized electrical equipment. The rule requires the equipment to be
marked to warn workers of the danger of shock and arc fash hazard.
Page 1 of 1
2-21-0
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin 2-21-0
EIectricaI InstaIIations that are not compIiant with the
Ontario EIectricaI Safety Code
Rules 2-018 and 2-030
Issued JuIy 2009
Scope
(1) Introduction
(2) Defnitions
(a) Classifcation of defects
(b) Deviation and postponement
(3) ESA response on non-Code compliant installations
(a) Defect response
(b) Deviation and postponement response
(1) Introduction
The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is responsible for public electrical safety in Ontario as designated by
Ontario Regulation 89/99 and is responsible for enforcing the Electricity Act and Regulations, including the
Ontario Electrical Safety Code, Ontario Regulation 164/99.
When the Electrical Safety Authority performs an inspection of an electrical installation and determines that
the installation does not comply with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC), the non-compliances are
treated as defects, which are classifed as outlined in this Bulletin. n some cases a one time postponement or
deviation from the Code may be granted for non-compliance.
(2) Denitions
(a) CIassication of defects
Life and/or property (L&OP) defect An ESA Inspector determines that the electrical installation does
not comply with the OESC and presents a high likelihood of shock or fre.
Defect - An ESA Inspector determines that the electrical installation does not comply with the OESC;
however the defciency does not present a high likelihood of shock or fre. The ESA nspector determines
that the non-compliant installation represents moderate risk.
Warning Defect An ESA Inspector determines that the electrical installation does not comply with the
OESC however the likelihood of shock and fre is low or the likelihood of exposure is low. The ESA n-
spector determines that the non-compliant installation represents low risk.
(b) Deviation and postponement
Postponement An ESA Inspector determines that the electrical installation does not comply with the
OESC however the installation does not create undue hazard to persons or property and presents a mi-
nor degree of deviation from the OESC requirements.
Deviation - The electrical installation does not comply with the OESC however the installation does not
create an undue hazard to persons or property and presents a moderate degree of deviation from the
OESC requirements.
2-21-0
(3) ESA response to non-Code compIiant instaIIations
Figure B1- ESA response on non-Code compIiant instaIIations
Every contractor who has performed work on an electrical installation and has been notifed by the inspection
department that the installation does not conform to this Code shall remedy all defects in work that is not ap-
proved within such time and in such manner as the notice from the inspection department directs.
Failure to remedy defects as directed by the Electrical Safety Authority will initiate policy that may lead to the
disconnection of power, prosecution under the Electricity Act or deferment (electrical contractors).
All non-compliances will be communicated in writing to the inspection notifcation Applicant (or property owner
where applicable).
(a) Defect response
Life and/or property (L&OP) defect - Where Life and/or Property hazards have been identifed by the
inspection department, immediate action to ensure public safety is required as per ESA policy.
Defect - An ESA nspector issues an order to fx the defect within a specifed time. The defect must be
corrected and re-inspected before the defective part of the job can proceed.
o If previous postponements or warning defects have been repeated (Applicant has not changed be-
haviour), then a defect may be issued even if the non-compliant installation presents a low risk.
Warning Defect An ESA nspector issues an order to fx the defect within a specifed timeframe. Work
on the job can proceed.
o Warning defect may also be issued if previous postponements have not changed the Applicant be-
haviour and were repeated.
Page 2 of 3
2-21-0
Page 3 of 3
The follow-up on all non-Code compliant installations will be as per the inspection department policy. Although
the Ontario Electrical Safety Code is not retro-active, ESA will follow-up on non-compliant installations at ex-
isting installations where it deems public safety is at risk (General inspections, Hazard investigations etc.).
(b) Deviation and postponement response
The inspection department may grant a deviation or postponement from the requirements of this Code. A
deviation or postponement is lawful in respect of an electrical installation where adequate proof that the devia-
tion or postponement does not create an undue hazard to persons or property under the circumstances has
been provided to the inspection department.
Postponement An ESA Inspector documents and communicates a postponement to the Applicant. The
postponement will clearly explain there is an expectation for compliance to the Code in the future.
Deviation - An ESA Inspector advises the Applicant to apply for Deviation. The deviation will require a
review and analysis by ESA.
4-3-6
Page 1 of 2
Bulletin 4-3-6
Sizing of Neutral Conductors
Rule 4-022
Issued JuIy 2009
Scope
(1) Minimum size of service neutral for single dwellings
(2) Unbalanced loads and size of neutral
(1) Minimum size of service neutraI for singIe dweIIings
Rule 6-308 permits the use of a bare neutral conductor in a consumers service subject to the restrictions of
the rule. A bare neutral having suffcient ampacity to carry the unbalanced load is permitted by Rule 4-022 to
have the same ampacity as a conductor with insulation of the same temperature rating as the ungrounded
conductors. This means that the neutral is sized purely on the basis of unbalanced load and will be the same
size whether bare or insulated.
To avoid differences of opinion in determining the minimum size of neutral permitted for 120/240 volt single
phase services in single dwellings, the following shall be acceptable.
The neutral conductor size shall be not less than the minimum size of grounded conductor required by Rule
10-204.
Notes:
The minimum size of the neutral is based on the ampacity of the ungrounded circuit conductors, not the am-
pere rating of the electrical service.
For example, two 3/0 AWG RW90 copper ungrounded circuit conductors will be installed in an above ground
raceway to supply a 200 ampere service. Table 2 tells us that the ampacity of the 3/0 conductors is 210 amps.
Table 16 forces us to use the 300 amp row of the table and therefore requires a #4 AWG copper neutral con-
ductor.
If 2/0 AWG RW90 copper ungrounded circuit conductors are used as permitted by the footnote to Table 2,
then our ampacity is 200 amps and Table 16 permits a #6 AWG copper neutral conductor to be used provided
that it is compatible with the lugs it will be terminated in.
The minimum size of the neutral conductor can never be less than the minimum size required by the terminat-
ing lugs of the equipment that the neutral is connected to.
In addition, bare neutral conductors must be insulated where passing through a meter base and in service
switches where there is danger of inadvertent contact with live parts.
(2) UnbaIanced Ioads and size of neutraI
Rule 4-022 states that the neutral conductor shall have suffcient ampacity to carry the unbalanced load. The
unbalanced load may be comprised of two components: unbalancing in the phase loading and unbalancing by
the harmonics produced from non-linear loads.
4-3-6
Page 2 of 2
For example, Rule 4-022(2)(a) does not allow any reduction in the neutral size for that portion of a load
consisting of electric discharge lighting. Electric discharge lighting includes fuorescent and high intensity
discharge lighting (e.g. Metal Halide). The Code does not permit a reduction in neutral size for this type of
load recognizing the diffculty in balancing the phase loading of electric discharge lighting together with the
harmonic current produced by these types of non-linear loads.
Although not mentioned specifcally by the Code, there are also other harmonic producing non-linear loads
that must be considered when sizing the neutral conductor. Examples of these types of loads are computers,
variable frequency drives, and uninterruptable power supply systems.
The neutral conductor provides a return path for the current carried by the individual phase conductors of a
three phase system. The 60 Hz phase currents will cancel each other when they return through the common
neutral and it will carry only any imbalance between these currents.
Any triplen harmonic currents produced by non-linear loads at frequencies other than 60 Hz do not cancel
each other and will combine in a common neutral. This can result in the neutral conductor carrying a much
higher current than predicted when considering only the 60 Hz phase current imbalance. If a reduced neutral
is installed based only on the maximum 60 Hz imbalance and some of the load consists of non-linear harmon-
ic producing loads, then there is possibility the reduced neutral may be overloaded by the triplen harmonic
currents resulting in overheating.
It is essential that the neutral conductor be sized to handle both the 60 Hz unbalanced load currents and the
triplen harmonic current generated by connected non-linear loads.
In the case of existing installations where there may be harmonic concerns, the size of neutral conductor
should be recalculated considering the total unbalanced current including both unbalanced load current and
zero sequence harmonic currents.
4-5-10
Bulletin 4-5-10
Identication and coIouring of insuIated conductors and cabIes
Rules 4-028, 4-030, and 4-036
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) dentifcation of insulated neutral conductors
(2) dentifcation of insulated bonding conductors
(3) dentifcation of a neutral conductor when changing circuit voltage
(4) The use of tape to mark or identify conductors
(5) Colour of non-metallic sheathed cable outer jackets
(1) Identication of insuIated neutraI conductors
Consumer's services
In the 2009 edition of the OESC, Rule 4-028(1) has been amended and no longer requires that insulated neu-
tral conductors in consumers services up to and including 200 A be coloured white or natural grey.
Rule 4-028(1) now simply requires that all insulated neutral conductors up to and including No. 2 AWG, in any
location, shall be identifed by a continuous white or natural grey covering, or by three continuous white strips
along the entire length of the conductor.
Rule 4-030 requires that insulated neutral conductors larger than No. 2 AWG shall either be continuously
identifed or be suitably labelled or marked at each end at the time of installation. Marking shall be permitted
to be white paint, white sleeving, white tape, or other equivalent means.
Rule 4-028(4) permits insulated neutrals of any size in multi conductor cables to be permanently identifed at
each accessible point in the circuit by the use of white paint, white sleeving, white tape, or other equivalent
means.
Safety Note
There was a near miss reported where the neutral and a phase conductor were interchanged accidentally at
the supply connection point to a consumers service.
Historically, utilities have used white to identify one of the phase conductors in their systems, which can po-
tentially lead to errors when a consumers service is connected to a supply authority system.
Although not required by the Code, it is considered good practice to bare the consumers neutral conductor at
the weather head on three phase services to reduce the likelihood of a utility worker treating the white con-
ductor as a phase conductor.
(2) Identication of insuIated bonding conductors
Rule 4-036 requires that insulated bonding or grounding conductors up to and including No. 2 AWG in size
shall have a continuous outer fnish that is either green or green with one or more yellow stripes.
In sizes larger than No. 2 AWG the conductor is permitted to be labelled or marked in a permanent manner
with a green colour or green colour with one or more yellow stripes at each end and at each point where the
Page 1 of 3
4-5-10
conductor is accessible. Paint, sleeving, tape, or other equivalent means are acceptable.
IsoIated bonding conductors (as permitted by RuIe 10-906)
In the past it was permitted to use the red conductor of a three conductor armoured or non-metallic sheathed
cable as the insulated bond conductor for circuits requiring an isolated bond connection provided that the red
conductor ends were marked green.
This practice is no longer permitted and Rule 4-036 shall be complied with in respect to the colouring of
insulated bonding and grounding conductors. Product is readily available with both an insulated green bond
conductor and a bare bond conductor that is certifed for use and meets the minimum requirements of Rule
4-036.
(3) Identication of the neutraI conductor when changing circuit voItage
Where equipment operating at 120V is installed on a circuit converted from 240V operation, such as may oc-
cur where natural gas water heaters replace electric water heaters, one of the unidentifed conductors may be
re-used as an identifed conductor as per Rule 4-028(4) provided that any exposed portion of the conductor
is permanently identifed at each accessible point in the circuit by white paint, white sleeving, white tape, or
equivalent means.
(4) The use of tape to mark or identify conductors
Tape is acceptable for identifcation or marking of conductors if it is applied as per the CSA standard in a half lap
wrapped manner. CSA C22.2 No. 197 PVC insulating tape states: The tape is intended to be applied in layers,
each layer being half-lapped... (See Figure B1)
Note
Where tape is used outdoors for identifcation of conductors at a supply connection point or similar location,
Weather Resistant tape shall be used.
Where there are longer lengths of cable at larger enclosures such as switchboards a minimum of 150mm of
conductor shall be identifed at the points of connections.
Figure B1
Page 2 of 3
4-5-10
(5) CoIour of non-metaIIic sheathed cabIe outer jackets
Question
Why are some non metallic sheathed cable (NMSC) jackets coloured blue, some red, some yellow, some
white, etc?
Answer
The colouring of the jacket of non-metallic sheathed cable is not mandated by the Code. Some cable manufactur-
ers are colour coding the jackets of cables intended for different purposes as a marketing tool. White is intended for
general purpose circuits, blue is intended for AFCI circuits, yellow for 20 amp kitchen circuits, and red for 240 volt
circuits. Inspectors will check the wire size (gauge) rather than the cable jacket colour to ensure the correct wire
has been used for the connected load.
Page 3 of 3
Bulletin 4-7-8
CabIe ampacities
Rule 4-004
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Selecting the appropriate tables of ampacities and conductor confgurations based on the installation
condition
(2) Ampacities for 3 single conductor cables and 5 single conductor cables in parallel underground installa-
tions
(3) Ampacities determined by calculation
(4) Cable ampacities for short lengths of conductor between enclosures
(5) Underground conductor ampacities for the cable arrangements in selected B Diagram confgurations
(a) Table for single conductor ampacities in underground installations
(b) Table for multi-conductor conductor ampacities in underground installations
(1) SeIecting the appropriate tabIes of ampacities and conductor congurations
based on the instaIIation condition
The Electrical Safety Code contains tables of ampacities and conductor confgurations for cables under-
ground which are different from those for cables in air. The following table, Table B1, may be used to fnd and
select the correct diagrams and tables in the Code.
TabIe B1- Reference tabIes of ampacities and conductor congurations based on the instaIIation
condition
Installation Condition Material Cable
Confguration
Ampacity tables
Single Conductor Cables in Free
Air
Copper
Aluminum
Appendix B
Appendix B
Table 1
Table 3
Not more than three Conductors
in Raceway
Copper
Aluminum
Table 2
Table 4
More than 3 conductors in race-
way
Copper
Aluminum
Table 2 + Table 5C
Table 4 + Table 5C
Single Conductor Cables Un-
derground
- Direct Burial
- In Conduit
Copper
Aluminum
Copper
Aluminum
Diagram B4-1
Diagram B4-1
Diagram B4-2
Diagram B4-2
Table D8
Table D9
Table D10
Table D11
Multi Conductor Cables
Underground
- Direct Burial
- In Conduit
Copper
Aluminum
Copper
Aluminum
Diagram B4-3
Diagram B4-3
Diagram B4-4
Diagram B4-4
Table D12
Table D13
Table D14
Table D15
4-7-8
Page 1 of 4
Notes:
Where a cable run is installed under more than one condition, Rule 4-004(14) applies.
Cable ampacities cannot be more than the Tables 1 and 3 values despite the values assigned in Ta-
bles D8 and D9, due to the restriction in Rule 8-104(7).
(2) Ampacities for 3 singIe conductor cabIes and 5 singIe conductor cabIes in
parallel underground.
The code has not published ampacities for 3 and 5 single conductor cables in parallel. The following Table B2
may be used.
TabIe B2 - Ampacities for 3 singIe conductor cabIes and 5 singIe conductor cabIes in paraIIeI
underground installtions
Installation
Condition
Spacings and Conguration Ampacities
3 single conductor cables per
phase, direct buried
Use the same confgurations as
are shown for 4 conductors in
parallel.
Diagram B4-1, Detail 5
Use the same ampacities as are
shown for 4 conductors in parallel.
Tables D8 and D9, Detail 5
phase, direct buried
parallel.
phase in separate under-
ground raceways
parallel.
phase in separate under-
ground raceways
parallel.
(3) Ampacities determined by caIcuIation
When the calculation method for IEEE/ICEA publication Power Cable Ampacities, IEEE S135 is used as an
alternative to the tables contained in the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, data on load factor and thermal resis-
tivity of the soil must be submitted as described in Appendix B (of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code).
In the absence of guidelines in the Code, the value of load factor may be calculated from the ratio -
Average Demand During a 2-Hour Period
Maximum Average Demand Within a 15-Minute Period
During the 2-Hour Period
4-7-8
Page 2 of 4
A feld study verifed that a load factor of 100% is applicable to apartment buildings, both electrically heated
and non-electrically heated. For other types of buildings, load factors less than 100% must be referred to the
Electrical Inspection Department for approval.
The above standards suggest that a soil thermal resistivity of 90 degrees Celsius - centimetres per watt (indi-
cated as RHO-90) is satisfactory for most applications. This is true for concrete and for moist or sandy clay.
Compacted sand is classifed as RHO-120, while loose sand is RHO-150.
(4) CabIe ampacities for short Iengths of conductor between encIosures
Questions have arisen on using free air cable ampacities (Tables 1 and 3 of the Ontario Electrical Safety
Code), between enclosures which are close together. The following should be used for guidance:
v In short runs between physically close equipment, ampacities from Tables 1 and 3 are acceptable where the
length of single conductor cable outside the equipment exceeds the total length inside the equipment.
v In nipples between the equipment and in short runs of cable where condition (1) cannot be met, ampacities shall be
those in Tables 2 and 4.
(5) Underground conductor ampacities for the cabIe arrangements in seIected
"B" Diagram congurations
(a) TabIe for singIe conductor ampacities in underground instaIIations
Continuous Loads - Switch Rated for 80% Continuous Operation
Direct Buried
- Diagram B4-1
Copper - Table D8B Aluminum - Table D9B
Required Ampacity 1/c 2/c 3/c 4/c 1/c 2/c 3/c 4/c
400 Amps 500 kcmil 2/0
kcmil
N/A N/A 600 kcmil 4/0 AWG 1/0 AWG N/A
600 Amps 750 kcmil 250
kcmil
2/0
AWG
1/0
AWG
1250
kcmil
350 kcmil 4/0 AWG 2/0
AWG
800 Amps 1250
kcmil
500
kcmil
4/0
AWG
2/0
AWG
N/A 600 kcmil 350 kcmil 4/0
AWG
1200 Amps N/A 750
kcmil
500
kcmil
250
kcmil
N/A 1250
kcmil
600 kcmil 350
kcmil
In Raceway -
Diagram B4-2
400 Amps 500 kcmil 2/0
AWG
N/A N/A 600 kcmil 4/0 AWG 2/0 AWG N/A
600 Amps 750 kcmil 250
kcmil
3/0
AWG
1/0
AWG
1250
kcmil
350 kcmil 250 kcmil 3/0
AWG
800 Amps 1250
kcmil
500
kcmil
350
kcmil
3/0
AWG
1750
kcmil
600 kcmil 500 kcmil 350
kcmil
1200 Amps N/A 750
kcmil
600
kcmil
350
kcmil
N/A 1250
kcmil
1000
kcmil
600
kcmil
Page 3 of 4 Electrical Safety Authority
4-7-8
Notes:
v This table is only a guide.
v Confgurations must match B Diagrams exactly. Detailed calculations will be required for any variance.
(b) TabIe for muIti-conductor conductor ampacities in underground instaIIations
Continuous Loads - Switch Rated for 80% Continuous Operation
Direct Buried -
Diagram B4-3
400 Amps 500 kcmil 2/0 AWG N/A N/A 600 kcmil 4/0 AWG 1/0 AWG N/A
600 Amps 750 kcmil 250 kcmil 2/0 AWG N/A 1250
kcmil
350 kcmil 4/0 AWG 2/0
AWG
800 Amps 1250
kcmil
500 kcmil 4/0 AWG 2/0
AWG
1750
kcmil
AWG
1200 Amps N/A 1000
kcmil
500 kcmil 350
kcmil
N/A 1500
kcmil
750 kcmil 500
kcmil
In Raceway -
Diagram B4-4
Copper - Table D14B Aluminum - D15B
400 Amps 500 kcmil 3/0 AWG 1/0 AWG N/A 600 kcmil 4/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 1/0
AWG
600 Amps 1000
kcmil
350 kcmil 3/0 AWG 2/0
AWG
1500
kcmil
AWG
800 Amps 2000
kcmil
AWG
N/A 750 kcmil 500 kcmil 350
kcmil
1200 Amps N/A 1250
kcmil
600 kcmil 500
kcmil
N/A N/A 1000
kcmil
750
kcmil
Notes:
v This table is only a guide.
v Confgurations must match B Diagrams exactly. Detailed calculations will be required for any variance.
4-7-8
Page 4 of 4
Bulletin 4-8-4
DieseI Iocomotive, industriaI motor Iead cabIe (DLO)
Rule 4-006
Issued May 2009
Question
Does the code permit the installation of DLO cable in raceways including cable tray?
Answer
Yes, provided the DLO cable is certifed for use in Canada as RW90 and/or TC (tray cable). n Canada the
CSA surface printing (example below) in conjunction with Table 19 provides guidance regarding where it may
be installed.
TypicaI surface printing found on a duaI marked cabIe:
CSA LL8825 RW90 EP 1KV (-40C) EP/JKT OL RES TC FT4 --- RHH/RHW-2 2kV UL Listed
The example above is approved for use in Canada as an RW90 cable; therefore it may be used as permit-
ted by Table 19 for RW90 type cables, in raceways, for dry and wet locations. It has EP insulation rated up to
1KV. The cable is oil resistant and has a TC rating, which is listed in Table 19 for use in cable tray, provided
Rule 12-2202, is complied with. As well it has a vertical fame spread rating of FT4.
These cables are extra fexible and extremely robust and are ideal for diffcult installations.
4-8-4
4-11-2
Bulletin 4-11-2
Size of cabIes in underground services
Rules 4-004 and 14-104
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Minimum underground conductor sizes - residential
(2) Minimum underground conductor sizes - non residential
(3) Cable approvals
The size of conductor requires consideration of Rules 4-004(15) and (16), 14-104 and Table 13, as well as
Tables 2 and 4 and the notes to those tables.
The following tables (Table B1, B2 and B3) summarize the minimum requirements for USEI aluminum con-
ductor.
(1) Minimum underground conductor sizes - residentiaI
TabIe B1 - ResidentiaI occupancies where no demand caIcuIation is avaiIabIe
Switch Rating Min size USEI 90 Alu-
minum
Rule 8-104
Min size USEI 75
Aluminum
Rule 4-004 (16)
Max Fuse
Rating
Max Breaker
Rating
100 # 2 #1 100 100
200 4/0 250 kcmil 200 200
TabIe B2 - ResidentiaI occupancies where a demand caIcuIation in accordance with Section 8 of the
Ontario EIectricaI Safety Code is avaiIabIe
Switch Rating Calculated
demand up to:
Min Size
USEI 90 Alu-
minum Rule
8-104
Min size
USEI 75 Alu-
minum Rule
8-104
Max Fuse Rating
Rule 14-104,
Table 13, Rule 4-
004 (16)
Max Breaker
Rating
Rule 14-104,
Table 13
200 155A 3/0 Not permitted 175 *
200 165 3/0 175 * 175 *
200 180 4/0 200 200
200 200 4/0 250 kcmil 200 200
(2) Minimum underground conductor sizes - non residentiaI
Please be aware the double dagger note to Table 4 assigns a 185 A ampacity to 4/0 aluminum conductors for
ONLY residential services and subservices. The switch/conductor/overcurrent device combinations for non
residential installations appears below.
This shaded distinction is made because the demand factors for residential installations tend to over estimate
the current actually drawn. For non residential installations, this may not be the case.
TabIe B3 - Non residentiaI instaIIations where a demand caIcuIation in accordance with
Section 8 of the Ontario EIectricaI Safety Code is avaiIabIe
Switch Rating Calculated
demand up
to:
Min Size USEI
90 Aluminum
Rule 8-104
Min size USEI
75 Aluminum
Rule 8-104
Max Fuse Rating
Rule 14-104,
Table 13, Rule
4-004 (16)
Max Breaker
Rating
Rule 14-104,
Table 13
200 155A 3/0 Not permitted 175 *
200 165 3/0 175 * 175 *
200 180 4/0 200 200
200 185 4/0 250 kcmil 200 200
200 200 250 kcmil 250 kcmil 200 200
* Rule 2-100(2) requires marking of each service box in a conspicuous, legible, permanent manner to clearly
indicate the maximum rating of overcurrent device which may be used for the installation.
(3) CabIe approvaIs
Approved USEI cable meets the requirements of Canadian Standards Association standard C22.2 No 38 and
bears the designation USE and (words/letters to identify the certifcation organization - e.g. CSA, cUL,
etc.).
Cable which is similar and bearing other designations, as used by some utilities, may not be required to com-
ply with the long term insulation resistance tests and the deformation of insulation tests in C22.2 No 38 and
cannot be accepted under the provisions of this bulletin.
Where utilities use unapproved underground cables, and these terminate on the customers service equip-
ment, the following conditions shall be met:
(a) for services up to and including 400 amperes, the underground conductors must be terminated at the line
side of the outdoor meter socket or at the line side of the service entrance switch where indoor metering
is used;
(b) the lugs or wire connectors on the outdoor meter socket or the service entrance switch must be AL/CU;
(c) non-certifed underground cables or conductors must not be used on the load side of either the meter
socket or the service entrance switch.
Where it is not possible to meet these conditions, the utility conductors must terminate in a pull box (a splitter
is not acceptable) and the joints between the utility conductors and the continuing approved conductors must
be made by the utility.
4-11-2
6-1-13
Bulletin 6-1-13
Consumer's services
Rules 6-206, 6-300, 6-312, and 2-130
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Consumers service equipment location
(2) TEE services
(3) Temporary connection of a permanent residential service
(4) Underground consumers service raceway entry into a building
(5) Sealing and draining of service raceways at the point of entry to a building
(6) Terminating a consumers raceway on top of the service box
(7) Overhead services and the use of USEI90
(1) Consumer's service equipment Iocation
Rule 6-206 requires that the service box or other consumers service equipment shall be as close as practi-
cable to the point where the consumers service conductors enter the building.
Where judgment is required about as close as practicable, the following may be used for guidance on the
maximum length of run:
(a) 1.5 m into rooms or areas of combustible construction; or
(b) 7.5 m into other areas provided: the wiring method is rigid conduit, electrical metallic tubing (EMT) or a
cable with a continuous metal sheath or interlocking armour and the conduit or cable is mechanically pro-
tected where it is within 2 m of the foor.
(2) TEE Services
Residential TEE services shall be permitted for overhead services where an existing TEE service is re-
placed or upgraded.
(3) Temporary connection of a permanent residentiaI service
A service panel with a lock off means on the main breaker is acceptable for temporary connection on new
house construction, provided that the panel is protected from the weather by plastic or other suitable covering
until the roof is on.
(4) Underground consumer's service raceway entry into a buiIding
Subrule 6-300(3) requires that an underground consumers service raceway enter a building above ground
where practicable. If it is not practicable, then the raceway must be suitably drained or installed in such a way
that moisture and gas will not enter the building.
The intent of the subrule is to prevent water leaking into either the building or the electrical service equipment
and causing damage.
Questions have arisen as to how we determine above ground or above grade.
Page 1 of 3
6-1-13
Above ground or grade will be interpreted as any part of the building that is more than 150 mm above the
fnished grade. (See Figure B1)
(5) SeaIing and draining of consumer's service raceways
at the point of entry to a buiIding
Rule 6-312(1) requires that a consumers service raceway which enters a building above grade level shall be
sealed and suitably drained.
Questions have been asked regarding the sealing of raceways entering into unheated areas of buildings such
as garages, etc.
In the interest of consistency, all service entrance raceways penetrating an outside wall shall be sealed and
drained as required by the rule so as to prevent air movement and potential condensation in electrical equip-
ment.
(6) Terminating a consumer's raceway on top of the service box
Rule 6-312(2) states that a consumers service raceway shall not be terminated on top of a service box ex-
cept where drained outside. Compliance with this requirement will usually require the installation of a conduit
ftting (such as an LB) immediately before the raceway entry into the building so as to provide a drainage
point. The bottom of the ftting shall be drilled or notched to ensure suitable drainage to the outdoors. Other
means of compliance are also acceptable.
Questions have been asked regarding compliance when retroftting an existing installation. f relocation of the
point of entry into the building so as to provide an outdoor drainage point is not practicable and there is no
visible evidence of moisture in the existing service equipment, then the service raceway shall be permitted to
enter the top of the service box. Examples of where it may not be practicable to relocate the point of entry are
older buildings with thick stone walls or where there are other structural or mechanical restrictions.
Acceptable
installations
Not acceptable
installations
Finished grade
LB fittings
Min 150 mm to
bottom of conduit
Figure B1 - Interpretation of "above ground"
Page 2 of 3
6-1-13
(7) Overhead services and the use of USEI90
We have been asked if USEI90 may be used in an overhead service.
USE90 cable may be used in all parts of a Consumer's Service (as defned in Section 0 of the Ontario
Electrical Safety Code), whether supplied from underground or overhead. This applies to line and load sides
of the meter base in both cases. The cable is suitable for installation exposed to the elements as the jacket
must pass the Canadian Standards Association Weather Resistance test in C22.2 No. 52-96.
Rule 2-130 specifes that cables installed and used where exposed to direct rays of the sun be specifcally ap-
proved for the purpose and be so marked.
Page 3 of 3
6-3-5
Bulletin 6-3-5
Dual Lugged and Multiple Meter Mounting Bases
Rules 6-104, 6-200 6-104, 6-200
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Dual Lugged Meterbases
(2) 400 Amp Self Contained Meter Mounting Devices
(3) Ampere Rating of Individual Consumers Services Where Multiple Meter Mounting Devices are Used
(4) Five & Six Gang Meterbases
(1) DuaI Lugged Meterbases
Background:
Meter mounting devices (meterbases) are available with dual lugs and questions have been asked about
using them as a splitter to supply two consumers services. There has been inconsistent interpretation of the
code in this matter.
Direction:
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code Rule 6-200(2) permits more than one service box to be connected to a
single consumer's service provided:
1. The subdivision is made in an approved dual lug meter mounting device rated at not more than 600 A
and 150 V to ground; and
2. The meter mounting device is located outdoors.
Where the service boxes are in the same occupancy, the service boxes shall be grouped where practicable
in accordance with Rule 6-102(2); where it is not practicable, a permanent diagram shall be posted at each
service box indicating the location of all other service boxes in accordance with Rule 6-102(3).
For all installations, the number of conductors per lug shall not exceed the number for which the lug is ap-
proved.
(2) 400 Amp SeIf Contained Meter Mounting Devices
Self-contained 400 A rated meter mounting devices contain current transformers with automatic circuit closing
devices to short out the secondary windings of the current transformers upon removal of the meter. Those
concerned with installation and maintenance on services with such meter mounting devices should be aware
that removal of the meter does not isolate the service.
(3) Ampere Rating of IndividuaI Consumer's Services Where MuItipIe Meter
Mounting Devices are Used
Multiple meter mounting bases used in residential installations require demand calculations to determine the
maximum number and ratings of sub-services. If no demand calculations are available, then the total of the
ratings of the switches fed from the multiple meter mounting bases shall not exceed the ampere rating of the
meter base.
Multiple meter mounting bases are also acceptable for non-residential installations. The combined ratings of
the switches/breakers supplied from the meter base shall not exceed the rating of the meter base.
Page 1 of 2
6-3-5
(4) Five & Six Gang Meterbases
Question:
s it permitted to use 5 and 6 ganged meter bases?
Answer
Yes, it is permitted to install up to six gang meterbases for the connection of up to six consumers services
provided that Rule 6-200(2) is complied with.
6-200(2) Where acceptable, or unless prohibited by a code or standard under a rule or by-law of the sup-
ply authority concerning the number of service boxes, more than one service box shall be permitted
to be connected to a single consumer's service provided:
(a) The subdivisions are made in a multiple or dual lug meter mounting device rated at not
more than 600 amperes and 150 V to ground; and
(b) The meter mounting device is located outdoors; and
(c) For other than consumers services to residential occupancies, the ampere rating of the
multiple meter mounting device is not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the ser-
vice boxes supplied from the meter mounting device.
Rationale:
A literal interpretation of Rules 6-104 and 6-200 does not permit the use of fve or six gang meterbases since
the number of subdivisions is limited to four, unless a deviation is allowed.
ESA recognizes that approved fve and six gang meterbases are readily available and have been used suc-
cessfully in the past without undue hazard to persons or property.
Rule 6-104 Number of Consumers Services Permitted in or on a Building
The number of consumers services of the same voltage and characteristics, terminating at any
one supply service, run to, on, or in any building, shall not exceed four, unless there is a deviation
allowed in accordance with Rule 2-030.
6-200 Service Equipment
(3) For the application of Rule 6-104, each subdivision of the meter mounting device shall be
considered a consumers service.
Page 2 of 2
6-5-1
Bulletin 6-5-1
Service to pubIic transit sheIters, teIephone booths, signs, CATV ampIiers and etc.
Rules 6-200and 6-206
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Requirements for service entrance equipment
(2) Example of acceptable service installation for bus shelters and phone booths
(1) Requirements for service entrance equipment
When power is supplied to signs, bus shelters, telephone booths, CATV amplifers, etc., the need for service
entrance equipment is dependent on the source of this power:
f power is supplied from a building, service entrance equipment is not required and supply is treated
as a branch circuit.
f power is supplied by a supply authority, service entrance equipment is required and shall meet the
following requirements for service entrance, service conductors and grounding and bonding, Rule 6-
206:
Service entrance
The service box must be an approved weatherproof service entrance box. For cabinet and pedestal-type
equipment, the service entrance switch may be part of an approved assembly. The service head shall be in
accordance with Rule 6-114.
Service conductors
Service conductors shall be No. 10 AWG, type TW75 or equivalent in accordance with Rule 6-302. Service
conduit size is inch minimum. Where connected to an overhead line, the service head installation must
conform with Rules 6-112 to 6-116.
Grounding and bonding
The neutral at each service entrance box shall be grounded to one 3 meter ground rod, or a ground plate
buried not less than 600 mm. The installation of one ground rod is an easement to the normal requirement for
two rods as per Rule 10-700 (2). The installation of a ground electrode may not be practicable in downtown
areas, or where there are concrete sidewalks at the base of the pole. See Diagram B1 for suitable alternate
grounding method for bus shelters in these circumstances.
n addition, all non-current carrying metal parts such as fxture enclosures, shelter enclosures and cabinets
shall be bonded in accordance with Rule 10-400. Aerially mounted CATV amplifer cabinets shall be bonded
to the system neutral with a minimum No. 6 AWG copper conductor in a manner acceptable to the communi-
cation utility.
Where the grounding conductor is mechanically protected, it may be a No. 8 AWG copper conductor.
Page 1 of 2
6-5-1
(2) ExampIe of acceptabIe service instaIIation for bus sheIters and phone booths
Diagram B1 - SuitabIe acceptabIe service instaIIation for bus sheIters and phone booths
3.5 meters
above grade
# 6 AWG bare
copper loop
>
>
E
>
'
Concrete Slab
inch rigid conduit
Grade level
inch rigid conduit with 2
No. 10 AWG TW75 or
equivalent copper
conductors and 1 No. 8
AWG copper stranded
conductor
Fixture
connection
box
Approved weatherproof
service box
inch minimum
rigid conduit
Conduit straps
750 mm drip loops
Rule 6-302 (1)
Minimum
depth per
Table 53
120 Volt supply
15 amp overcurrent
device
Expansion Coupling
One Ground Rod,
Note 1
NOTES:
(1) One ground rod at the service entrance switch is normally required unless site conditions (e.g. concrete sidewalk)
make its installation impracticable. In such cases the bare loop in the structure base may be used.
(2) Drawing not to scale
(3) Shelter to be approved
(4) Mechanical protection of raceway may be required in accordance with Rule 12-932 where exposed on the side of
the pole and on the shelter.
Page 2 of 2
6-7-3
Bulletin 6-7-3
Hot spIitters/Tapping existing services
Rules 6-200, 6-212 and 12-3032
Issued July 2010
Scope
(1) Existing hot splitters
(2) Taps off existing service equipment
(1) Existing hot splitters
Issue
There are many installations in Ontario that do not have a main service switch. They are called hot splitters
Periodically we receive questions concerning the need to install a main service switch, or whether it is accept-
able to add another sub service to the existing hot splitter. There are three options to consider.
Option 1
Apply Rule 8-106 (8). Where the installation meets the requirements of Rule 8-106 (8), and does not exceed 6
subdivisions, then allow the additional service without the installation of a main service disconnect.
Option 2
Where the demand load over the past 12 months is not available and there are no more than 6 subdivisions,
obtain a written demand calculation for the complete installation. Where the calculated demand does not
exceed the rating of the splitter equipment, then allow the additional service without the installation of a main
service disconnect.
Option 3
If the subdivision of the main service exceeds 6 sub services or the requirements of Option 1 and 2 cannot be
met, a single main disconnect shall be installed.
(2) Taps off existing service equipment
Rule 6-212 (1) states that service equipment enclosures shall not be used as junction boxes for conductors
tapping off to other apparatus.
Issue
On an existing service sometimes the only way to supply power to new apparatus is to tap into the existing
service box.
Direction
Notwithstanding Rule 6-212(1), based on past practice and satisfactory experience, a deviation is permitted
for a maximum of one tap on the line or load side of the service box with the following conditions:
(a) An independent clamping means is provided for each conductor as per Rule 12-3032(2)(a)(i), e. g.
multiple barrel lug as shown in Photo B1; and
(b) The tap conductor is installed as permitted by Rule 14-100.
Page 1 of 2
6-7-3
Where the tap is made on the load side of a service box by drilling and tapping the bus bar, such drilling and
tapping shall be performed according to the switchgear/equipment manufacturers recommendations.
Where the tap is made on the line side of service box, the conductors, methods of termination and equipment
shall comply with Section 6 requirements.
Photo B1 Double barrel lug
Page 2 of 2
6-8-1
Bulletin 6-8-1
Transformer rated, meter mounting equipment
Rules 6-100
May 2009
This Bulletin is intended to give direction for the installation and acceptance of revenue recovery Electricity
Meters, and Instrument Transformers.
ESA has received questions from an organization that installs revenue billing devices regarding diffculties
they are experiencing with respect to the standards that apply to the design and installation of these devices
or more particularly the acceptance of ratings marked on the device.
The Constitution Act assigns authority for weights and measures to the Federal Government.
This Bulletin is to provide consistent direction with respect to ESAs jurisdiction over revenue billing devices,
governed the Weights and Measures Act and Electricity and Gas nspection Act and used by Local Distri-
bution Companies, licensed by the Ontario Energy Board (OEB).
The Federal Legislation:
Does not require the revenue billing devices to be approved as required by the Canadian Electrical
Code or Ontario Electrical Safety Code; and
Does not give ESA any jurisdiction over revenue billing devices, and/or associated Current Transform-
ers (CTs) and Potential Transformers (PTs) associated with the revenue billing device.
Photo B1 - Current Transformers
Meters and instrument transformers are required to be tested to specifcations, which are set out in the
Electricity and Gas nspection Act. These specifcations establish design, composition, construction and
performance requirements for any meter or instrument transformer. The specifcation also requires a unique
Measurements Canada approval number, as identifed in LMB-EG-07 Specifcation for Approval of Type of
Electricity Meters, Instrument Transformers and Auxiliary Devices.
Page 1 of 2
6-8-1
Photo B2 - Meter Cabinet
Current Transformers are defned by Accuracy Classes depending on the application.
Metering Accuracy CTs are used where a high degree of accuracy is required from low-load values up to full-
load of a system. An example of this application would be the current transformers utilized by utility compa-
nies for large capacity revenue billing.
These meter mounting devices, owned by the consumer, incorporate a current transformer owned by the
LDC.
The size and rating of these current transformers has give rise to questions, as to their rating, and operating
ability under full loading.
Continuous current rating factor (RF) means the specifed factor by which the rated current transformer can
be multiplied to obtain the maximum current that can be carried continuously without exceeding either the
limiting temperature rise from a 30 C ambient temperature, or rated accuracy class limitation. (taken from the
CAN3-C13)
Therefore, rating factors are taken into consideration when selecting CTs.
For example:
a 200/5 CT with an RF of 2 can operate at 200 X 2 = 400 amp maximum;
a 300/5 CT with a RF of 1.5 could operate at 300 X 1.5 = 450 amp maximum
There is some confusion as to selection of current transformers which are rated based on Continuous current
rating factor (RF). Based on testing requirements set out in CAN3-C13 CTs with a rating below 400/5 can be
used in a 400 amp meter base, providing the Continuous Current Rating factor of the CT is equal to or greater
than 400 when multiplied by the rating factor.
Direction
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code requirements for certifcation shall not apply to revenue billing devices
(meters, and associated CTs and /or PTs), with a measurements Canada Approval number. Therefore cus-
tomer as well as utility billing meters, and instrument transformers are deemed to be approved if they have a
measurements Canada Approval number, which are owned by the Local Distribution Companies, or a Meter
utility licensed by Measurement Canada. (CAN3-13-M83)
However all other equipment such as the meter mounting device, check meters, cabinet, conductors etc, of
the consumers installation from the service box or its equivalent up to and including the point at which the
supply authority makes connection is required to meet the requirement of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
Application for nspection shall be fled as per Rule 2-004.
Page 2 of 2
8-3-6
Bulletin 8-3-6
Services and feeders for residentiaI occupancies
Rules 8-200, 8-202
Issued May 2011
Scope
(1) Calculation of the minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors:
Supplying one single dwelling unit (as defined in Section 0);
From a main service supplying two or more single dwelling units such as row-housing, triplex
and quadruplex stacked units;
Supplying one dwelling unit (as defined in Section 0) such as apartment unit; and
From a main service supplying two or more dwelling units.
(2) Classification of different types of row-housing
(1) CaIcuIation of minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors
The intent of this section of the bulletin is to clarify the code requirements to calculate the minimum ampacity
of the service required to one dwelling unit. This section also elaborates on the correct determination of the
minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors from a main service supplying two or more of these dwell-
ing units.
The following examples show the method for calculation carried out for single dwelling units (as per Rule
8-200) versus apartment units (as per Rule 8-202). The ampacity calculations are based on single phase,
120/240V service.
ExampIe (1): CaIcuIation of minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors
a) supplying one single dwelling unit (as defined in Section 0)
Assuming a single dwelling unit with total living area of 140 m
2
(determination of area shall be based on Rule
8-110 as applicable), and other loads as described below:
Rule Ref. Load Designation
Calculated load
(W)
8-200 (1)(a)(i) Basic load for the frst 90 m
2
5000
8-200 (1)(a)(ii) Basic load for additional area 1000
8-200
(1)(a)(iii),
62-116
Electrical space heating (N/A)
4000
8-200
(1)(a)(iii),
Air conditioning (4kW @100% = 4000 W)
8-200
(1)(a)(iii)
8-106(4)
The greater of electrical space-heating and air condi-
tioning loads above
Page 1 of 4
8-3-6
Rule Ref. Load Designation
Calculated load
(W)
8-200
(1)(a)(i)
Electrical Range (rated up to 12kW) 6000
8-200 (1)(a)(ii)
Electrical water heaters (tankless, for pools, spa,
steamers, etc.) (N/A)
N/A
8-200
(1)(a)(vi)
Other loads @ 25% :
- Clothes Dryer (5kW)
1250
Total Calculated load for the unit 17250
The calculated min. ampacity (A) of the service (240V, single Phase) 71.87 A
8-200 (1)
The required min. service ampacity after appIy-
ing RuIe 8-200(1)(b)(i)
100 A
The selected standard ampacity for the service equipment and feeder con-
ductors for this dwelling unit
100 A
b) From a main service suppIying two or more singIe dweIIing units such as row-housing, tripIex
and quadruplex stacked units
Applying Rule 8-200(2)(a) to calculate the minimum ampacity of a service or feeder conductors from a main
service supplying eight (8) of the above single dwelling units in a row-housing installation together with an as-
sumed 3kW of common area lighting (outside of the single dwellings):
Service ampacity, obtained from Subrule 8-200 (1), less the electrical heating and air conditioning
loads = 100A - (4000/240) = 83.3 A
Rule 8-200 (2) (a) references the application of Rule 8-202 (3)(a)(i) to (v):
8-202 (3)(a)(i) 100% of the load of frst unit (A) = 83.3 x 100% 83.3 A
8-202 (3)(a)(ii) 65% of the load of the next 2 units (A) = 83.3 x 2 x 65% 108.29 A
8-202 (3)(a)(iii) 40% of the load of the next 2 units (A) = 83.3 x 2 x 40% 66.64 A
8-202 (3)(a)(iv) 25% of the load of the next 3 units (A) = 83.3 x 3 x 25% 62.48 A
Adding other loads as per Rule 8-200 (2) (b) which references Rule 8-202 (3)(b), (c) and (d)
8-202 (3)(b) Total electrical space heating loads (A) N/A N/A
8-202 (3)(c) Total air conditioning loads (A) = (4000/240) x 8 x 100% 133.33 A
8-202 (3)(d)
Other loads outside of the dwelling units
at 75% (exterior lighting, etc.)
= (3000/240) x 75% 9.38 A
Total Calculated load for eight units (A) 463.41 A
The minimum standard ampacity for the service equipment and feeder conductors
for the above eight units row-housing = 500A
Page 2 of 4
8-3-6
ExampIe (2): CaIcuIation of minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors
a) suppIying one dweIIing unit (as defined in Section 0) such as apartment unit
Assuming an apartment unit with total living area of 140 m2 (determination of area shall be based on Rule 8-
110 as applicable), and other loads as described below:
Rule Ref. Load Designation Calculated load (W)
8-202 (1)(a)(i) Basic load for the frst 45 m
2
3500
8-202 (1)(a)(ii) Basic load for the second 45 m
2
1500
8-202
(1)(a)(iii)
Basic load for additional area 1000
8-202
(1)(a)(iv),
62-116
Electrical space heating (N/A)
4000
8-202
(1)(a)(iv)
Air conditioning (4kW @100%)
8-202
(1)(a)(iv)
8-106(4)
The greater of electrical space-heating and air condition-
ing loads above
8-202 (1)(a)(v) Electrical Range (rated up to 12kW) 6000
8-202
(1)(a)(vi)
Other loads @ 25% :
- Clothes Dryer (5kW)
1250
Total Calculated load for the apartment 17250
8-202 (1)(a)
The caIcuIated min. ampacity (A) of the service
(240V, single Phase)
71.87 A
8-202 (1)
The required min. service ampacity after applying Rule
8-202(1)(b)
71.87 A
The selected standard ampacity for the service equipment and feeder conductors
for this apartment unit
100 A
b) From a main service suppIying two or more dweIIing units
Applying Rule 8-202(3)(a) to calculate the minimum ampacity of a service or feeder conductors from a main
service supplying eight (8) of the above apartments in a building, with an assumed 3kW of common area light-
ing (outside of the apartment units):
Calculated ampacity, obtained from Subrule 8-202 (1)(a), less the electrical heating and air-
conditioning loads = 71.87A - (4000/240) = 55.2 A
Applying Rule 8-202 (3)(a)(i) to (v)
8-202 (3)(a)(i) 100% of the load of frst unit (A) = 55.2 x 100% 55.2 A
8-202 (3)(a)(ii) 65% of the load of the next 2 units (A) = 55.2 x 2 x 65% 71.76 A
8-202 (3)(a)(iii) 40% of the load of the next 2 units (A) = 55.2 x 2 x 40% 44.16 A
8-202 (3)(a)(iv) 25% of the load of the next 3 units (A) = 55.2 x 3 x 25% 41.4 A
Page 3 of 4
8-3-6
Adding other loads as per Rule 8-202 (3)(b), (c) and (d)
8-202 (3)(b) Total electrical space heating loads (A) N/A N/A
8-202 (3)(c) Total air conditioning loads (A) = (4000/240) x 8 x 100% 133.33 A
8-202 (3)(d)
Other loads outside of the apartment units at
75% (exterior lighting, etc.)
= (3000/240) x 75% 9.38 A
Total Calculated load for eight units (A) 355.23 A
The minimum standard ampacity for the service equipment and feeder conductors
for this apartment buiIding = 400A
The important point to keep in mind is that Rule 8-200(2) refers to using the larger individual unit service
sizes resulting from Rule 8-200(1) (a) or (b) (in this case 100A) as the basis for sizing the main service
minimum ampacity for a group of single dwelling units, rather than the calculated 71.87A resulting from Rule
8-200(1)(a).
Note
The result in case of apartment building is different because it is required to use the calculated ampacity for
one unit obtained from Rule 8-202(1)(a) in determining the minimum ampacity of building main service.
(2) CIassication of different types of row-housing
Background
A question had been asked about the classifcation of different types of row housing for the purpose of apply-
ing Rules 8-200 and 8-202.
Question
When cities and townships defne a block of back-to-back townhouses and/or stacked townhouses as Apart-
ment, does the OESC concur with these defnitions for the purpose of applying Rules 8-200 & 8-202 to size
the main service feeder supplying two or more of those units?
Answer
No. The units of a block of back-to-back townhouses fall under the OESC defnition of single dwelling as
a form of row housing. Rule 8-200 shall be used to determine the minimum ampacity for the main service
feeder supplying two or more of those units.
The same concept applies to stacked townhouses with individual ground access.
Rationale
The OESC defnes a single dwelling as a dwelling unit consisting of a detached house, one unit of row hous-
ing, or one unit of a semi-detached, duplex, triplex, or quadruplex house.
Back to back row housing units which do not have back yards and instead share a common rear wall are still
considered as row housing (single dwelling units) for application of the OESC. Stacked units of row housing
with individual ground access will also be considered as row housing.
Page 4 of 4
8-4-1
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 8-4-1
Feeder Sizing for PortabIe CIassrooms
Rules 8-204
Issued May 2009
Background
The table below shall be permitted to be used to indicate the service feeder size for a given number of por-
table classrooms. The table is a guideline and calculations are required for portables other than listed in the
table.
PortabIe Service Sizing
Portable Description Maximum Numbers of Portables per Service
Feeder
Square
Metres
Base-
board
Heating
(Watts)
HVAC
Load
(Amps)
Supply
Voltage
(single
phase)
Calculated
Minimum
Single
Portable
Service Size
in Amps
100 Amp
Single
Phase
100 Amp
Three
Phase
200 Amp
Single
Phase
200
Amp
Three
Phase
66 4500 0 120/240 30.5 3 N/A 6 N/A
66 4500 0 120/208 35.2 3 4 6 9
66 6000 0 120/240 36.3 2 N/A 5 N/A
66 6000 0 120/208 41.9 2 3 6 7
66 7500 0 120/240 42.2 2 N/A 5 N/A
66 7500 0 120/208 48.7 2 3 4 6
66 10000 0 120/240 51.9 2 N/A 4 N/A
66 10000 0 120/208 59.9 1 3 3 6
66 0 27 120/240 38.2 2 N/A 5 N/A
66 0 27 120/208 40.2 2 3 5 9
66 0 42 120/240 52.2 2 N/A 4 N/A
66 0 42 120/208 54.2 1 3 3 6
10-10-5
Bulletin 10-10-5
Grounding of the neutral of a generator
Rules 10-204(1)(c) and 10-206(2)
Issued May 2009
The increasing use of generators has lead to questions on the grounding of these generators. Rule 10-
204(1)(c) of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code states that the grounded circuit conductor (neutral) cannot be
connected to a ground electrode on the load side of the service disconnect.
Generators with no connection between the neutral and the case must be connected through a transfer switch
where the neutral is not switched. (Figure B1) Appendix B Note to Rule 10-206 provides additional clarifca-
tions.
In the case of an electrical service connected with generator that incorporates a neutral, the neutral is ground-
ed in the main service switch. If the generator neutral is connected to the generator case then a four pole
transfer switch is required to ensure the neutral is only connected to the ground electrode at one point at any
given time, Rule 10-206(2). (Figure B2) Generators with a connection between the neutral and the case must
be bonded directly to the ground electrode.
CSA Standard C22.2 No 100 requires that information or marking on the status of the interconnection be-
tween neutral and ground is required to be supplied with the generator.
Caution
Where three pole transfer switches are used, caution shall be exercised when working on the normal power
supply equipment. The neutral is also used by the stand-by system for grounding and may be carrying cur-
rent.
t is recommended that any neutral termination in the system be identifed with proper signage, warning not to
disconnect any system neutral when the stand-by system or normal system is operating.
Figure B1: NeutraI not bonded to the frame
Service from Utility
3 Pole Transfer
Switch
Grounding
Conductor
N : White
Generator ,
Neutral Floating
and not Bonded
to Frame
Load
Equipment bond conductor
( Table 16 )
Xo
Page 1 of 2
10-10-5
Figure B2: NeutraI bonded to the frame
4 Pole Transfer
Switch
System grounding
conductor
Rule 10-812
N: White
Generator,
Neutral grounded
and bonded
to frame
Load
System Grounding
Conductor
Rule 10-812
Figure B3: Transformation between generator and transfer switch
Standby Generator
Main Service
Switch
Transfer Switch
Grounding
Conductor
Load Distribution
Raceway
Grounded Conductor
Identified White
:
A B C
A B C
N: White
N A C B
Generator system grounding conductor
Page 2 of 2
10-11-4
Bulletin 10-11-4
Grounding electrodes and conductors
Rules 10-700, 75-406
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Manufactured grounding electrodes
(a) Buried plate electrode
(b) Plate or rod electrode at lesser depth
(2) Minimum depth of burial for a grounding conductor
(1) Manufactured grounding electrodes
(a) Buried plate electrode
Rule 10-700(2)(b) requires that the electrode be in direct contact with exterior soil at no less than 600 mm
below fnished grade level. Plate electrodes shall not be buried in areas containing rubble or left over building
materials as these may prevent direct contact of the plate with the surrounding soil.
Plate electrodes shall be permitted to be buried below a foor slab. The slab shall be considered as fnished
grade and the soil below as exterior soil to the building. The plate shall be buried at least 600 mm below the
foor slab.
(b) PIate or rod eIectrode at Iesser depth
Rule 10-700(5) states that where a local condition such as rock or permafrost prevents a rod or plate elec-
trode from being installed at the required burial depth, a lesser acceptable depth shall be permitted.
Figure B1 - InstaIIation of pIate eIectrodes
Page 1 of 2
10-11-4
Question
What lesser acceptable depth shall be permitted?
Answer
The requirements from Rule 10-702 of the 2002 Edition of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code shall be accept-
able. The requirements are as follows.
For a plate electrode, where a local condition such as rock or permafrost prevents compliance with the 600
mm burial depth, a lesser depth shall be permitted provided 450 mm granular material or 100 mm concrete is
used to provide a cover that is acceptable.
For a rod electrode, where rock bottom is encountered at a depth of 1.2 m or more, each rod shall be driven
to rock bottom and the remainder buried at least 600 mm below fnished grade level in a horizontal trench;
or where rock bottom is encountered at a depth of less than 1.2 m, each rod shall be buried at least 600 mm
below fnished grade level in a horizontal trench.
(2) Minimum depth of buriaI for a grounding conductor
Questions have been asked about the minimum depth of burial for a grounding conductor.
Direction
The grounding conductor shall be buried not less than 250 mm below grade.
Rationale
This is similar to the requirement contained in Rule 75-406(2).
Page 2 of 2
10-14-5
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin 10-14-5
Bonding of non-eIectricaI equipment
Rules 10-400, 10-406 and 10-814
Issued July 2010
Scope
(1) Bonding interior metal gas piping - (includes natural gas & propane piping)
(2) Bonding of drain to ground
(1) Bonding interior metaI gas piping - (incIudes naturaI gas & propane piping)
Rule 10-406 (4) requires that interior metal gas piping which may become energized, shall be made continu-
ous and be bonded to ground.
Questions have arisen regarding what needs to be bonded, what are acceptable bonding methods, who is
responsible for installing the bond conductor, and does the bond confict with any Gas Codes.
Background
Bonding of interior metal gas piping is required by the Ontario Gas Bulletin 4/92 to minimize hazards associ-
ated with:
v accidental contacts between metal gas piping and energized electrical circuits,
v accumulation of static charges, and
v stray currents and potential differences between various sections of piping.
Bonding is required for new buildings with metal gas piping installed at the time of construction. Bonding
is also required for short sections of metal gas piping that is newly installed for freplaces, pool heaters and
other appliances on existing buildings. This bonding requirement applies to both natural gas and propane gas
installations.
There is generally electrical wiring in the areas where gas piping is installed. This creates the possibility that
the gas pipe, appliance or even an associated metal chimney may become energized. Appliances such as
gas freplaces may have electrical wiring installed right in the unit in close proximity to the gas piping.
Direction
For new buildings with gas piping installed at that time, the contractor responsible for making application for
inspection of the electrical service is responsible for bonding all the gas piping to ground as required by Rule
10-406.
For electrical service upgrades in existing buildings with gas piping present and not bonded to the main ser-
vice ground as required by Rule 10-406, the building owner is to be notifed of the defciency together with a
recommendation the defciency be corrected for safety reasons.
Where gas piping is being installed for the frst time in a building to supply new gas appliances and there is no
change in the main electrical service, the contractor responsible for making application for inspection of the
electrical work associated with the appliances is responsible for the bonding.
For replacement or upgrade of existing gas appliances where the existing gas piping is not bonded to the
main service ground as required by Rule 10-406, the owner of the premises is to be notifed of the defciency
together with a recommendation that the defciency be corrected for safety reasons.
10-14-5
Page 2 of 3
Where a section of new metal gas piping is added for a new appliance and the existing metal gas piping is not
bonded to the main service ground as required by Rule 10-406, the contractor responsible for making applica-
tion for inspection of the electrical work associated with the new appliance is responsible for bonding of the
new section of gas piping to the main service ground.
The requirements of this rule can be satisfed by installing a #6 copper bond wire, with approved clamps, from
the metal gas pipe after the gas meter, to the nearest cold water pipe, or directly to the main service ground.
(Commonly installed at the hot water tank, see Diagram B1). The Electrical nspector must be satisfed that
the water piping system is electrically continuous to the system grounding conductor.
Diagram B1 - Bonding at the hot water tank
The gas bonding conductor may be connected to the black iron or copper gas piping with appropriately sized
and approved clamps or devices. The bonding conductor clamp shall not be attached directly to corrugated
stainless steel tubing (CSST) unless information can be provided showing compliance to the tubing manu-
facturers installation instructions. Most manufacturers of CSST tubing do not permit bonding clamps to be
attached directly to their product.
10-14-5
Photo B1 Typical Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing
(2) Bonding of drain to ground
The section of the metal wastewater piping that shall be bonded is the section that is in contact with the earth.
For the purposes of the rule, that will be considered a continuous system. Once there is an insulating section,
or an insulating type coupling, the portion beyond need not be bonded to the electrical ground and will not be
considered part of the continuous drain system.
The routing and use of the drain is more important than the length. The major concern in the rule is voltage
differences. A length of drain, which is continuous from where it contacts a remote ground, is of more concern
than a length, which is isolated at some point and then continues for some distance. The latter has no ground
reference and can transfer no potential; the former can
The Ontario Gas Utilization Code, 6.14.6 of the B149.1 - 05 does not permit the underground gas piping to
be used for an electrical ground (i.e. grounding electrode). Grounding electrode(s) must be installed as per
Rule 10-700 for electrical system grounding..
Page 3 of 3
10-15-1
Bulletin 10-15-1
System grounding in a meter base
Rules 10-204 and 10-812
Issued May 2009
Rule 10-204(b) requires the grounding connection for alternating current systems to be made at each indi-
vidual service, or in other acceptable service equipment.
We interpret this to mean that when a multiple meter mounting device is used to supply several consumer ser-
vices from one supply service, it is acceptable to connect the system grounding conductor to the neutral bar in
the meter base, and run separate neutral and bonding conductors to each consumer service box. In this case
the neutral in each consumer service box shall not be bonded.
Multiple meter mounting devices shall be factory equipped with a suitable termination point for the system
grounding conductor. The system grounding conductor shall be sized as per Rule 10-812.
Rule 10-812(1) requires all grounding conductors connected to a continuous municipal public water system or
a station grounding grid to be sized per Table 17.
Note 1
Table 17 is based on the ampacity of the largest service conductor required by the Ontario Electrical Safety
Code to supply the multiple meter mounting devices. Utility supplied conductors may be smaller than those
required by the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
For all other types of ground electrodes, Rule 10-812(2) requires the grounding conductor to be not smaller
than a No. 6 AWG.
Note 2
It is also acceptable to ground the neutral at each consumer service panel, in which case the neutral will
require a bond to the panel enclosure. Each system grounding conductor shall be sized as per Rule 10-812
(based on the ampacity of each individual service).
It is not acceptable to ground the neutral at both locations.
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 10-16-1
Grounding & bonding requirements for deep weII submersibIe pumps
instaIIed in weIIs with metaI casings
RuIe 10-700 and 26-954(d)
Issued May 2009
Rule 10-700(1) of the 2009 edition of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code no longer specifcally permits the
use of a metal well casing as a grounding electrode. Subrule (1) has been amended to recognize three types
of ground electrodes which include manufactured, feld-assembled, and in-situ ground electrodes. Using
Subrule (4) for guidance, a metal well casing could be considered as meeting the requirements for an in-situ
ground electrode, however The Ontario Ministry of the Environment does not permit the use of a metal water
well casing as a main electrical ground electrode in Ontario.
Rule 26-954(d) requires pump motors for deep well submersible pumps to be bonded to ground with a mini-
mum conductor sized in accordance with Table 16. The Ministry of the Environment does not prevent bonding
the metal well case to this conductor and therefore to the main service ground electrode.
A heavier than normal bonding conductor is therefore needed because a well casing in contact with moist soil
may be a superior ground electrode. While a bonding conductor sized in accordance with Table 16 is ade-
quate for the pump motor circuit, the fact that an unavoidable current path exists between the motor enclosure
and the well casing exposes the bonding conductor to damage during a lightning strike or an electrical fault.
Bonding the well casing to the pump motor bonding conductor is also necessary to reduce the shock ex-
posure arising from the pump motor and well casing being in close proximity and referenced to different
grounds.
Direction
The following installation practices are acceptable:
(a) The bonding conductor between the metal well casing and the service ground electrode shall be:
(b) A minimum No. 8 AWG copper conductor, where the bonding conductor is protected in the same manner as the
current carrying conductors; or
(d) A minimum No. 6 AWG copper conductor, where the bonding conductor is not protected in the same manner as
the current carrying conductors.
The bonding conductor shall be attached to the metal well casing, and the following methods are acceptable:
(a) Using an approved removable ground clamp,
(b) Welding a stud or short piece of angle iron to the casing and using an approved connector, or
(c) Drilling the well casing to attach an approved connector (only where pitless adapters are used).
Note
The Ministry of Environment is prepared to accept drilling the well casing provided:
(a) The drill hole in the well casing is no larger than 1/4 in diameter.
(b) The hole is placed a maximum of 2 1/2 below the top of the well casing.
(c) The well casing extends at least 12 above fnal ground surface,
(d) The bolted connection is water-tight, and
(e) The well casing top is covered and sealed in accordance with the Ontario Water Resources Act, currently
Ontario Regulation 903.
10-16-1
Page 1 of 2
The bonding conductor between the well casing and the motor may be:
(a) The No. 8 AWG conductor continued and connected to the motor bonding conductor or terminal; or
(b) A conductor sized in accordance with Table 16.
The bond conductor for a steel well casing containing a submersible pump shall be continuous from the well
casing to the main electrical service ground. It shall be acceptable to splice the conductor at the pump control-
ler.
This bulletin has been developed in cooperation with the Ontario Water Well Association and the Ministry of
the Environment.
10-16-1
Page 2 of 2
Bulletin 10-17-2
Entry of system grounding conductor into service entrance rated
combination paneI boards
Rule 10-806
Issued May 2009
We have been asked if the system grounding conductor may enter the panel through the branch circuit sec-
tion of a combination panel.
Traditionally the system grounding conductor has been required to enter service equipment as close as practi-
cable to the point of connection within the equipment. It was not permitted to route the system grounding
conductor through the branch circuit compartment of a combination panel to the main breaker compartment.
There is no rule in the Ontario Electrical Safety Code prohibiting this practice.
Direction
It is permissible to route the system grounding conductor through the branch circuit compartment of a service
entrance rated combination panel as long as no alteration of the main breaker compartment barrier is re-
quired.
System grounding conductors may also be installed in the same raceway as the consumers service conduc-
tors subject to the provisions of Subrule 10-806(5) and provided that they do not interfere with the installation
of the service conductors by a Supply Authority.
In all cases the system grounding conductor shall terminate at the main neutral bar in the main breaker com-
partment of the panel board.
10-17-2
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 10-18-1
Grounding the primary side neutraI on wye-deIta connection transformer
Rule 10-106
Issued May 2009
There have been reported failures of wye-delta connected transformers which had the primary side neutral
connected to the primary system neutral or to ground. The failures occurred due to excessive heating in the
neutral conductor.
Three phase transformers with wye confguration primary windings shall not have the primary XO or neutral
point connected to the system neutral or ground.
CSA Standard C9, Dry-Type Transformers, Table 7 - Note (2) states that if a three phase transformer is manu-
factured for application in a wye-delta confguration, the supplier must include a precautionary note on the
transformer: Do not connect primary side neutral to system neutral or to ground.
As the secondary delta system has no reference to ground, a suitable ground detection device is required as
per 10-106(2).
10-18-1
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 10-20-2
Grounding of portabIe generators
Rules 10-204, 10-206
Issued May 2009
Background
Over the years, there has been inconsistent interpretation of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) as it
applies to portable generator grounding. The OESC does not give clear direction on the acceptability of small
portable generators that are not connected to a grounding electrode.
The following direction is consistent with the requirements of Clause 4.15 of CSA C22.2 No. 100 Motors and
Generators.
Portable Generator Assembly means a prime mover, a generator, overcurrent devices, and output receptacles
that are assembled and connected together on a common machine frame and that is capable of being carried
or moved about by personnel. The generator shall be rated at not more than 12 kW and 240 V and the as-
sembly is intended to be used as an isolated system for the supply of cord connected electrical equipment.
Grounding connections for portabIe generator assembIies
(1) A portable generator assembly AC system shall be permitted to be grounded by a connection to the frame
of the portable generator assembly provided that the following are complied with:
(a) The portable generator assembly supplies only cord and plug connected equipment through recep-
tacles mounted on the generator, and
(b) The non-current carrying conductive parts of the generator and associated equipment, and the
grounding terminals of the output receptacles are bonded to the frame of the portable generator as-
sembly.
(2) A portable generator assembly AC system that is connected to the fxed wiring of premises shall be
grounded by a connection to the premise ground electrode as required by Rules 10-204 and 10-206.
Note
As a condition of approval of certain types of electrical equipment such as portable generators the manufac-
turer supplies instructions pertaining to its installation and operation. It is of the utmost importance that the
end users closely follow installation and operating instructions supplied by the manufacturer to fulfll the terms
of the approval agreement.
10-20-2
Page 1 of 1
10-21-0
Electrical Safety Authority Page 1 of 4 Electrical Safety Authority
10-21-1
Bulletin 10-21-1
CIarication of grounding conductor size
Rules 10-812 and 10-702
Issued January 2010
Scope
(1) Clarifcation of Rule 10-812
(2) Application of Rule 10-812; examples
(3) 12/2 NMSC service grounding conductor
(1) CIarication RuIe 10-812
Rule 10-812(2) requires all grounding conductors that are not connected to a continuous municipal public
water system or to a station grounding grid to be not smaller than No. 6 AWG.
Rule 10-812(1) requires all grounding conductors that are connected to a continuous municipal public water
system or to a station grounding grid to be sized as per Table 17.
v A continuous metallic public water system is one that has no insulating sections (e. g. plastic), and is
connected to a metallic public main water system at the street and is interconnected to other installa-
tions.
v An underground metal water piping system located at least 600 mm below fnished grade and extend-
ing at least 3 m is recognized as a suitable grounding electrode. If this metal water piping system is
not continuous, then Rule 10-812(2) applies, which requires a grounding conductor not smaller than 6
AWG.
v Where a jurisdiction has requirements that prevent the street side of the metallic water line from being
used as a grounding electrode or where an installer has determined that the metallic water line is not
a suitable or not a reliable grounding electrode for a given electrical installation, the following require-
ments are applicable:
(a) An insulating section shall be installed in the water line at the point of entrance of the wa-
ter service to the building to prevent the metallic water line from inadvertently becoming
a grounding electrode. An additional electrode of a type specified in Rule 10-700 shall be
installed. The size of the grounding conductor for the additional electrode shall be not smaller
than No. 6 AWG as per Rule 10-812(2) requirements; or
(b) If an insulating section cannot be installed, the continuous municipal public water system
shall be considered as a grounding electrode and connected with a grounding conductor
sized as per Table 17.
(2) AppIication of RuIe 10-812; exampIes
ExampIe 1, Diagram B1
The service is grounded to a continuous, electrically conductive metallic public water system.
10-21-1
Page 2 of 4
Diagram B1 - The service is grounded to a continuous, eIectricaIIy
conductive metaI pubIic water system
The service is grounded to a manufactured, feld-assembled or in-situ grounding electrode. The metallic water
system installed in a building is not a continuous metallic public water system and could not be used as a
grounding electrode.
Diagram B2 - The service is grounded to a manufactured, eId-assembIed or
in-situ grounding electrode
Two consumer services are in the same facility and supplied from the common supply service, both services
are grounded to a common manufactured, feld-assembled or in-situ grounding electrode (Rule 10-204).
10-21-1
Page 3 of 4
Diagram B3 - Two consumer services suppIied from the common suppIy service are grounded to a
common manufactured, eId-assembIed in-situ grounding eIectrode
In a building, two transformers are supplied from the same source. One transformer is grounded to the source
grounding electrode, which is connected to a continuous, electrically conductive metal public water system.
The other transformer is grounded to a separate grounding electrode, manufactured, feld-assembled or in-
situ.
Rule 10-702 (b) states that where multiple electrodes exist at a building, they shall be bonded together with
no less than a No. 6 AWG copper conductor.
Diagram B4 - Different systems suppIied by a common source
10-21-1
Page 4 of 4
(3) 12/2 NMSC service grounding conductor
Many older services have a 12/2 NMSC installed as the service grounding conductor and the question is often
asked, is it required to be replaced with a conductor meeting Rule 10-812?
To ensure consistency the following shall apply:
(1) When upgrading service equipment panels to increase ampacity, it is mandatory the existing 12/2 NMSC
service grounding conductor be replaced to meet the minimum requirements of Rule 10-812.
(2) When changing service equipment panels from fuses to breakers, but not increasing ampacity, the exist-
ing 12/2 NMSC service grounding conductor shall be permitted to remain.
(3) When replacing load centre panel boards, with no alteration to the service box, the existing 12/2 NMSC
service grounding conductor shall be permitted to remain.
Note
When an existing 12/2 service grounding conductor is utilized, the termination point on the ground electrode
shall be inspected to ensure an approved ground clamp is installed and there is no corrosion at the connec-
tion point.
Rationale
12/2 NMSC has an ampacity equal to a #8 copper conductor which is permitted by Table 17 as a grounding
conductor for 100 amp rated service conductors.
This practice was accepted for many years by the Inspection Authority of the day.
10-22-0
Bulletin 10-22-0
Requirements for converting a deIta service to a grounded wye service
Rules 10-204, 10-812, 4-022, 4-026, 4-028, 14-012, 14-102
Issued October 2010
Scope
(1) Background
(2) Requirements to convert from a delta ungrounded supply to a wye grounded supply
(a) Specifc requirements where the neutral is used for metering purposes only
(b) Specifc requirements where phase-to-neutral loads are served
(1) Background
Utilities may decide to convert from a delta ungrounded supply (3 phase, 3 wire) to a wye grounded supply (3
phase, 4 wire). Generally the customer has no immediate need for supply from a grounded system and they
do not need to increase their capacity.
Rule 10-204 requires that the new 3 phase, 4 wire system be connected to a grounding conductor at each in-
dividual service. In most cases, there will be no system grounded conductor (neutral) run to each consumers
service and no neutral conductor installed as part of the existing delta connected consumers service.
The utility and the customer both generally wish to use the existing installation with as little change as pos-
sible. Questions arise about such things as installing the neutral, grounding and overcurrent protection. The
following has been developed as a guide for implementing such conversions. Please note that some of the
requirements where the metering is changed and neutral loads are to be installed, differ from those where the
neutral is used for metering purposes only.
(2) Requirements to convert from a deIta ungrounded suppIy to a
wye grounded supply
General requirements:
Where the utility and customer are agreeable, conversions should be preceded by a general inspection
to check the condition of equipment, grounding and overcurrent protection. In particular any pre-existing
phase to ground faults shall be rectifed.
All ground fault indicators are to be removed and all openings flled.
The overcurrent protection must be adequate for the available fault current it must interrupt. HRC fuses
are to be used where the available fault current of the system is not known (Rule 14-012).
Where the existing service equipment grounding conductor meets the requirements of Rule 10-812 for a
system grounding conductor, it can be re-used and shall be terminated so as to ground the new system
grounded conductor as per Rule 10-204(1)(b). Adequate provisions shall be made to ensure that the ser-
vice box enclosure is bonded to ground.
For services operating at more than 150 volts to ground and 1000 A or more OR less than 150 volts
to ground and 2000 A or more, Ground Fault Protection shall be provided as required by Rule 14-102.
Converting a Delta service to Wye without the inclusion of ground fault or similar protection exposes the
service equipment to signifcant risk if a failure occurs.
Where Delta-Wye conversions are completed on facilities that had external buildings/structures fed with
no continuous bonding back to the main service distribution, Code compliant bonding is required to be in-
Page 1 of 2
10-22-0
stalled to insure that overcurrent protection operates as required. (with phases now referenced to ground
and no fault return path, a fre hazard could be present where fault current tries to fnd an alternate path-
ie: metallic gas, communication cable etc.)
(a) Specic requirements where the neutraI is used for metering purposes onIy
Where the metering is changed and the neutral is used for metering purposes only, the following additional
requirements apply in addition to General requirements:
Service equipment is to be marked in a permanent and conspicuous manner to indicate that no phase to
neutral loads are permitted.
Notwithstanding Rule 12-106 and 12-904 requirements, the grounded conductor (neutral) is permitted
to be installed external to the raceway containing the ungrounded conductors and may terminate on the
outside of the main service box provided the grounded conductor:
(a) is as close as practical to the raceway containing the ungrounded conductors;
(b) is an aluminum sheathed cable, armoured cable with a non ferrous sheath, MI cable or is an insulated
or bare conductor in a non metallic raceway; and
(c) is installed in compliance with other applicable rules of the code.
Neutral conductors installed for metering purposes only shall be permanently identifed in the service box.
(Rule 4-028) and shall not extend to any distribution equipment.
(b) Specic requirements where phase-to-neutraI Ioads wiII be served
Where the metering is changed to a four wire system and phase-to-neutral loads (other than the metering) are
to be installed, the following additional requirements apply in addition to General requirements:
There must be space and provision in the service box (main disconnect switch) for the termination and
grounding of the neutral conductor. (Rules 4-026 and 10-204) as per Diagram B1. A new bonding jumper
shall be installed to bond the service box enclosure to the new grounding block installed inside the service
box.
The grounded conductor shall not be smaller than that permitted by Rule 10-204(2) and Table 16 and
shall comply with 4-022(3).
A grounded conductor installed external to the service raceway is not permitted where phase to neutral
loads other than the metering are installed. The service neutral conductor shall be installed in the same
manner as the ungrounded service conductors
Diagram B1 - Termination of the grounded conductor
Page 2 of 2
12-2-15
Bulletin 12-2-15
Marking of underground instaIIations and cabIes for submarine use
Rule 12-012
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Adequate marking for underground installations
(2) Submarine cable for low voltage installations
(1) Adequate marking for underground instaIIations
For underground installations examples of adequate marking referred to in Rule 12-012 (11) are as follows:
(a) Continuous red plastic marker tape(s) with black letters identifying the power lines underground installa-
tion,
i) placed approximately half way between the installation and grade level,
ii) installed covering the width of the installation, and
iv) where multiple marker tapes are required to cover the width of the installation marker tapes shall be
permitted to be placed a maximum of 600 mm apart, or
(b) dentifed by permanent above ground markers indicating the installation location at intervals of not more
that 15 m or any change in direction, or
(c) The installation of suitable markers above grade at each riser location and at any location the buried
installation enters a building or similar structure to indicate the presence of buried cables; and the installa-
tion of a layout drawing at a conspicuous location such as the service box or distribution panel will also be
considered as complying with the intent of the Rule.
dentifcation of underground installation is specifed in C22.3 No.7 Underground systems.
(2) Submarine cabIe for Iow voItage instaIIations
Questions have arisen about the types of cable that are acceptable for submersible low voltage installations.
As there is no Canadian Standards Association certifed low voltage cable for use underwater, cables comply-
ing with the following are suitable for submarine applications:
Teck-90 cable; and
NEMA Standard WC-7 - Cross-linked-thermosetting-polyethylene-insulated wire and cable for the trans-
mission and distribution of electrical energy.
Page 1 of 1
12-7-12
Bulletin 12-7-12
Entry of singIe conductors to metaI encIosures
Rules 4-008, 12-3022 (7) and 18-062
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Rules that determine the design of single conductor entries to metal enclosures
(2) Controlling Eddy current effects
(3) Controlling sheath current effects
(a) Single conductor metal-covered cables in hazardous locations
(b) Single conductor cables - example
(c) Single conductor mineral insulated cables
(1) RuIes that determine the design of singIe conductor entries to metaI encIosures
Two rules determine the design of single conductor entries to metal enclosures - Rule 4-008 and Rule 12-
3022(7).
Rule 12-3022 (7) states Where single conductor cables or conductors enter metal boxes through separate
openings, precaution shall be taken to prevent overheating of the metal by induction if the current carried per
conductor exceeds 200 A.
Because this effect is associated with the use of single conductors, it is sometimes confused with the thermal
effects of sheath currents in single conductor metal sheathed cables. (See Rule 4-008) Although both phe-
nomena can occur in the same installation, they differ in that:
(1) Sheath current which is induced on the sheath of the cable raises the temperature of the sheath; whereas
(2) The alternating magnetic feld around a single conductor entering a ferrous metal enclosure results in
induced circulating currents in the wall of the enclosure and a subsequent temperature rise (sometimes
called eddy current effect).
(2) Controlling Eddy current effects
The methods commonly employed for overcoming the problem with alternating magnetic felds are:
(1) The use of non-ferrous or non-magnetic box connectors, lock nuts, and bushings, (Rule 12-106(5); and
(2) Replacement of the ferrous metal by a non-ferrous plate, e.g., aluminium, brass or copper, bolted or oth-
erwise suitably attached to the wall of the enclosure. The minimum permissible thickness is to be 6.4 mm
(1/4 inch)
The method of slotting shall not be used because it results in weakening of the enclosure wall.
Where a non-ferrous metal plate insert is used, the following methods of assuring the bonding to ground of
cable sheaths shall be employed. The Table B1 contains additional information on acceptable practices.
Page 1 of 4
12-7-12
TabIe B1- ControIIing Eddy current effects
At a service At other than a service (e.g. feeders, branch
circuits)
Use an approved non-ferrous/non-magnetic
box connector.
The openings in the non-ferrous metal plate
shall be threaded to accept the cable con-
nectors and the plate shall be of suffcient
thickness (approximately 3/8 to 1/2 in most
cases) to assure the engagement of three full
threads.
Where because of the type of cable connec-
tors, threaded openings in the non-ferrous
plate are not practicable, bonding of the cable
sheaths and connectors to the enclosure shall
be assured in the following manner:
In addition to a locknut, install a grounding
bushing on each cable conductor;
Install the largest conductor that the
grounding terminals will accept, looped so
as to interconnect all of the bushings;
Terminate both ends of the bonding loop
in one or more suitable connectors so
as to effect the bonding of the grounding
bushings to the enclosure; and
Bond the non-ferrous plate to the enclo-
sure.
box connector.
A non-ferrous metal plate insert having
unthreaded openings suitable for the cable
connectors employed will in most cases be
satisfactory.
Type
ACWU
or TECK
single
conductor
cables
box connector
satisfactory.
Connect the bonding conductor for each cable
to the enclosure grounding terminals.
box connector
satisfactory.
Connect the bonding conductor from each
cable to the enclosure grounding terminals.
(3) Controlling sheath current effects
The Appendix B note to Rule 4-008 states that cables carrying currents 200 A and less, with typical spacings
in air, do not constitute a problem, however when cables carry currents up to and including 425 A sheath loss-
es can be reduced to tolerable levels by spacing cables approximately a cable diameter apart. It concludes
that for cables carrying currents greater than 425 A derate or eliminate the sheath currents.
Where insulated plates are used to eliminate sheath currents, an acceptable thickness is 6.4 mm (1/4). The
material must have adequate strength over a range of temperatures and resistance to fammability. Trade
names of materials found acceptable in the past include lexan, bakelite, micarta board and fberglass rein-
forced sheets.
Page 2 of 4
12-7-12
Tables B2 and B3 summarize the requirements for single
conductor cables in non-hazardous locations.
TabIe B2 - ControIIing sheath currents in suppIy or consumer service
Type of
Installation
200 A or less per conductor 201 - 425 A per conductor 426 A and greater per con-
ductor
Free Air and
Underground
Cable sheath to be bonded
to ground at load (customer)
end
Cable sheath to be bonded to ground
at load (customer) end
Cable sheath to be bonded
to ground at load (customer)
end
Non ferrous entries to enclosure as
per above.
Non ferrous entries to enclo-
sure as per above
TabIe B3 - ControIIing sheath currents in feeder or branch circuit
Type of Instal-
lation
200 A or less per conductor 201 - 425 A per conductor 426 A and greater per
conductor
Free Air Cable sheath may be
bonded to ground at both
ends or at supply end only
Cable sheath may be bonded to
ground at both ends, provided
cables are spaced approximately
one diameter apart. For other
spacings, the sheath is to be
bonded at the supply end only or
the ampacities are to be derated
to 70 % or be in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations.
Cable sheath to be bond-
ed to ground at supply
end only, or if the sheath
is bonded to ground at
both ends, the ampaci-
ties are to be derated to
70 % or as per manufac-
turers instructions
Non ferrous or insulating entries
to enclosure as per above.
Non ferrous and insulat-
ing entries to enclosure
as per above
Underground Cable sheath to be bonded
to ground at supply end
only. If the sheath is
bonded to ground at both
ends, the cable ampacities
must be in accordance with
manufacturers recommen-
dations for that situation
Cable sheath to be bonded to
ground at supply end only. If the
sheath is bonded to ground at
both ends, the cable ampacities
must be derated to 70 % or be in
accordance with manufacturers
recommendations for that situa-
tion
Cable sheath to be
bonded to ground at
supply end only. If the
sheath is bonded to
ground at both ends, the
cable ampacities must be
derated to 70 % or be in
accordance with manu-
facturers recommenda-
tions for that situation
Non ferrous and insulating
entries to enclosure as per
above.
Non ferrous and insulating entries
to enclosure as per above.
Non ferrous and insulat-
ing entries to enclosure
as per above
(a) SingIe conductor metaI-covered cabIes in hazardous Iocations
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code, Rule 18-062 requires single conductor cables located in hazardous
locations to be installed in such a manner as to prevent sparking between cable sheaths or between cable
sheaths and metal that is bonded to ground.
Cables shall be clipped or strapped together to ensure good electrical contact between metal cover-
ings at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m and the metal coverings bonded to ground; or
Page 3 of 4
12-7-12
Cables in the circuit shall have the metal coverings continuously covered with insulating material and
the metal coverings bonded to ground at the point of termination in the hazardous location only.
(b) SingIe conductor cabIes - exampIe
A question has arisen about application of Rule 4-008 to situations where the total circuit ampacity exceeds
400 A but each individual cable carries less than 425 A. For example, a 1200 A feeder is installed in free air
using three single conductor cables per phase.
Question
Can aluminum plates be used at both ends of the feeder?
Answer
Yes.
Rational
Each conductor (cable) in the above circuit will carry approximately 400 A when installed in accordance with
Rule 12-108 and the Appendix B note to the rule. Rule 12-3022(7) and the Appendix B note require a non-
ferrous plate where single conductor cables carry above 200 A per conductor. Rule 4-008 Appendix B note
states that cables carrying currents up to and including 425 A need only be spaced one cable diameter apart
to minimize sheath currents and avoid derating. Aluminum plates at both ends satisfy both of these rules.
Only single conductor cables carrying currents above 425 A per conductor would require an insulating plate at
the load end to eliminate the sheath currents and avoid derating the cables.
Note: The Appendix B note to Rule 4-008 requires the use of an insulating plate at the load end of all installa-
tions of underground single conductor cables to eliminate sheath currents due to the wider cable spacings.
(c) SingIe conductor mineraI insuIated cabIes
Single conductor mineral insulated cables with a conductive jacket (eg. Copper) are to have the current
carrying conductors grouped together (bundled) to minimize the induced voltage on the sheath as per Rule
4-008(3).
Page 4 of 4
12-19-10
Page 1 of 9
BuIIetin 12-19-10
Non-MetaIIic-Sheathed CabIes (NMSC) wiring methods
Rules 2-034, 2-200, 4-004, 12-500 to 12-526, 12-3012 and 12-3022(3)
Issued April 2010
Scope
(1) Bundling of NMSC
(2) Installation of NMSC in metal stud construction
(3) Wiring methods for NMSC in a wall construction with rigid foam insulation
(4) NMSC in buildings of non combustible construction
(5) Number of NMSCs per outlet box knockout
(6) Mechanical protection and support of NMSC
(a) In attic or roof spaces as per Rule 12-514(a)
(b) On lower faces of basement joists as per Rule 12-514(b)
(c) In concealed spaces as per Rule 12-516(1)
(d) Within the island/peninsular cabinet
(e) Where NMSC is fished in a residential return air plenum
(f) Where NMSC is dropped from a ceiling or wall to appliances
(g) Where NMSC enters/exits raceway
(h) Where NMSC enters into outlet box
(i) Staples and ties use with NMSC
(7) Installation of NMSC near heating ducts
(8) Installation of NMSC between exterior brick and sheathing
(1) Bundling of NMSC
Bundling non-metallic sheathed cables together increases the temperature of the cables due to mutual heat-
ing and decreases the effciency of heat dissipation. Subrule 4-004(11) of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code
states that if multi conductor cables such as NMSC are run in contact with each other for distances exceeding
600 mm, then the ampacity of the conductors shall be corrected by applying the factors in Table 5C.
Notwithstanding Subrule 4-004(11), a maximum of three two-conductor non metallic sheathed cables shall
be permitted to be run in contact with each other for distances exceeding 600 mm without applying correction
factors provided that:
v the loads supplied by each cable are not considered as continuous as determined by Subrule 8-
104(3); and
v the conductor sizes do not exceed #12 AWG copper or #10 AWG aluminum.
(2) InstaIIation of NMSC in metaI stud construction
Rule 12-516(2) permits the use of non-metallic-sheathed cable with metal stud construction. Where NMSC is
used in metal stud construction the following are installation requirements:
v Approved inserts (grommets) to protect the cable where it passes through the metal stud. The inserts
referred to in Rule 12-516 (2)(b) must be approved for the purpose and adequately secured in place.
v Round inserts are approved for a given size opening in a steel stud. f inserts are loose ftting or can
be easily removed, they are not adequate for that installation and shall be replaced or installed in
properly sized holes.
12-19-10
Page 2 of 9
v The improperly installed inserts can lead to cable insulation failures. Installation of NMSC in steel
stud construction will not be accepted where the standards of workmanship or the type of inserts
used results in the inserts not staying in place.
v The cable must have adequate mechanical protection. Protection plates are required in all locations
where NMSC is within 32 mm from the edge of steel studs in accordance with Rule 12-516(1).
Question 1
s it acceptable to fsh non-metallic-sheathed cable into a metal stud wall?
Answer 1
No, unless it can be demonstrated that the cable is so located as to be effectively protected from mechanical
injury both during and after installation as per Rule 12-516(2).
(3) Wiring methods for NMSC in a waII construction with rigid foam insuIation
Several types of wall systems that incorporate rigid foam insulation as a part of the wall construction are
becoming popular. The interior wall fnish (e.g. - drywall) may be fastened to supports imbedded in the rigid
insulation. Questions have been raised regarding the wiring methods of NMSC, i.e., depth of cable channels
into the insulation behind the interior wall fnish, and acceptable outlet box installation methods.
NMSC is acceptable in this type of installation. There is presently no requirement for NMSC to be spaced
away from the fnished wall surface, other than at drywall attachment supports where there must be compli-
ance with Rule 12-516 (conductor space 32 mm back from the edges of the supports or mechanical protec-
tion shall be provided). Where cables are installed in channels cut into the foam, the bundling requirements in
any channel are outlined in Topic (1) of this Bulletin.
The use of spray foam polyurethane insulation in walls that have NMSC already installed in a manner that is
in compliance with the OESC is also acceptable.
In wall systems where the rigid foam board is used as a permanent form for poured concrete, boxes shall be
fastened through the back of the box to the concrete behind the foam using two fasteners approved for the
purpose, or to a structural channel at one point and to the concrete at another point. Sectional boxes are
permitted, however gluing is not an acceptable fastening method, and boxes must be securely fastened as
per Rule 12-3012. Boxes with a fat rear surface such as type mbd boxes, or one piece utility boxes suitably
spaced to ensure the front edge is within 6 mm of the fnished wall surface, are recommended.
(4) NMSC in buiIdings of non combustibIe construction
The jacket on NMSC is normally rated FT1 which makes it ineligible for use in buildings required to be of
non combustible construction by the Ontario Building Code (as referenced by Rule 2-126 and Bulletin 2-8-*).
However, the Ontario Building Code does permit cables with combustible jackets where they are installed in a
totally enclosed metallic raceway, or a totally enclosed non-metallic raceway with fame test marking FT4, or
in concealed space in a wall. Extension of the cable into bulkheads or concealed ceiling spaces is in violation
of the Ontario Building Code.
(5) Number of NMSCs per outIet box knockout
The OESC does not permit more than one non-metallic sheathed cable in one pry out using the internal
clamp. CSA Standard C22.2 No. 18 (Outlet Boxes, Conduit Boxes, and Fittings) tests for pullout and voltage
withstand after exposure to an elevated temperature are done with one cable per clamp. Use of more than
cable per clamp is a misapplication.
12-19-10
Page 3 of 9
The standard does recognize box connectors that are approved to accommodate more than one cable and
such connectors can be used with more than one cable up to the limit stated by the manufacturer.
(6) Mechanical protection and support for NMSC
(a) In attic or roof spaces as per rule 12-514(a)
Rule 12-514 states that NMSCs are not to be run on the upper faces of ceiling joists or the lower faces of raf-
ters in attics or roof spaces, where the vertical distances between the joists and the rafters exceeds 1 m (3.28
feet). If the distance between the joist and the rafter exceeds 1 m, then runs across the rafters are acceptable
provided a running board is used.
Rationale
The intention of this rule is to prevent damage to the conductors while walking or from storage of material in
the attic. Some representative situations are shown in Diagram B1.
Diagram B1 - MechanicaI protection of non-metaIIic-sheathed cabIe
installed in the attic
(b) On Iower faces of basement joists as per RuIe 12-514(b)
Questions have arisen concerning acceptable mechanical protection where NMSC is installed on the lower
faces of basement joists. Cables installed immediately adjacent to ducting or beams are considered as be-
ing suitably protected. Where cables are not in close proximity to ducts or beams, mechanical protection is
required. This may be achieved by the use of running boards. Some representative situations are shown in
the Diagram B2.
12-19-10
Page 4 of 9
Diagram B2 - MechanicaI protection of non-metaIIic-sheathed cabIe
instaIIed on the Iower faces of basement joists
(c) In concealed spaces as per Rule 12-516(1)
Question 2
Where cables are fanned out on the surface of a structural member and are within 32 mm of the edge does
the Ontario Electrical Safety Code require mechanical protection?
Answer 2
No, Rule 12-516(1) only requires mechanical protection where cables are run through structural members, not
along them. Good trade practice would be to keep them back at least 32 mm from the edge when run along
structural members; however the code does not require it.
We have been advised by several contractors of instances of cables that were fanned out one per staple be-
ing damaged by either a drywall screw or a siding nail that has gone astray.
(d) Within the isIand/peninsuIar cabinet
Question 3
What are the Code requirements for mechanical protection of NMSC installed within the island/peninsular
cabinet?
Answer 3
Rule 12-518 requires NMS cables to be protected from mechanical damage where they pass through foors,
are located less than 1.5 m above a foor, or where they are exposed to potential damage. Therefore, where
NMSC passes through a foor within the island/peninsular cabinet; or where NMS cables are installed within
the cabinets, they require mechanical protection unless protected by location.
Rationale 3
If NMSC is installed within the island/peninsular cabinet so that opening or closing the drawers can damage
the cable; or if a cable is exposed to damage when people are storing items in the cabinet, mechanical pro-
tection is required by Rule 12-518 to protect the cable.
Means of mechanical protection may consist of fexible conduit, wood channel or other means which will pro-
vide adequate protection.
12-19-10
Page 5 of 9
However, if a cable is protected by a built-in appliance such as dishwasher or behind the plumbing pipes;
or below countertop not accessible to people storing items in the cabinet below, NMSC is considered to be
protected by the location.
(e) Where NMSC is shed in a residentiaI return air pIenum
Question 4
s it acceptable to fsh non-metallic-sheathed cable in a residential return air plenum boxed with sheet metal?
Answer 4
No, unless it can be demonstrated that the cable is so located as to be effectively protected from mechanical
injury both during and after installation as per Rule 12-516(2).
The Photo B1 shows an example of the mechanical hazards that may be encountered if a cable is fshed
through the cold air return in a dwelling unit.
Photo B1 - An exampIe of the mechanicaI hazards that may be encountered if a cabIe is shed
through the cold air return in a dwelling unit
(f) Where NMSC is dropped from a ceiIing or waII to appIiances
NMSC that is used in exposed wiring shall be adequately protected against mechanical damage as required
by Rule 12-518 where it is installed at a height of less than 1.5 m above the foor, or anywhere else it is
exposed to mechanical damage. This includes a cable drop from a ceiling or a wall to appliances such as
furnaces, water heaters, etc.
The preferred method of compliance is to install a junction box and convert to armoured cable for the drop.
Other methods include the use of raceways such as fexible metal conduit, EMT, rigid PVC, liquid tight fex, TT
etc as protective sleeving over the NMSC where it drops to the appliance. Note that Rules 12-1500 and 12-
1502 do not permit ENT to be used for this purpose.
NMSC can also be protected by location from mechanical damage. For example, NMSC installed between
the appliance and gas pipe drop is considered as mechanically protected by the pipe. The NMSC can be sup-
ported to the gas pipe provided it does not interfere with any of the pipe fttings.
Where cable is used for the drop it shall be supported by band-all strap, fxture chain, duct cleat material, or
similar means that is secured to the building structure and the appliance. The cable shall be secured neatly in
place to the support with permanent fastening means such as nylon cable ties or the equivalent. The use of
tape is not acceptable as a fastening means.
Sharp edges may
damage NMSC
12-19-10
Page 6 of 9
Where raceway is used for the drop, it shall be secured to both the building structure and the appliance.
Bushings and/or box connectors shall be used where the cable enters/exits the raceway or a cabinet as re-
quired by Rules 12-906 and 12-3022(3). As an alternative, sharp edges shall be removed from the ends of the
raceway and the cable shall enter/exit in a line with the raceway and shall be supported within 300 mm of that
point in accordance with Rules 12-508 and 12-510.
(g) Where NMSC enters/exits raceway
Question 5
What does the code require where NMSC enters into short lengths of raceway for fnal connection to appli-
ances such as furnaces, water heaters, central air conditioners, etc?
Answer 5
Rules 12-906(1) and 12-3022(3) require bushings and/or box connectors to be used where the cable enters/
exits a raceway or a cabinet. As an alternative, sharp edges shall be removed from the ends of the raceway
and the cable shall enter/exit in a line with the raceway and shall be supported within 300 mm of that point in
accordance with Rules 12-510.
Rationale 5
There are several rules that provide direction: Rule 12-906(1) requires the installation of a bushing or equiva-
lent means to protect conductors from abrasion where they issue from a raceway; Rule 12-3022(3) requires a
box connector where NMSC enters into an enclosure; and Rule 12-510 requires NMSC be supported within
300 mm of terminations. Acceptable equivalent protection to bushings is when sharp edges are removed from
the ends of the raceway so that a raceway provides a smoothly rounded or fared entry for conductors and the
cable enters/exits in a line with the raceway and is supported within 300 mm of end of raceway.
(h) Where NMSC enters into outIet box
Question 6
Is it permissible to drill, punch, or hole saw additional openings in the back of non-metallic, or metallic outlet
boxes to accommodate entry of cables without a connector?
Answer 6
No, drilling, punching or hole sawing additional openings in the back of non-metallic and metallic outlet boxes
is not acceptable for this application. As previously noted, CSA Standard C22.2 No 18 (Outlet Boxes, Conduit
Boxes, and Fittings) requires tests for cable pullout, to avoid stress on conductor terminations. In addition,
Rule 12-3024(a), (b) and (e) require a box connector for a cable entering an outlet box, which includes boxes
mounted in exterior brick walls. The connector prevents the damage of conductors from sharp edges. The
Photo B2 shows a non-code compliant installation.
12-19-10
Page 7 of 9
Photo B2 - A conductor that is not protected from
sharp edges; non- code compIiant instaIIation
(i) Staples and ties use with NMSC
Questions have been asked regarding the number of NMSCs that may be supported by a cable staple. Cable
staples are approved to support one cable only unless manufacturer documentation is provided to confrm
certifcation for fastening of more than one cable. Supporting more than one cable with a staple is a violation
of Rule 2-034, which requires equipment to be used only for the specifc purpose for which it is approved. This
has led to other questions such as:
Question 7
s it permitted to secure NMSC to the structure by means of a staple and approved nylon cable ties?
Answer 7
Yes, provided the approved cable ties are rated 23 kg (50 lbs) or greater and the bundled cables are not in
contact for a distance greater than 600 mm (2 feet), this practice is acceptable. CSA Standard C 22.2 No.
18.5 recognizes the use of cable ties for securing cable and wire.
Question 8
s it permitted to secure NMSC to the structure by means of discarded sheathing of NMSC?
Answer 8
No, the use of discarded NMSC as a fastener to bundle cables to studs will no longer be accepted. The Photo
B3 shows a non-code compliant installation.
12-19-10
Photo B3 - The use of discarded NMS cabIe as a fastener
to bundIe cabIes to studs is not accepted
(7) Installation of NMSC near heating ducts
The interference of metal heating ducts with an electrical installation is often a problem, particularly in domes-
tic installations. Inspectors have found NMSCs in contact with metal heating ducts. The wiring may be dam-
aged when heating ducts are installed in close proximity to the NMSCs.
n addition to the shock and fre hazard presented by this type of installation, the life expectancy of the wiring
is reduced.
Where defects of this nature have been found, the contractor is required to correct the defects by rerouting
the cable or inserting thermal insulation between the cable and the duct in accordance with Rule 12-506.
Also note that the transfer of heat to non-metallic sheathed cable shall be minimized by means of an air space
of at least 25 mm between the conductor and heating supply ducts and piping in accordance with Rule 12-
506.
(8) InstaIIation of NMSC between exterior brick and sheathing
We have received inquiries about NMSC installed in the space between the brick and the insulating material
installed on the exterior of the wood wall studs of a house. The main concern we have is possible mechanical
damage to the cable though contact with the brick ties, during or after their installation (Rule 2-200). In order
to minimize the possibility of damage to cables in these situations, the following restrictions apply:
The cable can be run in the space between the sheathing and the brick provided:
(a) The cable feeds only an exterior outlet (e.g. receptacle or light) mounted in or on the exterior brick
wall.
(b) The cable length is kept to a minimum.
(c) The cable is securely supported in an acceptable manner to the sheathing and is adequately sepa-
rated from brick ties and sharp edges of building materials.
The Photo B4 shows a non-code compliant installation.
Page 8 of 9
12-19-10
Photo B4 - InstaIIation of NMSC between exterior brick and sheathing;
non-code compIiant instaIIation
The intent of this direction is to accommodate very short cable runs to specifc exterior outlets. The wiring
method cannot be used for wiring between or to interior outlets.
Page 9 of 9
12-20-2
Bulletin 12-20-2
Wiring for log type construction
Rules 12-100
Issued ApriI 2009
Background/Question
Questions have been asked about the types of wiring and the installation methods that comply with the Code
for log type construction.
Log walls may be expected to settle up to 6% (60 mm/meter or /foot) over their lifetime and special precau-
tions are required when installing electrical wiring and equipment to prevent damage from this settling due to
shrinkage of the logs. Everything that is attached to or within a log wall must accommodate settling.
In general, logs do not shrink much in length and only the loss of diameter must be considered for settling
except for extremely long logs that are more than 15 m (50) long. Shrinkage in length of logs shall not be a
concern where the logs are pinned.
Direction/Answer
Equipment, conductors, cables, raceways, outlet boxes, etc that are permitted by Section 12 to be used in
ordinary wood frame construction are also permitted to be used in log type construction.
Adequate provisions shall be made for settling at all openings through the logs to accommodate electrical
service equipment, at all supports for electrical entrance boxes and conduits, for all wiring within logs, and for
wiring transitions from logs to interior frame partition walls, etc.
Examples of adequate provisions for service equipment are the use of expansion joints in vertical raceways
(with appropriate bends or loops in the conductors within equipment), supporting the raceways in such a
manner as to allow relative movement between the raceway and the log, mounting the service equipment on
wood or metal supports that are slotted at the attachment points to the logs, or mounting the equipment on
support structures that are independent of the logs. If wooden support members are used out of doors, then
they shall be pressure treated.
For wiring within the logs common practice is to pre-drill vertical holes in the log wall, so that the holes are
completely hidden from view and no electrical wiring is exposed inside or out. Holes drilled in logs to accom-
modate electrical wiring shall be minimum 32 mm (1) in diameter. Where multiple cables will be installed
larger holes may be required. The maximum number of cables permitted in a hole shall not exceed the values
contained in Ontario Electrical Safety Code Table 8 - Maximum Allowable Per Cent Conduit and Tubing Fill.
Conduit shall not be required to be installed in holes through logs.
Electrical wiring may also be installed in the keyways around windows and doors provided there is a minimum
of 32 mm or 1 of space between the back of the keyway and the support key for the window or door. The
wiring shall be arranged so as to prevent damage due to settling of the logs.
Outlets and switch boxes are usually mortised into a log so that the cover plate is even with the surface of the
log, or, more commonly, fush with a portion of the log that has been fattened for this purpose, see Figure 8.
These requirements are consistent with the 2000 Log Building Standards published by the nternational Log
Builders Association and available at their website.
Another wiring method incorporates a wire chase that is hidden behind a baseboard. A pair of furring strips,
one nailed to the wall at foor level, and one nailed at the height of the baseboard will create a channel for the
wiring. Outlet boxes may then installed directly into the baseboard.
No special precautions are required for wiring that is installed in or on wood frame partitions, foors, and ceil-
ings and the normal rules of the Code shall apply.
Page 1 of 2
12-20-2
Diagram B1 - Cross Section of Log WaII
Page 2 of 2
12-21-4
Bulletin 12-21-4
Non-metaIIic exibIe raceways
Rules 12-1300, 12-1500
Issued May 2009
Three types of non-metallic fexible raceways are in the market with similar names, similar appearances and
very different code applications. Table B1 has been prepared to assist in proper application.
TabIe B1
Product Distinctive Marking on Product Application
Electrical non-metal-
lic tubing (ENT)
ENT as per CSA C22.2 No. 227.1 Field wiring general purpose raceway as
permitted by Rules 12-1500 through 12-
1514.
Liquid-tight fexible
non-metallic conduit
Liquid-tight fexible non-metallic conduit
Type x or LFNC-x (where x represents
the type code) as per CSA C22.2 No.
227.2.1
Field wiring limited purpose raceway
(where fexible connection is required) as
permitted by per Rules 12-1300 through
12-1306.
Non-metallic me-
chanical protection
tubing (NMPT)
NMPT x (where x represents the type
code) as per CSA C22.2 No. 227.3
Not permitted to be used as a raceway.
Permitted for support and protection of wir-
ing within equipment only.
Page 1 of 1
12-25-1
Bulletin 12-25-1
Unused Wiring (Abandoned or Redundant)
Rules 2-126, 12-114 and 12-3000
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Abandoned wiring general
(2) Removal of abandoned electrical wire and cables from plenum chambers
(1) Abandoned wiring - generaI
Background
t has been identifed that we have inconsistency when dealing with unused cables and conductors. n instal-
lations where there are renovations, equipment may be removed and related wiring left behind. This wiring
might be later inadvertently energized, creating a hazard.
Direction
Unused wiring shall be properly terminated, or removed. Wiring that is concealed and inaccessible shall be
cut off where exposed so as to be too short to be reused.
Rationale
Rule 12-114 requires that the ends of insulated conductors that are not used are to be insulated.
Rule 12-3000 requires a box or an equivalent device to be installed at every point of outlet, switch or junction
of a wiring method. An equivalent device may be considered to be a cabinet, junction, or pull box.
(2) RemovaI of abandoned eIectricaI wire and cabIes from pIenum chambers
Electrical code users should also be aware of the Appendix B note to Rule 2-126 and the requirements of the
Ontario Fire Code to remove abandoned electrical wires and cables from within plenum spaces.
2.4.1.1 (5) Abandoned optical fbre cables and electrical wires and cables, with combustible insulation, jack-
ets, or sheaths, and non metallic raceways shall be removed from a plenum unless
(a) they are permanently closed by the structure or fnish of the building,
(b) their removal would disturb the structure or fnish of the building, or
(c) their removal could affect the performance of cables in use.
Rationale
Tests conducted by NBCC/NFCC indicated that the smoke produced from the FT4 and FT6 rated cables in
plenums when exposed to fre could reduce visibility for occupants restricting their ability to evacuate. n ad-
dition, the FT4 and FT6 rated cables also produced irritant gases that could result in incapacitation or further
restrict the ability of occupants to evacuate.
The hazard is not necessarily related to a few cables, properly fre-rated, located in the plenum but to signif-
cant quantities which build up with successive generations of cabling changes.
Page 1 of 1
12-26-2
Bulletin 12-26-2
Conductors over portabIe cIassrooms
Rules 12-310
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) The minimum clearance of low voltage conductors over portable classrooms
(2) Secondary guying for poles used exclusively to supply portable classrooms rules 75-248 and 75-308(2)
(1)The minimum cIearance of Iow voItage conductors over portabIe cIassrooms
Background
This Bulletin is limited to overhead conductors, which pass over portable classroom buildings, or other similar
portable buildings associated with the educational facility. Questions have been asked regarding the minimum
clearance of low voltage conductors over portable classrooms. With input from the industry, the interpretation
of this rule as applied to new installations of these buildings is as follows:
Rule 12-310 requires a minimum clearance of 2.5 m above the highest point of a fat roof or roof that can be
readily walked upon, and at least 1 m above peaked roofs or the highest point of roofs that cannot be readily
walked upon.
Direction
The roof of a building covered by this Bulletin will not be considered as a fat roof, or a roof that can be read-
ily walked upon, so as to permit a minimum clearance for low voltage feeder conductors installed over these
buildings of 1 m provided:
1. Warning signs are placed on all exposed exterior walls of the building, warning against trespassing on the
roof of the building and the DANGER of electrical shock. **
2. The School Board involved shall have a written procedure to educate students not to climb on portables,
stressing the danger of electrocution.
3. All insulated conductor splices are covered by a permanent and equivalent insulation covering such as
heat shrink, self-vulcanizing tape, etc.
4. Overhead conductors used are minimum NSF-2.
5. Voltage to ground shall not exceed 150 volts.
Note: The signage requirements in this Bulletin (See Figure B2 for example) must be strictly adhered to
where conductors pass over portables. Children as well as other persons can easily access the roofs of most
portables. Typically they have stairs complete with railings that make it easy to climb up onto the relatively low
roofs. (See Figure B1)
(2) Secondary guying for poIes used excIusiveIy to suppIy portabIe cIassrooms
Rules 75-248 and 75-308(2)
Recognizing poles installed exclusively to supply portable classrooms, or other similar portable buildings as-
sociated with the educational facility are usually of a non-permanent nature and the hazards to students asso-
ciated with back guys in school yards, a guy will not be required for poles used exclusively to supply portable
classrooms and where no span exceeds 10 meters and the total feeder ampacity is less than 200 amperes.
Note: Refer to Bulletin 8-4-* for Portable Classroom feeder sizing.
Page 1 of 2
12-26-2
Figure B1: Conductors passing over portabIe cIassrooms
Figure B2: ExampIe of a warning sign on an exterior waII of a portabIe cIassroom
Page 2 of 2
12-29-1
BuIIetin 12-29-1
Raceways instaIIed underground or where moisture may accumuIate
RuIes 12-928(1)
Issued May 2009
Background
There has been inconsistent application in the Province of Rule 12-928(1) when conduits are being installed
in or under concrete slabs on grade within a building.
RuIe 12-928(1) Raceways Installed Underground or Where Moisture May Accumulate
(1) The requirements for Category 1 locations as specifed in Section 22 shall be complied with where race-
ways are installed:
(a) Underground; or
(b) In concrete slabs or other masonry in direct contact with moist earth; or
(c) In other locations where the conductors are subject to moisture.
Question
Does the code permit armoured type AC 90 cable as listed in Table 19 to be installed in a PVC conduit that is
contained within a concrete slab on grade, or that is installed directly under a concrete slab on grade, within a
building?
Answer
No, unless ESA has been given written documentation from an architect, engineer, soil testing company, or
other qualifed person stating that the earth beneath the slab is not considered as moist.
Rationale
AC90 is listed in Table 19 for installation in dry locations only. Rule 12-928(1) states that a concrete slab in
direct contact with moist earth is a Category 1 wet location.
Direction
f documentation is submitted by a qualifed person stating that the earth in the area of the installation is not
considered as moist, then the location will be considered as a dry location and AC90 will be permitted to be
installed.
Page 1 of 1
12-30-2
Bulletin 12-30-2
Support of free-air verticaI drops of EMT
Rules 12-1404
Issued JuIy 2009
Background/Question
Over the years, there has been inconsistent application of Rule 12-1404 as it pertains to EMT drops from ceil-
ings or structures. This has resulted in long unsupported lengths of EMT being installed vertically from high
ceilings.
Installations that are not properly supported may lead to broken couplings or connectors resulting in separa-
tion of the raceway, exposing energized conductors as well as loss of bond continuity. This could pose an
imminent shock or fre hazard.
The requirements in this bulletin have been submitted to the Standards Administrator of the Committee on
Part I of the CEC as a proposed amendment to Rule 12-1404 for adoption in the next edition of the Canadian
Electrical Code. In the interim, the following requirements are applicable.
Direction/Answer
Notwithstanding Rule 12-1404, EMT installed in a free air vertical drop shall be permitted to be securely fas-
tened in place within 1 m of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet, coupling, or ftting; and
a) the spacing between supports specified by Rule 12-1010 shall not apply; and
b) the couplings in the vertical portion of the installation shall be rain tight steel; and
c) a separate bond conductor shall be installed in the EMT.
See Figure B1 for examples of the above.
Note: Consideration should be given to the fexibility of the specifc building structure at the installation site
(ie: the roof of the building fexes during snow load conditions). EMT or its supporting structure may be dam-
aged if this is not taken into consideration.
Conduit supported to conduit (ie: with Uni-Strut) does not meet the requirements for support for the applica-
tion of this Rule for vertical drops.
Page 1 of 2
12-30-2
Figure B1- ExampIes of compIiance with the proposed amendment to RuIe 12-1404
Steel rain tight couplings
Supports within 1 m
couplings and terminations
Separate bonding conductor
Page 2 of 2
12-31-0
Bulletin 12-31-0
Application of Appliance Wiring Material (AWM)
Rule 12-100
Issued January 2010
Issue
Issues have arisen in Ontario with Appliance Wiring Material (AWM) conductors and cables that have been
incorrectly used as part of a building wiring infrastructure during the installation of industrial machines and
equipment. AWM is approved for internal and interconnecting wiring of equipment and is intended to be fac-
tory-installed or factory-provided components of complete equipment.
Direction
AWM cables are not approved for use in building wiring systems.
Background
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) does not permit the use of AWM for building wiring and does not
permit its installation in raceways that are attached to building structures or in or under concrete slabs (See
Figure B1). For installations of building wiring, conductors and cables shall meet the installation requirements
of OESC Section 12; and be suitable for the conditions of use as per Table 19.
The only rule where the OESC recognizes the use of AWM is Rule 12-020, which permits it to be used for
wiring installations under a raised foor to connect to or interconnect data processing or similar equipment
under specifc conditions. Dual approved AWM that is certifed and marked as such will be acceptable as per
its certifcation. An example is AWM that is certifed and marked as both AWM and TC (tray cable) may be
installed in a cable tray as permitted by Rule 12-2202, considering all manufacturer installation recommenda-
tions and/or restrictions, if any.
CSA Standard C22.2 No 210 covers AWM products. It refers to single conductor and multi-conductor (round,
parallel and fat types) wiring material products with optional coverings, jackets and shields, insulation of ther-
moset, thermoplastic and composite materials. The scope of the standard limits the application of AWM to the
internal wiring and interconnection of equipment only.
Understanding the cables operating environment avoids unanticipated failures from exposure to aggressive
oils, fuels and solvents, excessive heat or cold, and expected fexing nature of the cable. Some identifed
AWM cables' issues are:
The fame rating of AWM can vary greatly. n certain instances, AWM can meet the bare minimum
fammability (FT1 vertical test) or maximum fammability (FT6 plenum test). Under specifc conditions,
certain types of AWM will catch and spread fre; as an example, what can happen to certain AWM
types when the maximum current is exceeded in a bundle located in a high temperature type of envi-
ronment.
The mechanical characteristics of AWM can also vary greatly; the CSA standard does not specify the
thickness of insulation, therefore in some instances, the insulation thickness can be very thin, provid-
ing virtually no mechanical protection where the slightest abrasion will expose conductors, creating
hazardous and possibly life threatening conditions.
The misappIication of AWM product causes a signicant nanciaI impact to customers when the Au-
thority having jurisdiction (ESA) rejects the instaIIation. Non-compIiance can Iead to costIy re-working
or contractual penalties.
Page 1 of 2
12-31-0
Figure B1 - AWM cabIe shaII not be used for buiIding wiring in cabIe trays attached to buiIding
structures, or in raceways attached to buiIding structures or in/under sIab raceways
AWM cable may be used where the cable is part of an approved assembly and is not installed in building wir-
ing systems (e.g. conveyor and assembly type equipment) as shown in Figure B2.
Figure B2 - AWM cabIe can be used as part of an approved assembIy
Page 2 of 2
12-32-0
Bulletin 12-32-0
Use of RA90, ACWU90 and TECK90 CabIes in Underground Raceways
RuIes 12-614, 12-902, 12-1014, TabIe 19
Issued October 2010
Background
There have been questions raised regarding the installation of jacketed RA90, ACWU90 and TECK90 cables
in underground raceways and whether or not the practice is actually permitted or not permitted by the Ontario
Electrical Safety Code (OESC). The rationale given for not permitting the practice is because these cables are
not listed in Table 19 of the code under the condition of use for installation in raceways, except cable trays,
in dry, damp, or wet locations.
Question
s it permitted to install jacketed RA90, ACWU90 and TECK90 Cables in underground raceways?
Answer
Yes, it shall be permitted to install TECK90, ACWU90, and jacketed RA90 type cables in raceways, provided
that the installation complies with;
(1) Rule 12-614 Radii of bends in armoured cables;
(2) Rule 12-1014 Conductors in conduit;
(3) Table 8 Maximum allowable per cent conduit and tubing fll; and,
(4) Rule 4-004 Ampacity of wires and cables.
Rationale
Notwithstanding Rule 12-902 and Table 19, the practice of installing jacketed RA90, ACWU90 and TECK90
cable in buried raceways has been accepted for many years and has not been shown over time to produce
any undue hazard. There have been no safety concerns identifed to justify preventing the installation.
Notes:
(1) The Appendix D ampacity tables are applicable to conductors of 1/0 AWG and larger that are installed in
accordance with Appendix B Diagrams B4-1 thru 4. The Appendix D ampacity tables shall not be used
for installation of cables larger than 1/0 AWG that deviate from the Appendix B diagrams (e.g. more than
one cable in a single raceway, depth of burial that is greater than or raceway spacing that is less than that
specifed in the App B diagrams, etc.).
(2) Where it is desired to deviate from the Appendix B diagrams and install more than one cable of larger
than 1/0 AWG in a single raceway, a request for deviation shall be submitted to the Technical Advisor for
the region in accordance with Rule 2-030 prior to commencing the proposed installation. The request for
deviation shall include ampacity calculations in accordance with IEEE 835 and calculations of conduit size
and bending radius as per Rules 12-614 and 12-1014 demonstrating compliance with Rule 12-1014(1).
(3) Where it is desired to install more than one cable of less than 1/0 AWG in size, caution needs to be exer-
cised so as to prevent damage to the cables during the installation process.
Page 1 of 1
14-1-1
Bulletin 14-1-1
Conductor sizes for adjustabIe trip circuit breakers
Rules 2-100 and 14-104
Issued May 2009
Question
What is the minimum acceptable conductor size for an adjustable trip circuit breaker?
Answer
(1) The ampere ratings of the circuit breakers shall not exceed the allowable ampacities of the conductors
protected (Rule 14-104); or,
(a) The ampacity of the protected conductors may be selected based on the maximum permissible trip
settings provided that:
(b) Information on the required settings for that installation is provided from a third party (manufacturer,
professional engineer, or other responsible qualifed person) (Rule 2-100), and
(c) Permanent labels are attached to the switchgear or panel board to clearly indicate for each adjustable
trip breaker the maximum permissible trip setting for the installation (both in amperes and in terms of
the scale/read-out) (Rule 2-100), and
(2) If the ampere rating of the breaker can be changed without removing the trip unit, the means of adjust-
ment shall be factory sealed or behind sealed covers.
These requirements are intended to ensure that where reduced size conductors are used, the trip settings will
not be easy to adjust, leaving the conductor inadequately protected.
Page 1 of 1
14-2-6
Page 1 of 2
Bulletin 14-2-6
Using the primary protection of a transformer to protect a paneI board
Rules 14-606, 26-256
Issued January 2011
Questions have arisen concerning using the overcurrent protection on the primary of a transformer to protect
a panel board supplied by the secondary as permitted by 14-606(2).
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code permits protection of a panel board using overcurrent protection in the
primary of a transformer provided:
(1) the panel board rating, adjusted by the turns ratio of the transformer, equals or exceeds the primary over-
current device rating, (14-606(2)); and
(2) the primary overcurrent device rating is adequate to withstand the transformer inrush current, (Rule 2-
034) and
(3) there is permanent marking on the primary disconnect switch to indicate the maximum fuse size and type
to be used for continued protection (Rule 2-100(3))
Note
The Appendix B note to Rule 26-256 provides a rule of thumb for determining the adequacy of the overcur-
rent device to withstand the transformer inrush current for dry type transformers.
Table B1 shows examples of the fuse classes and ratings which meet the inrush criteria for some common
dry type transformers ratings, together with the minimum acceptable conductor sizes, panel board ratings and
switch ratings.
TabIe B1 ExampIes of acceptabIe instaIIations
600 to 120/208 V
3PH Transformer
(KVA)
Primary
Switch (AMP)
Note 1
RK5 (Time Delay)
Fuse Rating
(AMP) Note 2
90C Copper Conductor Note 3 Panel (AMP) Note 4
Primary Con-
ductor Size
Secondary
Conductor
Size
15 30 20 12 6 60
30 30 30 10 3 100
45 60 40 8 2 125
45 60 60 6 2/0 200
75 60 60 6 2/0 200
75 100 70 4 3/0 225
75 100 90 3 250 kcmil 400
112.5 200 110 2 350 kcmil 400
14-2-6
Page 2 of 2
Notes to TabIe B1
1. Switch must be identifed with the maximum size fuse and type.
2. RK5 is a particular time current characteristic. It is marked on some fuses. Fuse manufacturers can
advise which of their fuses satisfy the criteria in that note.
3. Based on Column 4, Table 2 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code with no more than three conductors in
a raceway or cable.
4. Lower rated panelboards and splitters may be used if protected by a suitable overcurrent device in the
secondary circuit.
Circuit breakers
In situations where unintended operation of the circuit breaker on energizing is a concern, the circuit breaker
manufacturer should be consulted on the suitability of the circuit breaker for the application.
Bulletin 14-4-1
Interrupting and withstand ratings
Rules 14-012, 14-014 and 2-034
Issued May 2009
Background
We have been receiving questions regarding the connection of equipment required to interrupt fault currents
and (withstand ratings) in locations with available fault current higher than the nameplate rating.
Terms used for electrical equipment components are Interrupting or Withstand ratings. Interrupting ratings are
found on overcurrent devices. Withstand ratings can be found on equipment such as motor starters, contac-
tors, supplementary protectors etc.
Electrical components with one of these ratings as part of a piece of equipment can require an overall rating
on the equipment nameplate. Some equipment manufactured to only one specifc standard may not require
these ratings on the overall nameplate.
Equipment such as control panels approved with a rating on the name plate lower than the available fault cur-
rent at the point of connection must be upgraded and reapproved with an adequate rating prior to connection.
The available fault current at the point of connection must not exceed the rating marked on the equipment
nameplate. For example if the control panel has a marked interrupting rating of 5000 A and the available fault
level is above 5000 A the equipment is not suitable for that location and can not be energized without correc-
tive action.
Direction
When specifying or buying equipment, ensure all breakers and panels are adequately rated, or for distribution
equipment ensure that the breakers have been tested and labeled as a series rated combination as referred
to in Rule 14-014,. In some cases the solution to correct these types of defects is more expensive than the
original installation. To avoid any unnecessary costs and project delays we recommend details be worked out
prior to ordering or installation.
Seminars are available to assist in your understanding of the issues and to plan solutions. Contact Electrical
Safety Authority.
Rationale
In the past, it was common practice in the trade, to use fuses to limit the available fault level so a breaker with
a lower interrupting rating than the available fault current could be used. The fuses were selected by compar-
ing the peak let-thru current values with the breaker's interrupting rating.
With changes in the design of molded case circuit breakers, the newer molded case breakers may not be
protected using this older method of protection. Under high fault levels the speed of the newer molded case
breakers can be quicker than the melting time of the fuse (unless it is an approved combination). Therefore
the molded case circuit breaker may attempt to open at a current value that exceeds the rating of the breaker.
This practice is no longer acceptable.
14-4-1
Page 1 of 2
TabIe B1 - Equipment rating requirements
Equipment to be Checked What to check for
Circuit Breakers Marked interrupting rating; if not marked Assign 5000A for
breakers rated 100A or less, 250V or less, 10000A for breakers
rated in excess of 100A or above 250V. Authority Rule 14-012
Refer to Appendix B
Fuses Marked interrupting rating. Authority Rule 14-012
Enclosed Fusible switches Marked interrupting rating (check for class R fuse rejecters
when required). Authority Rule 14-012
Overload and contactor combination Suitability for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more
than _____ RMS symmetrical amperes, or interrupting rating
etc. Authority Rule 2-034
Approved heating air conditioning equip-
ment, industrial machinery and all other
equipment
We will inspect against what is marked on the equipment
nameplate. Some individual standards presently do not require
that such equipment be rated to withstand or interrupt available
fault current. Authority Rule 2-034
Any individual component with a marked
rating e.g. contactor
Any individual labeling of a certifed component with labels on
the equipment showing the interrupting rating or withstand rat-
ing. Authority Rule 2-034
Equipment approved as series tested
combination
The combined rating that is marked on the series tested combi-
nation Authority Rule 14-014
14-4-1
14-5-1
Bulletin 14-5-1
"Back Feeding" of mouIded case circuit breakers and paneIboards
Rules 14-418
Issued May 2009
Background
The following does not apply to a panelboard used in service entrance applications as Canadian Standards
Association Standard C22.2 No. 86 requires a barriered main disconnecting device.
Direction/Answer
t is a common feld practice to wire an individually mounted circuit breaker with the top as line side and the
bottom as load side. In an effort to reduce installation cost as an alternative when it is not otherwise practica-
ble to provide a main disconnect there has been an increase in the practice of back-feeding circuit breakers,
i.e., terminating the line conductors on the Load side of the breaker and the load conductors on the Line
side. The following are guidelines to be followed before approving such an installation:
1. The circuit breaker must be certifed and must not have any marking identifying line and/or load terminals,
e.g., most GFC circuit breakers must not be back-fed as there are defnite line and load terminals.
2. The circuit breaker must be of the non-interchangeable thermal magnetic trip or factory sealed inter-
changeable trip type or constructed with a solid state trip circuit.
3. The breaker must be permanently marked to identify the actual line and load connections and the circuit
directory card marked in a permanent and legible manner as the main breaker. Interchangeable trip
circuit breakers must be factory sealed against inadvertent cover removal. A suitable number of cover
screws epoxied over, or other similar method of ensuring against inadvertent cover removal, are accept-
able.
As an extension of this, a branch circuit breaker in a panelboard is often back-fed and thus utilized as the
main breaker for the panel board. This practice may be accepted provided that, in addition to the above
requirements, the circuit breaker is also identifed on the panelboard trim, breaker and on the circuit directory
card as the main breaker.
The preceding does not apply to a panelboard used in service entrance applications as Canadian Standards
Association Standard C22.2 No. 86 requires a barriered main disconnecting device.
Page 1 of 1
14-6-1
Page 1 of 5
Bulletin 14-6-1
Ground fault protection
Rule 14-102
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Requirements for ground fault protection
(2) Ground protection design schemes
(a) Zero sequence sensing
(b) Ground strip sensing
(c) High resistance grounding
(3) Ground fault protection for circuits other than those described in Rule 14-102 and Diagram 3
(a) Power supply connection for ground fault protective systems
(1) Requirements for ground fauIt protection
Rule 14-102 requires ground fault protection be provided, to de-energize all normally ungrounded conductors
of a circuit that faults to ground, where one of the following circuit characteristics exists in solidly grounded
systems:
v 2000 Amp or more and rated 150 volts or less to ground; and
v 1000 Amp or more and more than 150 volts-to-ground, but less than 750 volts phase-to-phase.
Notes:
(1) Rule 14-102 applies to only solidly grounded systems.
(2) Diagram 3 of The Ontario Electrical Safety Code shows a variety of ultimate points of conductor de-ener-
gization in the event of a ground fault.
(3) Ground fault relays are usually factory-set at the lowest current and shortest time settings available to en-
sure against unnecessary equipment damage during early stages of construction. These settings should
be adjusted to the intended values prior to fnal commissioning of the equipment and may be found in the
co-ordination study.
(4) In special cases the trip setting can be as high as 1200 amps (See Rule 14-102 (2)) to accommodate
multiple circuit grounding schemes. In these cases, designers should include this data with the plan report
submitted to the inspection department, showing that such considerations have been made in the design
of the system involved.
(2) Ground protection design schemes
(a) Zero sequence sensing
v A single current transformer encircling all of the phase conductors of the circuit including neutral, Diagram
B1.
v Vector sum of the currents fowing through the sensor equals zero under normal conditions.
v When a circuit conductor faults to ground, the current returns via the grounded metal enclosure, conduit
or other path outside the sensor. This results in a non-zero current sum through the sensor, which in turn,
generates an output signal to the relay, and the circuit is opened within milliseconds after the fault occurs.
v All grounding of the neutral must be on the line side of the sensor. This is particularly important where the
neutral is grounded both at the switchgear and at the transformer.
v The zero-sequence current transformer may be located on either the load or the line side of the circuit
breaker contacts.
14-6-1
Page 2 of 5
Diagram B1 - Zero sequence sensing
Notes to Diagram B1:
(1) Current transformer encircles all phase conductors and neutral.
(2) The sensor does not encircle equipment-grounding bus.
(3) The grounding of the system and the neutral connection to the enclosure at the service, are to be on the
supply side (ahead) of the sensors.
A residually connected ground fault protection system is a form of zero-sequence sensing. The difference
being this system utilizes a number of current transformers, instead of one. The vectorial sum of the phase
currents and the neutral current are monitored using separate current transformers and a ground relay. (See
Diagram B2) Again note similarity to zero sequence, the grounding points must be on the supply side (ahead)
of the sensors (current transformers).
Diagram B2 - ResiduaIIy-connected ground fauIt protection system
14-6-1
Page 3 of 5
(b) Ground strip sensing
v A standard ratio type current transformer senses current fow on the bonding strap that connects the
frame or grounding bus of the switchboard to the neutral.
v A ground fault on any branch circuit, feeder or sub-feeder, anywhere in the system, will cause the current
to fow back to the neutral through the bonding strap which in turn, generates an output signal to the relay,
and the circuit is opened.
v Ground strap sensing is applicable where the system neutral is grounded in the switchgear and isolated
from ground at the transformer.
v The transformer neutral may be grounded at the transformer only if the ground strap sensor is located at
the transformer as well. In this case the neutral must remain ungrounded at the switchboard.
v Most utilities require grounding of the secondary neutral at the transformer. If the current sensor is in-
stalled in the main switchboard, an alternative to ground strap sensing shall be chosen.
Diagram B3 - Ground strip sensing
Note to Diagram B3:
Exception permitted by Paragraph 14-102(5)(b) and Sub-rule 14-102(7).
(c) High resistance grounding
Usually consists of fve basic parts:
v A star point (neutral)
v A grounding resistance
v A fault detector
v An alarm scheme
v A fault locating scheme
The system neutral is grounded through a resistance that limits the ground fault current.
v The resistor current is equal to ground fault current.
v High resistance grounding limits transient over-voltages without shutting down grounded equipment
v High resistance grounding cannot be used where 3-phase, 4-wire loads must be served.
14-6-1
Page 4 of 5
Diagram B4 - High resistance grounding
v Ground fault protection, as per Rule 14-102, is not required if the transformer is resistance grounded to
limit fault current to 5 amperes maximum and if the system neutral is not brought into the main switch-
board. A suitable ground detector, installed in series with the current limiting resistor, having either au-
dible or visible annunciation will be an acceptable alternative to circuit interruption. This conductor would
be a minimum #8 AWG or minimum #6 if exposed.
v The occurrence of a second ground on a different phase of the system results in a phase-to-phase fault
on the system. Therefore, it is important to properly bond all equipment as per Table 16.
v The resistance grounded conductor must not be brought into the switchgear assembly, except when the
grounding resistor itself is located in the switchgear. (See Figure B5.)
v There should be no other connections between neutral and ground (i.e. Grounding of the XO of the trans-
former bushing. In this case the requirements of Rule 36-308 (6) do not apply).
v Bonding of all equipment must still be ensured, i.e. from transformer to the switchgear requires a bond
wire installed and sized as per Table 16.
v Ground fault indicators would not be required.
v Signage should be put on the main board indicating this is a high resistive grounded system and the neu-
tral shall not be used.
Diagram B5 - High resistance grounding
14-6-1
Page 5 of 5
(3) Ground fauIt protection for circuits other than those described in RuIe 14-102 and
Diagram 3
Other important points to consider are:
The ampere rating of the circuits referred to in Rule 14-102(1) shall be considered to be:
(a) The rating of the largest fuse that can be installed in a fusible disconnecting device, therefore, a 1000-am-
pere switch fused at 800 amperes would require ground fault protection.
(b) The ampacity of the main conductor feeding the devices located at points marked with an asterisk in Item
2 of Diagram 3, in the case where no main disconnecting device is provided.
An exception to this is where transformer secondary bushings are used as splitters, Diagram B6.
Diagram B6 - An exampIe Iacking a main switch
On the above arrangement, Diagram B6, the customer has the option of providing a main circuit breaker in-
cluding shunt trip and ground fault protection or installing ground fault protection on each 800 ampere feeder
breaker.
The use of a single ground strap sensor operating all the individual breakers is not permitted. The above
system requires zero sequence sensing.
(a) Power suppIy connection for ground fauIt protective systems
While some ground fault protective systems, derive power for tripping from the fault source, others require
separate power supply or use stored capacitance discharge.
It has been noted that installers have sometimes failed to provide separate supplies where required or have
failed to make the necessary connections.
The person responsible for the ground fault protective system design shall check manufacturers require-
ments and ensure that, where necessary, separate (or external) suppliers are provided and connected to
protective equipment.
3000 A splitter
3000 A conductors
800A feeders
Bulletin 18-1-15
CIassication of hazardous Iocations
Rule 18-004
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Pre-start health and safety reviews
(2) How to contact an engineer to perform area classifcation?
(3) Class I locations
(4) Class II locations,
(a) Farms
Ontario Electrical Safety Code Rule 18-004 deals with Hazardous Locations classifed in accordance with
Regulation 851 for Industrial Establishments made under the Occupational Health and Safety Act and those
installations exempt from this Regulation.
(1) Pre-start heaIth and safety reviews
A Pre-Start Health and Safety Review is required if, in a factory other than a logging operation, a provision
from the regulation and the circumstances described exist,
(a) When a new apparatus, structure or protective element is to be constructed, added or installed or a new
process is to be used; or
(b) When an existing apparatus, structure, protective element or process is to be modifed and one of the fol-
lowing steps must be taken to obtain compliance with the applicable provision:
(i) New or modifed engineering controls are used.
(ii) Other than new or modifed measures are used.
(iii) A combination of new, existing or modifed engineering controls and other new or modifed measures
is used.
For the following circumstances:
(a) Flammable liquids are located or dispensed in a building, room or area;
(b) A process involves a risk of ignition or explosion that creates a condition of imminent hazard to a persons
health or safety; and
(c) The use of a dust collector involves a risk of ignition or explosion that creates a condition of imminent haz-
ard to a persons health or safety.
f a Pre-Start Health and Safety Review is required, the owner, lessee or employer shall ensure the following:
(a) The apparatus, structure, or protective element is not operated or used, unless the review has been con-
ducted, and
(b) All measures identifed in the review as being required for compliance with the relevant provisions of this
Regulation listed in Table 1 have been taken, and
(c) f some or all of the measures specifed in (b) are not taken, the owner, lessee or employer shall provide
written notice to the joint health and safety committee or the health and safety representative, if any, of
what measures have been taken to comply with the relevant provisions of Regulation 851 that are listed in
Table 1.
18-1-15
Page 1 of 4
A Pre-Start Health and Safety Review includes the preparation of a written report that is made to the owner,
lessee or employer and contains,
The details of the measures to be taken for compliance, and if testing is required before the apparatus or
structure can be operated or used or before the process can be used, details of measures to protect the
health and safety of workers that are to be taken before the testing is carried out.
A Pre-Start Health and Safety Review shall have the following:
(a) Date and signature, and
(b) The report bears a professional engineer seal.
All reports of Pre-Start Health and Safety reviews conducted under this Regulation shall,
(a) Be kept readily accessible in the workplace together with any supporting documents, and
(b) Be provided to the joint health and safety committee or the health and safety representative, if any, before
the apparatus, structure or protective element is operated or used or the process is used.
Drawings may still be available with classifcations done by the Ontario's Ministry of Labour. n lieu of draw-
ings stamped by the Ministry engineers, classifcations on drawings stamped by a Professional Engineer,
operating under a Certifcate of Authorization issued by the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario
and based on having submitted a Certifcate of nsurance, or a Professional Engineer employed by the owner,
are acceptable in accordance with the above process. These drawings must be available at the job site. Deci-
sions from Ministry engineers will be used where there are disputes about a particular classifcation.
The electrical inspector concerned reviews the installation drawings for wiring methods in each classifed area
of the plant and any safety devices such as dust collectors, ventilating equipment, etc., which might impact on
the installation methods with reference to the stamped drawings.
The electrical inspector ensures the wiring and equipment installed conforms with the requirements of each
area.
(2) How to contact an engineer to perform area cIassication?
The Consulting Engineers of Ontario (CEO) will provide the necessary service and will refer qualifed engi-
neers to perform Area Classifcations. They can be reached by calling the:
General telephone number - (416) 620-1400,
Fax number - (416) 620-5803, or
Email info@ceo.on.ca
Web www.ceo.on.ca
The CEO's standard approach is to refer consulting engineers (if available) who have the required qualifca-
tions and experience and are situated in an appropriate geographic location.
The option to use either the Zone or Division system of classifcation in Class 1 locations has been removed
from Sections 18 and 20. All new installations will be based on the Zone system of classifcation, and all addi-
tions, modifcations, and renovations to existing installations may be based on the Division, or Zone system of
classifcation.
18-1-15
Page 2 of 4
(3) Class I
The Classifcation Class in a Zone system is comprised of the following:
Zone 0, Zone 1 and Zone 2 as defned in Rule 18-006.
Class hazardous locations are those in which vapours or gases may be present to the extent defned by the
Zone descriptions outline above. These locations consist of some areas of garages, service stations, certain
dry-cleaning plants, spray-painting establishments, fammable-gas plants, paints and varnish manufacturing
plants, distilleries, plants producing industrial alcohol, industries employing processes with fammable volatile
liquids, fammable gases, and compounds such as polishing pastes containing fammable ingredients. Electri-
cal equipment for use in Class I hazardous locations must be approved and marked as being suitable for such
zones.
Where pressurized equipment or equipment rooms are used as permitted by Rule 18-064, all equipment must
be approved and assurance must be received in writing from a qualifed person that the installation complies
with the National Fire Protection Association Standard 496, Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment or other equivalent standard (see Appendix B note to Rule 18-064) .
Where use is made of Rule 18-070, Combustible gas detection, the location of the sensors must be on the
stamped drawings.
(4) Class II locations
Class II hazardous locations are those in which dust may be suspended in the air to the extent that explosive
concentrations may be present. These locations are found in grain elevators, four mills, feed grinding and
mixing plants, coal pulverizing plants, starch plants, magnesium processing plants, etc.
Electrical equipment for use in Class II hazardous locations must be approved and marked as being suitable
for these areas. t is sometimes erroneously referred to as explosion-proof but is simply dust-tight in that it
excludes dust and is also tested for the safe dissipation of heat when blanketed with dust. Since it excludes
dust, no explosive mixture is likely to occur within the enclosure.
For all new electrical installations in both classes of hazardous locations, the electrical equipment must be
approved for these locations. The following table may be used as a guide for Class II locations involving grain
dusts. Two basic categories of installation are considered in the tabulation.
(a) Farms
Farms - Where the product such as feed, etc., is being produced only for use on the particular farm, Table B1.
CommerciaI Farms - Where the product for resale or as custom preparation for others and where the amount
of material handled is large as compared to what might be processed on the farm, Table B1.
18-1-15
TabIe B1 - Farm cIassication
Item No. Wiring Switches Motors Fixtures
1. Farms
Grain Grinders
Rollers
Hammer Mills
Feed Mixing
As required by
Section 12 and or
Section 22
Dust-tight Totally-en-
closed
Dust-tight
2. Commercial Farms
Chopping Mills
Feed Mixing Plants
Flour Mills
Alfalfa Grinding
and Processing Mills
Terminal Grain
Elevators
Rigid Conduit
Mineral-Insulated
Cable or aluminum
sheathed cables as
required by Rule
18-202(1)
Class II
Group G
Class II
Group G
Class II
Group G
Note:
t is probable that some farm installations will be encountered which will be larger than some commercial
farm installations and should be judged mainly on the amount of material processed and the total time per
day that the equipment is used. f necessary, such installations should be treated as commercial farms.
Some commercial farm installations start on a small scale; and in some cases, it may appear that an ease-
ment from the requirements of Item 2 would be in order. However, it is probable that most of such installations
will grow into full scale operations in a few years and therefore no easement should be granted.
Rule 18-060(1) has been used as a basis for allowing some easement from these requirements in the case of
offces and other similar areas adjoining various types of processing mills, etc. n practice, it has been found
that in many cases the requirements given in Rule 18-060 have not been properly adhered to. Therefore,
where there is some doubt that no installation will be properly made or maintained, the use of equipment ap-
proved for Class II Group G may be required even in such locations.
In many instances, good housekeeping can be the key to safe installations. Frequent and regular removal of
dust accumulations from equipment structure, etc., will assist in keeping the fre and explosion hazards at a
minimum. The use of suitable dust collecting systems will be found to be of value, particularly where equip-
ment approved for use in the particular hazardous location cannot be obtained.
18-1-15
Bulletin 18-4-5
CIassication of woodworking pIants
Rules 18-004
Issued May 2009
n general, sawmills and planning mills do not fall into the classifcation of a hazardous area if an adequate
chip collecting system is in use.
Plants manufacturing furniture or other wood products can have fne sandings foating in the air, and it is nec-
essary to classify some areas of these plants as hazardous.
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code includes woodworking plants generally in a Class III Division 1 category.
However, wood four, similar to fne sandings, is included in Class in Appendix B of the Code.
Each installation must be assessed in accordance with the following:
(1) General woodworking areas where wood fyings consist of very fne shavings shall be Class , Division 1.
(2) Woodfnishing areas, where fne wood dust can accumulate, shall be classed Class , Division 1 if an ad-
equate dust collecting system as designed by a Professional Engineer is installed, or Class II, Division 1 if
the dust is permitted to foat in the air.
(3) For woodworking shops in schools, the shop and classroom shall be considered as a non-hazardous
location, providing the housekeeping eliminates an accumulation of dust and the work is intermittent in
nature. Where there is evidence that the housekeeping is inadequate, then the classifcations in Points 1
and 2 above apply. The air stream and dust collection system shall be Class II, Division 1. When a dust
collector is contained in a dedicated room, the room shall be Class II, Division 2. A motor external to the
duct is not considered to be in the airstream.
t is important that cleaning schedules be maintained which will prevent a build-up of dust or fyings on all
equipment where a blanketing effect may create high exposed surface temperatures.
Equipment installed in Class II or Class III locations shall be able to function at full rating without developing
surface temperature high enough to cause excessive dehydration or gradual carbonization of any dust or fy-
ings which can accumulate on the equipment. Organic material which is carbonized or is excessively dry is
highly susceptible to spontaneous ignition.
18-4-5
Page 1 of 1
18-7-0
Bulletin 18-7-0
Hazardous Locations Equipment approvaI requirements
Rule 18-050, 2-024, 2-034
Issued May 2009
Background
Questions have been raised regarding whether electrical equipment that is to be located in hazardous (clas-
sifed) locations could be Field Evaluated based on the requirements of the SPE-1000 Model Code for the
Field Evaluation of Electrical Equipment.
Rule 18-050(1) Electrical equipment states that Where electrical equipment is required by this Section to be
approved for use in hazardous locations, it shall also be approved for the specifc gas, vapour, mist, or dust
that will be present.
Direction
The Electrical Safety Authority as the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) in Ontario will not accept equipment
that is feld evaluated using SPE-1000 for installations in hazardous (classifed) areas. Electrical equipment in
hazardous locations requires certifcation by a Certifcation Body (CB) that has been accredited by Standards
Council of Canada for this type of work.
Rationale
Hazardous Location electrical equipment is often of a unique nature or is custom built for a specifc applica-
tion. The testing required to assess the safety of hazardous location equipment is at a higher safety level than
that required by the SPE-1000.. In addition, hazardous location equipment is outside the scope of the SPE-
1000 accreditation for Inspection Bodies under the program accepted by the Standards Council of Canada,
and Ontario
The SPE-1000 excludes several items including Hazardous Area inspections from its scope. Clause 1.7(c)
states that the Model Code does not apply to the feld evaluation of equipment for use in hazardous locations.
Rule 2-024 states that:
Electrical equipment shall be deemed to be approved if it has been approved according to the process set
out in Section 2 of Ontario Regulation 438/07, or
f certifed electrical equipment that is used in or connected to an electrical installation is inspected in ac-
cordance with Rule 2-004 by the inspection department, it shall be deemed to be approved if the installa-
tion and electrical equipment pass the inspection.
Page 1 of 1
20-1-2
Bulletin 20-1-2
Wiring in commerciaI garages, repairs and storage
Rules 20-102(5) and 20-108(2)
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Conduits embedded in a foor, rule 20-108(2)
(2) Adjacent areas in which hazardous vapours are not likely to be released, rule 20-102(5)
(1) Conduits embedded in a oor, RuIe 20-108(2)
Background
Rule 20-108(2) states the raceways embedded in a masonry foor or buried beneath a foor are to be con-
sidered to be within the hazardous area above the foor if any connections or extensions lead into or through
such an area. This has lead to a question about the use of nonmetallic raceway in foor slabs of such places
as parking garages below grade where the space 50mm (2 inches) above the slab is Class 1 Zone 2.
Direction
The fgure B1 below shows an acceptable way to comply with the requirements of the rule.
Please note the conduit is not in the hazardous location where it emerges from the concrete curb and the
space below the foor can be considered a non hazardous location.
Diagram B1
(2) Adjacent areas to hazardous Iocation, in which hazardous vapours are not IikeIy
to be reIeased,
Rule 20-102(5)
Background
Rule 20-102(5) states that areas in commercial garages etc. (adjacent to areas which are classifed as haz-
ardous) in which hazardous vapours are not likely to be released such as stockrooms, switchboard rooms,
and other similar locations having foors elevated at least 50 mm above adjacent garage foor, or separated
there from by tight-ftting barriers such as curbs, ramps, or partitions at least 50 mm high, need not be classed
as hazardous.
Page 1 of 2
20-1-2
Direction
Figures B2, B3 and B4 below, show examples of acceptable ways to achieve the required separation.
Diagram B2
Diagram B3
Diagram B4
Note: The above diagrams are an illustration of how the 2 barrier can be achieved. Other alternative meth-
ods may be acceptable, subject to ESAs approval.
Page 2 of 2
20-3-1
Bulletin 20-3-1
CIassication of vehicIe showrooms
Rules 20-102(5)
Issued May 2009
Background
There have been questions raised as to what is the classifcation of showrooms, which are intended to display
vehicles. Showrooms are not specifcally mentioned in the Ontario Electrical Safety Code and these areas in
many installations have been deemed to be classifed, while others have been deemed not to be classifed.
The industry has identifed showrooms are being designed as open concept, and there is a need for recep-
tacles for signs or displays. This is where the problem starts, if the showroom is classifed, one shall keep all
electrical devices 50 mm from the foor area. t may be impractical to install receptacle outlets 50 mm above
foor level, as this would cause a major tripping hazard. Vehicles are also brought into commercial areas such
as malls, and exhibition halls, for display for a period of time from a day or longer. These areas have not been
traditionally required to be classifed. The showrooms are kept clean and vehicles are inspected before they
are brought into the showrooms for any leaks
Subrule 20-102(5) states Adjacent areas in which hazardous vapours are not likely to be released, such as
stockrooms, switchboard rooms, and other similar locations having foors elevated at least 50 mm above the
adjacent garage foor, or separated therefrom by tight-ftting barriers such as curbs, ramps, or partitions at
least 50 mm high, shall not be classed as hazardous.
There is a lot of confusion if showrooms should be classifed or not. The scope of the applicable section
states:
Rules 20-102 to 20-114 apply to locations used for service and repair operations in connection with self-
propelled vehicles in which volatile fammable liquids or fammable gases are used for fuel or power, and
locations in which more than three such vehicles are, or may be, stored at one time.
Ministry of Labour, has identifed that based on the Equivalency provision in clause 2 of Regulation 851, for
industrial establishments, showrooms used for displaying vehicles are not classifed when the following condi-
tions are met:
Vehicles are to be visually examined for leaks prior to being brought into showroom; and
No work is to be done on or around the vehicle that would require the use of electrical equipment, open
fame, or welding; and
Vehicle batteries to be removed while they are parked in the showroom; and
Only a minimum amount of gasoline is left in the vehicle. Minimum amount would be that considered to
be enough to move the vehicle out of the showroom after the display session is ended; and
f ANY fuid is noted leaking from the vehicle, the vehicle is immediately removed from the showroom and
the puddle of fuid is properly cleaned up.
Page 1 of 2
20-3-1
Direction
Based on the above, showrooms used for the display of vehicles are to be considered as non classifed, when
the MOL direction is followed. Based on this decision these showrooms shall follow the requirements of Rule
20-102(5). Showrooms shall have foors elevated at least 50 mm above the adjacent garage foor, or sepa-
rated therefrom by tight-ftting barriers such as curbs, ramps, or partitions at least 50 mm high.
BuIIetin 18-1-* outIines the process that shaII be foIIowed in industriaI faciIities and the requirement of
a Pre-Start HeaIth and Safety Review.
Page 2 of 2
20-4-1
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin 20-4-1
Wiring methods for dieseI fueI dispensers Iocated in hazardous areas
Rules 20-002, 20-004
Issued May 2009
Background
Electrical Inspectors are often asked what wiring methods are acceptable for diesel fuel dispensers. Although
diesel fuel does not constitute a hazard similar to gasoline, diesel dispensers are often installed in proximity
to gasoline dispensers. This will have a direct impact on the acceptable wiring method to power up the diesel
fuel pump.
Direction
Diagram B1 shows typical installation of diesel fuel dispenser installed in proximity to gasoline fuel dispenser.
Diagram B1 - DieseI fueI dispenser instaIIed in proximity to gasoIine fueI dispenser
A spherical area of 900mm (Class 1, Zone 1) extending out to 1.5 metres (Class 1, Zone 2) shall be around
the fll/vent cap on the gasoline tank as per Diagram B2 and Rule 20-004(9). This shall extend downward to
grade as a Class 1, Zone 2 location.
20-4-1
Page 2 of 3
Diagram B2 - A sphericaI area of 900mm (CIass 1, Zone 1) around the II/vent cap on the gasoIine tank
The wiring method to a stand-alone diesel fuel dispenser shall be suitable for the environmental conditions
(i.e.: outside, suitable for a wet location and mechanically protected as per Section 12, OESC). Examples
of acceptable wiring methods that may be used would be NMWU, rigid PVC conduit, and Teck90 armoured
cable.
If however, the diesel fuel dispenser is installed in proximity (within 6 metres) to a gasoline fuel dispenser or
tank, the wiring method for the diesel pump may be impacted by Section 20. This may require a classifed
wiring method, suitable for area (either Class I Zone 1 or Class I Zone 2 depending on the location of the wir-
ing).
The example in Photo B1 is a typical installation found in road maintenance work yards or on farms. Rule 18-
156 does not permit the use of NMWU or rigid PVC conduit where wiring passes through the Class 1 Zone 1
or Zone 2 locations. Teck90 is permitted.
As per Diagram B1, if the Teck90 armoured cable is unbroken and passes completely through the classifed
areas, then seals shall not be required at either end of the Teck90 cable. The electrical supply to the gasoline
pump motor from the junction box shall require a seal at the motor (a cable leaving a Class 1, Zone 2 location
that is less than 10m long).
Additional precautions shall be made for buildings located within the six metre radial dimension around gaso-
line dispensers. If the building is not suitably cut-off by a wall or other acceptable means, the hazardous area
extends into the building, as noted in Rule 20-004(6).
The use of Teck90 armoured cable for the wiring of diesel fuel dispensers, whether in conjunction with gaso-
line dispensers or not, makes a quality Code compliant installation. If future needs include the addition of a
gasoline dispenser, and the Section 20 classifcation requirements can be met as shown in Diagram B1, no
changes to the diesel dispenser supply wiring shall be required.
20-4-1
Page 3 of 3
Photo B1 - TypicaI instaIIation of dieseI fueI dispenser instaIIed in proximity to gasoIine fueI
dispenser
20-5-1
Bulletin 20-5-1
Automotive teaching areas of educationaI faciIities
Rules 20-100 and 20-400
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Mechanical repair teaching areas
(2) Finishing process teaching areas
(1) Mechanical repair teaching areas
Question
Are areas located within a school that are used for the purpose of teaching repair of self propelled vehicles,
required to be classifed as required by Section 20 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC)?
Answer No.
Direction
Do not require classifcation of automotive repair areas of educational facilities
Rationale
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires that areas in Commercial operations used for the repair and
storage of self propelled vehicles are to be classifed and the wiring methods employed in these areas must
meet the minimum requirements of Sections 18 and 20 of the OESC.
The 20-100 series of rules are for Commercial Garages Repair and Storage and they do not apply to educa-
tional institutions where automotive skills are taught.
The primary purpose of the automotive shop in a school setting is to teach students the skills required to
repair automobiles. They are not intended or designed to be a commercial operation.
Automotive shop areas as well as the teaching shops fall under the auspices of Regulation 851 Industrial
Establishments, as dictated by The Ontario Ministry of Labour and as such the area of concern with respect
to fammable vapours is how the fammable liquids are being stored and handled. The Ministry of Labour also
supports that these areas are not commercial garages.
(2) Finishing teaching areas
Question
Are areas located within a school that are used for the purpose of teaching fnishing processes, required to be
classifed as required by Section 20 of the OESC?
Answer Yes.
Page 1 of 2
20-5-1
Direction
Areas within a school that fall under the scope of the 20-400 series of rules shall meet the minimum require-
ments of the OESC Sections 18 and 20.
Rationale
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code rules for fnishing processes are not limited to commercial operations and
therefore are applicable to schools.
Areas within a school where fnishing processes are performed can be extremely hazardous. t is imperative
that proper ventilation be installed to prevent the accumulation of explosive gases and vapours. Wiring meth-
ods within these areas shall meet the minimum requirements of the OESC, 20-400 series of Rules to prevent
the possible ignition of any gases or vapours that may be present.
Page 2 of 2
22-1-4
Bulletin 22-1-4
ResidentiaI Sewage Lift Pumps
Rules 22-100 and 28-604
Issued May 2009
Questions have been raised on what are acceptable methods for connection of residential sewage lift pumps.
Because of the wet and corrosive atmosphere found within most tanks housing lift pumps and similar equip-
ment (e.g. aerobic systems), only electrical equipment essential for the process may be installed within such
enclosures.
This bulletin applies only to a single dwelling installation. All other larger more complex installations shall be
installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 18 and Section 22. (See Bulletin 22-4-*)
Direction
Only electrical equipment essential for the process may be installed in a lift pump tank, and the factory
installed pump cord and attachment plug (if supplied) shall be run directly from the pump to a receptacle or
junction box located outside of the tank.
This receptacle or junction box should be mounted at least 300 mm above grade on the side of the tank (if
above grade), on a suitable treated post, or below grade in a suitably sized PVC box rated 6P, or 4X with a
bead of RTV (silicone) around the lid, adjacent to the tank, sealed at the entry to the tank. All openings in the
box should be sealed with RTV or equivalent. (See Diagram B1)
Diagram B1
In cases where the pump cord is not provided with a pre-moulded cord cap, it shall be acceptable to con-
nect the pump cord directly to the supply cable with wire splices approved for the application in an approved
weather proof junction box mounted either above or below grade as outlined above. Where the pump cord is
provided with an integral cord cap, it shall be permitted to be removed connected as above.
Mechanical protection is required for a cord or supply cable above grade level.
The tank may be completely buried, and no permanent means of ready access to the tank is required.
GFCI Protection
GFCI protection is not required for this receptacle provided it is solely for sewage pump use and it is not read-
ily accessible for general use. It is recommended that the cord cap be secured to the receptacle to prevent
accidental removal.
Page 1 of 2
22-1-4
Disconnecting Means
28-604 requires either a lockable disconnecting means; or a disconnecting means within sight of and within 9
m of the motor. A circuit breaker in a panel is not acceptable as a lockable disconnecting means unless ftted
with an approved permanently mounted lockout device, or it is within 9m and within sight of the motor. If this is
not practicable then a separate disconnecting means complying with 28-604 is required. A pump connected to
a receptacle with an attachment plug at the tank does not require additional disconnecting means.
Page 2 of 2
22-2-2
Bulletin 22-2-2
Wiring in Category I Iocations where excessive moisture in the form of vapour or
Iiquid is IikeIy to be present
Section 22
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Introduction
(2) Wiring method for feld assembled walk-in type coolers, freezers and refrigerators
(3) Wiring under relocatable structures
(1) Introduction
A Category 1 location is an area containing moisture in the form of vapour or liquid. Rule 22-002 and the Ap-
pendix B note provide some guidance on these locations.
Special wiring methods are required where excessive moisture is present. Section 22 contains wiring meth-
ods and leaves some discretion in identifying where the prescribed wiring methods should be used, which
leads to questions.
(2) Wiring method for eId assembIed waIk-in type cooIers, freezers and refrigerators
Direction
The interiors of walk-in coolers can be considered as meeting the defnition of dry locations provided that they
are only subjected to temporary dampness.
The interiors of walk-in coolers and freezers that are dry locations shall be permitted to be wired with wiring
methods as permitted by Section 12.
Preventing the introduction of moisture from outside the refrigerated environment is essential to keeping
the interior a dry location. All installations shall have the interior raceway system penetrations to the outside
sealed to prevent the circulation of air from warmer areas to colder areas. Duct seal or equivalent that is prop-
erly installed can provide adequate sealing to prevent air circulation and the resulting condensation.
Note
A location classifed as dry may be temporarily subject to dampness or wetness, as in the case of coolers and
freezers which are subject to dampness or wetness only during cleaning or maintenance operations.
(3) Wiring under reIocatabIe structures
When additional wiring is installed under relocatable structures such as construction trailers etc. it is usually
run under the trailer, and requires mechanical protection. In the past, AC90 has been commonly used as a
wiring method.
Many of these trailers are moved frequently and the wiring is exposed to rain and slush on the roads and the
armour on the cables under the trailer may corrode and quickly deteriorate. After a short period of time there
is practically no armour left on the cables under the trailer.
Page 1 of 2
22-2-2
Direction
The area under trailers that are intended to be moved frequently shall be considered a Category I location
and wiring must comply with Rule 22-200 e.g. TECK90 or ACWU90.
Page 2 of 2
22-3-3
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin 22-3-3
EIectricaI equipment in connement barns
Rules 22-002, 22-100, 22-200-22-204, 22-300 and 22-400
Issued October 2009
Background/Question
The move toward larger farming operations in which livestock and poultry are housed in larger, more exten-
sive confnement buildings has changed the environment within these buildings. Construction practices incor-
porating a sealed envelope design of the buildings and under foor waste collection has created a dangerous
corrosive atmosphere within these buildings, causing large fre losses due to failure of electrical devices and
terminations. Thermo graphic imaging has identifed the problem primarily in large swine confnement build-
ings; however the issue has also been identifed in large poultry and other livestock confnement buildings.
Direction
n order to minimize the effects of the corrosive atmosphere in the animal or poultry confnement area of the
building, the following shall be adhered to:
1. The animal containment areas of the barns shall be classifed as Category 1 and Category 2 locations in
accordance with Rule 22-002.
a. A Category 1 location is one in which moisture in the form of vapour or liquid is present in quantities
which are liable to interfere with the normal operation of electrical equipment.
b. A Category 2 location is one where corrosive liquids or vapours are likely to be present in quantities
that are likely to interfere with the normal operation of electrical equipment.
2. Wiring methods in the animal or poultry containment areas shall be suitable for both Category 1 and Cat-
egory 2 locations as outlined in Rules 22-200 to 22-204.
a. Rule 22-204(3) (wiring suitable for damp locations) shall not be permitted in the livestock or poultry
areas due to present cleaning practices incorporating regular wash-down of these areas with high
pressure washing systems.
3. Conductors and cable assemblies shall be copper in accordance with Rule 22-204(4).
4. Only such electrical equipment that is essential to the operation in the confnement area shall be installed
in the area to comply with Rule 22-100.
5. Non-essential electrical equipment and equipment incorporating over current devices shall be installed
only in locations suitably separated from the confnement area and which are supplied with clean, dry,
temperature controlled air (e.g. in electrical/mechanical rooms, offces). As an alternative, the equipment
may be installed in the animal confnement portions of the barn provided it is in a pressurized enclosure
which is supplied with clean, dry, temperature controlled air, and provided there is an alarm to signal loss
of air fow (pressure).
6. Essential equipment and lighting in the livestock area shall be hard wired where practical with the use of
wire connectors incorporating an anti-corrosion agent.
22-3-3
Page 2 of 3
7. In cases where it is absolutely essential to use portable lighting or equipment fed from service receptacles
in the area, the portable equipment fexible cord, cord cap, as well as the receptacle shall be approved
for the corrosive atmosphere. In addition, the portable equipment shall be suitable for the environment in
which it is used.
8. As an alternative to using the equipment cord cap to connect portable equipment to a receptacle, it shall
be permitted to remove the cord cap and hardwire the equipment fexible cord to the branch circuit with
the use of a box connector approved for the location incorporating a suitable gland for the type and size of
the equipment fexible cord.
9. Equipment and enclosures required to be in the confnement area shall have enclosure designations in
compliance with Rule 2-400 and Table 65 for corrosive areas (minimum 4X).
10. All raceways, fttings, junction boxes, cable assemblies and associated connectors, devices, and device
boxes and covers, shall be approved for the corrosive atmosphere in the area.
11. Where conduit is used, it shall be:
a. Arranged so as to drain at frequent intervals to suitable locations; and
b. Equipped with approved fttings which permit the moisture to drain out of the system;
c. Installed so as to give 12 mm clearance from the supporting surface when either conduit or support-
ing surface is metallic; and
d. Sealed to prevent the migration of corrosive vapour where due to the location of equipment such
migration is considered possible.
12. Where a conduit or aluminum-sheathed cable leaves a warm room and enters a cooler atmosphere, it
shall be sealed off so as to prevent breathing and subsequent condensation, and shall be done in such a
manner that condensate will not be trapped at the seal.
13. Proper sealing of the conduit system will prevent the migration of corrosive vapours through the conduit
from the livestock area into the electrical panels, etc that are located outside the livestock area. Where
conduits go from warm to cold areas they also must be sealed to prevent condensation in the electrical
conduit system.
Recommendation
Rule 2-300 requires all electrical equipment be kept in safe and proper working condition.
ESA recommends the following for these types of installations:
1. Electrical equipment in this environment should be checked regularly for deterioration and tightness of
connections.
2. Enclosure covers should be secured properly to ensure gaskets provided with the enclosures minimize
the infux of corrosive atmosphere and moisture within the enclosure. Damaged and deteriorated gaskets
should be replaced.
22-3-3
Page 3 of 3
Photo B1 - Thermo graphic images that demonstrate overheating of terminations at
a receptacIe and a paneI board that are Iocated in a Iarge connement barn
22-4-0
Page 1 of 8
Bulletin 22-4-0
AIternative wiring methods for sewage Iift and treatment pIants
Rules 18-004 and 22-700 to 22-710
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Introduction
(2) Alternate electrical requirements
(a) General
(b) Essential equipment only in the wet well
(c) Wiring inside the wet well to foat switches and submersible pumps
(d) Conduit runs inside the wet well for lighting, etc.
(e) Conduit runs from junction box to wet well
(f) Junction boxes
(g) Conduit runs from junction box to control panel, etc
(1) Introduction
Issue
Sewage pumping station wet wells, which have been classifed as Class 1, Zone 2 have required Section 18
wiring methods such as threaded metal conduits within the wet well, with conduit seals close to the point of
conduit entry, in order to comply with the minimum requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
This practice has had a number of limitations, particularly in the corrosive atmosphere of a sewage wet well.
Numerous complaints have been received about the condition of the electrical system in wet wells and it was
considered advisable to fnd an alternative wiring method in this special application.
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code 24th Edition now includes alternative wiring methods as permitted by
Rules 22-700 to 22-710. These wiring methods, which are an alternative to the requirements of Section 18,
may be used in wet wells classifed as Class 1 Zone 2 or Class 1 Division as permitted by NFPA 820 Stan-
dard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities.
Caution must be exercised in assuming a Class 1 Zone 2 classifcation. Sewage wet wells have also been
classifed as Class 1 Zone 1 locations. Before proceeding with a sewage pumping station, please ensure the
appropriate authority has classifed the wet well. See Bulletin 18-1-*.
Direction
In a Class 1 Zone 1 location, Section 18 wiring methods shall be followed, which could include the use of
intrinsically safe circuits and combustible gas detection instruments.
In a Class 1 Zone 2 location, the following minimum electrical wiring methods shall be permitted as an alter-
native to Rule 22-706.
22-4-0
Page 2 of 8
(2) AIternate eIectricaI requirements
(a) General
Sewage wet wells are associated with three forms of sewage pumping stations:
With submersible pumps located in the wet well
With factory built, dry pit, steel shell pumping stations
With site built, dry pit, shell pumping stations.
Conduits from the wet well shall terminate at a junction box, or boxes, located outdoors.
Conduits from the outdoor junction box or boxes to the pump control panel or lighting panel shall be effectively
sealed as per Rule 18-154.
(b) EssentiaI equipment onIy in the wet weII
Provide only essential electrical equipment and devices in the well required to operate the pumping station
because of the highly corrosive location. e.g., foat level switches, submersible sewage pumps, wet well light-
ing.
EXCLUDE such items as junction boxes, fans, blowers, heaters, receptacles, disconnect boxes or switches.
Where wet well lighting is considered necessary, provide wall mounted fxtures, suitable for a Class , Zone 2
location, coated with corrosion resistant epoxy paint, baked-on and with stainless steel guard holding screws.
Locate the fxtures near the ladder or suitable access point for lamp replacement and secure to the wall with
stainless steel or nylon screws. Use an aluminum close nipple and a rigid PVC female adapter to connect the
lighting fxture box to the rigid PVC conduit. Coat the nipple with epoxy paint.
NOTE: t is recommended that electrical equipment for fow and/or level measurement (except foat switches)
be located outside the well. f this, or other equipment, is required inside the well, provide equipment specif-
cally approved for the classifcation and use in sewage wet wells.
Locate the well ventilating fan, if required, outdoors, arranged to force outside air into the well.
(c) Wiring inside the wet weII to oat switches and submersibIe pumps
Wiring to foat switches and submersible pumps shall be approved fexible cords, type SOW, SOOW,
STOOW, or STOW.
Suffcient cable slack shall be provided to permit adjustment or removal of the equipment. Cable slack shall
not exceed that required for normal operation or 3m maximum.
Arrange for a cable loop where the cables leave the elbow of the conduit.
Where cable is run around the walls, support it by nylon clip hangers every 1.0 m maximum, secured by stain-
less steel or nylon screws to the wall.
Terminate any conduits carrying fexible cables where they enter the well. Terminate horizontal conduits with
an elbow pointing downwards. This places less stress on the cable.
22-4-0
DO NOT seal these conduits in the well. Allow them to breathe and drain.
DO NOT splice cables inside the well.
(d) Conduit runs inside the wet well for lighting, etc.
Provide runs to lighting fxtures and other fxed equipment in rigid PVC conduit with a green insulated copper
bond wire sized as per Table 16.
Secure the conduit to the ceiling and/or walls with PVC clips and stainless steel or nylon screws.
DO NOT seal the conduits where they enter the well. Provide an open tee ftting at the conduit low point in the
well to allow it to drain and breathe.
NOTE: Locate the switch for the well lighting in the outdoor control panel or inside a non-hazardous room.
Use a circuit breaker with ground fault protection.
(e) Conduit runs from junction box to wet weII
Run rigid PVC conduits from the bottom of the outdoor junction box to the wet well. Do not run these conduits
through a non-hazardous room or area.
Slope the horizontal conduit runs so as to drain any moisture into the well.
After wiring, seal the end of the conduit at the junction box with a Duc-seal mastic plug or equivalent.
Provide conduits large enough so that one fexible cable can be replaced without damaging other fexible
cables in the same conduit.
Provide separate conduits with recommended minimum sizes for:
(1) Each submersible pump for power (and sensor), 1 minimum.
(2) Float cables, 1 minimum for 2 cables and 1 1/2 minimum for 3 cables.
(3) Lighting runs, etc., 3/4 minimum.
(f) Junction boxes
Provide a rigid PVC junction box, or boxes, outdoor weather proof type for all power, sensor and lighting con-
ductors going to the wet well.
Ensure the box is adequately sized to permit splicing of the conductors under in-service conditions, without
damaging the other conductors.
Locate the box outdoors with at least 1m clearance above grade and preferably not more than 10m from the
wet well.
Position the box to limit bends in the conduit runs to the wet well.
Splice all conductors inside the junction box with insulated compression connectors and then taped with
approved insulation tapes or heat-shrinking tubing. Number the conductors on each side of the splice with
numbered tape markers.
Page 3 of 8
22-4-0
The mastic plug in the PVC conduits entering the junction box are not effective seals as required by Section
18, therefore the interior of the junction box shall be Class 1 Zone 2.
The recommended locations of the junction boxes in the various types of pumping stations are shown in the
attached fgures and applied as follows:
Figure B1 - For a submersible pump station, where the pump control panel is located at the well and the
electrical supply terminal pole is remote from the well, over 10 m.
Figure B2 - For a submersible pump station, where the pump control panel is located on the electrical supply
terminal pole, which is remote from the well, over 10 m.
Figure B3 - For a submersible pump station, where the pump control panel is located on the electrical supply
terminal pole which is close to the well, less than 10 m.
Figure B4 - For a submersible pump station, where the control panel is located in a building, e.g., an emer-
gency power set building, which is less than 10 m from the well.
(g) Conduit runs from junction box to controI paneI, etc.
Provide approved Class 1 Zone 2 conduit seal fttings, straight or angle type, at the junction box.
Run PVC conduit from the seal ftting to the control panel, etc.
After the building wires are installed, tested and the installation is approved, install approved sealing com-
pound in the seal fttings.
NOTE
Where the junction box and rigid PVC conduit, located outdoors, is subject to vandalism and/or mechanical
vehicular damage, protect the conduit and box with a metal shield or guard.
Page 4 of 8
22-4-0
Figure B1 - The terminaI suppIy poIe is >10m away and the junction box is Iocated at the weII.
Page 5 of 8
22-4-0
Figure B2 - The pump controI paneI is Iocated on the eIectricaI suppIy terminaI poIe, which is > 10m
from the weII.
Page 6 of 8
22-4-0
Figure B3 - The controI paneI is Iocated on the eIectricaI suppIy terminaI poIe, which is < 10 m from
the well.
Page 7 of 8
22-4-0
Figure B4 - The controI paneI is Iocated in a buiIding, which is < 10 m from the weII.
Page 8 of 8
24-1-4
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 24-1-4
Wiring in patient care areas
Rule 24-104
Issued May 2009
Background
Rule 24-104 (1) (b) requires cables supplying branch circuits in basic, intermediate or critical care areas of
health care facilities have no contact between bare bonding conductors and any metal armour or shields.
Some cable types such as Teck90 have a PVC inner jacket between the armour and bonding conductors, and
therefore do satisfy the rules. AC90 cables do not have an inner jacket or have only a paper wrap between
the armour and conductors. AC90 cables do not satisfy the requirements for patient care areas in health care
facilities because contact between the bare bonding conductors and the armour is likely or possible. However,
AC90 cables having an insulated bonding conductor are acceptable for use in patient care areas.
Direction
Teck90 cable with a bare bonding conductor inside a PVC inner jacket shall be considered as complying with
Rule 24-104(1) (b).
AC90 cables with a bare bonding conductor shall not be considered as complying with Rule 24-104(1)(b).
AC90 cables with an insulated bond conductor is acceptable for single phase circuits in basic, intermediate or
critical patient care areas in health care facilities.
Notwithstanding the requirements of Rule 24-104(2), bonding conductors in cables sized in accordance with
Table 16 are acceptable (based on feld experience). For bonding three-phase equipment in intermediate or
critical care areas, this practice is not acceptable unless the bonding conductor is minimum size #12 AWG
copper per Rule 24-104(6).
24-2-2
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 24-2-2
CIassication of patient care areas
Rule 24-000
Issued May 2009
n 2002, Section 24 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) was amended to refect the changing nature
of health care and to recognize that procedures once reserved for hospitals are now being performed in
medical clinics. The Scope of Section 24 was changed to include all types of health care facilities and not just
hospitals. A Health Care Facility is defned as a set of physical infrastructure elements that are intended to
support the delivery of specifc health-related services.
Examples of Health Care Facilities include but are not limited to hospitals, rehabilitation facilities or group
homes that provide extended, multi-level, psychiatric, or intermediate care, outpatient and surgical clinics,
dental offces, doctors' clinics, dialysis units, ultrasound and electro diagnosis (ECG, EEG, EMG) suites, chi-
ropractic clinics, physiotherapy clinics, and physicians' offces.
OESC Section 24 applies to electrical wiring and equipment within patient care areas of health care facilities
and those portions of the electrical systems of health care facilities designated as essential electrical systems.
The requirements are based on the classifcation of the patient care areas (e.g. basic, intermediate, or criti-
cal). This approach is consistent with that taken in CAN/CSA-Z32 Electrical Safety and Essential Electrical
Systems in Health Care Facilities.
Patient Care Areas are areas within the health care facility that are intended primarily for the provision of
diagnosis, therapy, or care. The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is responsible to ensure that all electrical
wiring and equipment in the health care facility complies with the OESC and that wiring and equipment within
the patient care areas also complies with the supplementary rules for electrical safety that are contained in
Section 24 of the OESC.
ESA is not responsible for determining or classifying the patient care areas within a health care facility.
CAN/CSA-Z32 states that the administrator is responsible for determining whether an area of a health care
facility should be classifed as a patient care area and if so, whether it is a basic, intermediate, or critical area.
CAN/CSA-Z32 defnes the Administrator as the person responsible for operating the health care facility (or
his or her designee). The administrator shall document those areas that are patient care areas and whether
those areas are classifed as basic care, intermediate care, or critical care. f no areas are to be classifed,
then this shall also be documented.
A copy of the patient care area classifcation document is required to be provided to ESA for the nspector's
use when inspecting the installation of the electrical wiring and equipment within the facility for compliance
with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code. f there are no classifed patient care areas within the facility, then a
letter stating that is required from the administrator.
24-7-1
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 24-7-1
Home diaIysis units Iocated in residentiaI occupancies
Rule 24-106
Issued May 2009
Where a dialysis machine in installed in a residential occupancy, the area where the machine is used shall be
considered as a patient care area and the requirements of Section 24 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code for
a patient care environment shall be followed.
Receptacles supplying power to a home dialysis machine shall comply with Rule 24-106; Receptacles in
basic care areas, and shall be wired in the following manner.
The branch circuit shall be a separate dedicated supply for the dialysis receptacle.
The conductor shall be minimum of #12 AWG copper. Voltage drop may require a larger conductor. f
armoured cable Type AC90 is used, it shall have a separate green insulated bonding conductor. Where
non-metallic sheathed cable is acceptable, standard 12/2 NMD90 may be used, as the bare bonding con-
ductor does not contact a grounded surface except at the panel and outlet box.
The receptacle shall be hospital grade and mounted not less than 300mm from the foor. The outlet shall
be clearly marked as to its intended purpose.
The dialysis receptacle, if installed in sleeping facility of a dwelling unit, shall be exempt from the require-
ments of Rule 26-722(f)(g) and shall not be required to have arc-fault circuit interrupter protection.
Ground fault protection will be required for the dialysis receptacle if it is installed in a bathroom or is within 1.5
meters of a sink (washbasin complete with drainpipe), bathtub or shower. Rule 26-700(11)
Ground fault circuit protection for the branch circuit may also be necessary to meet the requirements of the
equipment supplier.
24-8-0
Bulletin 24-8-0
EssentiaI eIectricaI systems and Iife safety systems in patient care areas
Rules 24-300, 24-302, 46-002, 46-108(5)
Issued October 2009
Background
Life Safety Systems are defned under Rule 46-002 and are the loads that are required to be provided with
an emergency power supply by the Ontario Building Code. (Refer to Articles 3.2.7.4, through 3.2.7.10 and
3.2.8.10 of the Ontario Building Code) Generally, these loads are important for public safety and their opera-
tion is crucial for the safe evacuation of the public under a fre or emergency situation. The Ontario Building
Code mandates the type of the emergency power supply, either generator or batteries, and the duration of
time that these loads need to be operational.
Examples of life safety loads are: emergency lighting needed for egress routes and exits, exit signs, fre alarm
systems, elevators, smoke-venting fans, and fre pumps.
Essential Electrical Systems are defned under Rule 24-002 as an electrical system that has the capability
of restoring and sustaining a supply of electrical energy to specifed loads in the event of a loss of the nor-
mal supply of energy. In health care facilities, these are electrical systems in which interruption of the normal
supply of power can jeopardize the effective and safe care of patients, the safety of health care facility staff,
and public safety. Essential electrical systems are divided into three categories, which are a vital branch, a
delayed vital branch and a conditional branch.
CAN/CSA-Z32 provides guidance as to what loads should be supplied by the vital, delayed vital or conditional
branch of an essential electrical system. These loads are classifed based on the nature of the load and its
importance to the life, safety and care of the patient:
Vital branch that portion of an essential electrical system in which the circuits require power resto-
ration within 10 s.
Delayed vital branch that portion of an essential electrical system in which the circuits require
power restoration within 2 min.
Conditional branch that portion of an essential electrical system in which the essential loads may
be transferred to the emergency source at a time dictated by the prevailing need.
From Table 8 of CAN/CSA-Z32, examples are receptacles in the intensive care unit (vital branch), blood bank
refrigerators (delayed vital branch), and medical records storage (conditional branch).
Question:
When designing the emergency distribution for a hospital or a facility within the scope of Section 24, is it
permitted to include the vital branch and delayed vital branches of the essential electrical system with the life
safety loads as defned under Rule 46-002?
Direction:
Yes, for the purpose of Subrule 46-108 (5) it will be permitted to include the Vital and the Delayed Vital
Branches of the essential electrical system with the Life Safety System. The conditional branch shall be
included with the other emergency loads that are not defned as life safety systems. Refer to Diagram B1
Page 1 of 2
24-8-0
Rationale:
The vital and delayed vital branches include loads that are necessary for the life, safety and care of the pa-
tients, which may be as critical in nature as the life safety loads. The conditional branch of the essential elec-
trical system includes loads that are not as critical and the nature of these loads does not justify being a part
of the Life Safety System. The loads on the conditional branch of the essential electrical system are typically
loads that sustain the continuing operation of the facility and some additional services; they are not as crucial
and vital to patients.
Diagram B1-Appendix B diagram for SubruIe 46-108(5) with the distribution for
the essentiaI eIectricaI system
Transfer switch for
equipment not
defined by Rule
46-002 as life
safety system
+
Conditional branch
Fire pump transfer
switch as
described in Rules
32-206(4) and
32-208
Transfer switch for
life safety
system as
defined in Rule
46-002
+
Vital and delayed
vital branches
Emergency Generator
Conforming to Rule 24-306
Busway, splitter or
distribution panel
Page 2 of 2
26-13-11
Bulletin 26-13-11
ReceptacIes in washrooms and bathrooms
Rules 26-700(11), 26-710(f),
Issued May 2009
Question
If a washroom or bathroom contains two sinks and a receptacle is located on the wall between the two sinks
such that it is no further than 1 m from either sink, has Rule 26-710(f) been complied with?
Answer
Yes. See Figure B1 for an illustration.
If the distance between the sinks does not permit compliance with Figure B1, then the installation of two
receptacles is required.
Figure B2 illustrates an installation that is compliant with the rule.
Note
Rule 26-710 states that receptacles installed within 1.5 m of a sink shall be protected by a ground fault circuit
interrupter of the Class A type except where the receptacle is intended for a stationary appliance designated
for the location and is located behind the stationary appliance such that it is inaccessible for use with general-
purpose portable appliances.
Figure B1
Figure B2
Page 1 of 1
26-14-4
Bulletin 26-14-4
Receptacles for range installations in dwelling units
Rules 26-712, 26-742 and 26-744
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Electric range receptacles
(2) Gas range receptacles
(1) Receptacles for electric ranges
Subrule 26-744(4) requires that electric range receptacles be installed in all dwelling units. This is because
electric ranges are used in a very high portion of Ontario households. In a single dwelling the tenant/owner
usually owns the range and experience has shown they take it with them when they move. Experience also
shows that wiring errors occur on the removal and re-connection of hard wired ranges resulting in electrical
hazards.
Exceptions to Subrule 26-744(4) are found in Subrule (12) and are summarized in Table B1.
TabIe B1
RANGE RE-
CEPTACLE
IN WHERE THERE IS RATIONALE/COMMENT
Need not be
Installed
All dwell-
ing
units
a built-in gas or electric cook
top or oven, or
Built-in gas fred or electric cook tops or
ovens are part of the building and are hard
wired.
no power supply from a sup-
ply authority and local gen-
eration is less than 6 kW
e.g. Solar photovoltaic, wind generation,
diesel
Other than
single
dwellings
(Note 1)
provision made for a gas
range
In all other dwelling units (i.e. apartment,
high rise condominium) the range along
with other appliances are usually part of the
dwelling unit and not likely to be replaced
by new tenants/owners
Note
Single dwelling means a dwelling unit of a detached house, one unit of row housing, or one unit of a semi-de-
tached, duplex, triplex, or quadruplex house.
(2) Receptacles for gas ranges
n addition to the 14-50R range receptacle specifed by Rule 26-744, Rule 26-712(d)(ii) requires one duplex
receptacle to be installed in the space provided for a freestanding range when a gas supply pipe or gas con-
nection outlet is installed.
Similar to the electrical range receptacle, the mounting height shall be not more than 130mm to the centre
above the fnished foor and as close to mid-point as possible.
Page 1 of 2
26-14-4
The mounting height limit is to allow the freestanding range to ft close to the back wall of the stove space
without creating damage to the fexible cord or receptacle. Photo B1 illustrates a code compliant installation.
Photo B1 - Code compIiant instaIIation of eIectric and gas range receptacIes
Page 2 of 2
26-15-2
Bulletin 26-15-2
Disconnect switch Iocation for furnaces and ground source heat pumps
Rule 26-806, 28-604
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Location of disconnecting means for furnaces
(2) Location of disconnecting means for ground source heat pumps
(1) Location of disconnecting means for furnaces
There are two rules concerning the disconnecting means for a furnace: Rule 26-806 and Rule 28-604.
Rule 26-806 requires a suitable disconnecting means for the branch circuit. The circuit disconnect switch
shall be permitted to be a branch circuit breaker in the panel board, provided that the panel board is located
between the furnace and the point of entry to the room containing the furnace (or may be at the point of entry
to the room). The disconnecting means cannot be mounted on the furnace or in a location which can be only
be reached by passing close to the furnace.
Rule 28-604 paraphrased requires a disconnect switch for the blower motor within sight and within 9 m or
lockable in the open position. Both rules must be satisfed.
The following specifc examples illustrate the requirements of the rules.
n Figure B1, a switch inside the room and not close to the furnace satisfes both rules. A switch satisfying
Rule 26-806 is not required for the water heater. Rule 26-806 applies only to furnaces - the concern being the
ability to disconnect the blower so that it cannot spread smoke and fame through the building in the event of
a furnace failure resulting in a fre.
Figure B1
n Figure B2 the panel board breaker satisfes the rule. The panel board is not in a location that can only be
reached by passing close to the furnace. A separate switch on the path from the stairs to the furnace or on
a post near the furnace in anticipation of a future partition is also acceptable. The possibility of a future wall
around the furnace is not a factor until the wall is built.
Page 1 of 2
26-15-2
Page 2 of 2
Figure B2
In Figure B3 a switch is required inside the furnace room to meet Rule 28-604. Just inside the door is an ac-
ceptable location. Again this satisfes both rules.
Figure B3
(2) Ground Source Heat Pumps
Question
Does a ground source furnace referred to as a heat pump require a disconnecting means within 3 meters of
the compressor? (These heat pumps can sometimes be part of a complete unit that incorporates the com-
pressor, fan unit and even an electric heat section).
Answer
Yes, Rule 28-604(5) requires that disconnecting means be installed within 3 meters and within sight.
Rationale
The motor/compressor unit is usually of the hermetic type and uses a refrigerant to extract heat/cool from the
ground source liquid (water, chemicals, glycol, etc). This type of refrigerant compressor falls within the scope
of Rule 28-604(5) and requires the disconnect switch within 3 meters and within sight.
26-18-5
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin 26-18-5
Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) in sleeping facilities of a dwelling unit
Rule 26-722
Issued May 2011
Scope
(1) Defnitions
(a) Sleeping facility
(b) Dwelling unit
(c) Cooking facility
(2) Alterations and/or additions to existing installations
(1) Denitions
(a) Sleeping facility
Issue
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code does not defne exactly what is meant by the term sleeping facility. n
order to facilitate consistent application of the rule by all Ontario Electrical Safety Code users, the following
direction has been developed.
Direction
Sleeping facility - includes any bedroom within a dwelling unit intended to accommodate sleeping.
Examples of sleeping facilities would include master or other bedrooms. n lofts, studios, bachelor suites and
similar single occupancy rooms, where the sleeping facilities form part of a single room combined with other
living areas, the kitchen receptacles (counter, fridge, stove, microwave, etc.) are not considered part of the
sleeping facility receptacles requiring arc-fault protection.
Examples of rooms that are not considered as sleeping facilities are kitchens, dining rooms, living rooms,
recreation rooms, bath or washrooms, hallways and stairways, laundry room or area, utility room or area,
unfnished basement areas, etc.
Question 1
Is a room in a dwelling unit that contains only a single door entry as well as a closet, automatically deemed to
be a bedroom, for the application of Rule 26-722(f), arc fault protection?
Answer 1
No. A sleeping facility includes any bedroom within a dwelling unit intended to accommodate sleeping. If
questions arise as to the intended use of the room, the general contractor/owner will need to confirm the room
type. Drawings or other documentation/correspondence may be requested by the electrical inspector to con-
firm the usage of the room.
(b) DweIIing unit
With the introduction of the AFC there has been confusion as to what is meant by dwelling unit.
A dwelling unit is one or more rooms for the use of one or more persons as a housekeeping unit with cooking,
26-18-5
Page 2 of 3
eating, living, and sleeping facilities.
Examples of dwelling units
single dwelling complete with cooking, eating, living, and sleeping facilities such as detached house,
one unit of row housing, or one unit of semi-detached, duplex, triplex, or quadruplex
an apartment unit complete with cooking, eating, living, and sleeping facilities
a condominium unit complete with cooking, eating, living, and sleeping facilities
a self contained suite or unit in a motel or hotel complete with cooking, eating, living, and sleeping
facilities
a self contained student dormitory unit consisting of cooking, eating, living, and sleeping facilities
a self contained unit in a long term care facility consisting of cooking, eating, living, and sleeping
facilities
a self contained, housekeeping rental cabin
Examples of non-dwelling units
institutional facility such as a hospital, nursing home, long term care facility, etc.
prison
facilities containing only living and sleeping facilities such as motel and hotel rooms, etc.
Rationale
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code defnes a Dwelling unit as one or more rooms for the use of one or more
persons as a housekeeping unit with cooking, eating, living, and sleeping facilities.
The intent of this requirement is to protect all branch circuits that supply receptacles in sleeping facilities of
dwelling units to provide additional protection for sleeping people against possible fre.
(c) Cooking facility
A cooking facility shall have a range (electric or gas supply). Hot plates and microwaves do not constitute a
cooking facility.
(2) Alterations and/or additions to existing installations
nconsistency in the application of Rule 26-722(f) has been identifed where renovations and additions are be-
ing made to existing installations. The following questions & answers have been provided for clarifcation and
direction as to appropriate installation methods to meet inspection requirements.
Question 2
When replacing knob and tube wiring or other ungrounded circuits to existing receptacle locations and not in-
creasing the number of receptacles, are you required to install Arc Fault circuit interrupters on the circuits that
include bedroom receptacles? Note: completely new branch circuits have been installed.
Answer 2
Yes, new branch circuits that supply receptacles in sleeping facilities of a dwelling unit shall be Code compli-
ant and meet the minimum requirements of Rule 26-722(f) (protected by an AFCI).
Question 3
If one or more receptacles is added in a bedroom to an existing circuit and the existing branch circuit ahead
of the new receptacles is not altered, are you required to install an Arc Fault circuit interrupter on the existing
branch circuit?
26-18-5
Page 3 of 3
Answer 3
No, AFCI protection is not required when up to two receptacles are added in a bedroom to an existing branch
circuit, provided that the following conditions are met:
There are no AFC protected branch circuits in the bedroom
The existing portion of the branch circuit is not being altered or replaced
The total number of outlets in the circuit shall not exceed twelve
If the existing circuit already supplies twelve outlets and a new circuit is installed to supply the new recepta-
cles, then the new circuit shall be AFCI protected. The existing receptacles would not require AFCI protection.
Question 4
If a service or panel is replaced or upgraded and there are no alterations to the branch circuit wiring, are Arc Fault
circuit interrupters required to be installed for the existing branch circuits that include bedroom receptacles?
Answer 4
No, when the service is upgraded or replaced, AFCI protection does not need to be installed. The current
Code requirement for AFCI protection does not retroactively apply to the existing bedroom wiring unless the
bedroom branch circuit wiring is being upgraded as well.
ESA recommends that arc fault circuit interrupter protection be provided for existing bedroom wiring, however
it is not mandatory.
Caution: In many older homes a smoke detector may be connected to a branch circuit that also supplies
bedroom receptacles; Rule 32-110 does not permit a smoke detector to be supplied by a branch circuit that is
AFCI protected.
New branch circuits supplying bedroom receptacles shall comply with the current Code requirements for AFCI
protection.
Question 5
If a small bedroom addition is added to a home, complete with new branch circuit wiring, does the Code re-
quire arc fault circuit interrupter protection to be installed on the existing bedrooms as well?
Answer 5
No, the current Code requirement for AFCI protection is applied to the new branch circuit for receptacles in
the new addition only; AFCI protection does not need to be added to the existing bedroom wiring.
ESA recommends that arc fault circuit interrupter protection be provided for existing circuits feeding recep-
tacles in a bedroom, however it is not mandatory.
Question 6
Are receptacles that are installed in a walk-in closet that opens into a bedroom required to be supplied by an
AFC protected branch circuit?
Answer 6
No, the closet is considered a separate room. It is not considered as part of the bedroom (sleeping facility)
and AFCI protection is not required for any receptacles installed in the closet.
26-20-2
Bulletin 26-20-2
PaneI boards - Location, Working Space and Mounting Height
Rules 26-402, 2-308, 2-310, and 6-206
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Mounting height of a Panelboard
(2) Working space around a panelboard
(3) Panelboards and bathrooms
Rules 6-206 and 26-402 give direction as to where an electrical panelboard should not be installed by noting
some of the undesirable places. An important part of this requirement is to also insure ready access to the
panelboard and to provide suitable working space for operation or maintenance as required by Rules 2-308
and 2-310.
(1) Mounting height of a PaneIboard
Direction
There has been some confusion in the industry regarding interpretation of Rule 26-402(2) with respect to the
correct mounting height of a panelboard in a dwelling unit. This subrule has two criteria that must be met:
1. The panel shall be mounted as high as possible.
2. No circuit breaker handle or breaker blank shall be more than 1.7 m above the fnished foor level.
Figure B1 illustrates examples of panel boards installed so as to meet both criteria.
(2) Working space around a paneIboard
Question
What is meant by A minimum working space of 1 m with secure footing... when applied to residential panel
boards that are mounted on or in a wall and require access from only the front?
Direction
This is interpreted as meaning a space that is at least 2 m in height, at least 1 m in depth in front of the panel,
and at least 1 m in width or the width of the panel board, whichever is greater. The panel board does not have
to be centered in the width of the working space; it can be off center.
(3) PaneIboards and bathrooms
Background
Questions periodically arise about installing a panelboard in a bathroom. This is considered an undesirable
location because of excessive moisture issues and limited working space in front of the electrical panel in
many bathrooms.
Page 1 of 2
26-20-2
Direction
f the panelboard were installed in a separate room located off of the bathroom, that provides the one square
meter of clear working space as required by Rule 2-308, as well as ready access to the door leading into the
room as per Rule 2-310, then the panelboard would be considered to be located in an acceptable location.
Figure B2 provides an example.
Figure B1 - Mounting height of a paneIboard in a dweIIing unit
Figure B2 - An exampIe of a paneIboard Iocated in a separate room off the bathroom
Finished floor level.
First criterion: Panel mounted as high as possible, no
matter what the panel orientation is.
Second criterion:
No breaker handle
higher than 1.7 m.
Min 2.0 m headroom f
service entra
panelboard. (Rule 6-2
Minimum 2.0m head
for a service ent
panelboard. (Rule 6-2
G
F
I
There shall be a minimum
of one square meter in
front of the panel, with no
obstructions, shelves or
cloths rods. The one
square meter of clear
working space shall be
measured with the door
closed.
Barrier Free design required by CAN\
CSA-B651 may be a factor in
determining the panelboard mounting
height
Page 2 of 2
26-22-1
Bulletin 26-22-1
SprinkIered equipment
Rules 26-008
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Electrical equipment room
(2) Minimizing interference with the sprinkler protection
Rule 26-008 states that where electrical equipment vaults or electrical equipment rooms are sprinklered, the
electrical equipment contained in such vaults or rooms shall be protected where needed by noncombustible
hoods or shields so arranged as to minimize interference with the sprinkler protection.
Questions of interpretation arise regarding the above rule with respect to what locations are considered elec-
trical equipment rooms and how to minimize interference with the sprinkler protection.
(1) EIectricaI equipment room
Direction
An electrical equipment room in a building is a room or space whose main function is to house electrical dis-
tribution equipment. If a room or spaces primary purpose is to contain equipment such as production machin-
ery, HVAC equipment, etc and also contains electrical distribution equipment as a secondary function, then
that room or space is not considered an electrical equipment room for purposes of Rule 26-008.
(2) Minimizing interference with the sprinkIer protection
Direction
The Appendix B note to Rule 26-008 is to be followed. The note states as follows:
The intent of the Rule is to protect electrical apparatus within ventilated enclosures from the direct spray from
sprinkler heads. The intent of the Rule is considered to be met when water:
(a) Following a direct line of sight path from the sprinkler head cannot strike live parts within the enclo-
sure through ventilation openings in sides and tops of electrical equipment; and
(b) When accumulating on the top of the equipment, cannot fow into the interior through signifcant open-
ings.
Examples of signifcant openings are ventilation openings, openings around bus duct, and dry type
armoured cable connectors.
Bolts and seams can be considered as not presenting signifcant openings.
The intent of the Rule can also be met through use of weatherproof equipment.
Compliance with (a) can be achieved by either installing shields or hoods on the equipment or by installing
a defector at or near the sprinkler head to prevent direct spray from entering equipment ventilation or other
signifcant openings.
Openings around dry type armoured cable connectors are permitted to be sealed with silicone.
Dry type EMT connectors do not require additional sealing. Rain-tight connectors and O-rings are not re-
quired.
Page 1 of 1
26-23-1
Page 1 of 4
Bulletin 26-23-1
ReceptacIe requirements in kitchens of dweIIing units
Rule 26-712 (d)
Issued January 2010
Scope
(1) Usable peninsular/island counter space
(2) Peninsula and island clarification
(a) Peninsula clarification
(b) Island clarification
(3) Receptacle for kitchen peninsula and island - location
(4) Usable wall space behind kitchen counterwork surface
(1) UsabIe peninsuIar/isIand counter space
The requirements defning usable peninsular/island counter space have been submitted by ESA to CE Code,
Part I as a proposed amendment to Rule 26-712(d) for adoption in the next edition of the CEC. In the interim,
the following requirements are applicable.
Direction 1
For the purpose of Rule 26-712(d)(iv) and (v), if an island or a peninsula has a sink or built-in equipment that
makes some of the counter space unusable, the usable counter space shall be at least 300 mm long when
excluding the sink or built-in equipment.
Rational 1
Rule 26-712(d)(iii) specifes that the wall space behind a sink, counter stove top, other built-in equipment or
isolated counter work sections less than 300mm long is not required to be provided with a receptacle outlet.
The Direction 1 provides the same exclusions for island and peninsular receptacles. When an island or
a peninsula has a sink, counter stove top or other built-in equipment that covers almost the entire counter
space, a receptacle is not required.
Diagram B1 - UsabIe island (or peninsular) counter space
26-23-1
Page 2 of 4
(2) PeninsuIa and isIand - cIarication
(a) PeninsuIa cIarication
Question 1
Does a receptacle mounted on the wall behind a counter work surface adjacent to a kitchen peninsula satisfy
the requirement for the peninsular receptacle?
Answer 1
No, a receptacle mounted along the wall behind a counter work surface as required by Rule 26-712(d)(iii)
does not satisfy the requirement of Rule 26-712(d)(v) for the peninsular receptacle. Appendix B note to Rule26-
712(d)(v) specifes that a peninsular countertop is measured from the connecting edge. An additional receptacle is
required at the peninsular counter space as per Diagram B2.
Diagram B2 - ReceptacIe requirements for a peninsuIa attached to a kitchen counter
Question 2
Does a receptacle mounted on the wall above a standalone kitchen counter peninsula as shown in Diagram
B3 satisfy the requirement for the peninsular receptacle?
Answer 2
Yes, a receptacle mounted on the wall above a standalone kitchen counter peninsula satisfes the requirement for
the peninsular receptacle. Appendix B note to Rule26-712(d)(v) specifes that a peninsular countertop is measured
from the connecting edge and as shown in Diagram B3 , the connecting edge is the wall. Diagram B3 is code com-
pliant.
26-23-1
Diagram B3 - ReceptacIe requirements for a standaIone peninsuIa
(b) IsIand cIarication
Question 3
What is meant by a permanently fxed island counter?
Answer 3
A permanently fxed island counter is one that is permanently fastened to the foor and cannot be moved with-
out removing the fastenings. f an island is not fastened to the foor and can be moved to different locations to
suit the customer's needs, then it is not a permanently fxed island counter.
Question 4
Does Rule 26-712(d)(iv) require the installation of at least one receptacle at a moveable island counter
space?
Answer 4
No, Rule 26-712(d)(iv) only requires the installation of at least one receptacle at each permanently fxed
island counter space. f the island counter space is not permanently fxed in position, then no receptacle is
required.
Question 5
Does the OESC require that a moveable island counter space be permanently fxed in position and at least
one receptacle installed at the island?
Answer 5
No, there is no rule in the OESC that requires an island counter space to be permanently fxed in place.
(3) Receptacle for kitchen peninsula and island - location
The requirements pertaining to acceptable locations for receptacles required at a peninsular and an island
counter space have been submitted by ESA to CE Code, Part I as a proposed amendment to Rule 26-712(d)
for adoption into the next edition of the CEC. n the interim, the following requirements are applicable:
Page 3 of 4
26-23-1
Direction 2
Receptacles required by Rules 26-712(d)(iv) and (v) shall be permitted to be installed:
behind the counter work surface if the partial wall has suffcient depth and there is suffcient space in
the wall cavity for the outlet box and cover without altering the trim; or
as high as can be practicably mounted on the side or end of the island or peninsula. Example of as
high as practicable location is where a receptacle is mounted not more than 300mm below a counter
work surface.
Rationale 2
Rule 26-712(d)(iv) and (v) provides the requirements for receptacles in kitchen islands and peninsulas, how-
ever it does not provide requirements for acceptable locations. The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) has been
asked by many contractors and kitchen cabinet manufacturers to clarify acceptable locations for the recep-
tacles at peninsulas and islands.
f the peninsula or island has a raised backsplash or partial wall available above the counter, as per the Di-
rection 2, receptacles are permitted to be mounted on the wall above the counter (where the space exists).
If the countertop is fat across its entire work surface, Rule 26-710(c) prohibits the mounting of receptacles face
up in a work surface in kitchen or dining areas, which therefore requires the use of a pedestal if mounted on top
of the counter surface. Most portable kitchen appliances, certifed to C22.2 No. 64 Household Cooking and
Liquid-Heating Appliances, are equipped with a 900mm cord. Locating a receptacle as high as practicable on
the side or end of the island or peninsula ensures that they are within easy reach of appliances located on
the counter top. The example for the receptacle location within 300mm of the countertop (excluding side with
breakfast bar) allows standard kitchen appliance cords to reach the receptacle.
Question 6
Does a receptacle installed in the kick plate below an island or peninsular cabinet, satisfy the requirements of
Rules 26-712(d)(iv) and 26-712(d)(v)?
Answer 6
No, as per the Direction 2.
(4) UsabIe waII space behind kitchen counter work surfaces
Question 7
If a wall below a kitchen window/opening extends above the kitchen counter, what is the minimum height of
the wall behind the counter work surface before receptacles as per Rule 26-712(d)(iii) are required?
Answer 7
Receptacles shall be installed as per Rule 26-712(d)(iii) if there is suffcient space in the wall below the
window/opening for the outlet box and cover, without altering the trim or building structure. When measuring
the wall behind the counter work surface for application of Rule 26-712(d)(iii) (no point along wall more than
900mm from a receptacle), the space between the window/opening and the counter shall be included in the
measurement where there is suffcient space for the outlet box and cover to be installed.
Page 4 of 4
26-24-0
Bulletin 26-24-0
Heating Ventilating Air Conditioning (HVAC) installations
Rules 2-004, 12-1302, 12-610, 12-618, 12-010, 12-112, 26-750 26-806 and 28-604
Issued January 2010
Scope
(1) Introduction
(2) Bonding of heating ducts
(3) Wiring methods
(a) Liquid-tight non-metallic conduit
(b) Requirements for armoured cables
(c) Mechanical protection for non-metallic-sheathed cable
(d) Low voltage wiring
(4) Disconnecting means for a split system
(5) Location of the furnace switch and receptacle for water heaters
(6) HVAC equipment
(1) Introduction
In addition to this Bulletin, several other Bulletins provide information about HVAC wiring installation require-
ments:
Bulletin 2-10-* Electrical equipment near combustible gas equipment;
Bulletin 10-14-* Bonding of non-electrical equipment;
Bulletin 12-9-* Non-metallic-sheathed cable wiring methods; and
Bulletin 26-15-* Disconnect switch locations for furnaces and ground source heat pumps.
(2) Bonding of heating ducts
Question 1
f a fexible piece of duct is installed between the furnace and duct system, is there a requirement for a bond
jumper across the fex duct in residential installations?
Answer 1
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code does not require bonding of metal duct systems in residential installations.
(3) Wiring methods
(a) Liquid-tight exibIe conduit
Question 2
s liquid-tight fexible conduit permitted for the wiring of a central air-conditioning unit from inside a building to
the disconnecting means and from the disconnecting means to the outdoor unit?
Answer 2
Yes. Notwithstanding Rule 12-1302, liquid-tight fexible conduit shall be permitted to be installed in lengths
greater than specifed in the code for fexibility and simplicity of installation, provided that:
Page 1 of 6
26-24-0
(1) Lengths of liquid-tight fexible conduit do not exceed 2 m;
(2) The liquid-tight fexible conduit is supported within 300 mm of the disconnecting means; and
(3) The liquid-tight fexible conduit is supported within 300 mm of the outdoor unit. Using the refrigerant
lines for support is acceptable.
Rationale 2
Rule 12-1302(3) states that liquid-tight fexible conduit shall not be used where subject to mechanical dam-
age; as a general-purpose raceway or in lengths greater than essential for the degree of fexibility is required,
however the requirements for liquid-tight fexible conduit supports, intervals between the supports and the
length of a conduit without a support have not been specifed.
The requirements pertaining to liquid-tight conduit supports and spacing between supports have been submit-
ted by ESA to CE Code, Part I as a new rule in Section 12 for adoption into the next edition of the CEC. In the
interim, the answer described above is applicable.
(b) Requirements for armoured cabIes
Question 3
When a furnace is replaced, is an anti-short bushing required to be installed in the old armoured cable?
Answer 3
Yes, anti-shorts are required.
Rationale 3
Rule 12-610 (1) states that where conductors emerge from armour, they shall be protected from abrasion by
bushings of insulating material or equivalent devices. Quite often when armoured cable is feld cut, the alu-
minum or steel edge is left sharp by the saw or cutter. The bushing is required to protect the conductors from
damage.
Question 4
Can the electrical drop to the furnace that is usually in BX (armoured cable), be supported to a black iron or
copper gas line?
Answer 4
Yes, if the armoured cable is not subject to mechanical damage by the operation of the gas shut-off valve or
any other routine work that might be performed, then supporting to a black iron gas pipe is acceptable. If the
gas pipe has to be removed, any electrical cabling in the vicinity will need to be moved anyway to facilitate the
use of tools such as pipe wrenches, etc. The fastener for supporting the cable to the gas pipe shall be suit-
able for the purpose such as approved tie-wraps for the application. The use of electrical tape is not accept-
able because the adhesive on the tape will deteriorate with time and temperature and the tape will let go. See
Photo B1.
If the gas or other piping used for support is copper, then precautions need to be taken as per Rule 2-112(2),
to insure that galvanic corrosion between dissimilar metals is addressed (e.g. black tape armoured (BX) cable
where it could contact the copper pipe). See Photo B2.
Page 2 of 6
26-24-0
Photo B1 - The use of eIectricaI tape is not an acceptabIe method for securing
armoured cabIe to a gas pipe or other support
Photo B2 - Armoured (BX) cabIe shaII not be in direct contact with copper pipe
due to possibiIity of gaIvanic corrosion
Question 5
When armoured cable or BX is run in proximity to heating ducts or hot water pipes is there a requirement to
keep the armoured cable (BX) separate from the heat source in order to limit the transfer of heat?
Answer 5
Yes, an air space or a thermal barrier would be an acceptable method of limiting the transfer of heat when ar-
moured cable is run in proximity to a heating source, similar to the non-metallic sheathed cable requirements
of Rule 12-506. Alternatively, if an air space or thermal barrier is not provided and the armoured cable (BX) is
routed in direct contact with a heating plenum, duct or hot water pipe, then the ampacity correction factors in
Table 5A shall be applied as per Rule 4-004(8).
Note: Rule 12-618 requires that armoured cable be secured within 300 mm of an enclosure and at intervals of
not more than 1.5 m throughout the run.
Page 3 of 6
26-24-0
Rationale 5
Rule 4-004(8) requires the application of further correction factors when conductors are installed in an ambi-
ent temperature that exceeds or can be expected to exceed the 30 C ambient temperature on which Tables
1, 2, 3, and 4 are based. Therefore, when armoured cable or BX is run in direct contact with a heating ple-
num, duct or hot water pipe, the conductor ampacity needs to be derated. Since the determination of the
ambient temperature requires a manufacturers or engineers calculation and may be impractical to estimate,
a more practical solution is to provide an air space or a thermal barrier as specifed by Rule 12-506 for non-
metallic sheathed cable. There is no restriction on supporting armoured cable directly to a cold air plenum or
duct.
(c) MechanicaI protection for non-metaIIic sheathed cabIe
Question 6
Can NMSC be installed below 1.5 m above the foor for a residential furnace drop?
Answer 6
Yes, however exposed NMSC installed below 1.5 m above the foor requires mechanical protection as per
Rule 12-518. This includes all cable drops to residential furnaces where the cable is not protected by location
(e.g. the furnace is mounted directly beside a studded wall, and the cable is run between the studs). Exam-
ples of acceptable installations include running the NMSC in fexible conduit or a raceway or replacement of
the NMSC with armoured cable (BX) for the drop.
(d) Low voItage wiring
Question 7
Can extra low voltage (Class 2) wiring that operates a humidifer, be run inside a return air duct (drop at fur-
nace)?
Answer 7
Yes, provided that a cable approved for the application such as type LVT is used. (Rules 12-010, 12-100)
Question 8
When joining extra low voltage (Class 2) wiring for the furnace control, do all joints need to be made in a box?
Answer 8
No, provided that the joints are made with approved wire connectors and are accessible after completion of
the installation. (Rule 12-112)
Rationale 8
On extra low voltage Class 2 circuits operating at voltages of less than 30 volts, the joints need not be in a
box because the circuit is limited to 30 volts or less and 100 VA or less. These voltage and energy limited
circuits are neither a shock nor a fre hazard. Rule 12-112 requires joints and splices to be mechanically and
electrically secure and the splices to be insulated to the equivalent level of the insulation on the conductors.
(4) Disconnecting means for a spIit system
Question 9
Is a separate disconnecting means required for the fan coil of a split a/c system where the condenser is lo-
cated outdoors and the fan coil is located in the building? The condenser has a disconnecting means and the
power for the fan coil may or may not be supplied from the condenser.
Page 4 of 6
26-24-0
Answer 9
If the fan coil unit has an integral disconnecting means for the motor, then no additional disconnecting means
is required. If the fan coil does not have integral disconnecting means, then a separate disconnecting means
is required and it shall be located within sight of and within 3 m of the fan motor in accordance with Rule 28-
604(5).
RationaIe 9
Rule 28-604(5), Location of Disconnecting Means, states: Motor disconnecting means for air-conditioning and
refrigeration equipment shall be located within sight of and within 3 m of the equipment. The fan coil unit is
air-conditioning equipment; therefore the above subrule is applicable. The disconnect at the condenser is not
within sight of and within 3 m of the fan coil unit, therefore a disconnecting means is required for the fan motor
unless it is equipped by the manufacturer with an integral disconnecting means.
(5) Location of the furnace switch and receptacle for water heaters
Question 10
On a furnace replacement, if the furnace switch is located in the ceiling, does it have to be moved to a wall
location within 1.7 m of the foor?
Answer 10
No, provided it is accessible for operation in the event of an emergency and is clearly identifed. The 1.7m
dimension is a recommended height for mounting on a wall.
Question 11
Does a receptacle for a gas heater require a separate branch circuit?
Answer 11
No, a gas water heater is not required to be on a separate circuit by the OESC. (Rule 26-806)
Rationale 11
The Appendix B note to Rule 26-806 states: Subrule (1) is intended to apply only to central heating equip-
ment that does not use electricity as the source of heat. It is not intended to apply to electrical components of
non-electric heating equipment such as water heaters, freplace inserts, room heaters, or other similar auxil-
iary heating equipment that have electric auto-ignition, controls, or blower motors rated not more than 1/8 hp.
The receptacle is permitted to be supplied by the dedicated circuit for utility room receptacles that is required
by Rule 26-720 (c) or by any convenient general purpose receptacle/lighting circuit if the water heater is not
located in the utility room.
Question 12
Where does the code require that the receptacle for a gas water heater be located?
Answer 12
The code does not specify a location for this receptacle; however it must be located within reach of the appli-
ance cord without the use of an extension cord.
Page 5 of 6
26-24-0
(6) HVAC equipment
Question 13
Can HRVs (heat recovery ventilators) and special air cleaners that are not physically attached to the furnace
be supplied by the same circuit as the furnace?
Answer 13
No. Separate HRVs, special air cleaners and other non-associated equipment that are not physically attached
to the furnace and are not critical to the function of the furnace and heating system are not permitted to be
supplied by the furnace circuit.
Rationale 13
The intent of Rule 26-806 is to insure that equipment that is essential for the operation of the heating system
or to improve the operation of the equipment, be supplied from a separate circuit used for no other purpose.
If the circuit is loaded with equipment that is not required for the safe operation of the system, tripping of the
over current device may occur, resulting in loss of heat.
Question 14
Is a gas water heater that supplies both domestic hot water and heating equipment permitted to be supplied
by a general purpose branch circuit?
Answer 14
No, a gas water heater that supplies both domestic hot water and heating equipment shall be supplied by a
branch circuit that does not supply any other outlets or by the same branch circuit that supplies the heating
unit and associated equipment as required by Rule 26-806.
Rationale 14
When a water heater is designed to supply both domestic hot water and heating equipment, hot water from
the water heater is circulated through a heat exchanger coil in an air handling unit. Air from the home is
warmed as it is blown across the heat exchanger coil. Therefore, this design makes the water heater opera-
tion essential for the heating unit. Rule 26-806(1) requires that any electrical power necessary to operate the
electrical equipment associated with heating equipment be obtained from a single branch circuit used for no
other purpose. Rule 26-806(3) indicates that Subrule (1) does not apply to gas-fred water heaters. Notwith-
standing Rule 26-806(3) operation of a gas water heater that supplies both domestic hot water and heating
equipment is critical for heating equipment and is required to be supplied by a branch circuit provided solely
for a water heater or by the same branch circuit that supplies electric power to the heating unit.
Question 15
Does the Code permit tapping from the branch circuit supplying a furnace to supply associated equipment
such as a humidifer, an air cleaner, or a condensate pump for the AC?
Answer 15
Yes. Rule 26-806 permits auxiliary equipment that is part of the furnace (such as a pump, valve, humidifer,
or electrostatic air cleaner directly associated and operating in combination with the heating equipment) to be
connected to the same branch circuit.
Rationale 15
The Code allows the tap conductor supplying associated equipment for the heating system to be without
individual overcurrent protection when the associated equipment is essential to the operation of the heating
system (e.g., a circulating pump is essential to a hot water boiler).
Page 6 of 6
26-25-0
Bulletin 26-25-0
Tamper-Resistant ReceptacIes
Rule 26-712(g) and (h)
Issued April 2010
Scope
(1) Ontario exclusions for tamper-resistant receptacle installation
(2) Tamper-resistant receptacle markings
(1) Ontario excIusions for tamper-resistant receptacIe instaIIation
Rule 26-712(g) requires receptacles in dwelling units to be tamper resistant. This means that all receptacles
in new homes including kitchen, bathroom, laundry, basement, attached garages and outdoors are required to
be tamper resistant. Tamper-resistant receptacles are designed to prevent children from inserting objects like
hairpins, keys and nails which could cause them to receive a shock.
According to OESC Section 0, Defnitions, a dwelling unit is one or more rooms for the use of one or more
persons as a housekeeping unit with cooking, eating, living, and sleeping facilities. Bulletin 26-18-* provides
examples of dwelling units.
Rule 26-712(h) excludes receptacles dedicated for microwaves, refrigerators, freezers, kitchen counters or
those located in an attic or crawl space to be tamper resistant.
In Ontario, in addition to Rule 26-712(h) the following exclusions for tamper-resistant receptacles in replace-
ments on existing installations shall be permitted:
v Like for like replacement on existing installations:
When receptacles are replaced in existing installations, OESCs requirement for tamper-resistant feature does
not retroactively apply, unless the branch circuit wiring is being upgraded as well.
Replacement of receptacles on aluminum wiring:
Receptacles used with aluminum wiring and marked with CO/ALR or ALCU, are so far not available with
tamper-resistant feature. When receptacles are replaced on aluminum wiring, they are not required to be tam-
per resistant unless the branch wiring is being upgraded as well.
v GFC receptacles installed on existing 2 wire (no bond conductor) systems:
As per Rule 26-700(8), GFCI protected receptacles can be used in lieu of bonding in ungrounded installations
including non-residential occupancies to add a safety level to old installations. When GFCI protected recepta-
cles are installed on existing ungrounded installations, OESCs requirement for tamper-resistant feature does
not retroactively apply, unless the branch circuit wiring is being upgraded as well.
v Receptacles in detached garages:
Detached garages are separate from dwelling units (where the requirement for tamper-resistant feature
applies), hence, they are exempted. However, attached garages forming part of the dwelling require tamper-
resistant receptacles.
Postponement (as defned by Bulletin 2-21-*) will be granted for 5-15R or 5-20R type receptacles not
available with tamper-resistant feature when mounted in a location not readily accessible to small children
(i.e. surge protected receptacle located in upper wall behind fat screen TV).
Page 1 of 3
26-25-0
The following questions & answers have been provided for clarifcation and direction as to appropriate appli-
cation of Rule 26-712(g) when renovations and additions are being made to existing installations.
Question 1
When replacing knob and tube wiring or other ungrounded circuits to existing receptacle locations and not
increasing the number of receptacles, are you required to install tamper- resistant receptacles?
Note: completely new branch circuits have been installed.
Answer 1
Yes, receptacles installed on a new branch circuits shall be Code compliant and meet the requirements of
Rule 26-712(g) and (h) (provided with tamper-resistant feature).
Question 2
If one or more receptacles are added in a room to an existing circuit and the existing branch circuit ahead of
the new receptacles is not altered, are new receptacles required to be tamper resistant and are tamper-resis-
tant receptacles required to be installed on the existing branch circuit?
Answer 2
No, receptacles with tamper resistant-feature are not required when up to two receptacles are added in a
room to an existing branch circuit, provided that the following conditions are met:
v The existing portion of the branch circuit is not being altered or replaced;
v The total number of outlets in the circuit shall not exceed twelve as permitted by Rule 8-304.
If the existing circuit already supplies the maximum permitted number of outlets and a new circuit is installed
to supply the new receptacles, then the new receptacles shall be tamper resistant. The existing receptacles
do not require being tamper resistant.
Question 3
If a small room/area is added to a home, complete with new branch circuit wiring, does the Code require tam-
per-resistant receptacles to be installed on the existing room as well?
Answer 3
No, the current OESCs requirement for receptacles with tamper-resistant feature does not apply to the existing
room wiring. Only the added receptacles with new branch circuit wiring are required to be tamper-resistant.
Question 4
If a service or a panel is replaced or upgraded and there are no alterations to the branch circuit wiring, are
tamper-resistant receptacles required to be installed on the existing branch circuits?
Answer 4
No, when the service is upgraded or replaced, tamper-resistant receptacles are not required to be installed
on the existing branch circuits. The current OESCs requirement for tamper-resistant feature does not retroac-
tively apply to the existing installations unless the branch circuit wiring is being upgraded as well.
ESA recommends instaIIation of tamper-resistant receptacIes on the existing instaIIations especiaIIy
in houses with chiIdren, however it is not mandatory. ReceptacIes instaIIed on the new branch circuits
shaII compIy with the current OESC requirements regarding tamper-resistant feature.
Page 2 of 3
26-25-0
(2) Tamper-resistant receptacIe markings
Tamper-resistant receptacles are certifed to Canadian Standard C22.2 No. 42.
Clause 6.18 of the standard provides marking requirements and specifes that a tamper-resistant receptacle
shall be marked with the phrase TAMPER RESISTANT or the letters TR. The marking shall be on the device
where visible after installation with the cover plate removed. The Photo B1 shows an example of the accept-
able location.
Photo B1 - AcceptabIe Iocation for "TR" marking
Page 3 of 3
26-26-0
Bulletin 26-26-0
ReceptacIes for unnished basements, utiIity rooms and
Iaundry rooms/areas in residentiaI occupancies
RuIe 26-710(e) and 26-720(b), (c)
Issued April 2010
Scope
(1) Receptacles for unfnished basement areas
(2) Receptacles for laundry rooms/areas
(3) Receptacles for utility rooms
(4) Receptacles for laundry closets
(1) ReceptacIes for unnished basement areas
Rule 26-710(e)(iv) requires at least one duplex receptacle to be provided for any unfnished basement area.
Receptacles required by Rule 26-710 must be mounted not more than 1.7 m above the foor (Rule 26-710(j).
Typically, in residential occupancies, unfnished basements contain equipment such as water heaters, fur-
naces, sump pumps etc.
The OESC does not require a designated receptacle or a dedicated branch circuit for a sump pump.
The OESC does not require a designated receptacle or a dedicated branch circuit for a gas water
heater, as also discussed in Bulletin 26-24-*, topic (5).
The required receptacle for either an unfnished basement or a utility room is permitted to be used as
a receptacle required for a sump pump or a gas water heater.
Question 1
If wood studding is installed to divide an open basement into areas for future rooms, are receptacles required
in each unfnished area as per Rule 26-710 (e)(iv) and Diagram B1?
Answer 1
Yes. f wood studding is installed (even though no drywall is installed) to divide an open unfnished basement
into more than one area for future rooms, a receptacle is required in each unfnished area as per Rule 26-710
(e)(iv) requirement.
Additionally, if one of the unfnished basement areas contains a laundry room/area, then the additional re-
quirements for a laundry receptacles as per Rule 26-712(e)(i)&(ii) apply in addition to requirements for unfn-
ished basement area receptacle(s) as per Diagram B1.
However, if one of the areas is designated as a laundry room or a utility room, then the requirements for laun-
dry or utility room receptacles apply as per Rule 26-712(e)(i)&(ii) or (iii).
Rationale 1
Rule 26-710 (e)(iv) requires at least one duplex receptacle in any unfnished basement area. Rule 26-710
(e)(iv) refers to an area not to a room. Therefore, if studs are installed to divide the whole basement into
separate areas, each area is required to have at least one duplex receptacle, see Diagram B1. Moreover, re-
ceptacles required by items (i) through (iv) in Rule 26-710(e) are separate receptacles (the items are prefxed
by the word and). A laundry area receptacle is still required in addition to any receptacle(s) required for an
unfnished basement.
Page 1 of 7
26-26-0
Diagram B1 - Divided unnished basement areas
(2) ReceptacIes for Iaundry rooms/areas
A receptacle is required in each space intended to accommodate a washing machine as per Rule 26-710(e)(i)
and at least one additional receptacle is required in the laundry room/area as per Rule 26-710(e)(ii), as per
Diagram B2.
Rule 26-720(b) requires at least one branch circuit to be provided solely for receptacles installed in the laun-
dry rooms/areas, as per Diagram B2.
The OESC does not provide a defnition for a Laundry area; therefore where judgment is required to defne a
Laundry Area the following shall be used as guidance as per Diagram B2:
A laundry area is an area where permanent plumbing has been installed to accommodate a washing
machine; and
includes the area within 3 meters radius from the washing machine receptacle.
240v
Washer
Dryer
Panel
Furnace
Water
Heater
Laundry area
Sump
Pump
Z
Cct
Cct
Recommended
3 m radius
Unfinished
basement area 1
Unfinished
basement area 2
Z
Page 2 of 7
26-26-0
Diagram B2 - ReceptacIes for Iaundry area
(3) ReceptacIes for utiIity rooms
Rule 26-710(e)(iii) requires at least one duplex receptacle to be provided for each utility room, as per Diagram
B3.
Rule 26-720(c) requires at least one branch circuit to be provided solely for receptacles installed in the utility
room, as per Diagram B3.
n an open unfnished basement in a single dwelling, where no dedicated utility room exists, and typical utility
equipment is installed in the area, there is no Code requirement for the utility room receptacle and the branch
circuit, as per Diagram B2 (utility room is not defned).
For the utility area within the laundry room (as shown on Diagram B4), no additional utility room receptacle
is required by the Code. f additional receptacles are provided as needed for cord connected equipment (i.e.:
gas water heater), they shall be within reach of the equipment to ensure that extension cords are not used as
a substitute for fxed wiring.
240v
Washer
Dryer
Panel
Furnace
Water
Heater
Laundry area
Sump
Pump
Z
Required by
26-710(e)(i);
Cct
Required by
26-710(e)(ii);
Cct
Recommended
3 m radius
Page 3 of 7
26-26-0
Diagram B3 - ReceptacIes for the utiIity room
Diagram B4 - ReceptacIes for a Iaundry room that incIudes utiIity equipment
240v
Washer
Dryer
Panel
Furnace
Water
Heater
Required by
26-710(e)(i);
Cct laundry
Laundry room
Sump
Pump
Z
laundry circuit
Required by
26-710(e)(ii);
Cct laundry
Page 4 of 7
26-26-0
(4) Receptacles for laundry closets
Question 2
s a receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) permitted to be installed outside of a laundry closet, see Photo B1?
Answer 2
Yes, if a receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) cannot be installed in a laundry closet due to accessibility,
a receptacle is permitted to be installed within a 3 m radius outside of a laundry closet. According to Rule 26-
720(b) a laundry receptacle installed outside of a laundry closet shall be supplied from a dedicated branch
circuit or the laundry closet branch circuit.
Question 3
Where the stacking washer/dryer is installed (as shown on Photo B1) and fed with only a 240 V receptacle
feed, is the 120 V washing machine receptacle (Rule 26-710(e)(i)) required to be installed?
Answer 3
No. Where the stacking washer/dryer is installed and fed with only a 240 V receptacle feed, the 120 V wash-
ing machine receptacle (Rule 26-710(e)(i)) is permitted to be omitted. The 240 V receptacle shall be con-
sidered as satisfying the washing machine receptacle, required by Rule 26-710(e)(i) . However, at least one
additional laundry area receptacle is still required (Rule 26-710(e)(ii)), and according to Answer 2 may be
installed within a 3 m radius outside of a laundry closet and must be on a separate (dedicated) circuit to meet
Rule 26-720(b).
Photo B1 - Laundry cIoset
Page 5 of 7
26-26-0
Question 4
Is a receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) and installed outside of a laundry closet permitted to be used as
a hallway receptacle required by 26-712(f) as per Diagram B5?
Answer 4
Yes. Rule 26-712(f) requires that no point in a hallway within a dwelling unit be more than 4.5 m from a duplex
receptacle. Therefore a laundry receptacle installed in a hallway is deemed to satisfy the requirement for
a duplex receptacle referenced by Rule 26-712(f). According to Rule 26-720(b) and Answer 2, a laundry
receptacle installed outside of a laundry closet shall be supplied from a dedicated branch circuit or the laundry
closet branch circuit.
Diagram B5 - ReceptacIes for a Iaundry cIoset in a haIIway
Question 5
Is a receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) and installed outside of a laundry closet in a bedroom (as oc-
curs in some senior retirement rental suites) permitted to be used as a bedroom receptacle required by
26-712(a)?
Answer 5
Yes. Rule 26-712(a) requires that no point, along the foor line of any usable wall space in a bedroom within a
dwelling unit, to be more than 1.8 m horizontally from a receptacle. Therefore a laundry receptacle installed
in a bedroom is permitted to satisfy the requirement for a receptacle referenced by Rule 26-712(a).
240v
Washer
Dryer
Cct laundry
Cct #2
Laundry
Closet
To Bedroom
To Kitchen
Front
Entrance
3 m radius
Hallway/Vestibule
To Bedroom
Page 6 of 7
26-26-0
Question 6
Does the laundry closet receptacle located in the bedroom area require AFC protection?
Answer 6
Yes, Rule 26-722 (f) requires all branch circuits that supply receptacles in a bedroom to be protected by an
arc-fault circuit interrupter and according to Rule 26-720(b) a separate branch circuit is required to be pro-
vided solely for a laundry closets receptacle.
Question 7
If a laundry closet is installed in a bathroom, what are the OESCs requirements for receptacles in a bath-
room/laundry closet combination?
Answer 7
A receptacle is required in a laundry closet for a washing machine as per Rule 26-710(e)(i) and is required to
be supplied by a separate branch circuit as per Rule 26-720(b) as per Diagram B6.
Notwithstanding Rule 26-710(e)(ii), the additional laundry area receptacle is permitted to be omitted. ESA
recognizes that due to the limited space of a bathroom/laundry closet combination area, the additional laun-
dry area receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) could not be used as a laundry receptacle and is therefore
permitted to be omitted.
In addition to a laundry closet receptacle for a bathroom/laundry closet combination, Rule 26-710(f) requires a
washbasin receptacle to be protected by a ground circuit interrupter of the Class A type, as required by Rule
26-700(11), as per Diagram B6.
Diagram B6 - ReceptacIes for a Iaundry cIoset in a bathroom
Where the stacking washer/dryer is installed and fed with only a 240 V receptacle feed, the clarifcation pro-
vided with Question 3 and Answer 3 above is applicable.
1 m
Z
Z
>
>
Page 7 of 7
28-1-2
Bulletin 28-1-2
ManuaI motor controIIers
Rule 28-602 (3)
Issued May 2009
The introduction of marking requirements by Rule 28-602(3)(b) in the 23rd Edition of the Ontario Electri-
cal Safety Code have caused some confusion in the industry about when a disconnect or control device is
required to be marked as suitable for use as a motor disconnect.
Question
Is a manually operated across-the-line type of motor starter permitted to serve as both starter and disconnect-
ing means for:
(1) A single motor providing it has a horsepower rating not less than the single motor it serves; or
(2) A group of motors providing it has a horsepower rating not less than the largest motor in the group and a
current rating not less than 115% of the full load current of the largest motor in the group plus the sum of
the full load currents of all the other motors in the group which may be in operation at the same time.
Answer
Yes, provided it complies with the following:
A manual motor starter, or controller labeled with the word controller shall be marked Suitable as a Mo-
tor Disconnect if it is intended to be used as a disconnecting means to satisfy the requirements of Rule
28-600.
A device that is not marked Manual Motor Controller, Motor Controller or Controller and is a discon-
nect switch certifed to CSA Product Standard C22.2 NO.4, and complies with the applicable requirements
of Rule 28-602 regarding type and rating does not require the marking Suitable as a Motor Disconnect.
f the manual motor controller is purchased as a complete unit, including enclosure, the marking will be
on both the enclosure and the manual motor controller. f the individual controller is purchased for fush
mounting and the contractor uses a fush mounted switch plate, the marking would only be on the individ-
ual manual motor controller and would require the removal of the switch cover to determine if the control-
ler is in fact suitable.
Personal safety is of paramount consideration. A serious safety issue may result from the use of an unmarked
motor controller as a disconnecting means. If the controller has been exposed to a fault not all contacts may
safely open. This will not be readily apparent to the worker, as the controller will appear to operate satisfac-
torily. If the worker does not follow safe work practice and test to verify all contacts have safely opened, they
are exposing themselves to potential for serious injury or death.
AIways foIIow a proper Test and Lock Out - Tag Out Procedure!
Page 1 of 1
30-4-9
Page 1 of 2
BuIIetin 30-4-9
Luminaires in or on Suspended CeiIings
Rules 30-302(1)
Issued January 2010
Background/Question
Rule 30-302(1) in the Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires every luminaire (light fxture) to be securely sup-
ported. . There have been differences of opinion regarding how luminaires are to be securely supported when
mounted in or on suspended ceiling systems. Incidents occurred where the suspended ceiling had collapsed
taking the luminaire down, exposing live conductors where the ceiling was not constructed to support the ad-
ditional weight of the luminaire.
The requirements in this bulletin have been submitted to the Standards Administrator of the Committee on
Part I of the CEC as a proposed amendment to Rule 30-302 for adoption in a future edition of the Canadian
Electrical Code. In the interim, the following requirements are applicable.
Direction
Where suspended ceiling systems are used to support luminaires, the ceiling shall be constructed and sup-
ported to the building structure in accordance with local codes, the ceiling manufacturers installation instruc-
tions, and applicable industry standards; and
1. Lay-in or recessed luminaires shall be fastened directly to the ceiling-framing members with suitable
screws, rivets, or other approved fastening devices, or shall be supported to the building structure.
2. Luminaires mounted on the lower surface of suspension systems for lay-in tile or panel type ceilings
shall be fastened directly to the main grid framing members with suitable screws, rivets, or other ap-
proved fastening devices, or shall be supported to the building structure.
3. Where the luminaires in (1) or (2) are supported to the building structure, each luminaire shall be
supported at opposite ends by minimum No. 12-AWG (2.70 mm) galvanized, soft annealed, mild steel
wire (pencil rod) or fxture chain of adequate strength, or other equivalent supporting means shall be
used. (See Figure 1 for an example of one method)
4. Luminaires mounted on the lower surface of suspended drywall ceiling systems shall be fastened to
the ceiling with fastening devices suitable for the ceiling component the luminaire will be supported
by.
Suspended ceiling systems include those for lay-in acoustical tile and ceiling panels and those for drywall
systems. Examples of industry standards are:
ASTM C636M06 Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acousti-
cal Tile and Lay-In Panels.
ASTM C754-04 Standard Specifcation for nstallation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-
Attached Gypsum Panel Products.
ASTM E580M-06 Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling suspension systems for Acoustical Tile
and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint.
30-4-9
Page 2 of 2
If there are questions regarding the construction of a suspended ceiling system with respect to supporting the
luminaires, a letter from the architect, professional engineer, qualifed designer or the ceiling manufacturer
stating that the ceiling has been designed and constructed to support the additional weight of the luminaires
will be acceptable. This bulletin applies to all types of luminaires including fuorescent, incandescent, HD,
etc. Where luminaires are supported to the building structure and that support is supplementary to that of the
ceiling grid, minimal slack in the supports is acceptable.
Where internal components of existing luminaires are being changed for energy effciency or maintenance (ie:
ballast change) and the outside housing of the luminaire remains, there is no requirement to add additional
support provided there is no resulting increase in the luminaire weight.
Figure B1 - Luminaire Support
30-6-6
Page 1 of 4
Bulletin 30-6-6
InstaIIation of recessed Iuminaires, replacement surface mount luminaires
Rules 30-408, 30-900 to 30-910
Issued January 2011
Scope
(1) Recessed luminaires blanketed with thermal insulation
(2) Recessed luminaires in bulkheads and like situations
(3) Recessed luminaires in proximity to combustible plumbing systems
(4) Recessed luminaires not intended for use in combustible construction
(5) Field assembled recessed luminaires
(6) Replacement surface mount luminaires non 90 deg C wiring at existing ceiling outlet box
(1) Recessed Iuminaires bIanketed with thermaI insuIation
Background:
The Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No.250 for luminaires has the following requirements
for recessed luminaires.
There are three distinct groups of recessed luminaires
(1) Type IC and Type IC inherently protected
(2) Type Non-IC
(3) Type Non-IC Marked Spacing
This bulletin has been prepared to assist in matching markings required by Canadian Standards Association
standards to installation requirements.
Denitions:
T may appear on some luminaires and stands for thermal insulation. t has not been required by the stan-
dards since April 1998 and has been replaced by the markings given below, and can be expected to be seen
less frequently.
C stands for insulation contact and is a required form
of marking which identifes luminaires that meet a specifc set of tests in the standard involving insulation
contact.
Please note that C and Non C type fxtures are similar in appearance and one must pay attention to the
labels.
ntegral Box: A supply connection box, which is an integral part of the luminaires, shall be accessible and the
access shall meet the following conditions:
(1) All electrical components of the luminaire shall be capable of extraction through the opening for ser-
vice
(2) Box cover shall be removable with a hand tool from below the ceiling
(3) Box may not be used as a feed-through unless marked for that purpose
30-6-6
A Recessed Luminaire is defned as any luminaire that is wholly or partly recessed in a mounting surface.
Direction
Marking on Luminaire Conditions of use
Type C, Blinking light of this
thermally protected luminaire may
indicate overheating, and Vapour
Barrier must be suitable for 90C
OR
Type C, nherently Protected,
and Vapour Barrier must be suit-
able for 90C
May be blanketed with thermal insulation if marked as per 30-906
Supplementary Note:
All types of insulation including sound insulation will be considered as
thermal insulation.
The Ministry of Housing has advised that cellulose fbre insulation has
a maximum temperature rating of 80C and must not be subjected to
higher temperatures. nstallations where cellulose fbre insulation is in
contact with the recessed luminaire may not be in compliance with the
Ontario Building Code.
Various methods may be used to correct installations after the fact.
One solution is to blanket the luminaires with fbreglass insulation so
as to avoid contact with cellulose fbre.
The standard for Cellulose Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings
(CAN/CGSB-51.60-M90 planned to be superseded by CAN/ULC-
S703.1) is changing and will provide for exposure up to 90C. Prod-
uct from bags marked for compliance to CAN/ULC-S703 will be
acceptable.
Note: The presence of a thermal cutout is not a guarantee that the
luminaire is a Type IC.
Type NON-IC with no marks to be
installed in compliance with 30-902
Do not install insulation within 76
mm (3 in) of any part of the lumi-
naire and Blinking light of this
thermally protected luminaire may
indicate overheating
At least 13mm (1/2 ) from combustible material at every point other
than the point(s) of support
Where there is no thermal insulation, combustible surfaces shall not
be closer than 13mm (0.5 in).
Type NON-IC Marked Spacings
To be installed in compliance with
30-906
nstall with a minimum spacing
between
(a) Center to center of adjacent
luminaires: ______mm
(b) Top of Luminaire to overhead
building member: ______mm
(c) Luminaire center to side build-
ing member: _______mm
The installer must be able to verify they have met the manufacturer
instructions.
The marking Blinking light.overheating is required by the standard to be placed on the luminaire so as to
be visible after installation.
Page 2 of 4
30-6-6
Page 3 of 4
(2) Recessed Iuminaires in buIkheads and Iike situations
Special attention must be given to recessed luminaires in bulkheads and like structures where a combustible
vapour barrier also serves to keep thermal insulation away from the recessed luminaire. Experience has
shown that the heat of a luminaire close to a vapour barrier can cause it to shrink back, possibly tearing and
allowing thermal insulation to surround a luminaire not approved for being embedded in thermal insulation.
Thus, where:
(a) The luminaire in a bulkhead is of a type not approved for insulation contact, and
(b) The construction of the bulkhead is such that shrink back in a vapour barrier exposed to the
heat of the luminaire may occur,
An additional barrier (e.g. a layer of drywall) shall be placed between the vapour barrier and the luminaire.
(3) Recessed Iuminaires in proximity to combustibIe pIumbing systems
Care shall also be taken to maintain a 12.5 mm (1/2) separation from ABS plumbing. The Canadian Stan-
dards Association Standard for ABS piping, B181.1, has a maximum rating of 60C for ABS pipe.
(4) Recessed Iuminaires not intended for use in combustibIe construction
Question 1
s it permitted to install recessed luminaires that have operating temperatures exceeding 90C in residential
installations?
Answer 1
NO, recessed luminaires that have operating temperatures exceeding 90C, are not suitable for combustible
construction. These are also marked:
nstall in buildings of fre-resistive construction. Mount on non combustible material only.
Recessed luminaires for electric-discharge type lamps, except those for fuorescent lamps, shall not be al-
lowed in residential installations.
(5) Field assembled recessed luminaires
Field assembled recessed luminaires: remote access,
Rule 30-910
Field assembled recessed luminaires: access
through luminaire opening, Rule 30-910
30-6-6
(6) Replacement surface mount luminaires non 90 deg C wiring at existing ceiling
outlet box Rule 30-408
Question 2
Is it permitted to install a replacement surface mount luminaire that has a label requiring the supply conduc-
tors to be rated for minimum 90 deg C on an existing outlet box that contains 60 or 75 deg C conductors? The
original installation was pre-1970 so it is likely wired with either 60 or 75 deg C rated conductors or cables,
which were commonly used at that time.
Answer 2
Yes, provided that one of the following is complied with.
(a) install approved heat shrink tubing having a minimum operating temperature of 90 deg C on any
existing 60 or 75 deg C conductors in the existing ceiling outlet box. The heat shrink shall be installed
over the full length of the existing insulated conductors that are exposed inside the outlet box.
Note: the insulated neutral conductors shall be identifed as required by Rule 4-028 and Bulletin 4-5-
*.
OR
(b) Install an approved luminaire that does not exceed the maximum temperature ratings of the existing
branch circuit wiring.
Rationale:
Most new surface mount luminaires are marked Min 90 deg C supply conductors. The requirement for 90
deg C branch circuit conductors in ceiling outlet boxes was introduced in the 1969 edition of the Electrical
Safety Code.
The potential hazard is exposure of 60 or 75 deg C rated insulation to higher temperatures causing degrada-
tion of the insulation over time. Installation of heat shrink with a minimum operating temperature of 90 deg C
over top of the existing insulation ensures that the conductor that is exposed inside the outlet box is insulated
to the minimum required by the luminaire marking.
Page 4 of 4
30-11-1
Bulletin 30-11-1
FIuorescent Luminaires - Disconnecting Means
Rule 30-308(4)
Issued May 2009
Background
Electrical incident reports received over the last number of years identifed many serious personal injury acci-
dents and deaths while working on energized 347 volt electrical lighting systems. The challenge was and still
is to change a long instilled behavior to work on these systems when energized. ESA embarked on a major
safety initiative to educate electrical workers to de-energize 347 volt lighting systems before working on them.
Although ESA continues the education process it is abundantly clear that the electrical industry still continues
to work on these systems while energized, therefore a conveniently located disconnect means is necessary to
provide enhanced worker safety.
Rule 30-308(4) requires that all new installation of fuorescent luminaires on branch circuits exceeding 150
volts to ground be provided with a disconnecting means that is integral to the luminaire. The rule also requires
that this disconnecting means be clearly and permanently labeled to identify its purpose.
Direction
All new installations of fuorescent luminaires installed on branch circuits with voltages exceeding 150 volts to
ground will be required to be in compliance with Rule 30-308(4).
Although the Rule is not retroactively applied to existing installations, ESA highly recommends existing
luminaires be equipped with an integral disconnecting means during maintenance activities such as ballast
replacement, etc.
Note
(1) Rule 30-308(4) applies only to fuorescent luminaires containing double-ended lamps including U
shaped lamps. The rule will not be applied to other types of fuorescent luminaires, e.g. compact fuorescent.
(2) When disconnecting 347 Volt lighting systems, personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements must
be determined by the employer and/or supervisor and followed by the employee.
ExampIes of AcceptabIe Disconnecting Means (See Figure 1)
(1) Plug type connectors incorporated in the ballast leads
(2) Plug type connectors located directly at the ballast
(3) 2-pole switch
(4) Cord sets and power supply cords
(5) Wiring harness assembly
Figure 1: ExampIe of Disconnecting Means
Page 1 of 1
30-12-0
Bulletin 30-12-0
Luminaires in buiIdings of residentiaI occupancy
Rules 2-034, 12-3000, 14-010, 26-722, 30-318, 30-500, 30-502, 30-504
Issued May 2011
Scope
(1) Lighting at entrances of residential occupancies
(2) Lighting control within dwelling unit
(3) Luminaires installed in kitchens and bathrooms
(4) Lighting requirements for stairways
(5) Lighting branch circuits
Background
The intent of this bulletin is to communicate answers for frequently asked technical questions about the instal-
lation of luminaires in buildings of residential occupancy.
(1) Lighting at entrances to residential occupancies
Question 1
What does the OESC consider as an entrance, for the lighting requirements and application of Rules 30-500
and 30-504, in buildings of residential occupancy?
Answer 1
An entrance is considered to be any kind of door, regardless of the locking/opening mechanism, that pro-
vides means of entry or access to a building from ground level (Example: Exterior patio sliding door to a deck
with stairs to ground level is considered an entrance to a building).
For application of Rule 30-500, ESA will follow the interpretation of the Building Code as published in
"BRANCH OPINION (June 5, 1995) LIGHTING OUTLETS REQUIRED BY ARTICLE 9.34.2.1" and
copied below:
Vehicular entrance doors leading into attached garages are not intended to serve exactly the same
function as mandoors and therefore a lighting outlet is not required.
In the case of mandoors leading from the exterior into attached garages where access is provided
between the garage and the dwelling unit, a lighting outlet is required.
For mandoors leading from the exterior into attached garages where access is not provided between
the garage and the dwelling unit, a lighting outlet is required.
Side or rear entry doors from the exterior into a dwelling unit are also required to be provided with
lighting outlets.
Entry doors from the exterior into a fnished or unfnished basement are equally required to have
lighting outlets.
Mandoors leading into a detached garage on a residential property are not required to be provided with light-
ing outlets.
The above opinions are based on the text as quoted from the Commentary to Part 9 of the NBC. Also, an
attached garage is considered to form part of the residential unit (see Sentence 9.10.9.16.(3)); the corollary
being that a detached garage does not form part of the dwelling unit since it is not attached to the residential
structure.
Page 1 of 4
30-12-0
The Branch Opinion is published in: http://www.mah.gov.on.ca/Page8755.aspx
Rationale 1
Entrance is defned in most dictionaries as the means or place of entry. As well, the Building Code has
ruled on an appeal and determined that a sliding type door would be considered an entrance, regardless of
whether it had a keyed lockset or not.
Question 2
Is it permitted to use means other than a wall switch for controlling luminaires at public entrances for large
buildings of residential occupancy such as hotels, condominiums, and apartment buildings?
Answer 2
Yes, notwithstanding Rule 30-500, it is permitted to use other means of lighting control (other than manually
operated switches) to control luminaires installed at public entrances of large buildings of residential occupan-
cies.
Rationale 2
These areas are considered public areas, and in some cases using a wall switch could be a potential safety
hazard as someone could turn it off. Therefore, it is permitted to use other means of control, e.g. lighting con-
trol panels accessible only to building staff, photocells, etc.
Clauses 3.2.7.1 and 9.34.2.7, of the Ontario Building Code permits the use of wall switch or panel for the con-
trol of lighting in public areas in residential occupancies. The reply above is in line with the direction in OBC.
(2) Lighting control within dwelling units
Question 3
Does rule 30-502 mandate that a wall switch that controls the luminaire be located inside the same room as
the luminaire?
Answer 3
No, the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) does not mandate the switch to be located inside the same
room.
Note: In the case of a bathroom, Rule 30-320 (3) does not allow a switch to be located within 1 meter of a
bathtub or shower. Alternatively it can be located not less than 0.5 meter if protected by a GFCI Class A.
If these distances cannot be achieved, the customer is required to provide an alternative solution to satisfy
the OESC. E.g., locate the wall switch outside the bathroom; change the washroom size or layout. Building of-
fcials may request that the switch be located inside the room based on their interpretation of the OBC (Under
the Building Code Act, the local municipality is the authority having jurisdiction for enforcing the Act and its
Regulations). It is the customer responsibility to ensure the installation complies with all applicable Codes.
(3) Luminaires instaIIed in kitchens and washrooms
Question 4
Does the OESC permit a light fxture to be installed in a shower?
Answer 4
Yes, as long as the fxture is approved for wet locations (Rule 30-318) and installed as per manufacturer's
Page 2 of 4
30-12-0
instructions (Rule 2-034).
Question 5
Does the OESC require GFC (ground fault circuit interrupter) protection of a light fxture located in a residen-
tial tub / shower enclosure?
Answer 5
No, the OESC does not require GFC protection, however if the fxture manufacturer's installation instructions
require GFCI protection, then the Code requires that the instructions be followed (Rule 2-034).
Question 6
Does the OESC permit the installation of a wall mounted luminaire with no outlet box?
Answer 6
Yes, provided that the fxture is approved for direct wiring with an integral junction box (bar or strip fxture) and
the cable is terminated in the fxture with a suitable box connector. Rule 12-3000 states an outlet box shall not
be required where equipment has its own integral connection box or has been approved for use as a connec-
tion box.
Question 7
Does the OESC permit under cabinet lighting to be hardwired to kitchen counter workspace receptacles?
Answer 7
No. The OESC does not permit circuits that supply receptacles located behind kitchen counter work surfaces
to supply any other outlets under cabinet luminaires (Rule 26-722).
(4) Lighting requirements for stairways
Question 8
Does the OESC require the installation of a luminaire at the top of each stairway?
Answer 8
No, the OESC Rule 30-504 requires every stairway to be lighted, however it does not provide guidance with
respect to the location of stairway luminaires or the minimum light level required. The Ontario Building Code
(Article 9.34.3.2) does not provide any further direction or clarifcation in this matter.
Note:
The Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) recommends a minimum lighting level of 50
Lux or 5 Foot candles for residential passage areas. In order to comply with the intent of the Rule, luminaires
should be located so as to provide this minimum recommended lighting level.
(5) Lighting branch circuits
Question 9
Does the OESC require the installation of a two pole circuit breaker for a three wire branch circuit that sup-
plies receptacle and lighting outlets in a dwelling unit?
Answer 9
No, the OESC does not require two pole circuit breakers for multi-wire branch circuits that supply only fxed
Page 3 of 4
30-12-0
lighting loads or non-split receptacles, and that have each lighting load or receptacles connected to the neu-
tral and one ungrounded conductor.
Note:
Rule 4-034(4) requires that the neutral or identifed conductor be terminated independent of device connec-
tions such as lampholders, receptacles, etc., to ensure the continuity of the identifed conductor when the
devices are disconnected from the circuit.
Page 4 of 4
32-3-4
Page 1 of 2
Bulletin 32-3-4
Wiring Methods for Fire Alarm Systems
Rules 12-300 to 12-318, 12-1100 to 12-1220, 32-100 and 32-102
Issued January 2010
Scope
(1) Aerial cable for fre alarm to portable classrooms
(2) Wiring method using non-metallic conduit
(1) AeriaI cabIe for re aIarm to portabIe cIassrooms
Background
Questions have arisen concerning the type of cable permitted for overhead fre alarm installations to Portable
classrooms.
Generally speaking, conductors used in this situation would be conductors or cable sets approved for use
outside and either self-supported or suspended from a messenger cable in an acceptable manner.
In the past ESA has accepted FAS cable supported on messenger cables for this application. However,
ESA has received reports of FAS installed aerially and exposed to sunlight and weather being found in a
deteriorated condition.
Aerial Fire Alarm Cables shall be:
installed according to Rules 12-300 to 12-318; or
suitable for the application and properly supported
Direction
FAS cable installed aerially are not accepted. However, existing aerial installations of FAS cable, before
January 1, 2005, that are exposed to sunlight and the weather should be regularly inspected for signs of dete-
rioration and replaced as necessary.
The following are examples of cables that are acceptable for aerial installations:
v Communication cable approved for use in outdoor, wet locations and exposed to the weather and
sun;
v Teck90;
v NMWU (provided that it is supported on a messenger cable); or
v Cable manufactured to the MSA (nternational Municipal Signal Association) specifcations for use in
a wet location and exposed to the weather and sun. Cable shall be surface printed with IMSA com-
plete with the specifcation number.
The messenger cable shall have adequate strength to support the weight of the cable selected.
32-3-4
Page 2 of 2
Please note: Rule 12-312 does not permit conductors to be installed over buildings. Refer to Bulletin 12-26-*.
Fire aIarm cabIes and power conductors on the same poIe.
These conductors shall be installed according to Rules 12-300 to 12-318. The Fire Alarm conductors shall be
run at least 300 mm below a conductor of a higher voltage as required by Rule 12-306(4).
(2) Wiring method using non-metallic conduit
OESC Rule 32-102(1) (c) requires that the fire alarm conductors be embedded in 50 mm of poured concrete
or masonry if installed in non-metallic conduit.
The specific restriction on use of non-metallic conduits for fire alarm system installations was to ensure opera-
tion of these systems under emergency conditions. However, complying with the above rule created issues
in the field where conductors had to be installed in rigid non-metallic conduit to avoid moisture or corrosion
problems.
A proposal to accept fire alarm conductors installation in rigid non-metallic conduit without concrete encase-
ment has been submitted to CE Code Part 1, along with the industry submitted information to support the fact
that metallic raceways do not provide better fire protection than non-metallic raceways.
Direction: In Ontario, as of January 2010, in support of industry requirements, ESA will accept rigid non-metal-
lic conduit installed as per Rules 12-1100 to 12-1220 and 2-128, as a wiring method that meets Rule 32-102
requirements.
32-5-0
Bulletin 32-5-0
InstaIIation of Fire Pumps
Rule 32-204, 32-206, and 32-212
Issued JuIy 2009
Scope
(1) Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection for fre pumps
(2) Separate service box for fre pumps
(3) Ground fault protection
(4) Typical power supply arrangements for fre pumps and emergency power supplies that are mandated by
the Ontario Building Code
(1) Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection
Rule 32-206 provides the requirements for disconnecting means and overcurrent protection of fre pump cir-
cuits. As noted in Appendix B, the intent of this Rule is to allow only a circuit breaker to be installed upstream
from the fre pump controller or transfer switch.
The requirements for the rating or setting of the circuit breaker differ depending on the source of power for
that circuit breaker. The following are the possible sources of power to the fre pump:
If the circuit breaker is fed from either the normal power supply to the building or a separate service box as
permitted by Rules 6-102(1)(a) and 32-204, then the circuit breaker rating or setting shall comply with Rule
32-206(5).
f the circuit breaker is fed from an emergency power supply as defned in Section 46, then the circuit breaker
rating or setting shall comply with Rule 32-206(4), which refers us to Rule 28-200. It is important to ensure
that the fre pump motor can start and run with the settings in Table 29 and if necessary, the designer should
apply Rule 28-200 (d) (iii) to ensure the fre pump motor will start.
(2) Separate service box for re pumps
Rules 6-102 (1)(a) and 32-204 permit the installation of a separate service box to supply power to a fre pump
from a supply authority. f the separate service box supplies only a fre pump, then the service box is only per-
mitted to contain a circuit breaker complying with Rule 32-206(1), (2), (3), & (5). This ensures that there is no
need to have multiple disconnecting means and/or overcurrent devices in series in the fre pump circuit, which
would result in reduced reliability of the power supply to the fre pump. (See Figure B1)
Figure B1 - Separate service box for a re pump onIy
If the separate service box also supplies other emergency systems as permitted by Rule 6-102(1)(a), then the
service box is permitted by the Section 0 defnition to contain either a switch and fuses, or a circuit breaker.
Page 1 of 3
32-5-0
Page 2 of 3
n this case the feeder supplying the fre pump shall be protected by a circuit breaker complying with Rule 32-
206(1), (2), & (5). (See Figure B2)
The rating of the separate service box overcurrent device shall comply with Rule 28-204(3) and shall be co-
ordinated with the circuit breaker supplying the fre pump circuit in such a manner that the separate service
overcurrent device does not open prior to operation of the downstream fre pump circuit breaker. The separate
service box shall be labelled in a conspicuous, legible, and permanent manner identifying it as the fre pump
power supply and shall be lockable in the closed position.
Figure B2 - Separate service box for a re pump
and other emergency systems
(3) Ground fault protection
Rule 32-212 states that ground fault protection shall not be installed in a fre pump circuit. Appendix B states
For the purpose of this Rule, a fre pump circuit is defned as the circuit supplied from the emergency power
source referred to in Rule 32-200, or the circuit supplied from a separate service box in accordance with Rule
32-204 to fre pump equipment.
Therefore ground fault protection is permitted to be installed in the normal power supply to a fre pump circuit,
but is not permitted to be installed in either a separate service box or an emergency power supply for a fre
pump circuit. Note: f the only power supply to a fre pump is from the normal building power supply and there
is no emergency supply, then ground fault protection shall not be permitted in the normal supply to the fre
pump circuit and a tap from service equipment shall be permitted.
If the emergency power supply is ground fault protected as required by Rule 14-102, then it shall be accept-
able to connect the fre pump circuit to the emergency power supply upstream from the ground fault protec-
tion. (See Figure B3-1)
As an alternative, ground fault protection shall not be required at the main overcurrent device for the emer-
gency power supply provided that ground fault protection is provided for all emergency feeders except the fre
pump feeder similar to Diagram 3 of the code. (See Figure B3-2)
Figure B3 - Ground fauIt protection and re pumps
32-5-0
(4) TypicaI power suppIy arrangements for re pumps and emergency power
suppIies that are mandated by the Ontario BuiIding Code
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code does not require the installation of a fre pump, an emergency power
supply, or a transfer switch; the Ontario Building and Fire Codes specify where this equipment is required to
be installed. When this equipment is required to be installed by other authorities, then the Ontario Electrical
Safety Code provides the electrical wiring requirements for their installation.
Figure B4 provides some examples of Ontario Building Code mandated fre pump / emergency power supply
installations that comply with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code. These are examples only; other compliant
arrangements shall also be acceptable.
Figure B4 - ExampIes of power suppIy arrangements for re pumps and emergency power suppIies
that are mandated by the Ontario BuiIding Code
Supply
Authority
Consumer's
Service Box
Normal power
supply
distribution
Fire pump
circuit breaker,
normal power
supply
Emergency
power
supply
Fire pump
circuit breaker,
emergency
power supply
Fire pump
controller
and transfer
switch
Fire pump
Emergency
power
distribution
Life safety
systems
Non life
safety
systems
Normal building
electrical systems
Life safety
systems
Non life safety
systems
Normal building
electrical systems
Life safety
systems
Non life safety
systems
Life safety
systems
Non life
safety
systems
Rule 32-206(1)(2)(5)
Rule 46-202
Rule 46-206
Rule 32-206(4)
Rule 32-208
Separate service box
Rules 6-102(1)(a),
32-204,
32-206(1)(2)(3)(5)
Rule 46-202
Rule 46-206
Rule 32-206(4)
Rule 32-208
N E N E
Page 3 of 3
36-1-23
Bulletin 36-1-23
PIan Submissions for High VoItage InstaIIations
Rule 2-010 and Section 36
Issued May 2009
The following is a list of information required to be included in the plan submission.
(1) A covering letter; with a description of the project, Supply Authority (Local Distribution Company) name
and contact person name, supply voltage (wye or delta), owner of any supply transformer on customer
property (Supply Authority or customer owned), and project name and address. Additional information that
can be included is the Submitters Project Number.
(2) A copy of the site plan; indicating the location of the station relative to buildings, structures, roads, prop-
erty lines, equipment not associated with the station, and the route of the supply if possible.
(3) A complete single line diagram; including all feeders and distribution, overcurrent device ratings, trans-
former ratings, conductor type and sizes, raceway type and size, fault current available at each point of
distribution, and interlocking provisions (where required).
(4) Equipment layout drawings; including elevation and profle views of the electrical and physical arrange-
ment of the equipment, dimensions to clearly indicate the electrical, physical and work clearances and
relative locations of the equipment, and fencing arrangements where required on outdoor substation.
(5) Grounding details; as required and detailed in Bulletin 36-10-*.
(6) Confrmation from a P Eng or the manufacturer that the freestanding terminal pole or structure is designed
as required by Rule 75-248(8). (Where applicable)
(7) Nameplate data for all electrical equipment and high voltage cable.
SuppIy Authority (LocaI Distribution Company) Requirements.
Prior to planning an installation, the supply authority should be consulted for their conditions of service and
any special requirements for connection to their distribution system.
SuppIy Authority (LocaI Distribution Company) Equipment.
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code does not apply to equipment and wiring that is part of the Supply Service
(as defned in Section 0). Where the Supply Authority (Local Distribution Company) has provided assurance
that they own and control the equipment, the Electrical Safety Authority will not apply the Ontario Electrical
Safety Code to that equipment.
One copy of all plans shall be submitted for review to:
Electrical Safety Authority Telephone number: Fax number:
Plan Review Department 1-800-746-6480 1-800-957-2738
400 Sheldon Drive, Unit 5 519-624-3564 519-624-3570
Cambridge, Ontario
N1T 2H9
All required data should be submitted as a complete package by one submitter where possible to facilitate the
plan review and timely report.
The fee for high voltage plan approval is as per ESAs fee guide.
The inspector in the feld gives fnal approval of the installation.
Page 1 of 1
36-3-3
Bulletin 36-3-3
VisibIe isoIation - High potentiaI instaIIations
Rules 36-214
Issued May 2009
General
On all high potential installations, some means must be provided to enable operating and maintenance per-
sonnel to assure themselves, visually, that a piece of equipment, a circuit or the whole installation is de-ener-
gized and isolated for maintenance or other purposes, when required. This requirement is in addition to any
interlocking arrangement provided.
The provision for visible isolation must be such that an actual break in the supply to the circuit or equipment
is visible, e.g., opened switch contacts. Gang-operated switches, fuse cutouts and removable links in a bus
system may each be used as a means of isolation provided that other Rules applicable thereto are satisfed.
Where a gang-operated switch is mounted in a metal enclosure, clear glass viewing windows of the safety
type must be installed so that the position of the switch may be seen without the necessity of exposing live
parts. Where disconnects are operated individually and are mounted in a metal enclosure, the arrangement
must be such that the door of the enclosure can be closed and locked with the disconnects in the open posi-
tion.
It is suggested that the provisions for visible isolation be detailed on all plans for high voltage installations
submitted for examination so that adequate comments can be made.
Double ended low voltage switchboard
Visible isolation is required at any voltage where the possibility of feedback into the high voltage section of the
station exists.
Question
Where a double ended station is installed with 600 volt secondary distribution incorporating a tie breaker
between two sections, does Subrule 36-214 (3) apply to the main secondary breakers operating at 600 volts?
(See Diagram B1)
Answer
Yes
Rationale
There is the possibility of feedback through the low voltage distribution from one high voltage section of the
station into the other if the tie breaker is closed and one of the main secondary circuit breakers does not open
properly. This back feed would place personnel working on the high voltage equipment at risk of injury.
Direction
Visible isolation meeting the requirements of Subrule 36-214 (2) is required for both of the main secondary
breakers shown in the Diagram B1.
Page 1 of 2
36-3-3
Page 2 of 2
Diagram B1 - A doubIe ended station incorporating a tie breaker between two sections
36-5-9
BuIIetin 36-5-9
IsoIation of Iive parts in stations
Rule 36-110
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Vertical isolation
(2) Horizontal isolation Table 33
(3) Outdoor transformer installations
(4) Snow classifcation - Table 32
(1) Vertical isolation
Background:
The following is provided as clarifcation of Rule 36-110 as it pertains to customers' substations to assure no
misunderstanding regarding the requirements for isolation of live parts in such installations.
Direction:
Bare conductors, insulated conductors not sheathed or enclosed in metal and other bare live parts shall be (a)
accessible only to authorized persons and (b) isolated from inadvertent contact by:
(1) Elevation above ground level by the number of metres prescribed in Table 32 for indoor installations; or
(2) Elevation above ground level by the number of metres prescribed in Table 32 for outdoor installations in
light and heavy snow areas; or
(3) Grounded metal screens or barriers located so as to provide the equivalent protection afforded by the
elevations prescribed in Clauses 1 and 2; or
(4) Interlocking such that the enclosure in which the conductors and other bare live parts are installed cannot
be entered until all equipment contained therein is de-energized.
(2) HorizontaI isoIation - TabIe 33
Bare conductors, insulated conductors not sheathed or enclosed in grounded metal and other bare live parts
shall be installed so as to maintain a horizontal clearance from buildings of:
(1) 3 metres where the voltage does not exceed 46,000 volts between phase conductors; or
(2) 3.7 metres where the voltage exceeds 46,000 volts but does not exceed 69,000 volts between phase con-
ductors.
Page 1 of 2
36-5-9
Page 2 of 2
(3) Outdoor transformer instaIIations
In outdoor installations where transformers having high voltage bushings in the top are employed, and the
bus rises vertically from the bushings to the required elevation before proceeding to a horizontal direction, the
requirements of Rule 36-110 shall not apply to the bushings or the vertical section of bus providing that, in
installations not exceeding 46 kV:
(1) The top of the transformer tank is not less than 2 metres above grade in a light snow area; or
(2) The top of the transformer tank is not less than 2.7 metres above grade in a heavy snow area.
Where the pad on which a transformer is mounted extends beyond the transformer suffciently to permit a
person to stand upon it, the top of the pad is deemed to be the grade referred to above.
(4) Snow cIassication - TabIe 32
Light snow areas are where the mean annual recorded depth of snow is 500 mm (20) or less.
On Map B1, locations north of the 500 mm line are defned as heavy snow areas. Locations south of the 500
mm line are light snow areas. Although local conditions for locations between the 400 mm and the 500 mm
line may make it desirable to maintain heavy snow clearances, acceptance will be based on the location be-
ing a light snow area.
Map B1 - Snow depth
36-6-19
BuIIetin 36-6-19
The instaIIation of tamper resistant transformers kiosks, tamper resistant pad mount-
ed transformers, pad mounted transformers and Iiquid IIed equipment in proximity
to buiIding
Rules 2-024, 26-010, 26-014, 26-242, 26-300 to 324, 36-006 and 36-300 to 310
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Requirements for the Installation of tamper resistant transformers kiosks and tamper resistant pad
mounted transformers
(2) Requirements for the installation of liquid flled equipment in proximity to buildings
(3) Disconnecting means for pad mounted transformers
(1) Requirements for the instaIIation of tamper resistant transformers kiosks and
tamper resistant pad mounted transformers
Introduction
These requirements:
Apply to the installation of tamper resistant pad mounted distribution transformers, tamper resistant trans-
former kiosks, and tamper resistant pad mounted distribution equipment which are located outdoors and
are not owned by the Supply Authority; and
Are supplementary to and not exclusive of any other requirements pertaining to high voltage installations.
Pad mounted distribution transformers and equipment are designed to mount on a grade level concrete slab
or pad of suitable dimensions.
A pad-mounted transformer consists of a compartmented steel enclosure with one compartment contain-
ing the transformer and the other compartment containing cable terminations and connections.
Pad mounted distribution equipment may consist of metal enclosed or metal clad protective equipment,
switchgear, etc.
Kiosks are enclosures of steel or a combination of masonry and steel and which may be partly buried and
within which may be installed standard distribution transformers and protective equipment.
Fence Requirements
Equipment meeting the requirements for tamper resistant as detailed in Bulletin 36-15-*, shall not be
required to be surrounded by a station fence. Rule 26-010
Equipment not of tamper resistant construction, which has no exposed bare live parts, shall be permitted
to be installed outdoors when surrounded by a fence complying with Rule 26-300 to 26-324 or equivalent.
The fence shall be a station fence or a property boundary fence with controlled access.
Equipment with exposed bare live parts shall be permitted to be installed outdoors only when surrounded
by a station fence complying with Rule 26-300 to 26-324 or equivalent.
Mechanical Protection
Where tamper resistant equipment is subject to damage from vehicles, it shall be surrounded by a fence
meeting the requirements of Rule 26-300 to 324 or suitable barriers of a permanent nature shall be erected to
provide the necessary protection.
Page 1 of 4
36-6-19
Page 2 of 4
Equipment within 3 meters of a parking lot or curbed area is considered subject to mechanical damage.
Steel posts (bollards) at the corners of equipment and with separations not exceeding 2 meters are an
example of a suitable barrier for tamper resistant equipment.
Protective fencing or bollards may require bonding to ground in accordance with Bulletin 36-10-*.
ApprovaI of equipment
The equipment shall be approved in accordance with Rule 2-024 (1), (2) or (3), or accepted under the provi-
sions of Rule 2-024(5).
Locking and Interlocking
Any doors giving access to live parts containing fuses in the equipment shall be so interlocked with an exter-
nal means of providing visible isolation of all ungrounded conductors (e.g., load break switch), that the doors
cannot be opened until the means of visible isolation is locked open and the means of visible isolation cannot
be closed until the doors are locked closed.
Interlock mechanisms where provided shall be installed so as to be tamper resistant.
Customer owned pad mounted transformers containing fuses shall have the cover or door providing access to
the fuses interlocked with the disconnecting means for the transformer in compliance with Rule 36-208.
Grounding
Grounding shall be in accordance with Rules 36-300 through 36-312 and Bulletin 36-10-*.
Warning Signs
There shall be at least one permanently legible, conspicuous warning sign fxed to each unit stating Danger
- High Voltage and the sign shall be fxed to the door giving access to high voltage live parts; and if there be
more than one such door, a sign shall be mounted on each. Rule 36-006.
(2) Requirements for the instaIIation of Iiquid IIed equipment in proximity to buiIdings
Background
Where liquid flled equipment is installed in proximity to buildings, the installation shall be in compliance with
Rules 26-014 and 26-242.
26-242 Outdoor Transformer InstaIIations, SubruIe 3 States: Notwithstanding the requirements of Subrule
(2), transformers that are protected by an internal current-limiting fuse and are equipped with a pressure relief
device shall be permitted to be installed within the distances specifed in Subrule (2).
Question:
Are internal current limiting fuses as referenced in Rule 26-242(3), also referred to as a bayonet type fuse?
Answer:
No.
Rationale:
The function of the internal current limiting fuse(s) is to limit system fault levels to the transformer to protect
against catastrophic damage and rupture of the transformer in the event of an internal failure. A current limit-
ing fuse limits the fault energy and will interrupt the fault within a 1/4 cycle thereby preventing a violent failure.
A bayonet fuse cannot protect against some internal failures and transformer tank ruptures.
Internal current limiting fuses referenced in the rule are installed immersed in the dielectric liquid of the liquid
36-6-19
flled transformer and are accessible only by removal of the transformer bolted cover providing access to
the transformer windings and dielectric liquid. Replacement of these fuses after operation would require the
transformer be removed from service and exposing the transformer windings and dielectric liquid for testing
and /or replacement.
Bayonet type fuses (expulsion) fuses are connected in series on the load side of the internal current limiting
fuses, to provide transformer overcurrent protection. Bayonet fuses are located in wells in the high voltage
compartment of the transformer that separate them from the transformer tank containing the dielectric liquid
and windings and are accessible by opening the high voltage compartment.
Protecting a padmount transformer by means of a bayonet fuse in series with a back up current limiting fuse
is generally referred to as combination fusing. For a given transformer rating, the two fuses are coordinated
with each other for optimum protection throughout the range of fault currents that could occur. (See Figures
B1 & B2)
The attached single line diagram indicates both internal current limiting fuses and bayonet fuses. The use of
combination fusing and a pressure relief valve will ensure the outdoor transformer fails in a safe manner and
this is the rationale used to permit the transformer to be installed within the distances specifed in sub rule 2.
Figure B1: TypicaI NamepIate with internaI current-Iimiting fuse
Figure B2: Expanded View
(3) Disconnecting means for pad mounted transformers
Background
Disconnecting means shall be provided in accordance with Rule 36-204 and Bulletin 36-1-* except such
disconnecting means need not be provided for transformer(s), with no customer owned equipment between
the transformer(s) and supply authority interface (excluding surge arresters and conductor) and where written
assurance has been received from a supply authority stating it owns and controls the transformer(s).
Page 3 of 4
36-6-19
Page 4 of 4
Question:
Questions have been asked regarding acceptance of a load break switch mounted within a padmount trans-
former tank as a disconnecting means for a customer owned single phase padmount transformer.
Direction
Externally operated disconnecting means that provide visible isolation shall be provided.
Rationale
Rule 36-214(2) requires that an actual break in the supply be visible, eg- open contacts. This is not normally
the case with load break switches that are mounted within a padmount transformer tank.
Question:
Questions have also been asked regarding acceptance of a load break elbow connector as a disconnecting
means for a customer owned single phase padmount transformer.
Direction
Load break disconnecting means that may be safely operated without special tools or equipment shall be
provided. Load break elbows do not comply with this requirement. (Rule 36-204)
Rationale
Operation of a load break elbow may only be done by qualifed persons using specialized tools, protective
equipment and work methods. The elbow may be fused or unfused depending on the application and may
require additional disconnecting means upstream where they are fused.
36-8-7
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 36-8-7
Lightning Arrester Application
Rules 26-500 36-000, 36-308(2)(c)
Issued May 2009
There have been many questions raised as to where to install lightning arresters, what type of lighting ar-
resters to use, and the number of lighting arresters that are required. Rule 26-500 is not explicit as to these
requirements and leaves the electrical system designer responsible to determine location, type, and number
of lightning arresters required for the level of protection desired.
Rule 26-500, Use and location of lightning arresters, states the following:
(1) Lightning arresters shall be installed in every distributing substation in locations where lightning distur-
bances are of frequent occurrence and no other adequate protection is provided.
(2) Lightning arresters installed for the protection of utilization equipment:
(a) Shall be permitted to be installed either inside or outside the building or enclosure containing the
equipment to be protected; and
(b) Shall be isolated by elevation, enclosed, or made otherwise inaccessible to unauthorized persons.
The electrical designer, following good engineering practice, shall determine the number, location and rating
of lightning arresters.
ESA encourages electrical designers to research the applicable standards to ensure adequate protection has
been provided.
Examples are ANSI/IEEE C262.22 for Metal Oxide and ANSI/IEEE C62.2 for gapped Silicon-Carbide.
ESAs role is to ensure the lightning protection scheme is installed as designed. If the installing contractor
deviates from the designed protection as outlined on the drawings and specifcations submitted regarding the
number, rating or location of arrestors, then written confrmation from the designer is required to confrm the
level of protection is adequate.
Note
Electrical installations that are installed under the scope of Section 75 without any additional electrical design
shall be installed as required by the appropriate Section 75 Specifcation.
36-10-15
Page 1 of 6
Bulletin 36-10-15
High voItage grounding and bonding
Rules 36-300 to 36-312
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Introduction
(2) Station ground electrode design
(3) Interconnecting station ground electrodes
(4) Extent of ground surface covering layer
(5) Metal boundary fence in proximity to a station fence
(6) Metal boundary fence or other metal structures in proximity to tamper resistant pad-mounted transformers
and equipment
(7) Gang operated switch handles
(1) Introduction
This Bulletin is intended to clarify some of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code requirements for grounding of
high voltage installations and related equipment for:
Outdoor stations; and
ndoor stations with direct grade level exterior access.
Grounding and bonding systems for AC high voltage stations shall be designed to ensure safety of personnel,
protection of equipment, and proper operation of protective devices. In order to accomplish this the Ontario
Electrical Safety Code limits the maximum potential rise of all parts of a station ground electrode to 5000 volts
or less and limits touch and step voltages within and around the electrode to those values given in Table 52.
A station ground electrode design is often required to demonstrate Ontario Electrical Safety Code compliance.
This Bulletin provides guidance in determining where a design shall be required in Ontario.
(2) Station ground electrode design
To ensure that all non-current carrying metal structures and equipment are maintained below the specifed
potential rise under fault conditions and that hazardous step and touch voltages do not occur, a station ground
electrode design may be required to be submitted with plans for high voltage installations in accordance with
the established procedure outlined in Bulletin 36-1-*. The fault level used in the calculations shall be either
the single line-to-ground fault level or the double line-to-ground fault level, whichever value is higher (Refer-
ence EEE Std 80). This value is to be obtained from the local distribution company and is subject to verifca-
tion upon request.
The person responsible for the design shall make reference to the latest edition of ANSI / IEEE Std 80 - Guide
for Safety in AC Substation Grounding or to CAE Report 249 D 541 Simplifed Rules for Grounding Cus-
tomer Owned High Voltage Substations.
In recent years the high cost of copper has led to vandalism and theft of copper conductors and station elec-
trodes and the question is often asked regarding the use of materials other then copper for grounding and
bonding purposes.
The answer is yes other materials are acceptable. Rule 36-300(2) permits the use of other materials, provide
36-10-15
Page 2 of 6
all the criteria set out in the rule are met. Further guidance is set out in the IEEE80-2000 Clause 11.2 with
respect to acceptable materials and other limiting factors required to be taken into consideration.
Once an alternate material has been selected and all of the installation cautions addressed, the unique
properties of the material shall be used in the calculations to determine GPR, step and touch potentials as
required by the IEEE Std 80 and the OESC.
The design of any station grounding system other than explicitly approved by the Rules of the Code shall be
documented and signed by a Professional Engineer in addition to being subject to acceptance in accordance
with Rule 2-030.
A Station Ground Electrode Design shall be required for all high voltage stations within the scope of this Bul-
letin, except for:
Pole mounted transformers; or
ndoor stations, where there is no direct grade level exterior access; or
Transformer vaults, where there is no direct external grade access; or
Stations with a nominal supply voltage of 13.8/8 kV grounded, or less; or
Tamper resistant pad mounted transformers and equipment, with a nominal supply voltage of 27.6/16
kV grounded or less; which shall be permitted to be grounded to a station ground electrode complying
with Rule 36-302(1) and as modifed by the following:
o Consist of four or more 19 mm 3 m ground rods driven so as to be not less than 3 m apart, and
suitably interconnected with an annealed copper conductor not smaller than No. 2/0 AWG to form
a complete loop around the equipment at a distance of at least 1 m from any part of the equip-
ment; and
o Connected to the transformer tank or frame by a conductor of not less than 2/0 AWG copper in
accordance with Rule 36-308(2)(b)(i); and
o Connected to the transformer neutral (Xo) by a second conductor of not less than 2/0 AWG cop-
per in accordance with Rule 36-308(6). See Figure B1 for an exampIe of compIiance.
Xo Transformer Tank
Padmounted
Equipment
Minimum 2/0 AWG copper
connection to transformer
neutral.
Minimum 1 m from all metal parts
of pad mounted equipment.
Minimum 2/0 AWG copper.
Minimum 19 mm X 3 m
galvanized ground rod,
minimum 3 m
separation, maximum 1
conductor per clamp.
Figure B1 - An exampIe of grounding of tamper resistant pad mounted equipment.
Concrete Pad
Minimum 2/0 AWG copper
connection to transformer
tank or frame.
36-10-15
Page 3 of 6
o Non tamper resistant pad mounted transformers or equipment, surrounded by a station fence
complying with Rules 26-300 to 26-324, with a nominal supply voltage of 27.6/16 kV grounded or
less; which shall be permitted to be grounded to a station ground electrode complying with Rule
36-302(1) and as modifed by the following:
o Consist of a minimum of eight driven ground rods rather than four; and
o The maximum spacing of parallel grid conductors is not greater than 1.5 m; and
o The grid is installed under the area occupied by all equipment within the station fence and ex-
tends at least 1 m beyond the outside of the fence; and
o The grid is covered by a minimum of 50 mm of soil; and
o The station ground surface area is covered with a layer of coarse crushed stone, asphalt, or
equivalent insulating material to a depth of not less than 150 mm below the fnished station grade
to a maximum of 600 mm below the rough station grade.
o Note: Table 52 column 1 lists various types of ground, all which can be used to cover a station
electrode, provided the material and its ohm-metres value is used in the calculation to determine
the ground potential rise as well as the step and touch potentials. Electrical designers typically
model their ground studies using 150 mm of crushed stone so that station electrodes area does
not get too large or expensive, however materials other than stone may be used for the ground
surface covering layer.
(3) Interconnecting station ground electrodes
When one high voltage station is fed from another using a high voltage multi conductor Teck 90 or a simi-
lar type of cable that incorporates a bond conductor, the bond conductor shall be connected to both station
ground electrodes.
When either of the station ground electrodes is designed to be a remote ground electrode for compliance with
Rule 36-304 then the two electrodes shall also be interconnected with two grounding conductors of at least
2/0 AWG copper as required by Rule 36-302(3).
If each station has a ground electrode that complies with Rule 36-304 then the two 2/0 interconnecting ground
conductors shall not be required, however where practicable, they are highly recommended as the overall
grounding integrity will be improved. For example, if the two stations were within 15 to 30 meters of each
other it may be considered practicable to make the extra interconnections. Where greater distances separate
the stations it may not be considered practicable.
(4) Extent of ground surface covering Iayer
Rule 36-304(5) requires the ground surface-covering layer (examples are coarse crushed stone or asphalt)
to extend a minimum of 1 m beyond the station grounding electrode area on all sides and Rule 36-312(1)
requires the station fence to be at least 1 m inside the station grounding electrode area. Code compliance
would therefore require the ground surface-covering layer to extend at least 2 m outwards from the station
fence.
Recognizing that this is not always practicable for some stations due to a shortage of real estate or other lo-
cal conditions and acknowledging standard trade practice, it shall be permissible to reduce the extent of the
ground surface-covering layer beyond the fence to not less than 1.15 m.
36-10-15
Page 4 of 6
(5) MetaI boundary fence in proximity to a station fence
Rule 36-312(5) requires touch voltages within 1 m of all parts of a metal boundary fence to be less than the
values given in Table 52 where the boundary fence is in proximity to a station fence. Calculations demonstrat-
ing compliance shall not be required where no part of the boundary fence is closer than 2.4 m to the station
fence.
Examples of how separation may be achieved are as follows:
Physical separation of the boundary and station fences by at least 2.4 m; or
Where the boundary fence is less than 2.4 m from the station fence:
o Insertion of an insulating fence section in the boundary fence so no metal conductive parts of the
fence are within 2.4 m of the station fence; or
o Insertion of insulating fence sections of not less than 2.4 m in length in the boundary fence so as
to isolate any sections of metal boundary fence that are within 2.4 m of the station fence and then
bonding the isolated metal section(s) of the boundary fence to the station electrode in compliance
with Rule 36-312.
o See Figure B2 for exampIes of compIiance.
Figure B2 - ExampIes of isoIating and/or bonding to ground
of a boundary fence that is within 2.4 m of a station fence.
Station fence (grounded as per Rule 36-312).
Perimeter of station ground electrode.
Insulating fence section so no metal
parts of boundary fence are within 2.4
m of station fence.
Boundary
fence
Station fence (grounded as per Rule 36-
312)
Perimeter of station ground electrode.
Insulating fence
sections, each at least
2.4 m long.
Ground loop around section of boundary
fence that is within 2.4 m of station fence,
interconnected with station fence loop in at
least one place. A second connection at a
separate location is recommended for
redundancy.
Boundary fence.
36-10-15
Page 5 of 6
(6) MetaI boundary fence or other metaI structures in proximity to tamper resistant
padmounted transformers and equipment
Quite often metal fences or similar metal structures such as bollards or guardrails are installed around or near
tamper resistant padmounted transformers or equipment for mechanical protection from vehicles (see Bulletin
36-6-*), security reasons, or decorative purposes.
Rule 36-308(1) requires all non-current carrying metal equipment and structures forming part of a station to
be bonded to the station ground electrode to prevent the build-up of dangerous potential differences between
the equipment or structures and the nearby earth. Calculations demonstrating compliance with the tolerable
step and touch voltages given in Table 52 are required to be submitted, except where:
The metal fence or structure is physically separated from the padmounted transformer or equipment
by at least 2.4 m; or
The fence or structure is bonded to the loop or station electrode by connection with a conductor of not
less than 2/0 copper AWG.
See Figure B3 for exampIes of compIiance.
(7) Gang operated switch handles
Rule 36-310 requires the operating handle of all non-enclosed high voltage switches to be connected to the
station ground electrode. The rule also requires the installation of a metallic gradient control mat that is in turn
connected to the switch handle-bonding conductor by two separate copper conductors of not less than 2/0
AWG.
Padmount
Equipment
Metal protective barrier
within 2.4 m interconnected
with padmount ground loop
in at least one place. A
second connection at a
separate location is
recommended for
equipment ground
loop.
Figure B3 - ExampIes of bonding to ground of metaI structures
within 2.4 m of padmounted equipment encIosure.
Padmount
Equipment
Padmounted
equipment ground
loop.
Metal protective
bollards within 2.4 m
interconnected with
padmount ground
loop.
redundancy.
36-10-15
Page 6 of 6
Should a failure occur during the operation of an exposed switch resulting in the passage of fault current
down the supporting structure or the mechanical linkage to the switch-operating handle at ground level, a
signifcant hazard to the operator would be created.
By providing a gradient control mat, bonding the mat and the switch-handle together and connecting them
to the station ground electrode, an equipotential zone is created and should an accidental energization or
induced potential occur during operation of the switch, a worker standing on the mat will be protected against
touch and step potentials. See Figure B4 for an exampIe of compIiance.
Figure B4 - An example of bonding to ground of a
switch handle and gradient control mat
36-11-4
Page 1 of 2
Bulletin 36-11-4
Disconnecting means for transformers
Rules 26-250, 14-402, 36-204 and 36-208
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Disconnecting means for transformers
(2) Disconnect switch for pole mounted transformers
(1) Disconnecting means for transformers
The purpose of this Bulletin is to ensure a consistent interpretation of Rule 26-250, Disconnecting Means for
Transformers. This rule requires a disconnecting means to be installed in the primary circuit of each trans-
former or each bank of transformers operating as a unit. n this rule bank shall mean two or three single
phase transformers operating as a unit or three phase transformers connected in parallel.
Every power and distribution transformer installed within a structure is required to have a separate discon-
necting means and overcurrent device(s) to satisfy the minimum requirements of Rule 26-250 and 14-402.
Installations located outside of structures have been permitted with multiple transformers controlled by one
disconnecting means, provided each transformer or bank of transformers has separate overcurrent protection
which satisfes 36-208 and the disconnect meets the minimum requirements of 36-204.
If an outdoor overhead or underground distribution systems has a load break switch with visible isolation, then
that one switch may control one or more transformers or banks of transformers, provided each transformer or
transformer bank has separate overcurrent protection.
If operating conditions are such that the customer owned disconnecting means cannot be opened conve-
niently when necessary to isolate an individual transformer or transformer bank, the Electrical Safety Authority
recommends each transformer or bank of transformers be provided with its own group operated disconnect-
ing means in accordance with Rule 36-204.
Diagram B1 TypicaI outdoor substation
36-11-4
Page 2 of 2
Note: Rule 36-006(3) requires a warning sign at each fuse location, adjacent to disconnecting type power
fuses warning operators not to replace fuses while the supply circuit is energized.
(2) Disconnect switch for poIe mounted transformers
Rule 36-204 contains requirements for overcurrent devices preceded by specifc types of disconnecting
means for each consumers service, operating unit of apparatus, feeder and branch circuit operating at high
voltage.
Where the equipment is a pole mounted transformer(s), such disconnecting means need not be provided
where the supply authority has provided written assurance that it owns the transformers(s)
36-12-2
Page 1 of 4
Bulletin 36-12-2
Loop feeder & ring buss
Rules 36-204, 36-208, 14-414, 14-502 14-506 and 26-250
Issued May 2009
Supersedes bulletin 36-12-1
Scope
(1) Single line diagram
(2) Switch mounting
(a) Blade position
(3) Transformer disconnecting means where there is more than one feeder supplying the transformer
(1) SingIe Iine diagram
Diagram B1 - SingIe Iine diagram for a typicaI instaIIation when the LDC has controI over the Ioop
feeders in a customer owned switchboard. RuIe 36-204 requires the customer owned fuse to be pre-
ceded by a disconnect switch as shown
A B C D E F
Customer owned and
operated service box.
Cubicle C
LDC owned and operated loop
feeders. Customer owned
equipment. LDC locks on
cubicle A & B
Customer owned and operated feeders.
36-12-2
Page 2 of 4
Diagram B2 - Customer owned and operated equipment with Ioop feeders
Diagram B2 depicts customer owned and controlled equipment, therefore a third disconnect switch is not
required. The fuse compartment shall be interlocked with the disconnecting means as required by Rule 36-
208 such that a worker cannot gain access to the fuse compartment until both switches are locked in the open
position. The interlocks prevent workers from entering the fuse compartment until both disconnects are open.
The disconnects may both be closed under normal operation or individually, however both locked out to gain
access to fuses.
(2) Switch mounting
Rule 14-502 (2) requires that switches be mounted such that gravity will not tend to close them. CSA standard
C22.2 No 31 (clause 4.6.3) permits the switch to be mounted such that gravity will tend to close the switch
provided latches or equivalent means are provided to prevent accidental closure. Switches approved to this
requirement are acceptable.
(a) Blade position
Rule 14-506 states that switch blades are to be dead when in the open position; the following exceptions are
permitted;
The switchgear is provided for sectionalizing purposes; (Diagram B2) or The switchgear is provided for sectionalizing purposes; (Diagram B2) or
The supply authority requires live blade switching, and the cubicle where this occurs is locked with a utility The supply authority requires live blade switching, and the cubicle where this occurs is locked with a utility
lock. (Diagram B1)
A B C
Customer owned and operated equipment with Ioop feeders. The customer has care
and controI over the disconnect switches. Customer Iocks are instaIIed on CubicIe A
& B.
K2 K1,2 K1
Feed to transformer or
other customer Ioads
36-12-2
Page 3 of 4
(3) Transformer disconnecting means where there is more than one feeder suppIying
the transformer
Rule 26-250 states that a disconnecting means shall be installed in the primary circuit of each power and
distribution transformer.
There have been some feld issues raised regarding the requirement for a ,single disconnect in the primary
circuit of a power and distribution transformer where there is more than one feeder supplying the transformer.
In order to alleviate some of the confusion, the following is the direction when applying Rule 26-250 where
there is more than one supply to a transformer.
Section 0 of the code defnes disconnecting means as a device or a group of devices whereby the conduc-
tors of a circuit can be disconnected from their source of supply.
Rule 14-414(1) states that if electrical equipment is supplied by two or more different transformers or other
different sources of voltage, then:
(a) A single disconnecting means which will effectively isolate all ungrounded conductors supplying the
equipment shall be provided integral with or adjacent to the equipment; or
(b) Each supply circuit shall be provided with a disconnecting means integral with or adjacent to the equip-
ment, and the disconnecting means shall be grouped together.
Subrule (3) states where multiple disconnecting means as in Subrule (1)(b) are provided, suitable warning
signs shall be placed on or adjacent to each disconnecting means to the effect that all of the disconnecting
means must be opened to ensure complete de-energization of the equipment.
If multiple disconnecting means are installed for multiple supplies to a single transformer, then the following
conditions shall be met; Diagram B3.
The disconnecting means shall be Kirk Key interlocked with the Fuse compartment (Rule 36-208) and; The disconnecting means shall be Kirk Key interlocked with the Fuse compartment (Rule 36-208) and;
Only one supply shall be capable of being energized at any one time, except where two or more sepa- Only one supply shall be capable of being energized at any one time, except where two or more sepa-
rately derived circuits are installed and designed to be connected in parallel during switching operations.
(Rules 6-106, 14-612)
Where multiple disconnecting means are provided, suitable warning signs shall be placed on or adjacent Where multiple disconnecting means are provided, suitable warning signs shall be placed on or adjacent
to each disconnecting means to the effect that all of the disconnecting means must be opened to ensure
complete de-energization of the equipment (Rule 14-416).
36-12-2
Page 4 of 4
Diagram B3: MuItipIe disconnecting means for a transformer
MH-60 MH-12
3-1C*500 MCM-72M 3-1C*500 MCM-48M
Outdoor Compound
14-414 Two Sources
4.5kV
MCOV
Key Interlock to
Open Fuse
K1/K2/K3
26-250
Disconnecting means
for Transformer
Oil Imersed
4.5kV
MCOV
36-309 Interlocking
of Fuse
5000kVA
4160V-
208/120V
3 Ph, 4W
Z=4.3%
36-15-4
Page 1 of 4
Bulletin 36-15-4
High voItage equipment standards /Transformer cooIing
fan/ Transformer designations
Rules 36-110, 2-024 and 26-010
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Standards used for high voltage equipment
(2) Outdoor transformer cooling fans
(3) Temper resistant transformer cooling fans
(4) Transformer designations
(1) Standard used for high voItage equipment
Background
Questions have arisen regarding approval of, and standards used for high voltage equipment. Depending on
the type of equipment, high voltage equipment must be certifed or built to a recognized standard.
Direction
Table B1 details the appropriate CSA standards to be used for high voltage transformers and enclosed switch-
gear.
Oil flled distribution transformers are also built to EEE and ANS standards, which are also acceptable for
use in Ontario.
TabIe B1: CSA Standards used for high voItage equipment
High Voltage Equipment Application Equipment Standard
Oil/Liquid Filled Power Transformer Outdoors within a fenced in station,
or
Indoors within a vault
Built to CAN/CSA C88
Oil/Liquid Filled Distribution Trans-
former (Up to 3MVA) ONAN only
Outdoors within a fenced in station,
or
Indoors within a vault
Built to CAN/CSA C2
Oil/Liquid Filled Distribution Trans-
former (Up to 3MVA) LNAN only
Outdoors within a fenced in station,
or
Indoors within a vault, or
Equipment room
Built to CAN/CSA C2
Single Phase Tamper Resistant Pad
Mount Transformer (Up to 27.6/16.8
kV) (Up to 167 KVA)
Outdoors
Note: no fence required
Built to CAN/CSA C227.3
Three Phase Tamper Resistant Pad
Mount Transformer (Up to 27.6 kV)
(Up to 2500 KVA)
Outdoors
Built to CAN/CSA C227.4
Oil/Liquid Filled Tamper Resistant
Pad Mount Transformer
ONAN and LNAN only
Outdoors
Built to CAN/CSA C88, and
Built to the tamper resistant
requirements in C227.4
36-15-4
Page 2 of 4
Air Cooled Distribution Transformer
(Dry Type) (Up to 46 kV)
Indoors or Outdoors Certifed to C22.2 NO.47
Enclosed Switchgear up to 46kV Indoors or Outdoors within a fenced
station
Certifed to C22.2 NO.3
Enclosed Switchgear up to 46kV Outdoors Certifed to C22.2 NO.31
(Tamper resistant Design)
I EEE Standards for High Voltage Equipment
C57.12.00 -
IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers.
C57.12.10 -
Safety Requirements 230 kV and Below 833/958 Through 8333/10417 kVA, Single-Phase, and 750/862
Through 60000/80000/100000kVA, Three-Phase Without Load Tap Changing; and 3750/4687 Through
60000/80000/100000 kVA with Load Tap Changing.
C57.12.22 -
Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers with High Voltage
Bushings, 2500 kVA and Smaller: High Voltage, 34500GrdY/19920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 480 Volts
and Below - Requirements.
C57.12.28 -
Pad-Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity.
C57.12.70-
American National Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers.
C57.12.80 -
IEEE Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers.
C57.12.90 -
IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers and IEEE
Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers.
C57.92 -
Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-mmersed Power Transformers Up to and including 100 MVA with 65C or
55C Average Winding Rise.
Tamper resistant means, in any normal operating condition, contact with live parts cannot be made either
directly or by means of any conductive material, with or without the use of such common tools as might be
accessible to children. It does not imply proof against any deliberate actions of adults or children
Note: All tamper resistant equipment must meet the general principals of Standard CAN/CSA C227 or IEEE
C57.12.28 including the following:
1. All gauges, valves, primary and secondary terminations, tap changers, oil pressure relief vents
etc. shall be contained within the transformer enclosure.
2. All access doors shall hinged and be capable of being lock with a single lock.
36-15-4
Page 3 of 4
3. All access doors shall have no exposed bolts or nuts, and have a minimum of two penta bolts
complete with sleeves as detailed in Clause 5.2.1.2 and Figure 7 of CAN/CSA C227.4
4. Equipment shall have no external means of operation of switching equipment nor shall it have an
external glass viewing window.
There shall be no exposed screws, bolts, or other fastening devices that are externally removable, except for
any auxiliary fastening device that may be specifed by the purchaser. There shall be no openings through
which foreign objects such as sticks, rods, or wire may be inserted to contact live parts.
(2) Outdoor transformer cooIing fans
Direction
Cooling fans installed on outdoor transformers shall be installed:
1. within a fenced in station; or
2. as part of a tamper resistant transformer supplying an industrial establishment in a area zoned
industrial.
Note: Fan packages can only be installed on tamper resistant transformers in a low pedestrian traffc indu-
strial area. Fan packages are not to be installed on tamper resistant transformers located in commercial or
residential areas.
(3) Tamper resistant transformer cooIing fans
Direction
Tamper resistant transformer cooling fans shall be provided with:
1. a totally enclosed fan motors; and
2. fan blades suitably guarded with openings no larger than 12.7 mm wide; and
3. wiring to the fan motor,
a. installed in rigid metal conduit with metallic liquid-tight fexible conduit or Teck cable no
longer than required to connect the motors, with heat shrink tubing installed over all ft-
tings, and
b. stainless steel torx screws used on all junction box covers to prevent access to cable
connections, and
c. supplied from a circuit or common breaker that when de-energized will be easily recog-
nized such as a lighting circuit; and
4. a visible or audible alarm, or both, located in the facilitys electrical room to alert personnel of a
possible fan failure;
a. clearly identifed to indicate any overheating of the transformer, and
b. with a manual reset.
5. If the fan control box is located at the transformer and contains fuses for protection of the indi-
vidual fans, then the fuse holders shall be of the disconnecting type and be of touch or fnger safe
design in accordance with Rule 14-402.
6. Local motor disconnecting means located within sight of and within 9 m of the controller and the
fan motors is neither required nor preferred provided Rule 28-604(1)(b)(ii) is complied with.
Used high voltage transformers shall bear the markings as may be necessary to identify the equipment, and
require ratio, polarity, megger, oil dielectric, oil analysis and insulation resistance tests.
36-15-4
Page 4 of 4
(4) Transformer designations
ONAN Oil-flled natural cooling
ONWF Oil-flled water cooling
ONAF Oil-flled forced-air cooling
OFWF Oil-flled forced-oil water cooling
OFAF Oil-flled forced-oil forced-air cooling
ODAF Oil-flled forced-direct oil force-air cooling
OFAN Oil-flled forced-oil natural cooling
LNAN Flame-retardant liquid-flled natural cooling
LNWF Flame-retardant liquid-flled water cooling
LNAR Flame-retardant liquid-flled forced-air cooling
LFWF Flame-retardant liquid-flled forced-liquid water cooling
LFAF Flame-retardant liquid-flled forced-liquid forced-air cooling
LFAN Flame-retardant liquid-flled force-liquid natural cooling
36-16-1
Page 1 of 1
Bulletin 36-16-1
CabIe InsuIation (VoItage) Ratings
Rule 36-100
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Use of 100% or 133% cable insulation ratings
(2) Accepting 35 KV insulated power cables on 27.6 KV Ungrounded systems
(3) Cable insulation for power cables on the 44 KV system
Background
A number of questions have arisen concerning the application of Cable insulation (Voltage) ratings
(1) Use of 100% or 133% cabIe insuIation ratings
The 100% voltage rated cables are applicable to grounded systems provided with protection that will clear
ground faults within 1 minute. 133% rated cables are required on ungrounded systems provided with protec-
tion that will clear the fault within 1 hour. (see Clause 11.4.1 in IEEE Std 141)
(2) Accepting 35 KV insuIated power cabIes on 27.6 KV Ungrounded systems
CAN/CSA -C68.3 Shielded Concentric Neutral Power Cables Rated 5-46 KV recognizes the use of 35 KV
rated cables on 27KV ungrounded systems. This offers contractors another certifed cable. (See Table 4 of
CSA-C68.3)
(3) CabIe insuIation for power cabIes on the 44 KV system
The 44KV system is an effectively grounded 3 wire system, even though there is no neutral conductor. Thus
the 44 KV system permits the use 100% insulation (voltage) rated cable.
36-17-2
Page 1 of 2
Bulletin 36-17-2
Disconnecting mean and overcurrent protection for customer-owned high voItage
installations
Rules 36-000 and 36-204
Issued May 2009
The Local Distribution Company must be consulted in all cases where a customer wishes to connect to their
high voltage system. In addition to meeting all requirements of the Local Distribution Company for connec-
tion, the requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code must also be met. In some cases this has cre-
ated confusion for the customer, and it is recommended that both the Local Distribution Company and Electri-
cal Safety Authority be consulted during the early planning stages of each project to ensure all requirements
can be met. [Rule 36-000(2)]
Rule 36-204 requires customer-owned overcurrent protection and visible isolation ahead of any privately
owned lines, stations, etc. This shall be in the form of circuit breakers or fuses and handle-operated switches
with gradient mats for the operator, and these shall be gang-operated for multi-phase applications. Switches
shall be load-interrupting, or air-break switches interlocked to a load-interrupting device.
Rule 36-204 requires the disconnecting means / overcurrent protection to be located at the point of supply
service connection. However, it is often desirable for reasons of safety to have disconnecting means located
at the station and/or transformer especially if they are at some distance from the supply connection point.
Compliance with the rule in these situations would necessitate installation of two disconnecting means, one at
the supply connection point and one at the station or transformer.
Recognizing that where the station or transformer is located in close proximity to the supply connection point
it is not reasonable to install two disconnecting means in close proximity to each other, the following devia-
tions to the rule shall be permitted:
Permitted Deviations to Rule 36-204
Overhead Installations Underground Installations
If the conductor length between the supply connec-
tion point and the customers station or transformer
does not exceed 200 m, then the disconnecting
means and overcurrent protection shall be per-
mitted to be located at the customers station or
transformer.
If the conductor is completely underground without
maintenance access holes from the base of the dip
pole at the supply connection point to the custom-
ers equipment, then the disconnecting means
and overcurrent protection shall be permitted to be
located at the customers station or transformer.
Utility owned transformer(s) as detailed in Bulletins
36-6-* and 36-11-*
Utility owned transformer(s) as detailed in Bulletins
36-6-* and 36-11-*
If the only change to an existing station is to replace
a transformer or increase transformer capacity, then
no change in location or additional disconnecting
means and overcurrent protection shall be required.
If the only change to an existing station is to replace
a transformer or increase transformer capacity, then
no change in location or additional disconnecting
means and overcurrent protection shall be required.
36-17-2
Page 2 of 2
Note:
The supply connection point is defned as the point of connection between the supply service and the
consumer's service. Service, consumers and Service, supply are defned in Section 0 of the Ontario
Electrical Safety Code.
Agreements with the Local Distribution Company are required before installing any equipment such as
customer owned cables and lightning arresters, on Local Distribution Company dip poles.
Paragraph 36-006 (5)(c) states: Where metal enclosed switchgear is installed and panels or doors give
access to parts that can only be de-energized and visibly isolated by the Local Distribution Company, the
warning shall add that access is limited to the Local Distribution Company or following an authorization of
the Local Distribution Company.
46-1-5
Bulletin 46-1-5
Emergency Iighting unit equipment
Rules 46-304
Issued May 2009
The Ontario Building Code prescribes when and where emergency lighting is to be installed. The Ontario
Electrical Safety Code contains the wiring requirements for such equipment in Section 46.
Rule 46-304(4) states that unit equipment shall be installed in such a manner that it will be automatically actu-
ated upon failure of the power supply to the normal lighting in the area covered by that unit equipment.
This is not always practical in areas such as large retail areas, a gymnasium in a school, or a manufacturing
area in a factory. In these areas there are usually multiple lighting branch circuits and if one or more of the cir-
cuits failed, the light levels from the remaining circuits should still be high enough to permit persons to safely
exit the area.
In large areas with multiple lighting branch circuits such as those described above, it shall be acceptable to
supply emergency lighting unit equipment from the panel board that supplies the branch circuits in that area
such that the unit equipment will be automatically actuated upon failure of the power supply to that panel
board.
In smaller rooms or areas served by a single lighting branch circuit, the emergency lighting unit equipment
shall be supplied by the branch circuit supplying that lighting such that the unit equipment will be automatically
actuated by failure of the power supply to that lighting.
Page 1 of 1
46-4-2
Page 1 of 5
Bulletin 46-4-2
Emergency power suppIy wiring and overcurrent protection
Rules 12-1100 to 12-1220, 14-418, 46-000, 46-108 and 46-206
Issued April 2010
Scope
(1) Method of wiring for Emergency Power
(2) Method of wiring for Emergency Power using non-metallic conduits
(3) Overcurrent protection of emergency power supply system
(1) Method of wiring for Emergency Power
Background
As per Rule 46-000, Section 46 applies to the installation, operation and maintenance of emergency power
supply and unit equipment intended to provide power to life safety systems. It applies also to the wiring be-
tween the emergency power supply and the life safety systems.
Life Safety Systems are defined under Rule 46-002 and are the loads that are required to be provided with
an emergency power supply by the Ontario Building Code. (Refer to Articles 3.2.7.4, through 3.2.7.10 and
3.2.8.10 of the Ontario Building Code) Generally, these loads are important for public safety and their opera-
tion is crucial for the safe evacuation of the public under a fire or emergency situation. The Ontario Building
Code mandates the type of the emergency power supply, either generator or batteries, and the duration of
time that these loads need to be operational.
Examples of life safety loads are: emergency lighting needed for egress routes and exits, exit signs, fire alarm
systems, elevators, smoke-venting fans, and fire pumps.
Rule 46-202 lists two types of emergency power supply; storage batteries of the rechargeable type or a gen-
erator conforming to CAN/CSA-C282.
In buildings where a generator is used as the emergency power source, Subrule 46-108(5) requires that the
distribution of power from the emergency power source to the life safety loads be separated from all other wir-
ing feeding loads not defned as life safety loads.
As illustrated in the Appendix B diagram this rule mandates a separate transfer switch and separate distribu-
tion for life safety loads. Subrule 46-108(5) does not permit conductors feeding life safety loads to share the
same raceway or the same distribution equipment with conductors feeding other electrical equipment not
defned as life safety loads that are fed from the emergency power supply. The only exception that the rule
permits is for connection to a common emergency supply source, i.e. the common emergency generator.
Therefore, it is only permitted to have one common bus to connect to the common main overcurrent device of
the generator described under Rule 46-206; refer to Figure B1. Power from the emergency source is required
to be separated at the fst point of distribution to feed the different categories of the emergency loads. Note
that transfer switches are not included in the exception provided under Subrule 46-108(5)
46-4-2
Page 2 of 5
Figure B1 Common Emergency power supply
Any renovations to existing emergency branch circuits or any addition of new emergency branch circuits to
an existing emergency distribution shall be permitted (provided there is the capacity to do so) without requir-
ing upgrading the emergency distribution to comply with Subrule 46-108(5). If a feeder is installed from an
existing emergency distribution to a new emergency sub-distribution, then the new feeder and sub-distribution
shall meet the requirements of Subrule 46-108(5). Refer to Figure B2.
46-4-2
Page 3 of 5
Figure B2 Addition or renovation to existing emergency distribution systems
Transfer switch for
equipment not
defined by Rule
46-002 as life
safety system
Fire pump transfer
switch as
described in Rules
32-206(4) and 32-
208
Transfer switch for
life safety
system as
defined in Rule
46-002
Existing Emergency
Generator Conforming
to CSA C282
Existing Emergency Loads New Feeder to New
Building or Addition
EXISTING BUILDING
NEW BUILDING OR ADDITION

For installations having more than one building and the emergency loads are supplied by one generator, one
emergency feeder is to be provided for each building and the emergency distribution in each building shall
meet the requirements of Subrule 46-108(5). Refer to Figure B3
46-4-2
Page 4 of 5
Figure B3 - Emergency power supply from one building to multiple buildings
Question:
Does the emergency main distribution boards located in Building 1,2 or 3, fed from an emergency generator
in another building (Generator Room, as shown in figure B3 above) require a single disconnecting means
ahead of each as per Rule 14-418?
Answer:
No.
Rationale:
Subrule 14-418(1)(c) requires a single disconnecting means to be either integral with or adjacent to the distri-
bution equipment within each building when fed from another building. Subrule 14-418(2) exempts emergency
system circuits from this requirement.
Emergency Generator
Conforming to CSA C282
GENERATO
ROOM
BUILDING 1 BUILDING 2 BUILDING 3
A - Transfer switch for equipment not defned by Rule 46-002 as life safety system
B - Fire pump transfer switch as described in Rules 32-206(4) and 32-208
C - Transfer switch for life safety system as defned in Rule 46-002
A A A B B B C C C
* *
* * *
* * * * * *
*
*
46-4-2
(2) Method of wiring for Emergency Power using non-metaIIic conduits
OESC Rule 46-108(2)(c) requires that emergency power conductors (i.e. conductors described in Subrule 46-
108 (1)) be embedded in 50 mm of poured concrete or masonry if installed in non-metallic conduit.
The specifc restriction on use of non-metallic conduits for emergency power system installations was to
ensure operation of these systems under emergency conditions. However, complying with the above rule cre-
ated issues in the feld where conductors had to be installed in rigid non-metallic conduit to avoid moisture or
corrosion problems.
A proposal to accept emergency power conductors installed in rigid non-metallic conduit without concrete
encasement has been submitted to CE Code Part 1, along with the industry submitted information to support
the fact that metallic raceways do not provide better fre protection than non-metallic raceways.
Direction: n Ontario, as of January 2010, in support industry requirements, ESA will accept rigid non-metallic
conduit installed as per Rules 12-1100 to 12-1220, as a wiring method that meets Rule 46-108 requirements.
(3) Overcurrent protection of emergency power suppIy system
Given the critical role of emergency systems, it is essential to ensure the continuity of power from the emer-
gency power supply to the life safety loads.
Subrule 46-206(1) requires that the main overcurrent device protecting the emergency power supply be se-
lectively coordinated with the overcurrent devices of feeders supplying life safety systems and other electrical
equipment connected to the emergency power supply. Suffcient selective tripping shall be provided to ensure
that a fault in any circuit downstream of the main emergency bus shall not result in a loss of generator power
to the main emergency bus. Also, any fault in any circuit downstream from the main feeder breaker for the life
safety distribution shall not result in tripping that breaker. Referring to Figures B1, B2, and B3, operation of
any of the breakers downstream from the breakers marked with an asterisk (*) shall not affect the upstream
overcurrent device.
The main overcurrent device for the emergency power supply shall not be part of a series rated combination
as defned by Rule 14-014. n addition, referring to Figures B1, B2, and B3, any of the breakers marked with
an asterisk (*) shall not be part of a series rated combination.
In addition to the above requirements, it is recommended that all branch circuit overcurrent devices for life
safety loads be selectively coordinated with upstream overcurrent devices to ensure the continuity of the
emergency power supply to life safety loads.
If ground fault protection is required by Rule 14-102 at the main breaker of the emergency power supply,
then additional ground fault protection shall be provided at the feeder breaker for the life safety loads and at
the feeder breaker for non-life safety loads and both shall be selectively coordinated with the main breaker
to ensure continuity of the emergency power supply. Rule 32-212 does not permit ground fault protection to
be installed on the fre pump feeder breaker from the emergency power supply. See Bulletin 32-5-* for further
information.
The overcurrent devices for life safety loads shall be accessible only to authorized personnel in order to mini-
mize the possibility of inadvertent disconnection, as required by Subrule 46-206(2).
Page 5 of 5
50-1-1
Bulletin 50-1-1
InstaIIation of SoIar PhotovoItaic Systems
Section 50; RuIes: 84-020, 84-024, 84-030; TabIes 11 and 19
Issued May 2011
Scope
(1) Introduction
(2) Wiring methods within a photovoltaic array
(a) Acceptable wiring methods within a photovoltaic array
(b) PV wire or cable approved to UL standard UL 4703
(c) Combiner box
(d) Cable support
(e) Attachment plugs
(3) Single-line diagram and labels
(a) Single-line diagram of the interconnected renewable system
(b) Labels
(4) Voltage rating of photovoltaic circuit
(5) Electricity meters
(a) Neutral connection for electricity meters
(b) Generator metering connection
(c) Tapping to the load side of the service box for a parallel metering connection
(6) AC modules and micro-inverters
(a) Disconnecting means
(b) Overcurrent protection
(c) Marking of photovoltaic circuit
(1) Introduction
With the introduction of the Green Energy Act and Feed in Tariff (FIT) program that was launched in Ontario,
many renewable energy projects are under development. Electrical contractors and PV installers have asked
questions and raised some issues that are addressed in this Bulletin.
In addition to this Bulletin, the following documents provide additional information on the installation of solar
photovoltaic systems:
ESA SPEC-004 Electrical Guidelines for nverter-Based Micro Generation Facilities
ESA SPEC- 005 Process Guideline for the nstallation of Parallel Generating Systems
(10kW or Greater)
Bulletin 50-2-* Grounding and Bonding of Solar Photovoltaic Systems
Bulletin 84-1-* nterconnection of Electric Power Production Sources
2) Wiring methods within an array
(a) AcceptabIe wiring methods within a photovoItaic array
Acceptable wiring methods for use within a photovoltaic array are:
Flexible cords for extra-hard usage as per Rule 50-014 requirements;
Page 1 of 8
50-1-1
Conductors approved for exposed installations where subject to the weather as listed in Table 19.
Although not listed in Table 19, type RWU conductors shall also be permitted.
PV wire or cable approved to UL standard UL 4703
(b) PV wire or cabIe approved to UL standards
Direction 1
In Ontario, in addition to cables permitted by OESC, PV cables approved to UL Standard, UL 4703 Outline of
Investigation for Photovoltaic Wire is an acceptable wiring method within a PV array.
PV cables approved to UL Standard UL 4703 have the following characteristics:
Voltage Rating: 600 V, 1000 V and 2000 V
Temperature Rating: 90C wet and 90, 105, 125 or 150C dry
Number of conductors: single, insulated, stranded copper conductor, size 18 4/0 AWG
Sunlight resistant and marked as Sunlight Resistant or Sun Res.
Marked as PV Wire, PV cable, Photovoltaic Wire or Photovoltaic Cable.
.
Rationale
PV cables certifed to UL Standard UL 4703 are designed for rooftops tough environments, often subject
to snow, ice and scorching heat. Cables marked as PV Wire, PV cable, Photovoltaic Wire or Photovoltaic
Cable have 30C higher temperature rating compared with extra-hard usage outdoor fexible cords and with
the option to even withstand 150C. There is no equivalent Canadian standard for PV cables. The Photo B1
shows typical construction details for PV cable.
Photo B1 - TypicaI construction detaiIs for PV cabIe
(c) Combiner box
Appendix B note to Rule 50-002 shows the diagram of a typical solar photovoltaic system and a device
referenced as a combiner box. ESA SPEC 004 defnes a combiner box as A box used in solar installations
to combine the multiple photovoltaic arrays to produce one circuit. It often contains generator overcurrent
devices.
Page 2 of 8
50-1-1
The combiner box is permitted to be installed on the roof and it is preferred to be as close as possible to the
PV modules forming an array. The purpose of the combiner box is to group the wiring from the array into one
cable run to the inverter, which refects the logic to have the combiner box as close as possible to the array
(on the roof), as per the Photo B2.
Direction 2
Wiring methods specifed above (subject (2)(a) of this Bulletin) are acceptable for interconnecting PV modules
within array. Therefore, if the combiner box is located outside of a building or a structure and within 1 m from
the physical edge of the PV modules, acceptable wiring methods within array shall be permitted to be extend-
ed to the combiner box. Where a combiner box is not located within 1 m of PV modules or where conductors
are run inside the building or a structure, wiring methods specifed in Section 12 are required.
Photo B2 -Combiner box
(d) CabIe support
Cables and conduit shall be properly supported and shall not lie loosely on the roofng material. Notwithstand-
ing Rule 12-206 requirements for open wiring support, acceptable supporting means are considered to be
straps or other devices located within 300 mm of every box or ftting and at intervals of not more than 1.5 m
throughout the run. This requirement is similar to supporting requirements for non-metallic-sheathed cable as
defned by Rule 12-510(1). Photo B3 is an example of unacceptable cable support.
Photo B3 -UnacceptabIe cabIe support
(e) Attachment pIugs
As per Rule 50-016, the plug-in connectors are required to be of the locking type and be rated for the voltage
Page 3 of 8
50-1-1
Page 4 of 8
and current of the circuit in which they are installed. Photo B4 shows an example of a connector that meets
Rule 50-016(d) requirement. Locking connectors required by Rule 50-016(d) do not need a tool to unlock.
They shall incorporate a suitable latching mechanism between the mated pair.
Attachment plugs may not be rated for interrupting the current and be marked with a warning indicating that
disconnection under no load is necessary. In this case, the modules must be disabled before disconnecting
the connectors.
Photo B4 - ExampIe of a PV wire connector
(3) SingIe-Iine diagram and IabeIs
(a) SingIe-Iine diagram of the interconnected renewabIe system
Question 1
Does Diagram B1 meet the requirements of Rule 84-030(2) for the single-line diagram of the interconnected
system that is located at the supply authority disconnect switch?
Diagram B1 - TypicaI singIe-Iine diagram of the interconnected system with
paraIIeI meter connection
Answer 1
Yes, this meets the minimum single-line diagram requirements of Rule 84-030(2).
Note: The system ratings required by Rule 50-004 are not required to be displayed at the supply authority
disconnect or on the single-line diagram. The label required by Rule 50-004 shall be posted at the generator
(Source) disconnecting means.
(b) LabeIs
Question 2
What Codes or Standards provide requirements for labels, e.g. DG SOURCE DSCONNECT,
50-1-1
Page 5 of 8
UTLTYNTERCONNECTED, DG SYSTEM DSCONNECT WARNNG TWO POWER SOURCES?
Does the code require specifc wording?
Answer 2
Rules 2-100 and 84-024 require the labels. However, the rules do not specify the specifc wording. The word-
ing provided in ESA SPEC-004 can be used as an example.
The following markings are applicable CSA Part 2 standards requirements and can be used as guidance:
CSA Standard C22.2 No. 257 defnes Distributed generation (DG) as an electric generation facilities
connected to a distribution system through the point of common coupling. In Annex B of Standard C22.2
No. 257 that is informative shows similar labels as in ESA SPEC-004, i.e. DG - source disconnect
means.
CSA Standard C22.2 No. 107.1, Clause 15.4.1.1 requires When the unit complies with Clause 15, it shall
be marked: UTILITY - INTERCONNECTED, or the equivalent, and Clause 15.4.1.3 specifes: A utility-
interconnected inverter shall be marked: WARNING - POWER FED FROM MORE THAN ONE SOURCE,
or the equivalent.
Question 3
What is considered acceptable for exterior, weatherproof labels required by Section 84? Does the code
specify letters' size?
Answer 3
The Code does not provide specifc requirements; the labels need to be able to withstand the elements, be
permanent and legible, for example: lamacoid, engraved metal plate, or equivalent. Additionally, the label has
to satisfy the local supply authority requirements.
(4) VoItage rating of photovoItaic circuit
The information about the application of Rule 50-006 and determination of the maximum open circuit voltage
for photovoltaic source and output circuits is relocated in Bulletin 50-3-*.
(5) EIectricity meters
(a) NeutraI connection for eIectricity meters
Question 4
For a parallel metering connection, where the generation meter is on the supply side of the service discon-
necting means, do all 4-jaw revenue meters require a neutral conductor to be terminated in the meter base?
Answer 4
No. According to Rule 10-624(2), the grounded conductor on the supply side of the service disconnecting
means is permitted to be used as a bonding conductor for the revenue meter device. In this case the ground-
ed conductor is required to be bonded to the meter mounting device. However, when the grounded conductor
is not used as a bonding conductor for the revenue meter device, the grounded conductor can be run through
the meter base without being terminated and a separate bonding conductor shall be provided between the
service and the meter.
50-1-1
Page 6 of 8
(b) Generator metering connection
Direction 3
The requirement in the ESA SPEC-004 is to always have the Line side of the metering cabinet connected to g
the utility and the Load side connected to the customer y to ensure consistency and safety, as per Diagram B2. r
Diagram B2 - Generation meter connection
Rationale
When pulling a meter, the standard practice is that the Load side of the metering cabinet will be de-energized
and caution is taken around the Line side as it maybe energized. The ESA guideline is consistent with the
Ontario Power Authority's (OPA's) microFT Contract which requires bi-directional metering for the generator
facility.
(c) Tapping to the Ioad side of the service box for a paraIIeI metering connection
Question 5
In installations where the existing customer load meter is downstream of the main service disconnect, does
the code permit tapping to the load side lugs of the service disconnect for a FIT or microFIT installation with a
parallel metering confguration, as per attached Diagram B3?
Diagram B3 - Tapping to the to the Ioad side Iugs of the service disconnect
50-1-1
Answer 5
Yes; According to Bulletin 6-7-*, maximum one tap is permitted per service box. Therefore, the generator
meter in a parallel confguration is allowed to be connected to the load side lugs of service disconnect and be
terminated in accordance with Bulletin 6-7-*.
(6) AC moduIes and micro-inverters
Rule 50-002 defnes AC module as a complete, environmentally protected assembly of interconnected solar
cells, inverter, and other components designed to generate ac power. AC modules are designed to generate
AC power when exposed to sunlight and do not have accessible, feld installed DC wiring (as shown in the
Photo B5).
(a) Disconnecting means
For AC modules where the inverter is an integral part of the generator (as shown on Photo B5), and the
combined unit is approved, there is no requirement for a disconnecting means as required by Rule 50-012(1).
However, if any other electric power production source is interconnected with an AC module, the disconnect-
ing means in accordance with Rule 84-020 is required for all production sources.
Photo B5 - AC moduIe where the inverter is an integraI part of the generator
For Micro-inverters, inverters plugged into the photovoltaic panels (as shown on Photo B6), no additional
disconnect switch is required
Photo B6 -Micro-inverter
Page 7 of 8
50-1-1
Page 8 of 8
(b) Overcurrent protection
The output circuits of AC modules shall have overcurrent protection according to Rule 50-010 requirements
(c) Marking of photovoItaic circuit
Question 6
Does the OESC require marking of PV system with AC modules when interconnecting to the supply authority?
Answer 6
Yes. Although requirements of Rule 50-004 for marking of photovoltaic output circuit at generator disconnect-
ing means are not applicable to AC modules, according to Rule 2-100, PV installations utilizing AC modules
connected to the supply authority shall be marked to identify PV system rating and suitability for the particular
installation.
Question 7
What is the required marking for PV system with AC modules?
Answer 7
According to Rule 2-100 and the intent of Rule 50-004, the required marking for PV installations utilizing AC
modules connected to the supply authority are:
rated AC output current
nominal operating AC voltage
Question 8
Where is the marking for PV system with AC modules required to be located?
Answer 8
The required marking for PV installations utilizing AC modules connected to the supply authority shall be lo-
cated at the supply authority disconnect; or be included in the single-line diagram required by Rule 84-030(2).
50-2-2
Bulletin 50-2-2
Grounding and bonding of soIar photovoItaic systems
RuIes: 10-102, 10-204,10-208, 10-400, 10-702, 10-808, 10-814, TabIes 16 and 17
Issued January 2011
Scope
(1) Introduction
(2) Grounding of solar photovoltaic sources, DC grounding
(a) Grounding of AC modules
(3) Grounding of solar photovoltaic system output, AC grounding
(a) Grounding of solar photovoltaic systems located remotely from the utility interface switch
(4) Ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source
(5) Bonding
(1) Introduction
Background:
Solar photovoltaic systems are often installed on the roofs of the buildings.
Most have aluminum frames and exposed conductors.
In urban areas, they may be installed near transmission lines.
Many of the utility-interactive solar photovoltaic systems operate up to 600 Vdc. These voltages are much
higher than the normal AC voltages in homes and smaller commercial buildings
DC grounding is provided in order to:
protect from shock and fre hazards due to generated energy
limit the DC voltage under the fault condition
minimize the future problems considering the life expectancy of photovoltaic modules and conductors and
their exposure to the harsh environment for many years
(2) Grounding of soIar photovoItaic sources, DC grounding
The following are examples of Code compliant photovoltaic system grounding scenarios. The following dia-
grams represent illustrations of solar photovoltaic system grounding concepts only and are not intended to
provide the wiring instructions within the equipment.
Example 1, Diagram B1 shows remote PV grid installations e.g. remote ground mount PV tracking
systems. The DC system is grounded to a separate grounding electrode installed at the inverter which
serves as a central point for grounding connections
According to Rule 10-810 requirements, the grounding conductor size for DC systems shall be not less
than that of the largest conductor supplied by the system
If DC and AC grounding electrodes exist at the same building, they shall be interconnected as per Rule
10-702 requirements.
The DC grounding system shall have a single-point connection that connects the DC grounded circuit conduc-
Page 1 of 8
50-2-2
tor (usually negative) to a common grounding point where the DC equipment bonding conductors and the DC
grounding conductor are connected, as per Diagram B1 and B3
Diagram B1 - Grounding of soIar photovoItaic source, ExampIe 1
BT equipment bonding terminal
GND grounding conductor (electrode) terminal
Photo B1 shows an example of an inverter grounding terminal for connection of the DC equipment bonding
conductors and the DC grounding conductor.
Photo B1 - Inverter grounding terminaI
Example 2, Diagram B2; the DC system is grounded to a separate grounding electrode installed at any
point of the photovoltaic output circuit (Diagram B2 shows connection at the combiner box).
Requirements for grounding conductor size and interconnection of DC and AC grounding electrodes (if
both exist at the same building) are the same as in Example 1.
The DC grounding system shall have a single-point connection that connects the DC grounded circuit
conductor (usually negative) to a common grounding point where the DC equipment bonding conductors
and the DC grounding conductor are connected, as per Diagram B2
Page 2 of 8
50-2-2
Example 3, Diagram B3 shows the PV grid installations at the same building as the service equipment;
e.g. PV grid installed on a roof.
The DC grounding conductor and AC grounding conductor are connected to a single grounding electrode.
Requirements for grounding conductor size and single-point grounding are the same as in Example 1.
Most inverters certifed to both UL (UL 1741) and CSA (C22.2 No 107.1) standards are designed to work with
grounded photovoltaic systems and are equipped with DC ground fault protection. Although not required by
the OESC, ESA recommends that DC ground fault protection be used with grounded photovoltaic systems if it
is provided within the inverter.
When the inverter contains a ground fault protection device, caution should be exercised to ensure the DC
grounding is located at the inverter (as per Example 1) in order to utilize the ground fault protection. Any
grounding point installed externally to the inverter (as per Example 2) would bypass the inverter ground fault
protection, which is not recommended.
(a) Grounding of AC moduIes and micro-inverters
Rule 50-002 defnes AC module and Bulletin 50-1-* provides clarifcation for AC module unique installation
requirements.
For AC modules where the inverter is an integral part of the generator (i.e. photovoltaic system) and there is
no accessible DC wiring, there is no requirement or provision for DC grounding.
(3) Grounding of soIar photovoItaic system output, AC grounding
For parallel connection of solar photovoltaic systems, depending on the point of the connection, the utility
disconnecting means may be required to be an approved service box as per Diagrams B4 and B6
Diagram B4 shows the parallel connection of solar photovoltaic systems where the PV system is directly
connected to the supply authority. The utility disconnecting means is required to be an approved service
box. In accordance with Rule 10-204, the utility disconnecting means is required to be grounded as per
Rule 10-106(1) requirements.
Page 3 of 8
50-2-2
The same requirements related to Diagram B4 are applicable where the PV system is indirectly connect-
ed to the supply authority, on the line side of the customer meter.
Diagram B4 -PV system is directIy connected to the suppIy authority
Diagram B5 shows the parallel connection of solar photovoltaic systems where the PV system is indirectly
connected to the supply authority, on the load side of the service box. The utility disconnecting means is
not required to be an approved service box. Rule 10-204(1)(c) requires that no connection between the
grounded circuit conductor and ground, be made on the load side of the service disconnecting means. It
is important not to connect the neutral conductor to the generation meter enclosure in order to eliminate
parallel paths for neutral current. The neutral bonding jumper in the generation meter enclosure shall be
removed or the neutral block shall be isolated from the meter base to prevent unintentional connection.
Bonding from the meter enclosure to the utility disconnecting means as well as to the inverter shall be
maintained
Diagram B5 - PV system is indirectIy connected to the suppIy authority, on the Ioad side of
the service box
Page 4 of 8
50-2-2
Diagram B6 shows the parallel connection of solar photovoltaic systems where the PV system is indirectly
connected to the supply authority, on the line side of the service box. The utility disconnecting means is
required to be an approved service box. In accordance with Rule 10-204, the utility disconnecting means
is required to be grounded as per Rule 10-106(1) requirements. The same requirements of not connecting
the neutral conductor to the generation meter enclosure as clarifed with Diagram 5 are applicable
Diagram B6 - PV system is indirectIy connected to the suppIy authority, on the Iine side of the
service box
Where the utility disconnecting means is required to be an approved service box, to satisfy Rule 10-204 re-
quirements, the utility disconnect service box shall be grounded to:
a new grounding electrode installed for the new service box. The two grounding electrodes (the new and
the existing ) shall be interconnected as per Rule 10-702 requirements (as per Diagram B7); or
the new service box is grounded to the existing grounding electrode (as per Diagram B8)
Diagram B7 - Service box grounded to a new grounding eIectrode
Page 5 of 8
50-2-2
Diagram B8 - Service box grounded to the existing grounding eIectrode
(a) Grounding of soIar photovoItaic systems Iocated remoteIy from the utiIity interface switch
Question 1
For Distributed Generation systems where the generator(s) and inverter(s) are located remotely from the util-
ity interface switch and meter base, is it permitted to re-establish grounding of the identifed (neutral) conduc-
tor at the remote location in accordance with Rule 10-208 (a) in lieu of carrying the circuit bonding conductor
with the circuit conductors?
Answer 1
Yes, it is permitted to re-establish grounding of the identifed (neutral) conductor at the remote location pro-
vided that the identifed (neutral) conductor is routed from utility interface switch (service box) to the remote
location and is grounded in a code compliant manner. Examples of acceptable remote locations where the
grounding is permitted to be re-established:
A disconnect switch that has provisions for grounding of the identifed (neutral) conductor as well as bond-
ing of the neutral block to the switch/device enclosure as per Diagram B9.
An inverter that has a provision for grounding of the identifed (neutral) conductor and termination of the
grounding conductor.
Diagram B9 - Grounding of soIar photovoItaic systems at a disconnect switch
Iocated remoteIy from the utiIity interface switch
Page 6 of 8
50-2-2
Rationale 1
The answer is provided applying Rule 10-208 and considering the remote generation structure as a remote
structure fed from the main building or the pole where the LDC metering and main service box are located.
Rule 10-208 permits the practice for other types of installations where two or more buildings or structures are
fed from a single service, and in fact requires this for buildings housing livestock.
(4) Ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source
When the utility interconnected inverter is designed and certified to work with an ungrounded photovoltaic
power source, the photovoltaic power source (both positive and negative conductors) shall not be grounded.
In Ontario, PV installations with ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source shall meet the following require-
ments:
The disconnect switch required by 50-012 and 84-020 shall be a 2-pole switch to disconnect both un-
grounded conductors (positive and negative);
Overcurrent protection, when required by Rule 50-010 shall be installed in all source conductors (positive
and negative);and
The inverter used with ungrounded PV source supply circuits shall be designed and certifed for the pur-
pose, and should be provided with ground fault protection.
If a ground fault protection is not provided within the inverter, an external GFP device should be pro-
vided.
A requirement for ground fault protection is based on safety hazards that exist with ungrounded systems
when a ground fault occurs. In a case of intermittent ground faults, the system voltage to ground on un-
grounded conductor may rise posing a safety hazard to people who are servicing the system. This condition
may lead to a breakdown of insulation of the unfaulted conductor and the development of multiple ground
faults.
Diagram B10 shows the ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source.
Diagram B10 Ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source
GFP ground fault protection
(5) Bonding
Rule 10-400 requires exposed, non-current-carrying metal parts of fxed equipment to be bonded to ground.
Therefore, non-current-carrying metal parts of PV panels, equipment and conductor enclosures shall be bond-
ed. The bonding conductor shall be sized as per Rule 10-814 and shall be not less than that given in Table 16.
Page 7 of 8
50-2-2
The equipment bonding conductor shall be installed in accordance with Rule 10-808(5) and (6) requirements.
Rule 10-808(5)(b) and (6)(b) requires a bonding conductor smaller than No. 6 AWG copper or No. 4 AWG alu-
minum respectively, to be installed and protected in the same manner as the circuit conductors, or be installed
in a raceway or armoured cable.
In accordance with Rule 50-018 requirements, the connection to a module or panel shall be arranged so that
removal of a module or panel from a photovoltaic source circuit shall not interrupt a bonding conductor to
other photovoltaic source equipment. Photo B2 is an example of non-compliant installation.
There is more than one way to satisfy this rule requirement, e.g. bonding the frame, where the frame is
electrically continuous or connecting the bonding conductor as per Photo B3. Photo B3 shows the bonding
conductor that is continuous through the two bonding clamps so that the panel can be removed without inter-
rupting the continuity of the uncut conductor.
A bonding means for modules shall be installed per the module manufacturer instructions in order to minimize
deterioration from galvanic action that may result from the combination of dissimilar metals as referenced by
Rule 10-602.
Photo B2 - UnacceptabIe bonding conductor connection
Photo B3 - ExampIe of acceptabIe connection of bonding conductor
Page 8 of 8
50-3-0
Bulletin 50-3-0
VoItage rating of a photovoItaic source circuit
Rule 50-006
Issued May 2011
Background
An increasing number of questions and deviation requests have been received from PV installers and elec-
trical contractors about the application of Rule 50-006 to determine the maximum open circuit voltage for a
photovoltaic source circuit and output circuit.
The intent of this bulletin is to introduce a standard (provisional) deviation for using the minimum recorded
temperature for the PV project region and the recommended temperature coeffcient from the PV module
manufacturer in lieu of the 125% factor required by Rule 50-006. There is a code proposal currently consid-
ered to amend Rule 50-006 to recognize the below direction.
Direction
Notwithstanding Rule 50-006, the maximum photovoltaic source and output circuit voltage shall be permitted
to be calculated using the:
a. rated open-circuit voltage of the photovoltaic power source,
b. difference between 25 C and the lowest expected daily minimum temperature, and
c. voltage temperature coeffcient as specifed by the manufacturer.
Rationale
The 125% factor specifed by Rule 50-006 is the temperature adjustment factor. The rating of photovoltaic
modules is based on the standard test conditions (an irradiance of 1000 W/m2 and an ambient temperature
of 25 C). The voltage produced by the module increases with decreasing temperature. The 125% factor is
based on a minimum module temperature of 40 C.
The lowest daily minimum temperature for different locations in Ontario is available from Environment Cana-
da, Canadian Climate Normals
(http://climate.weatheroffce.gc.ca/climate_normals/stnselect_e.html). Using the manufacturers temperature
coeffcient, the maximum photovoltaic source circuit and output circuit voltage may be calculated using the
following formula:
V
MPC
= V
ROC
x (1 + ((T
M
25) x T
K
))
Where:
T
M
Lowest daily minimum temperature (C)
T
K
Temperature coeffcient (% / C) as per the PV module manufacturer data sheet
V
ROC
Rated open-circuit voltage of the photovoltaic power source (V)
V
MPC
Maximum photovoltaic source circuit and output circuit voltage (V)
ExampIe:
A solar photovoltaic system is installed in a geographic location where the lowest daily minimum temperature
(T
M
) is -18 C. According to the manufacturer's data, the temperature coeffcient (T
K
) is -0.25% / C and the
rated open circuit voltage (V
ROC
) is 92 V.
Page 1 of 2
50-3-0
Solution:
Applying Rule 50-006, the V
MPC
= 92 x 125% = 115 V
However, by using the information available from Environment Canada for the lowest daily minimum tempera-
ture and the temperature coeffcient as per the PV module manufacturer data, it is permitted to calculate the
maximum photovoltaic source circuit and output circuit voltage as follows:
V
MPC
= 92 V x (1 + ((-18C 25C) x -0.25% / C))
V
MPC
= 92 V x (1 + (-43 x -0.0025)
V
MPC
= 92 V x 1.1075
V
MPC
= 101.89 V
The maximum photovoltaic source and output circuit voltage shall be used to determine the voltage ratings of
cables, disconnects, overcurrent protection and other equipment in photovoltaic source or output circuits.
Note:
This published deviation is based on the upcoming code change which does NOT recognize any other factors
(other than the above mentioned) to calculate the maximum open circuit voltage for a PV source circuit and
output circuit.
Page 2 of 2
68-7-7
Page 1 of 7
Bulletin 68-7-7
Swimming pooI, hot tub and spa instaIIations
Section 68
Issued May 2011
Scope
(1) Swimming pools - general
(2) Grounding & bonding
(3) Wiring methods
(4) GFCI protection
(5) Emergency stop control for spa or hot tub
(6) Cord connected hydromassage bathtubs
Background
Questions have been asked on applying Section 68 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC). The intent
of this bulletin is to provide answers for the most frequently asked questions to ensure the consistent applica-
tion of the Code.
(1) Swimming pooIs - generaI
Question 1
Does Section 68 apply to in-ground and above-ground pools?
Answer 1
Yes, Section 68 of the OESC applies to both in-ground and above-ground pools. Subrule 68-000(2) lists the
types of pools that are included in the scope of Section 68.
Question 2
Does the OESC permit the installation of extra low voltage landscape lighting systems within 3 m of the edge
of a swimming pool, spa or hot tub?
Answer 2
Yes, provided that the power supply is GFCI protected as required by Rule 68-068 and does not bear the
marking DO NOT MOUNT POWER SUPPLY OR LUMINAIRES WITHIN 3 m OF A SWIMMING POOL OR
SPA. (Rule 2-034).
Rationale 2
C22.2 No. 250.7-07, Extra-low-voltage landscape lighting systems, Clause 6.101.3 Power supply marking and
instructions states A power supply shall be marked in accordance with Table 20.101.1 and shall be provided
with installation instructions in accordance with Table 20.102.1, Items 2.1 to 2.11, as applicable. Item 2.8 in
Table 20.102.1 states DO NOT MOUNT POWER SUPPLY OR LUMINAIRES WITHIN 3 m OF A SWIMMING
POOL OR SPA.
68-7-7
Page 2 of 7
(2) Grounding & bonding
Question 3
Do the bonding requirements of Rule 68-058 apply to above-ground pools as well as in-ground pools?
Answer 3
Yes. Rule 68-058 talks about pools, which includes any of the items in 68-000(2)(a) thru (g).
Question 4
Does the Code require metal parts of the pool and the other non-electrical equipment associated with the pool
to be bonded together and to non-current-carrying metal parts of electrical equipment?
Answer 4
Yes, Rule 68-058(1) requires metal parts of the pool and other non-electrical equipment associated with the
pool (metal piping, pool reinforcing steel, metal ladders, diving board supports, fences, etc.) to be bonded
together and to non-current-carrying metal parts of electrical equipment associated with the pool (e.g. pool
circulating pump) as per Diagram B1. Prior to OESC 2009, metal pool parts were not required to be bonded to
the electrical equipment if there was no electrical equipment within 3 m of the pool.
Diagram B1 - Pool bonding as per Rule 68-058(1) requirements
Question 5
Is a pool bonding conductor specified by Rule 68-058(1) required to be connected to a grounding electrode?
Answer 5
No. A pool bonding conductor specified by Rule 68-058(1) is not required to be connected to a grounding
electrode. The bonding required by Rule 68-058(1) is installed to eliminate voltage gradients in the pool area
and to ensure that all metallic parts described in the rule are at the same electrical potential.
Question 6
Does the installation of new pool equipment or replacement of existing pool equipment (for example: the
installation of heater where there was no heater before, or pump replacement) at an existing pool built prior to
2009 where no pool bonding was previously installed, require bonding of the pool and equipment be brought
into compliance with Rules 68-058(1) of the 2009 Edition of the OESC?
Answer 6
68-7-7
Page 3 of 7
No, provided that the new or replaced equipment is not located within 3 m of the inside wall of the pool or is
suitably separated from the pool by a fence, wall, or other permanent barrier. .
Question 7
What is the minimum size of conductor required for bonding the metal parts of the pool and other non-electri-
cal equipment to the non-current-carrying metal parts of electrical equipment associated with the pool?
Answer 7
Rule 68-058 requires that the minimum size of bonding conductors for pools not be smaller than No. 6 AWG
copper for permanently installed pools and for all in-ground pools. For all other pools, where the bonding con-
ductor is incorporated within a cable assembly or raceway, refer to Table 16.
Question 8
Can the split bolts or ground lugs be aluminum?
Answer 8
No. Any split bolts or ground lugs located underground shall be approved for earth burial. Components lo-
cated outdoors shall be approved as suitable for wet locations.
Rule 2-034 requires approved electrical equipment of a kind or type and rating approved for the specifc pur-
pose for which it is to be employed.
Question 9
At how many points does the pool-reinforcing steel need to be bonded?
Answer 9
Rule 68-058 (2) requires pool-reinforcing steel to be bonded with a minimum of four connections equally
spaced around the perimeter.
Note: A galvanized steel pool shell made up of individual panels securely bolted together need only be
bonded in one location in accordance with Rule 68-058(8).
Question 10
Does the deck-reinforcing steel need to be bonded?
Answer 10
Yes, Rule 68-058 (1) requires deck-reinforcing steel to be bonded together and to other metal parts of the
pool.
Question 11
At what point does a metal fence require bonding?
Answer 11
Rule 68-058 requires metal fences within 1.5 m of the inside walls of the pool to be bonded.
Question 12
Do we need to bond a metallic gas pipe that is located within 1.5 m of the inside walls of the pool?
Answer 12
Yes. The gas pipe shall be bonded as per Rule 68-058 (1).
68-7-7
Page 4 of 7
Question 13
Does Rule 68-058 require bonding of the metal covers of pool drains where the drain body is of non-metallic
material?
Answer 13
No. The cover does not have provision for bonding and it is not practicable to do so. The cover is a minor
metal item not a large item as described in the Rule non-electrical equipment associated with the pool such
as piping, pool reinforcing steel, ladders, diving board supports, and fences. The cover is mounted on non-
conductive material and does not have a reference to remote earth.
(3) Wiring methods
Question 14
s it acceptable to install an NMD-90 conductor in a PVC underground conduit?
Answer 14
No, Rule 12-928 states raceways installed underground or in concrete slabs in direct contact with moist earth
shall comply with Section 22 Rules for Category 1 locations.
Rule 22-200 requires individual conductors and non-metallic sheathed cables in Category 1 areas to be suit-
able for use in wet locations. Non-metallic sheathed cables shall be of the NMW or NMWU type.
NMD-90 non-metallic sheathed cable is suitable for use only in dry or damp locations.
Question 15
Is it acceptable to install an NMD-90 conductor in a surface mounted PVC conduit above grade, such as
along the brick wall of a house?
Answer 15
Yes, PVC raceway installed above grade is considered a dry or damp location.
Note: where a PVC raceway passes through a wall from a warm area to a cold area (interior to exterior of
house) it shall be sealed to prevent condensation in the raceway. Rule 22-302.
Question 16
s a gas pipe permitted to be installed in the same trench as electrical wiring supplying pool equipment?
Answer 16
Yes, provided that the electrical wiring and the gas piping are separated by at least 300 mm (12) horizontally
within the trench. (Rule 12-012 and CSA Standard C22.3 No. 7 for Underground Systems)
Question 17
With an above-ground pool, what is a minimum distance between an underground PVC conduit or cable, and
the pool?
Answer 17
Rule 68-056 applies to above ground, in-ground and other types of pools listed in Rule 68-000(2).
68-7-7
Page 5 of 7
If the PVC raceway/cable is supplying equipment directly related to the pool (pump, lighting, etc) and the
circuit is GFCI protected, there is no minimum separation required.
If a PVC raceway/cable is supplying non-pool related equipment, it must be kept separated from the inside
walls of the pool by the distances specifed in Table 61.
(4) GFCI protection
Question 18
If a pool, spa or hot tub is installed within 3 m of existing electrical equipment, does the equipment require
GFC protection? Examples are outside receptacles, lighting, central air conditioning unit, electrical revenue
meter, etc.
Answer 18
Yes, Rule 68-068 requires electrical equipment that is located within the confnes of the pool walls or within
3 m of the inside walls of the pool to be GFCI protected unless the electrical equipment is suitably separated
from the pool area by a fence, wall, or other permanent barrier.
Question 19
f a pool pump is within 3 m of the pool, does it have to be GFC protected?
Answer 19
Yes, Rule 68-068 requires GFCI protection of the pump that is within 3 m of the inside wall of a pool unless it
is suitably separated from the pool area by a fence, wall, or other permanent barrier.
Note:
If the pump is cord connected to a receptacle of 5-15R or 5-20R configuration, Rule 26-710(n) re-
quires that receptacles of 5-15R or 5-20R configuration of residential occupancies, installed outdoors,
be protected by a ground fault circuit interrupter of the Class A Type. In this case it wouldnt matter if
the pump were located further than 3 m.
If the pump is cord connected to a receptacle other than 5-15R or 5-20R configuration, and the pool
pump is within 3m of the pool, the Code requires a GFCI of Class A type protection for the branch
circuit supplying this receptacle.
If the pump is cord connected to a receptacle other than 5-15R or 5-20R configuration, and the pool
pump is not within 3m of the pool, GFCI protection is not required by the Code.
Question 20
s there any specifcation on this wall or barrier?
Answer 20
Rule 68-068 requires a fence, wall, or other permanent barrier. The intent is the barrier prevents an occupant
of the pool area from contacting the electrical equipment unless it is GFCI protected.
In order to assess compliance with the Rule, a 3 m piece of string with one end held at the edge of the pool
should not be able to reach the electrical equipment by going around the barrier or through a door or gate in
the barrier.
The barrier should not have any openings or gaps that would permit a person to reach through and contact
the equipment.
68-7-7
Page 6 of 7
Question 21
s it acceptable to install a GFC outlet and not a breaker for the plug in pump of an above-ground pool?
Answer 21
If the receptacle were further than 3 m from the pool, a GFCI outlet would be permissible.
Rule 68-064 does not permit a receptacle to be located closer than 1.5 m to the pool. Rule 68-068 does not
permit the GFCI protection to be closer than 3 m to the pool.
Question 22
Where a portable (storable) pump motor is located within 1.5 m of a pool does the Code permit the use of a
GFC type receptacle next to the pump?
Answer 22
No. Rule 68-064 requires a receptacle to be located not closer than 1.5 m to the pool, however Rule 68-068
requires the GFCI to be not closer than 3 m to the pool. The GFCI protection for the receptacle would have to
be located further than 3 m from the pool.
5) Emergency shut-off switch for pubIic spa or hot tub
The emergency shut-off switch (stop button) shall be installed for each spa or hot tub except for a spa or hot
tub installed at a dwelling unit. The emergency shut-off switch is required by Rule 68-404 for a public spa.
Public spa is defned under the Ontario Building Code and Article 3.12.5.1 provides further requirements for
the installation and connection of emergency shut-off switches.
The emergency shut-off switch shall be independent of the controls for a spa or a hot tub.
The emergency shut-off switch shall comply with Rule 68-404 (4).
This would be accompanied by an emergency sign posted adjacent to the emergency stop button containing
the words N THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY PUSH EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON AND USE EMER-
GENCY PHONE, AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SIGNAL WILL ACTIVATE.
Note: Rule 68-404 requires controls for a spa or hot tub to be located behind a barrier or not less than 1 m
horizontally from the spa or hot tub unless they are an integral part of an approved factory built unit.
Question 23
s GFC protection required if the emergency shut-off switch is extra low voltage e.g. 24 V?
Answer 23
Yes, Rule 68-068(7) requires GFCI protection for the emergency shut-off switch located within 3 m of a pool
or tub irrespective of voltage.
Note: Where the emergency shut off switch is GFC protected, the emergency shut off circuit shall be con-
nected such that tripping of the GFCI protector shall also cause the pump motor to stop.
Question 24
Is an emergency shut-off switch for an existing public pool in supervised location, permitted to be located
inside the life guard control room or must it be located at the pool deck?
68-7-7
Answer 24
The Ontario Building Code (OBC) defnes a public pool and classifes it to Class A and Class B pools. The
OBC provides the requirements for emergency stop button location depending on classifcation of the pool.
Refer to Article 3.11.10.1 (12) of OBC for more information.
ESA recommends seeking advice from building offcials for this question, as it is an Ontario Building Code
issue.
(6) Cord connected hydromassage bathtubs
OESC Rule 68-302 requires electrical equipment forming an integral part of a hydromassage bathtub to be
protected by a ground fault circuit interrupter of the Class A type. This Code Rule applies to permanently and
cord connected hydromassage bathtubs.
Where a cord-connected hydromassage bathtub, spa or hot tub is intended to be installed the requirements of
68-306 shall be met.
Page 7 of 7
75-3-4
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin 75-3-4
Surface attachments methods for mast retrots/ Overhead conductor support
Rules 75-324, 6-112
Issued January 2011
Scope
(1) Acceptable surface attachments methods for residential mast retrofts and single point rack
(2) Alternate method for overhead conductor support
(1) AcceptabIe surface attachment methods for residentiaI mast retrots and single
point rack
Background
The best method of attaching a service mast to a building is by using the through bolt clamp assembly as
shown on Specifcation 28, Section 75. This method is not always possible for retroft installations without dis-
turbing the interior fnish of the wall. It has been determined that two correctly installed fasteners will provide
adequate support in lieu of one sixteen millimeter through bolt. Consequently, a number of different surface
attachment methods have been used. Some resulted in feld problems.
Direction
The purpose of this bulletin is to identify acceptable surface attachment methods. These are:
1. Wood Frame Walls
A minimum of two, 3/8 diameter by 4 long lag screw penetrating at least 3 into the solid wood.
Prebored pilot holes plus counterbores are required for proper installation.
2. Brick Block or Concrete Walls
A minimum of two, 3/8diameter by 1-7/8 long expanding type sleeve anchor installed in a 2 clearance
hole.
Hollow materials such as block or brick may require a different type of anchor than solid materials such as
concrete.
.
ExampIes of UnacceptabIe Practices are:
1. Lag screws that have been hammered into the wood.
2. Lag screws without frst boring the proper pilot hole. (This may crack the wood and have inadequate
strength.)
3. Lag screws used on masonry walls. Lead shields or plugs do not have adequate strength for mast attach-
ment.
4. Sleeve anchors located in mortar joints.
5. Less than 3 points of support.
In wood framing where it is necessary to span the distance between two studs, a section of galvanized steel
support channel with a clamp, can be used to spread the load. Galvanized steel support channel may also be
used on block or brick walls to ensure that the position of the two sleeve anchors is not too near the edge of
the brick and not both in the same brick.
75-3-4
Page 2 of 3
Photo B1
ExampIes of AcceptabIe Expanding Type SIeeve Anchors
Concrete Sleeve Anchor Concrete Single Expansion Anchor
Concrete Double Expansion Anchor Concrete Lag Shield Anchor
Single Point Rack Mast Clamp with Two Lag Screws
(2) AIternate method for overhead conductor support
Background
OESC Rule 6-112(1) requires a means of attachment for overhead conductors and sub paragraph (6) indi-
cates that bolts are required for securing the support.
Historically angle iron has been used as a method of supporting overhead conductors in the Province of On-
tario.
Direction
The purpose of this bulletin is to provide consistency in the use of angle iron for overhead conductor support.
1. Perforated light duty angle iron is not permitted.
2. Angle iron is to have corrosion protection similar to an approved service mast.
75-3-4
Page 3 of 3
3. Refer to Diagram B1, the illustrated installation shall be permitted
4. The consumers service conduit is required to be securely fastened and supported where it extends
through the roof line and the emergence of the conductor from the weather head is required to be a
minimum of 150mm to a maximum of 300 mm above the support for the of attachment of the overhead
conductor as required by Rule 6-116(b).
5. Angle iron shall be 4 X 4 X 3/8 hot dipped galvanized
Angle iron shall have a minimum of three through bolts securely fastened to the building structure.
Bolts shall be 16mm (5/8) hot dip galvanized.
Bolts shall have 50mm X 50mm (2X2) fat washers
75-6-0
Bulletin 75-6-0
Roadway Lighting Systems
Rules 2-024, 2-132, 8-102, 30-1002, 30-1030, 75-002, and 75-604,
Issued May 2009
Scope
(1) Introduction
(2) General
(3) Approval of equipment
(4) Service equipment requirements
(5) Low voltage surge protective devices
(6) Voltage drop on roadway lighting circuits
(7) Receptacles for decorative roadway lighting
(1) Introduction
This bulletin covers all Roadway Lighting Systems and similar installations on a Municipal or a Provincial right
of way and all electrical work and electrical equipment associated with, or connected to these systems.
The term Roadway lighting systems is defned in Rule 75-002.
Other systems and similar installations that shall meet the requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code
include but are not limited to the following: Tunnel Lighting, Pedestrian Lighting, Spot Lighting, lluminated
Street Signs, and Decorative Lighting Circuits.
(2) General
Roadway lighting systems shall be installed in accordance with Rule 75-604.
Bonding of roadway lighting luminaires shall be in accordance with Rule 30-1030.
(3) ApprovaI of eIectricaI equipment
Service entrance switches, inline fuse holders, fuses, and GFCIs shall be approved for their intended use.
Roadway lighting system poles and other supporting structures need not be approved.
Rationale
Roadway lighting system equipment and poles are manufactured to the Canadian Highway Bridge Design
Code (CHBDC), Municipal Standards (MS) or the Ontario Provincial Standard (OPS).
(4) Service equipment requirements
Underground and dedicated roadway lighting systems shall meet the service entrance requirements of Rule
30-1002.
Page 1 of 7
75-6-0
Where no dedicated roadway lighting bus is available, single roadway luminaires shall be permitted to be
connected to overhead 120/240 volt distribution circuits, which supply other customer loads, by means of a
fnger-safe in-line weatherproof fuse holder and service entrance equipment shall not be required. See Figure
B1.
Figure B1
(5) Low voItage surge protective devices
Low-voltage surge protective devices or transient voltage surge suppressors are surge suppression products
designed for repeated suppression of transient voltage surges on 60 Hz power circuits of low-voltage sys-
tems, ie, those not exceeding 750 V.
High-voltage spikes can expose equipment and protective devices to possible damage. Transient voltage
surge suppressors installed for Roadway Lighting Systems, where located outside of buildings do not present
the same equipment or property hazards as surge suppressors would where installed indoors.
Therefore, overcurrent protection is not required for a low-voltage surge protective device on roadway lighting
systems installed outside of buildings.
(6) Voltage drop in roadway lighting circuits
Question
Is it acceptable to permit a voltage drop that exceeds 5% in a dedicated circuit feeding hardwired street
lights?
Answer
Yes, provided that the voltage drop in a roadway lighting installation shall not result in a voltage at the lumi-
naire that is outside the rated operating voltage limitations of the luminaire.
Rationale
Although 8-102(1)(b) does not permit the voltage drop to exceed 5% from the supply side of the consumers
service to the point of utilization, the installation methods for street light circuits may not easily meet this per-
centage.
Approved street lighting ballasts are available with percentage voltage tolerances that exceed 5%. Roadway
lighting systems by their nature must be able to withstand the elements. They are part of a life safety system
that requires them to be robust. These items pose no fre or shock hazard when installed and maintained
properly and can be accepted as part of the wiring installation as per Rule 2-024 (3).
Page 2 of 7
75-6-0
(7) ReceptacIes for decorative roadway Iighting
Receptacles fed from Local Distribution Companies (LDC) or Street Lighting Circuits (See Diagrams B1 - B4)
Where receptacles are installed for decorative lighting and are fed from a LDC or street lighting circuits, the
receptacle circuit shall comply with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
Exceptions
Where an existing circuit is to supply new receptacles intended for decorative lighting, inline fuse holders shall
be permitted in lieu of service entrance equipment where:
(1) A Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) of the Class A Type protection is provided to protect the
receptacle(s); and
(2) Any circuit less than 1.5m above grade is
(a) Mechanically protected; or
(b) Installed in rigid metallic conduit complete with metallic weatherproof boxes, intended to reduce the
likelihood of damage; and
(3) Where there is no equipment bonding conductor present at the existing installation, a new bonding con-
ductor shall be established by connecting a bonding conductor to the system neutral on the supply side of
any GFCI protection.
Note
This practice shall only be permitted where the system neutral is multi-grounded and is connected to a
grounding electrode within 5 pole spans, in either direction, of this connection. The neutral potential shall not
exceed 10 volts under steady state conditions.
Rationale
Rule 2-132. Ground fault circuit interrupters shall be permitted as supplementary protection from shock haz-
ard but shall not be used as a substitute for insulation or grounding
Page 3 of 7
75-6-0
Diagram B1
Page 4 of 7
75-6-0
Diagram B2
Page 5 of 7
75-6-0
Diagram B3
Page 6 of 7
75-6-0
Diagram B4
Page 7 of 7
76-1-9
Page 1 of 4
BuIIetin 76-1-9
Temporary services
Rules 76-008, 76-008, 76-016, 75-248
Issued October 2009
Scope
(1) Temporary services not exceeding 200A
(2) Temporary services Overcurrent protection
(3) Receptacles used in construction projects
(1) Temporary services not exceeding 200 A
Direction
(1) Where the temporary service is not in or on a building and does not exceed 200 amps, it shall be mount-
ed:
(a) On a pole; or
(b) A treated solid wood post measuring nominally 6 x 6 and adequately braced for the conditions.
(2) Where the temporary service is on a pole, which is also a dead end pole for a secondary line, guying is
required in accordance with Subrules 75-248(3) & (4).
(3) Where the temporary service is mounted on a nominal 6 X 6 treated post and is fed from an overhead
supply, the overhead conductor shall be a slack span not to exceed 10 m in length; and
(a) The post shall be guyed in accordance with Subrule 75-248(3); and
(b) The point of attachment and vertical clearance of the overhead supply conductors shall be installed in
accordance with Subrule 6-112(2); and
(c) Street and lane crossings of supply conductors to temporary post installations are not permitted.
(4) Overhead temporary distribution circuits shall be installed as required by Section 75 with the exception of
dead end guys referenced in Subrule 75-248(4).
(5) Temporary services larger than 200 A shall be permitted, subject to special permission.
(6) The supply authority may have additional requirements regarding poles for temporary wiring, based on
consideration for the work safety of their staff. Any such requirements may be obtained from the supply
authority.
Notes:
(1) A treated 6 x 6 wood post is not considered as a pole meeting the requirements of Section 75.
(2) The reference to a nominal 6 X 6 post includes a dimensional post of 5 x 5 . includes a dimensional post of 5 x 5 .
(2) Temporary services - Overcurrent protection
Background:
It is common practice on construction sites to use an overhead pole line to supply services for temporary
power throughout a site.
Issues have arisen where overhead neutral support cable supplying distribution panels or load centers for
temporary power are installed without proper overcurrent protection for the panel or tap conductors.
An example of a non-compliant installation is a load center that is supplied with a #10 AWG copper NMW
76-1-9
Page 2 of 4
cable that is tapped from an overhead 60 amp feeder. The load center does not have a main breaker and con-
tains more than two branch circuit spaces and supplies power for multiple temporary construction receptacles.
The installation is part of an overhead temporary construction service pole line.
Direction:
Subrule 14-100(c) requires that the tap conductor have an ampacity not less than one-third that of the larger
conductor from which it is supplied; be suitably protected from mechanical damage, be not more than 7.5 m
long, and terminate in a single overcurrent device rated or set at a value not exceeding the ampacity of the
conductor.
The #10 AWG conductors are of adequate size, the cable is considered as protected from mechanical dam-
age by location on the pole and is normally less than 7.5 m in length; however the Subrule requires that the
conductor terminate in a single overcurrent device. If the tap conductor terminates directly onto a panel board
or load center buss, and the load center contains spaces for additional overcurrent devices, then the installa-
tion is not code compliant. The installation does not meet the intent of Subrule 14-100(c) because the smaller
conductors can be overloaded if additional overcurrent devices are installed. Back feeding and labelling a
moulded case circuit breaker in the load center (as per Bulletin 14-5-*) is acceptable for compliance and
meets the requirements of Subrule 14-100(c) to terminate on a single overcurrent device.
Diagram B1 -Overhead poIe Iine temporary service
Note 1:
Subrule 14-100(c) permits the lower ampacity tap provided that the smaller conductor:
v has an ampacity not less than one-third that of the larger conductor from which it is supplied;
v is suitably protected from mechanical damage (The cable is considered as protected from mechanical
damage by its location on the pole.);
v is not more than 7.5 m long; and
v terminates in a single overcurrent device rated or set at a value not exceeding the ampacity of the
conductor; but beyond the single overcurrent device the conductor shall be permitted to supply any
number of overcurrent devices.
Note 2:
Subrule 14-100(c) requires that the tap conductor terminate in a single main overcurrent device rated not
more than the ampacity of the tap conductor, and that single overcurrent device can then supply any number
of additional overcurrent devices. Diagrams B2 & B3 illustrate this requirement.
60 A
Service
Box
Supply Service
Load
Center &
Receptacles
See Note 2
60 A
rated
#10 AWG
30 A rated
tap
See Note 1
Additional temp services
Load
Center &
Receptacles
See Note 2
76-1-9
Page 3 of 4
Diagram B2 - 2 poIe 15 amp breaker
Note:
The 2 pole 15 amp breaker provides overcurrent protection for tap from feeder as per Subrule 14-100(c) and
also provides overcurrent protection of receptacles as per Rule 14-600. The circuit breaker enclosure shall
not be capable of holding additional circuit breakers.
Diagram B3 - 2 poIe 30 amp breaker
Note:
The 2 pole 30 amp breaker is the single overcurrent device for protection of tap as per Subrule 14-100(c). The
single overcurrent device is permitted to be a back fed circuit breaker if it is in compliance with Bulletin 14-5-
*. Additional overcurrent devices are permitted downstream of the main overcurrent device for protection of
individual outlets, etc as shown in the sketch.
76-1-9
(3) Receptacles used in construction projects
Background:
Rule 76-016 states that receptacles having CSA configuration 5-15R or 5-20R installed to provide power for
buildings or projects under construction or demolition shall be protected by ground fault circuit interrupters of
the Class A type and the following questions have been raised.
Question 1:
Is a permanently installed panelboard in residential construction with an ESA advanced connection authoriza-
tion considered to be a temporary installation within the scope of Section 76 of the OESC?
Answer 1:
No, a permanently installed panelboard in residential construction with an ESA advanced connection authori-
zation is not considered to be a temporary installation within the scope of Section 76.
Question 2:
Are 5-15R or 5-20R receptacles that are permanently installed in residential construction as required by Rules
26-700, 710, 712 and 714 within the scope of Section 76 when they are used to provide power for tools at
construction or demolition projects?
Answer 2:
No, in residential construction, 5-15R or 5-20R receptacles installed on a permanent basis are not within the
scope of Section 76 and are not required to be GFCI protected unless mandated by other rules within the
OESC.
Rationale for Question 1 and 2:
Section 76 applies to temporary wiring installations, which are installations that will only last for a limited pe-
riod of time. An example is a temporary pole service and receptacles that will be removed after completion of
construction of the building. Rule 76-016 requires GFCI protection of these receptacles.
Panel boards, branch circuits and receptacles that are installed for future permanent use within a building un-
der construction are not considered as temporary installations within the scope of Section 76 and Rule 76-016
does not apply.
Note:
The Occupational Health and Safety Act, Regulation 213/91- Construction Projects requires that portable
tools used outdoors or in wet locations be protected by a GFCI of the Class A type. If portable tools are
plugged into permanently installed non-GFCI protected receptacles as described in Question 2, then portable
plug in GFCI protective devices may be required for compliance.
Page 4 of 4
84-1-6
Bulletin 84-1-6
Interconnection of electric power production sources
Section 84 and Rule 2-010
Issued October 2010
Scope
(1) Requirements for non-utility generating systems
(2) Single-phase inverters connected to three-phase system
(3) Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection for multiple inverters operating in parallel
(4) Inverters approval
(1) Requirements for non-utiIity generating systems
Non-utility generating systems are subject to inspection in accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety
Code. This Bulletin provides additional information to Section 84.
Additional information can also be found in:
(1) ESA-SPEC-004 Electrical guidelines for inverter-based micro-generating facility 10 kW and smaller; and
(2) ESA-SPEC-005 Process Guideline for the Installation of Parallel Generating Systems, 10 kW or Greater
(3) CSA C22.2 No. 257 Interconnecting inverter-based micro-distributed resource to distribution systems
(4) CSA C22.3 No. 9 Interconnection of distributed resources and electricity supply systems
General
The Supply Authority requires consultation before planning an interconnection.
Protection and Control
Protection and control of non-utility generating systems is required in accordance with Section 84.
For generating systems based on the inverter technology, an inverter that is approved and marked UTLTY-
INTERCONNECTED is acceptable as meeting the protection and control requirements of Section 84.
For generating systems based on non-inverter technology, or utilizing an approved stand-alone inverter, the
protection and control required by Section 84 shall be coordinated with and acceptable to the supply authority,
prior to connection authorization from ESA. The owner or owner's agent shall provide verifcation to ESA that
the installed protection and control is acceptable to the supply authority.
For this reason, the Local Distribution Companies (LDC) must be involved with non-utility, electric power pro-
duction installations.
Temporary connections may be authorized to permit calibration and coordination prior to generation.
PIan Review
Electrical work on any electrical installation shall not commence until plans have been submitted and exam-
ined by the inspection department where the electrical installation involves any installations involving con-
sumer-owned, electric-power-generating equipment, with a rating in excess of 10 kW (Micro size) as defned
by the OEB, and operating in parallel with a supply authority system.
Page 1 of 5
84-1-6
(2) Single-phase inverters connected to three-phase system
Question 1
For FIT Systems (> 10KW), when using inverter technology, are single-phase inverters, certifed as "UTILITY-
INTERCONNECTED" and connected in a three-phase balanced confguration, permitted to be connected to a
three-phase utility system?
Answer 1
No, unless the customer provides the following:
Confrmation that the installation is acceptable to the LDC, and
The installation meets the inverter manufacturers requirements;
Where permitted to be connected by the LDC, the three-phase confgured system shall be considered one
generation source for the purpose of applying Rules 84-008 and 84-018, and shall meet the following require-
ments:
Confrmation that Rule 84-008 is satisfed, by providing loss of utility voltage sensing (phase loss sensing)
on all phases, such that upon loss of LDC voltage on any one phase, the production source automatically
disconnects all inverters simultaneously from the LDC system; and
Confrmation that Rule 84-018 is satisfed, by providing loss of voltage sensing (phase loss sensing) on all
phases, such that upon loss of voltage in one or more of the electric power production source phases, the
production source automatically disconnects all inverters simultaneously from the interconnected system.
Rationale 1
Multiple inverters connected in 3-phase confguration are considered a 3-phase balanced generation system.
That is the basis that they are being connected to the grid and where applicable, the impact assessment
required by the LDC would have considered only the generation system based on a 3-phase confguration.
Hence Rules 84-008 and 84-018 are applied based on one 3-phase generation source.
If Rules 84-008 and Rule 84-018 are satisfed, the Code does not specifcally prevent the practice, provided
the LDC is in agreement with the installation and Protection & Control (P&C) of the system. CSA standard
C22.2 No. 107.1, Clauses 15.3.4.1 and 15.3.4.2 require a utility-interconnected inverter both a single and a
three-phase to cease to deliver power on phase(s) that the inverter is connected to when the phase(s) voltage
goes outside the range specifed in Table 16 of the Standard.
Question 2
For micro FIT Systems (10KW or less), are one or two single-phase inverters certifed as "UTILITY-INTER-
CONNECTED permitted to be connected to a three-phase utility system, similar to the Diagram B1 shown
below?
Diagram B1 Single-phase inverters connected to a three-phase utility system
Page 2 of 5
84-1-6
Answer 2:
No, unless the customer provides the following:
a. Confrmation that the installation is acceptable to the LDC, and
b. The installation meets the inverter manufacturers requirements;
Rationale 2
Connection of one or two single-phase inverters to a three-phase utility system creates unbalance in the grid
and may pose a hazard if the inverter design and the utility grid does not tolerate the unbalance, hence it shall
not be permitted unless acceptable to the LDC and meet the inverters manufacturers requirements.
Question 3
Where two single-phase inverters are permitted to be connected to a three-phase utility system, will these be
considered as one generation source for the purpose of applying Rules 84-008 and 84-018?
Answer 3
No, where the unbalanced voltage is acceptable to the LDC, it shall be permitted to consider each inverter as
a separate source for the application of Rules 84-008 and 84-018.
In this case, Rule 84-008 is satisfed by using an approved "UTILITY-INTERCONNECTED" inverter, where
upon loss of voltage in the phase(s) to which the inverter is connected, the inverter will cease to deliver power
to these phase(s), i.e. it will not be required for the inverter to sense other phases that it is not connected to
and does not feed. Similarly, Rule 84-018 will not require each inverter to communicate to the other inverter
which is connected to other phase(s) and disconnect upon its failure or disconnection.
Rationale 3
The inverters are not connected in a 3-phase balanced confguration, and are not considered as one genera-
tion source. The unbalance is already accepted by the LDC and is according to the manufacturer data. Failure
of one inverter does not increase the unbalance. If one single-phase inverter is connected, the Code does not
require it to sense the voltage on the phase it is not feeding. CSA standard C22.2 No. 107.1, Clauses 15.3.4.1
and 15.3.4.2 require a utility interconnected inverter both a single and a three-phase to cease to deliver power
on the phase(s) that the inverter is connected to when the phase(s) voltage goes outside the range specifed
in Table 16 of the Standard.
(3) Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection for
multiple inverters operating in parallel
Question 4
For an installation that incorporates two inverters tied to a common A/C feeder, does a single disconnecting
means on the A/C common output, satisfy Rules 50-012 and 84-020? (See Diagram B2)
Diagram B2 - SingIe disconnecting means for muItipIe inverters,
unacceptabIe design
Page 3 of 5
84-1-6
Answer 4
No
Rationale 4
The single disconnecting means satisfes Rule 84-022 for the supply authority disconnecting means; however
Rules 84-020 and 50-012 require separate disconnecting means for each power production source (inverter).
The separate disconnecting means are also required for compliance with Rule 14-414. Diagram B3 shows an
example of a code compliant installation.
Diagram B3 Separate disconnecting means for each inverter
Question 5
For an installation that incorporates two inverters tied to a common A/C feeder, does each inverter require a
separate external overcurrent device to be installed at the tap point if the output conductors to each inverter
are rated for the common feeder overcurrent rating (i.e. 60amps as per Diagram B2).
Answer 5
Yes
Rationale 5
Rule 84-010 requires equipment and conductors that are energized from both directions to be provided with
overcurrent protection from each source of supply. Although the larger tap conductors do not require overcur-
rent protection, the connected equipment (the inverter) does in order to comply with the rule. The inverter
manufacturers installation instructions shall also be followed and overcurrent protection shall also meet their
requirements (Rule 2-034). Diagram B3 shows an example of a code compliant installation.
If the inverters have integral overcurrent protective / disconnecting devices, then external devices, referenced
by Questions 4 and 5 are not required to be installed; however the length of the conductors from the inverter
to the point of common connection must then comply with Rule 14-100.
AC modules and micro-inverters that operate in a multiple AC module or micro-inverter system confguration
are considered as one generation source. The requirement for a separate disconnecting means and overcur-
rent protection for each inverter referenced by Questions 4 and 5 is not applicable. For maximum number of
AC modules or micro-inverters that are permitted to be connected to one branch circuit, manufacturers instal-
lation instructions shall be followed.
Page 4 of 5
84-1-6
(4) Inverters approvaI
In the previous edition of the guideline for inverter-based micro-generating facility 10 kW and smaller (ESA
SPEC-004), inverters certifed to Underwriters Laboratories (UL) standard, UL1741, were accepted because
of the limited availability of inverters certifed to the CSA standard. As inverters certifed to CSA standard are
now widely available, inverters certifed only to UL standard, UL1741 will not be accepted as of January 1
st
2011. This direction is also posted on the ESA website.
After, January 1
st
, 2011 inverters are required to be certifed to CSA standard C22.2 #107.1 and bear a certif-
cation mark recognized in Ontario.
Field Evaluation shall not be accepted for utility-interconnected inverters. nverters marked as UTLTY-N-
TERCONNECTED or equivalent shall only bear a certifcation mark, not a feld evaluation mark.
For more information about product approval, certifcation and feld evaluation marks, refer to Bulletin 2-7-*.
Page 5 of 5
84-2-0
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin 84-2-0
RenewabIe generation point of connection
Rules 14-010, 14-100, 14-414 and 14-606
Issued January 2011
Scope
(1) Renewable energy generation connected to the load side of the service disconnect
(1) RenewabIe energy generation connected to the Ioad side of the
service disconnect
Question 1
When parallel renewable energy generation is connected to the load side of a service box that supplies a
panelboard, is this a violation of Rule 14-606(1) due to the fact that overcurrent protection(OCP) of the pan-
elboard is no longer limited by the service box overcurrent device (power may come from the LDC, as well as
the generator). (See Diagram B1)
Question 2
When parallel renewable energy generation is connected to the load side of a service box that supplies other
loads, is this a violation of Rule 14-010(a) due to the fact that overcurrent protection of the conductors/buss is
no longer limited by the service box overcurrent device (power my come from the LDC, as well as the genera-
tor). (See Diagram B1)
Diagram B1 - RenewabIe energy generation connected to the Ioad side of a
service box
84-2-0
Answer 1
Yes, this is a violation of Rule 14-606(1) for most applications (see Note 1 below). The panelboard is no lon-
ger protected at 100% of its current carrying capacity.
Answer 2
Yes, this is a violation of Rule 14-010(a) for most applications (see Note 1 below). The conductors/buss are
no longer protected at 100% of their current carrying capacity.
Direction
Notwithstanding Rules 14-010, 14-100 and 14-606, for renewable energy generation installations:
the sum of the ampere ratings of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar/panelboard
or conductor shall be permitted to exceed the equipment ratings to a maximum of 120 percent of the rat-
ing of the busbar/panelboard or conductor (see Diagram B1 for example of a non-compliant installation).
Suitable warning signs shall be placed on or adjacent to both disconnecting means (Solar PV discon-
nect and Main disconnect as per Rule 14-414(3) requirements), Service meter, and Distribution panel,
indicating that there is more than one source of supply.
Where the sum of the ampere ratings of main service overcurrent device and added generation exceeds
the 120 percent limitation:
the generation shall be connected to the line side of the service box, or
the conductors/panelboards shall be upgraded to the increased ampacity ratings as required by Code
(unless a deviation has been granted, as per Rule 2-030).
Note 1
Rule 14-606(1) permits panel boards to be protected at more than their rating where more than 90% of the
over current devices supply feeders or motor branch circuits.
Rule 14-100(b) permits conductors to be protected at more than their ratings if installed within specifc crite-
ria. If a designer is requesting to exceed the 120 percent current limitation based on the exceptions in Rules
14-606(1) or 14-100(b) stated above, calculations shall be supplied to show compliance to all other relevant
Code rules, including Section 8.
Rationale for Note 1
The permission in Rules 14-606(1) and Rule 14-100(b) does not allow unlimited/unrestricted overcurrent pro-
tection of the panelboards and conductors.
For example, if the panelboard feeds 100% motor loads, then the maximum overcurrent protection for that
panelboard must be calculated in accordance with Subrules 28-204(1) and (2).
If the panelboard supplies feeders that are 100% resistive heating loads, then the maximum overcurrent pro-
tection for that panelboard must be calculated as per Rule 62-114.
If the panelboard supplies feeders supplying electric welders, then the overcurrent device is calculated as per
Section 42.
If >90% of the o/c devices in the panel supply a combination of feeders for various loads and motors, then
the maximum overcurrent rating ahead of that panel must be calculated using all the appropriate rules for the
various loads.
Page 2 of 3
Rationale for Direction
This standard deviation is permitted on the basis of the upcoming changes to the Canadian Electrical Code,
as well as current Rules contained in the National Electrical Code in the U.S.. With parallel generation, all
sources may feed loads supplied at the facility. Although unlikely, there is a possibility that conductors and
panelboards may see an overload condition if services or feeders draw more demand than their rating.
Page 3 of 3
GI-2-5
Page 1 of 3
Bulletin GI-2-5
Telephone Listing
Issued May 2011
Supersedes Bulletin GI-2-4
Background
The Electrical Safety Authority provides service through about 320 staff working from 1 Customer Service
Centre, 5 Regional Offces and a Provincial Offce.
Applications for inspection, inquiries about job status, equipment approvals, fees and billings should be done
through the Customer Service Centre. Applications may be made by fax, telephone or email. Payments may
be by account, American Express, MasterCard, Visa or cheque.
Inquiries of a technical nature about a particular job or questions about code compliance should always be
directed to the inspector servicing the job location. For unusual jobs, inspectors may consult with their senior
inspector/supervising inspector or their technical advisor.
Technical Advisors have been established in each region to provide interpretations of the code to contractors,
consultants and inspectors. The Technical Advisors may be consulted on all problems where a settlement
cannot be reached at a local level.
Interpretations of the code affecting jobs in more than one territory are made in consultation with the Provin-
cial Code Engineer and Technical Advisors.
Requests for changes to the Canadian Electrical Code portion of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code may be
made by anyone to the Canadian Standards Association (using as a guide the form Annex B found in Appen-
dix C). Requests for changes to the Ontario amendments portion of the code (italicized rules) again may be
made by anyone using form Annex B as a guide. Requests concerning the Ontario amendments should be
sent to the Director Codes & Standards, Chief Engineer
OFFICE AND ADDRESS NAME TITLE CONTACT INFO
PROVINCIAL OFFICE
155A Matheson Blvd. West
2nd Floor
Mississauga, Ontario
L5R 3L5
David Collie President & CEO Phone: 905-712-7931
Fax: 905-507-4712
ENGINEERING &
REGULATORY
Peter Marcucci Vice President /
Chief Public Safety
Offcer
Phone: 905-712-5363
Mobile: 416-254-3639
Fax: 905-507-4572
Code & Standards Ted Olechna Director Codes and
Standards, Chief
Engineer
Phone: 905-712-5366
Mobile: 416-254-6464
Fax: 905-507-4572
Email:
Ted.Olechna@electricalsafety.on.ca
Safety And Business
Strategy
Jenifer Robert-
son
Director Safety and
Business Strategy
Phone: 905-712-5652
Mobile: 647-393-7270
Fax: 905-507-4572
GI-2-5
Page 2 of 3
ReguIatory PoIicy &
Program EvaIuation
Scott James Director
Regulatory Policy and
Program Evaluation
Phone: 905-712-5682
Fax: 905-507-4572
ReguIatory PoIicy &
Stakeholder Liason
Maria Iafano Director -
Legislative Policy &
Government Affairs
Phone: 905-712-5379
Fax: 905-507-4572
Harm Mitigation - TechnicaI Services and CompIiance
TechnicaI Services and
CompIiance
155A Matheson Blvd West
L5R 3L5
Normand Breton General Manager Phone: 905-712-5379
Mobile: 416-670-6235
Fax: 905-712-3020
Utility Regulations Utility.regulations@electricalsafety.
on.ca
Product Safety Product.safety@electricalsafety.on.ca
1-877-ESA-SAFE (Option 7)
Licensing & Certication Esa.licensing@electricalsafety.on.ca
1-877-ESA-SAFE (Option 3)
Harm Prevention & Harm Suppression - Region Ofces
HARM PREVENTION Peter Lambert Managing Director Phone: 905-712-5355
Mobile: 705-541-8435
Email:
Peter.Lambert@electricalsafety.
on.ca
SOUTHERN REGION
Continuous Safety Ser-
vices
425 Britannia Rd E
Suite 120
L4Z 3E7
James Fraser General Manager Phone: 905-712-7882
Mobile: 416-436-1898
Fax: 905-712-7886
John Calabrese Technical Advisor Phone: 905-712-7885
Fax: 905-712-7886
Email:
John.Calabrese@electricalsafety.
on.ca
NORTHERN REGION
2140 Regent St
Unit 15
Sudbury, Ontario
P3E 5S8
General Manager Phone: 705-523-1032 x 7224 or
1-866-778-9200 x7224
Fax: 705-523-2811
866-785-0209
Dave Heron Technical Advisor Phone: 705-522-6013
Toll Free: 1-877-426-7776
Fax: 705-523-2811/866-785-0209
Email:
Dave.Heron@electricalsafety.on.ca
GI-2-5
Page 3 of 3
HARM SUPPRESSION Ralph Van Haeren Managing Director Phone: 905-712-7887
Mobile: 416-451-3278
Email: Ralph.vanhaeren@electri-
calsafety.on.ca
WESTERN REGION
400 Sheldon Dr.
Unit 13
Cambridge, Ontario
N1T 2H9
Doug Millen General Manager Phone: 519-620-4562
Mobile: 519-240-2522
Fax: 519-620-4594
Jeff Thomson Technical Advisor Phone: 519-620-4589
Fax: 519-620-4594
Email: Jeff.Thomson@electrical-
safety.on.ca
EASTERN REGION
111 Colonade Road
Suite 200A
Ottawa, Ontario
K2E 7M3
Peter Garrett General Manager Phone: 613-228-7064 X 62224
Mobile: 613-913-3605
Fax: 613-228-7733
Kurt Budau Technical Advisor Phone: 613-913-5492
Fax: 613-228-7733
Email: Kurt.Budau@electricalsafe-
ty.on.ca
CENTRAL REGION
425 Britannia Rd E
Suite 120
L4Z 3E7
Steve Smith General Manager Phone: 905-712-5369
Mobile: 416-675-4231
Fax: 905-712-3013
Technical Advisor Phone: 905-712-7871
Fax: 905-712-3013
Email
PLAN REVIEW
400 Sheldon Dr
Unit 5
Cambridge, Ontario
N1T 2H9
Tel: 1-800-746-6480
519-624-3564
Fax: 1-800-957-2738
519-624-3570
Ross Head Assistant
Technical Advisor,
Plan Review
Phone: 519-624-3564 ext.4203
Fax: 519-624-3570
Email: Ross.head@electricalsafety.
on.ca
Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Flashes
Flash Index
There will no longer be a paper edition of the Flash Notices. A complete listing and a full release of the Flash
Notices are available thru the ESAs Website www.esasafe.com and the CD version of the Bulletins
The following is a complete list of all the Flash Notices:
Index
11-01-FL Damage to Underground Conductors during Excavation-Customer Owned Services
10-03-FL Electric In-Floor Heating System Installations
10-02-FL Hazards due to misuse of extension cords
10-01-FL 33% of Residential fres link to electrical wiring and equipment
09-10-FL Overhead power-line fatalities
09-09-FL Knob and tube wiring in residential installations
09-08-FL Aluminum wiring in residential installations
09-07-FL Isolated ground receptacle connected wrong
09-06-FL Delta to wye system conversions
09-05-FL Student receives burns while operating a key-type lighting switch
09-04-FL Unapproved electrical animal stunners
09-03-FL Wiring of T-8 lighting
09-02-FL Lockout / tag-out an absolute necessity
09-01-FL Death of a 14-year-old boy from electrocution
08-02-FL Electrical shock and fre hazard safety tips for students and parents
08-01-FL Electrical hazards found at baseball diamonds
07-02-FL Communication Grounding Hardware and Conductors to Meterbase Enclosures
07-01-FL Hazards due to misuse of extension cords
06-02-FL Locking HV switch
Page 1 of 2
05-01-FL Use of defective equipment causes hotel fre
04-03-FL Fire investigation into high-rise apartment fre
04-02-FL Hazards of electrical panels and equipment
03-01-FL 347 Volt lighting circuits kill one apprentice and severely injured two others
02-03-FL Industry alert on temporary ground connection
01-07-FL Electrician narrowly escapes serious injury
01-05-FL Test for voltage before you work t could save your life
01-04-FL Avoiding electrical shocks and fre hazards from ungrounded steel studs
01-01-FL Dangers associated with gasoline spraying and incandescent extension handlamps
(incandescent trouble light)
00-01-FL Dangers associated with high voltage installations
97-02-FL Hazards in electrical rooms put people and property at risk
Page 2 of 2
11-01-FL
Flash 11-01-FL
Damage to Underground Conductors during Excavation-
Customer Owned Services
February 1, 2011
Recently there have been a number of incidents in which excavation, directional boring or auguring activity
has damaged underground conductors and risked worker safety.
Electrical Utilities have been identifying underground electrical services as requested by excavators. Excava-
tors are unaware that not all underground electrical services are being identifed.
Services beyond the demarcation point belong to the property owner and are not included in the utility
locate.
Before digging, boring, trenching, excavating, breaking ground with tools, mechanical equipment or explo-
sives, the contractor, owner, occupant of land, building or premises shall request and obtain all locates prior
to commencement of the excavation. This will also include hand digging applications.
OH&S Act Ont. Reg. 213/91-Construction Section 228(1) states that: Before an excavation is begun,
(a) the employer excavating shall ensure that all gas, electrical and other services in and near the area to
be excavated are located and marked;
(b) the employer and worker locating and marking the services described in clause (a) shall ensure that
they are accurately located and marked.
Privately owned underground services
Prior to excavating, the excavator must be aware of privately owned underground services such as under-
ground supply cables from utility owned equipment to the electrical meter or service panel, supply to ga-
rages or shops located past the electrical meter, and driveway lighting to name a few which may exist on the
boulevard or customer property. It is the responsibility of the private facility owner to locate their underground
services which may involve the facility owner hiring a private locator.
Utility owned underground services
Utilities have a legal responsibility to locate all utility owned underground services up to the demarcation
point. Demarcation point is defned as a point at which the distributor's ownership of a distribution system
ends. Depending on the electrical utility and the installation, the demarcation point will vary from site to site
across the Province. Depending on ownership of the underground facility, underground service conductors
located on the boulevard or customer property may or may not be included in the locate.
Page 1 of 1
10-03-FL
Flash 10-03-FL
Electric In-Floor Heating System Installations
August 18, 2010
Ontario's Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) warns the public that improperly installed electric foor heating sys-
tems may pose a fre or electric shock hazard. Several residential fres have been reported by the offce of the
Ontario Fire Marshal are associated with foor heating cables/pads that are not installed as per the manufac-
turer, or that have been damaged during installation.
The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is responsible for public electrical safety in Ontario as designated by
Ontario Regulation 89/99. Ontario Electrical Safety Code is a law in Ontario and requires electrical inspec-
tions for all new electrical work/installations as well as for the maintenance of existing electrical installations
and alterations to existing systems.
Who can instaII the heating portion of eIectric oor heating systems?
Basically any person can install the heating portion of electric foor heating system components, as long as
there is no branch circuit wiring installation involved. So, the fooring contractor, for example, can install the
electrical heating equipment (i.e. in-foor heat cables or radiant heating panels) up to the frst termination junc-
tion box for the cold lead connections. No branch circuit wiring installation.
All equipment must bear a recognized Canadian Electrical approval mark (CSA or equivalent). See www.
esasafe.com for a complete list of acceptable approval marks for equipments.
Does the instaIIation of the in-oor heating cabIes or radiant heating pads require a wiring notication
and inspection?
YES, an application for inspection must be submitted to ESA to inspect the electrical heating system compo-
nents installed by the fooring installers or any other person. nspection must be completed prior to the cover-
ing of the heating cables/pads.
To apply for, or arrange an electrical inspection, please contact ESAs customer service center at 1-877-ESA-
Safe (1-877-372-7233). Failure to follow inspection requirements may result in charges under the Electricity
Act for each offence identifed.
Page 1 of 2
10-03-FL
Who wiII instaII the branch circuit wiring and do other eIectricaI connections?
Branch circuit wiring from the electrical panel to the in-
foor heating must be done by an electrical contractor
licensed by ECRA of the ESA. The homeowner can also
do the wiring, however, it is NOT recommended. Visit
https://www.esaecra.net/ for licensed electrical contrac-
tor list.
Electrical wiring is complicated and can present safety hazards if not properly installed and maintained.
Homeowners are encouraged to ensure their electrical installations meet the safety standards defned in the
Ontario Electrical Safety Code by engaging a licensed electrical contractor for all new electrical work/installa-
tions as well as alterations to existing systems.
The Ontario EIectricaI Safety Code requires that:
- An Application for nspection is fled with the Electrical Safety Authority before or within 48 hours after
the commencement of work;
- Electrical inspection is required for all portions of the installation, including branch wiring as well as other
electrical equipments/components that are installed to complete the work; and
- Electrical wiring and equipment must not be covered prior to inspection.
Homeowners should ask for a copy of the Certifcate of nspection for any electrical work done on their prem-
ises This is their record that the installation meets Ontario's safety standards.
When planning to do electrical work, think about the risks associated with unsafe electrical installations. Con-
tact a licensed electrical contractor, and make sure they arrange for an electrical permit. Visit www.plugin-
safely.ca for a list of licensed electrical contractors in Ontario
Page 2 of 2
10-02-FL
Flash 10-02-FL
Hazards due to misuse of extension cords
April 2010
The misuse of extension cords has contributed to increasing reports of electrical fres in Ontario over the past
year. Do not become a statistic. n the past ten years there have been fve fatalities, and numerous fres in
Ontario associated with the misuse of extension cords.
The Electrical Safety Authority warns consumers to use extension cords safely - follow these important rules.
Only use extension cords:
That are rated for the particular task:
Select the appropriate cord for the application. Not all cords are created equal, some are designed for exte-
rior use, others interior use only, some for hard usage in wet locations, others not.
For temporary installations:
Flexible extension cords must never take the place of permanent wiring; they are not designed or intended
for permanent installations. Once the task has been completed, the cord should always be disconnected and
properly stored away for future use.
For portable electrical equipment:
Always follow the manufacturers instructions.
Failure to use and maintain extension cords in the manner they were intended may create a fre or shock
hazard that puts you or your family at risk.
Safe use of Extension Cords
ESA encourages consumers to ask the following questions before using an extension cord:
Will I use the cord indoors or outdoors?
What is the total current or wattage rating of the appliances Ill use with the cord?
How far is the nearest outlet from where 'll be working?
WiII I use the cord indoors or outdoors?
The frst step in determining which extension cord you will need is to decide whether you will be using the
appliance indoors or outdoors. Extension cords that can be used outdoors will be clearly marked Suitable
for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors; it could result in an electric
shock or fre hazard. f you are working outdoors purchase an outdoor rated extension cord it's a small
price to pay for safety.
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires all receptacles on residential properties located outdoors, below
2.5m be ground fault circuit interrupter protected. Please ensure that all portable electrical equipment used
outdoors has GFCI protection, your life may depend on it.
What is the totaI current or wattage rating of the appIiances I'II use with the cord?
Extension cords are labelled with valuable information as to the use, size, current and wattage rating of the
cord. Cords are offered in many lengths and are marked with a size or gauge. The gauge is based on the
American Wire Gauge (AWG) System, in which the larger the wire, the smaller the AWG number. For exam-
ple, a 14 gauge wire would be larger, and can power larger wattage appliances, than a 16 gauge wire.
f you don't have a properly rated cord purchase a new extension cord it's a small price to pay for safety.
Page 1 of 2
10-02-FL
How far is the nearest outIet from where I'II be working?
To determine what size -- or gauge -- cord you will need, you will also have to determine how long you need
the cord to be. A cord, based on its gauge, can power an appliance of a certain wattage only at specifc dis-
tances. As the cord gets longer, the current carrying capacity of the cord gets lower. For example, a 16 gauge
extension cord less than 50 feet in length can power a 1625 watt (W) appliance. A 16 gauge cord that is
longer than 50 feet in length can only power an appliance up to 1250W. If you are going to use the extension
cord with two or more appliances, you must add together the wattage rating for all appliances used on the
cord to determine the gauge size you will need.
Power Bars
Power bars not unlike extension cords are also widely misused. The safety steps listed above are required
to determine if the power bar is suitable for your intended application. ESA recommends that you purchase
power bars with a minimum 14 gauge copper conductor to ensure a higher level of safety. The practice of
daisy chaining power bars is not recommended by ESA.
Figure F1 Outdoor GFCI cord and receptacle
Page 2 of 2
10-01-FL
Flash 10-01-FL
33% of ResidentiaI res Iink to eIectricaI wiring and equipment
January, 2010
Supersedes FLASH 08-03-FL
Ontario's Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) warns the public that 33% of residential fres reported by the offce
of the Ontario Fire Marshal are associated with electrical wiring and equipment. This includes: electrical cir-
cuit wiring, damaged or improperly rated extension cords or cables, breaker/fuse panels, light fxtures (lumi-
naires), receptacles and switches. Fires are prevalent in both copper and aluminum wiring systems. Inves-
tigations of these electrical fres identifed that 34% are attributed to incorrect or improper installation and/or
procedure.
Through recent research conducted with Ontario homeowners, ESA identifed that 47% of residents living in
homes 15 to 50 years old have modifed or replaced electrical wiring and electrical equipment. This increased
to 84% for homes greater than 50 years old.
Electrical wiring is complicated and presents safety hazards if not properly installed and maintained. Home-
owners are encouraged to ensure their electrical installations meet the safety standards defned in the Ontario
Electrical Safety Code by engaging a licensed electrical contractor to evaluate their electrical system if they
have signs of potential electrical hazards, such as: circuit breakers that frequently trip or fuses that frequently
blow, lights that ficker, and signs of wiring deterioration; or if they have concerns about the qualifcations of
individuals who previously worked on their electrical system.
n response to concerns about unqualifed individuals doing electrical work, Ontario regulation was introduced
in January 2007 requiring any person operating an electrical contracting business to be licensed by the Elec-
trical Safety Authority. Homeowners should retain the services of a licensed electrical contractor to ensure
their electrical installations are done correctly and safely. In addition, when homeowners have new electri-
cal installations installed, they should confrm with their licensed electrical contractor that an application for
inspection was fled with the Electrical Safety Authority for any electrical work done on their premises, and ask
for a copy of the Certifcate of nspection their record that the installation meets Ontario's safety standards.
When planning to do electrical work, think about the risks associated with unsafe electrical installations. Con-
tact a licensed electrical contractor, and make sure they arrange for an electrical permit. Visit www.plugin-
safely.ca for a list of licensed electrical contractors in Ontario.
Page 1 of 1
09-10-FL
Flash 09-10-FL
Overhead power-line fatalities
May 1, 2009
There have been numerous accidents involving overhead conductor contacts, resulting in death and severe
injury, this Flash is outlining typical scenarios that are repeated in these incidents.
ExampIes of recent incidents:
A. Three workers were electrocuted in dump truck-related overhead powerline contacts between April
and July, 2006. Sadly, these fatalities could have been prevented had the workers known what to do
when working near powerlines.
None of the victims in these fatalities understood the hazards of coming too close to a powerline. In
one fatality, the dump truck with his load raised, made contact with a powerline as the vehicle was re-
versing. Unaware that the truck had become energized, the victim was electrocuted when he touched
the rear of the vehicle. n the other two fatalities, each of the dump trucks contacted the powerline
and the drivers knew something had gone wrong; however, both were killed by step potential as they
stepped off their equipment. They would still be alive had they stayed on their equipment and radioed
for help.
B. A worker was relocating a ladder in the extended position, on a residential housing project, when it
contacted the Utilitys overhead primary line. This scenario is happening far too frequentIy.
Employers have a responsibility to educate their workers on the hazards surrounding construction
sites, particularly overhead conductors. The Occupational Health and Safety Act must be followed
with respect to Limits of Safe Approach.
All workers must look up, prior to extending, moving or climbing a ladder or scaffold, to ensure it is
safe to proceed.
Persons employed to operate boom trucks, dump trucks, cranes or hoisting equipment, require
proper training to identify the hazards overhead.
Using swimming pool skimmers, painting poles, pruning tools or erecting TV antennas we must
exercise extreme caution that we do not impede on the Limits of Safe Approach. Look above!
C. Two fatalities involving contact with energized overhead power lines. One incident claimed the life
of a young male while seriously injuring another. This incident occurred when the two victims were
lowering the long metal support pole of a party tent and it contacted the overhead power line. Three
weeks later, four scout leaders were killed doing exactly the same thing, lowering a tent pole in a jam-
boree in the United States.
Unfortunately, such accidents are not uncommon to Ontario and The Electrical Safety Authority. Fatalities
involving power lines account for 50% of all electrocutions in Ontario in the past 8 years.
One common thread in these incidents is the victim's lack of awareness of where the overhead energized
power lines are. Power lines are everywhere and the public often treats power lines no differently than a fre
hydrant. It has always been there and it is not seen as a threat or danger.
Contact with overhead power lines will likely result in serious injury or fatality
Accidental contact with an energized power line is not forgiving. History has shown that contacting a power
Page 1 of 3
09-10-FL
line while moving a ladder, using a tree trimmer, erecting an antenna or fagpole, or other similar work usually
results in a fatality or serious injury.
The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) continues to warn the public to use caution when working near overhead
power lines. Ladders, antennas, tree trimmer, fagpoles, rolling scaffolds, boom trucks have all contributed to
electrical fatalities at home and workplace over the last decade.
Respect the power of electricity ensure that you, your family and co-workers apply caution when working
near electric power lines.
As these fatalities demonstrate understanding the dangers and knowing what to do when working near over-
head powerlines is crucial to worker safety. For that reason, when working in close proximity to powerlines,
the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations (OHSA) requires workers and supervisors to:
a) Conduct a hazard assessment of the jobsite; and
b) Use a dedicated signaler to ensure that no equipment or vehicle comes within a dangerous proximity of a
powerline.
FoIIow these key safety steps when working near overhead powerIines:
1. Conduct a hazard assessment before starting work; determine the location of the power line.
2. f possible, relocate the work so that it is not near the power line. When this is not practical, a safe work
procedure should be followed which includes;
a. Determine the safe distance of approach (limit of approach). The limit of approach is not the
same for all power lines. It depends on the voltage the line is carrying. The higher the voltage, the
further the distance required..
b. Hire qualifed persons to do jobs near overhead electrical lines, such as tree trimming or have the
line de-energized by the local electrical utility or power supply authority.
c. Mark the safe distance or limit of approach. f the work is on the ground, use cones or barriers.
Using a person as a spotter will work as well. Make room for swing areas for tools, ladders and
cranes. Keep far enough away so that if an object such as an antenna were to fall it would not be
close enough to contact the power line.
d. Be aware of the location of powerlines at all times. Moving equipment, raising a load or a vehicle
under a powerline creates the potential to come into contact with the energized conductor, and
thus the potential for fatalities. OHSA requires the use of a signaler when working in proximity to
powerlines
3. Signs are required to warn workers of the dangers of powerlines if a work location has overhead power-
lines running through it.
4. Stay in the vehicle and radio for help if your vehicle or equipment comes into contact with a powerline.
f you see other workers putting themselves at risk by working in close proximity to overhead conductors --
stop them, educate them, and help save a life.
Page 2 of 3
09-10-FL
Remember: aIways conduct a hazard assessment before beginning work; be aware of the Iocation
of powerIines at aII times; and take steps to ensure that you and your equipment stay a safe distance
from powerIines as dened by OHSA beIow:
TabIe F1: Minimum safe distances from Power-Iines
Voltage Minimum Distance
Up to 150,000 Volts 3.0 m
More than 150,000 to 250,000 Volts 4.5 m
More than 250,000 6.0 m
Page 3 of 3
09-09-FL
Flash 09-09-FL
Knob and tube wiring in residential installations
May 1, 2009
Issues with knob and tube wiring
Since January 2003 the Electrical Safety Authority has received an increasing number of questions about
the safety of knob and tube wiring. n particular, purchasers or owners of older homes are fnding that many
insurers will not provide or renew coverage on such properties. In some cases, the insurance companies are
requiring a total replacement of this wiring prior to providing insurance coverage.
Knob and tube wiring, more recently referred to as open wiring, was a wiring method used in the early 1900s
to 1940s in the residential sector. Over the years wiring installation practices have changed in the residential
sector and knob and tube wiring is no longer installed; however, parts continue to be available for mainte-
nance purposes.
Diagram F1- Typical knob and tube installation
Existing knob and tube conductors concealed in walls, foor spaces, etc; supplying general lighting and recep-
tacle circuits are permitted to remain in place if:
v They are protected by a 15 ampere fuse or circuit breaker; and
v No additional outlets have been added to the original installation so as to overload the circuit; and
v The conductors, where visible, appear to be in good condition.
f your home has knob and tube wiring, we recommend that you follow these guidelines:
v Have a licensed electrical contractor check the knob and tube conductors in your existing installations
for sign of deterioration and damage; or request a general inspection from ESA. The General nspection
report will identify visible electrical safety concerns in your electrical wiring.
Page 1 of 3
09-09-FL
v Knob & tube conductors should be replaced where exposed conductors show evidence of mechani-
cal abuse and or deterioration, poor connections, overheating, alterations that result in overloading, or if
changes to wiring contravene any section of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
Homes with knob and tube wiring may not have the electrical capacity to meet today's needs. As a result, ho-
meowners have modifed their electrical system with what the Electrical Safety Authority classifes as unsafe
practices:
v mproper use of extension cords using improperly rates extension cords, or using extension cords as
permanent wiring;
v mproper fuse replacement using 20 or 30 amp fuses to replace15 amp;
v Improper connections - adding receptacles and outlets on existing circuits or improperly connecting to the
knob and tube wiring (this work should be done by a licensed electrician);
v Removing ground pins ground pins on power bars or electrical equipment should not be removed to ac-
commodate the two pin receptacles used in knob and tube wiring (2 pin to 3 pin are not permitted)
v mproper replacement of two pin receptacles. f you require a three prong receptacle, only use a GFC
receptacle.
Homeowners who are planning to modify their knob and tube wiring, or any other electrical wiring, should
have the work performed by a licensed electrical contractor or electrician and arrange for an electrical inspec-
tion by Electrical Safety Authority.
Receptacles in existing knob and tube installations
Where grounding type receptacles (three pin) are installed in existing knob and tube installations to replace
the ungrounded type (two pin) receptacle, special caution must be exercised.
Diagram F2-Two and three pin receptacIe conguration
Rule 26-700(7) requires the installation of a bond conductor to bond the receptacle to ground. This is permit-
ted to be an external bonding conductor that is connected to either the system ground conductor or a metallic
cold water pipe that is bonded to ground. This method may be diffcult to accomplish.
As an alternative to bonding, Rule 26-700(8) of the Code also states grounding type receptacles without
a bonding conductor shall be permitted to be installed provided each receptacle is protected by a ground
fault circuit interrupter of the Class A type that is an integral part of this receptacle; or supplied from a recep-
tacle containing a ground fault circuit interrupter of the Class A type; or supplied from a circuit protected by a
ground fault circuit interrupter of the Class A type (a GFC breaker in the panel, or either a GFC receptacle or
a GFCI dead front mounted in an outlet box next to the panel). Where this option is used, no bonding conduc-
tor is permitted between outlets unless that bond conductor is in turn connected to ground.
GFCI protection of the receptacles does not provide a ground reference to the U-ground slot of the recep-
tacles. Some appliances require a bond be connected to the U-ground slot in order to function properly. For
example, surge protective devices for computer or entertainment equipment will not function without a ground
reference.
Two Pin (ungrounded) Three Pin (Grounded) Two Pin (ungrounded) Three Pin (Grounded)
Page 2 of 3
09-09-FL
As new electrical equipment is introduced into the dwelling unit there might be a need for additional outlets to
be installed. Extension cords are not to be used as a substitute for permanent wiring. The following shall be
followed when installing new receptacles:
v Outdoor receptacles shall be GFCI protected,
v Bathroom and washroom receptacles shall be GFCI protected.
v Kitchen receptacles within 1 meter of a sink shall be GFC protected
v New outlets shall follow the current Ontario Electrical Safety Code requirements for wiring, meaning a
new branch circuit shall be grounded and receptacles that utilize the three pin grounded confguration
listed in Diagram F2.
Benets of new wiring
While knob and tube conductors in good condition and has not been inappropriately altered will not present
undue hazards it is worth noting that modern electrical installations contain safety benefts not found in older
electrical systems.
These include
v Generally larger electrical capacity and more electrical circuits reducing the need to use extensioncords
v Splices and joints made in approved electrical boxes
v Dedicated electrical circuits for certain types of electrical equipment or appliances
v Grounded and bonded receptacles, switches and light fxtures
v Tamper resistant receptacles in homes
v Ground fault circuit interrupters in bathrooms and outdoor locations as per the latest edition of the Ontario
Electrical Safety Code
v Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters in bedroom receptacle circuits
v And GFCs near sinks.
Homeowners who are planning to modify their knob and tube wiring, or any other electrical wiring, should
have the work performed by a licensed electrical contractor or electrician and arrange for an electrical inspec-
tion by Electrical Safety Authority.
Myths
v Knob & Tube wiring is unsafe.
v All knob and tube wiring must be disconnected and replaced.
v The Ontario Electrical Safety Code no longer recognizes knob and tube wiring as an acceptable wiring
method.
Facts
v Knob & Tube wiring is safe, provided it is properly maintained by competent licensed people as outlined
above.
v The Electrical Safety Authority as well as the Ontario Electrical Safety Code recognize and accept knob
and tube wiring methods.
v The Ontario Electrical Safety Code 2002 edition contains rules that govern the installation of open type
wiring methods (knob & tube). Rules 12-200 to 12-224 set out the minimum safety standards for the
installation of open wiring, which may still be installed to this day.
Page 3 of 3
09-08-FL
Page 1 of 4
Flash 09-08-FL
Aluminum wiring in residential installations
May 1, 2009
Issues with aluminum wiring
Since January of 2003 the Electrical Safety Authority has received an increasing number of questions about
the safety of aluminum wiring. In particular, purchasers or owners of homes built from the mid 1960s until the
late 1970's with aluminum wiring are fnding that many insurers will not provide or renew insurance cover-
age on such properties unless the wiring is inspected and repaired or replaced as necessary and this work
is inspected by ESA and a copy of the certifcate of inspection is provided to the insurer. n some cases the
insurer may require replacement of the aluminum wiring with copper wiring. Check with your insurance com-
pany for their requirements.
Some homes may have a mixture of aluminum and copper wiring.
Reported problems with aluminum wiring have been related to the overheating and failure of aluminum wiring
terminations. This is due to aluminums tendency to oxidize and its incompatibility with devices designed for
use with copper wiring. Warm cover plates or discolouration of switches or receptacles, fickering lights, or the
smell of hot plastic insulation may evidence these problems.
Each home will be different and must be assessed on its own. It is highly recommended the homeowner hire
a licensed electrical contractor who is knowledgeable in the special techniques required for working with and
repairing aluminum wiring. The contractor should do an assessment, make the necessary repairs, and have
the work inspected by ESA. The homeowner should obtain a copy of the Certifcate of nspection for their
records and for their insurance company (if requested).
As mentioned above, where problems exist with aluminum wiring they are usually found at termination points.
This necessitates the opening of all outlets (receptacles, switches, fxtures, appliance connections, and in
the panelboard) and visually inspecting terminations for signs of failure and overheating without removing or
disturbing the devices or wiring. There should be no signs of overheating such as darkened or discoloured
connections, melted insulation, etc.
Where problems are found the damaged aluminum conductor should be cut back to remove the damaged
portion and then the necessary repairs made.
Required markings for devices used with aIuminum wiring
Replacement receptacles and switches shall be installed in compliance with the Ontario Electrical Safety
Code and marked as per Table F1.
09-08-FL
Page 2 of 4
TabIe F1 - Required markings for devices used with aIuminum wiring
Electrical Device Required Marking
Receptacle (rated 20 amps or less) CO/ALR or ALCU
Receptacle (rated greater than 20 amps) ALCU Or CUAL
Switch (rated 20 amps or less) CO/ALR
Wire Connectors [intended for use with
combinations of either an aluminum conductor(s),
a copper conductor(s), or both]
ALCU Or CUAL
Luminaire (Lighting fxture or lampholder) No required marking on fxture, however approved
wire nuts are required.
Electric Heater No required marking on heater, however approved
wire nuts are required.
All terminations of aluminum conductors shall be to devices marked as per Table F1 and Photo F1; this
includes the bare bond conductor as well. Rule 12-118(3) provides two exceptions to this requirement. The
frst exception is for devices or fxtures with wire leads, in which case the joint between the wire lead and the
aluminum conductor shall be made with a wire connector approved for copper to aluminum connections and
marked as per Table F1. The second exception is the outlet box bonding screw, which does not require ap-
proval for connection of the aluminum bonding conductor.
Photo F1 - Required marking for devices used with aIuminum wiring
Terminations of aluminum conductors
Rule 12-118(6) of the Code requires the connection of aluminum conductors to wiring devices having wire
binding terminal screws, about which the conductors can be looped under the head of the screw, shall be
made by forming the conductor in a clockwise direction around the screw into three-fourths of a complete loop
and only one conductor shall be connected to any one screw.
Devices with push-in terminations shall not be used with aluminum conductors.
An alternative to using copper/aluminum approved devices is to connect a copper wire pigtail between the
aluminum conductor and the device connection screw of a device approved for copper only connections. Pig-
tailing also applies to the bond conductor, which is often overlooked. The wire connector used for the pigtail
joint shall be marked as per Table F1.
09-08-FL
Page 3 of 4
Rule 12-118(1) states that adequate precaution shall be given to the termination and splicing of aluminum
conductors, including the removal of insulation, the cleaning of the bared conductor, and the compatibility and
installation of fttings.
Aluminum conductors are softer than copper and care must be taken that they are not nicked or cut, or
crushed during termination. Nicks, cuts, or crush spots at terminations result in a weak spot that may result in
breakage of the conductor or a hot spot.
Rule 12-118(2) requires that a joint compound be used with stranded aluminum conductor connections, but
does not require it for solid aluminum conductors. Even though not required by the Code, it is recommended
that bare ends of solid aluminum conductors be coated with approved joint compound. Note: The compound
is conductive and should be used sparingly and any excess compound should be removed.
Where pig tailing is used, Rule 12-3036 must be considered with respect to the minimum volume of box
required to contain the existing as well as the new conductors and connections. Where there is not enough
room in the existing outlet box, a surface mounted extension box may be required to contain the extra volume
necessary to safely accommodate everything.
General inspection
Question
f ESA completes a general inspection, does the OESC require an older house that is wired with aluminum
wiring to have all non-CU/AL devices replaced with devices approved for connection to aluminum wiring (or
have copper tails installed as per information included in this Bulletin ( 12-28-*).
Answer
No, If the devices are the original ones installed and show no visible signs of overheating or other damage,
then they are not required to be replaced (it is recommended only). f a device shows any visible signs of
overheating or other damage, then replacement is required. f any of the devices have been replaced in the
past with newer devices (ie: Decora style), then they are not original and are required to be replaced with a
Code compliant installation.
Rationale
Rule 2-300 requires that operating electrical equipment be kept in safe and proper working condition and that
defective equipment shall either be put in good order or permanently disconnected. Where there is no evi-
dence of deterioration of the wire, the termination, or the device, then the Code does not require that repairs
be made.
Myths
v Aluminum wiring was recalled because it is known to be a fre hazard.
v Aluminum wiring is no longer used for interior wiring systems.
Fact
v The Ontario Electrical Safety Code permits the installation of aluminum wiring.
v Adequate precautions shall be given to the terminations and splicing of aluminum conductors;
v Aluminum wiring itself is safe if proper connections and terminations are made, without damaging the
wire and devices approved for use with aluminum wire are employed.
v Aluminum wiring is widely used today for larger commercial and industrial feeders. Electrical distribu-
tion companies use it widely throughout their distribution systems including the supply service cable
to most residences; in fact it may still be used today for interior wiring systems in residential homes as
well as other structures.
09-08-FL
Page 4 of 4
Aluminum wiring itself is safe and if proper connections and terminations are made without damaging the wire
and using approved materials installed in accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code and the manu-
facturers instructions, there should be no problems with the aluminum wiring installation.
09-07-FL
Flash 09-07-FL
Isolated ground receptacle connected wrong
May 1, 2009
A receptionist received a shock when she touched the back of her computer. nvestigations concluded a
previously installed Isolated Ground circuit had been altered and the insulated red bond conductor was con-
nected to a breaker, thus energizing the metal computer case.
This could have been lethal.
Rule 10-906 (6 & 7), requires every receptacle has a jumper between the box and the receptacle. However
because of sensitive electronic equipment, Subrule 10-906 (8) allows these solated Ground Receptacles to
use a separate insulated bonding conductor, all the way back to the distribution equipment.
For years, since the advent of isolated ground receptacles (see Photo F1), where AC90 (BX) cable or similar
was being used, it was common practice to use a three conductor cable and tape the Red conductor Green at
both ends. It would appear in this case, someone, somehow, placed this red conductor under the terminal of
a circuit breaker, thus sending potentially lethal voltage down the insulated conductor to whatever device was
plugged into the isolated receptacle.
Checks with many wholesalers, suppliers and manufactures indicate that the proper cable, with both a bare
bond and insulated green bond conductors are available (see Photo F2). Installations with taped green bond-
ing conductors will not be accepted, if of #2 or smaller, as per rule 4-036 (1)(b). Please check all of your exist-
ing Isolated Ground Receptacles with a proper tester to ensure they have not been altered in this manner.
Photo F1 Isolated Ground Receptacle
Photo F2 Cable with both a bare bond and insulated green bond conductors
An solated Ground Receptacle is a special receptacle, identified by a small
triangle on the face and usually identified by their orange colour, but not always.
An solated Ground Receptacle is a special receptacle, identified by a small
triangle on the face and usually identified by their orange colour, but not always.
Page 1 of 1
09-06-FL
Flash 09-06-FL
Delta to wye system conversions
May 1, 2009
Caution should be exercised when converting Delta systems to Wye.
You must ensure that all unintentional grounds are removed before the system is converted.
Hazard
There have been a number of incidents and fres where, as part of a distribution system upgrade, the system
transformer has been changed from a Delta secondary (3 Wire) to a Wye secondary (4 Wire) system.
Issue
By design, a ground fault condition on a Delta system will not operate an overcurrent device, but will only
indicate a grounded phase conductor.
A potential fre could be introduced when the supply transformers are changed to a Wye secondary system if
all ground faults are not removed prior to the new service being energized. A fault would be introduced into a
grounded system. Closing a switch into a fault can be extremely hazardous.
The results may be immediate, with the operation of the overcurrent device. Or, if the fault is of a high enough
impedance, it may allow signifcant current to fow, without the overcurrent device operating, causing a fre
Solution
The following safety procedures, in addition to the normal procedure is suggested when converting Delta to
Wye
1. Inspect the Electrical system being converted, paying particular attention to the status of the Ground Fault
ndication Lights (GF) and make sure that the GF's are functioning properly.
2. If the GFI indicates a fault (indicators of different brightness could be a sign of partial faults) further tests
should be conducted to fnd the source of the fault. The fault may be further inside the building, outside
the building or in another building on the same system. ALL FAULTS MUST BE CLEARED BEFORE
CONVERSON S ATTEMPTED.
3. It is important that a Grounded Circuit Conductor (or neutral) be brought into the building as per Rule
10-204 and Bulletin 4-9-* and solidly grounded, regardless whether or not the customer does not have an
immediate or perceived need for a neutral. This connection is essential for clearing faults on the system.
4. The grounded conductor shall not be smaller than that permitted by Rule 10-204(2) and Table 16 and
shall comply with 4-022(3). Also, a check should be preformed to see if the existing equipment is rated
high enough for any increase in Available Fault Current (AFC) Level. See Rule 14-012 and 14-014.
5. Once converted, the loads can be connected and checked again for ground faults. A check for current on
the ground conductor may be an indication of a potential problem.
6. Overcurrent devices that operate once energized, could be an indication of a fault remaining on the sys-
tem and should not be ignored. Further investigation shall be conducted.
7. The redundant Ground Fault Indicators should be removed.
8. A connection authorization from ESA shall be arranged, before re-energization.
Note: On large services that are solidly grounded, Rule 14-102 may require the addition of Ground Fault Pro-
tection.
Page 1 of 1
09-05-FL
Flash 09-05-FL
Student receives burns while operating a key-type
lighting switch
May 1, 2009
A student received burns to his fngers when turning on a key-operated light switch that controlled some light-
ing at a local high school, even when using the proper key at the time. The switch, shown in the fgure below,
is designed to be turned on by inserting a proper key into the switch and toggling it, had shorted to ground
resulting in an arc fame that caused the burns. Similar incidents have occurred in Ontario and Canada.
A key-operated switch, unlike the normal wall-type lighting switch, requires insertion of a metal key to toggle
the switch on and off. Objects (typically metal) other than the proper key are often used in attempt to toggle
the switch. The fgure below shows how easily a metal paper clip could make contact with the phase conduc-
tor, or have part of the material broken or dislodged, creating a potentially hazardous scenario.
Recommendations:
1. Staff and students should be cautioned about the potential dangers of attempting to tamper with these
switches.
2. Have a qualifed electrician inspect existing key type switches for evidence of tampering and repair or
replace as necessary.
3. Develop and implement a best practice / safe work procedure when using these types of switches.
4. Consider installing locking covers over these types of switches to prevent tampering.
5. Consider replacing the existing type of key type switches with other types. For example, the low voltage
control type switch would provide isolation between the line voltage and the user.
6. Confne the use of this type of switch to areas that are not open to the public.
Photo F1 Key Operated switches
Page 1 of 1
09-04-FL
Flash 09-04-FL
Unapproved electrical animal stunners
May 1, 2009
There was a recent fatality in Ontario resulting from the use of an unapproved electrical animal stunner.
Electrical Safety Authority is concerned that unapproved or altered electrical animal stunners may be in use in
Ontario. Any electrical equipment approved for use in the Province of Ontario will bear the approval label of a
certifcation agency or the Electrical Safety Authority.
Direction
Do not use an electrical animal stunner unless it bears one of the approval labels. For a complete list of rec-
ognized marks see the ESA web site www.esasafe.com under Electrical Product Safety tab. Do not alter or
modify an electrical animal stunner. Use of such equipment can result in serious injury or death.
Background
Electrical animal stunners use bare metal parts energized at voltages up to 600 volts. These devices are
used in the meat packing industry to stun animals before they are slaughtered. Most potential users of these
devices are unaware of the electrical hazards. Use of unapproved or modifed stunners or improper use on
any electrical animal stunner can result in serious injury or death.
t is an offence under the Electricity Act and the Ontario Electrical Safety Code to use unapproved equipment
or modify approved equipment. Such use is also an offence under the Occupational Health and Safety Act
and Regulations.
The Electrical Safety Authority will prosecute anyone found in possession of an unapproved or modifed
electrical animal stunner. For further information contact Electrical Safety Authority at: www.esasafe.com or
1-877-372-7233.
Page 1 of 1
09-03-FL
Page 1 of 2
Flash 09-03-FL
Wiring of T-8 lighting
May 1, 2009
Recently, ESA has been made aware of a number of feld problems associated with energy-effcient-retroftted
T8 fuorescent fxtures. When improperly wired during retroft, these fxtures have been known to create arc-
ing causing overheating of the lamp base and deforming, melting or charring the lamp holder.
n some cases, the damage from the arcing could cause the lamp to fall from the lamp holder. n other cases;
the arcing could result in fxture failure. n one instance the failure resulted in a fre.
Background
This problem affects fuorescent fxtures that have been retroftted with an instant-start Ballast and bi-pin T-8
lamps and wired incorrectly. Most common are the four-foot T-8 lamps with high frequency electronic instant-
start ballasts.
Installation
Figure F1 shows correct installation method. Two wires of the each lamp holder are recurred to be connected
together prior to connecting them to the appropriate single lead of the instant start-ballast. Check that all lamp
holder contacts are in good condition and show no signs of arcing or pitting.
Figure F2 shows incorrect and not acceptable wiring method. This method uses T-8-bi-pin instant-start-lamp
holders, which have a factory-installed jumper between the two lamp contacts.
Other wiring congurations.
No other wiring confguration is recommended. ncorrect wiring confgurations allow excessive current to pass
through the lamp(s) cathodes, potentially overheating the lamp base and the lamp holder excessively, result-
ing in lamp holder deformation, melting or charring and failure.
Refer to LSD-2-1998 Wiring Requirements for T8 Lamps from the National Electrical Manufactures Associa-
tion. The document can be found on the website www.nema.org
09-03-FL
Page 2 of 2
Figure F1 Correct wiring method
Figure F2 - Incorrect and not acceptabIe of wiring method or its eIectricaI equivaIent
09-02-FL
Flash 09-02-FL
Lockout / tag-out an absolute necessity
May 1, 2009
Who establishes your in-house Lock out / Tag out procedure
Both the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) and the Ministry of Labour under the Occupational Health
and Safety Act (OHSA) require electrical equipment to be de-energized before work is performed on or near
bare live parts of the equipment.
The LOCK/TAGOUT procedure that is used to ensure this safety precaution is a responsibility of the employer
for the workers at risk. nput for this procedure can be obtained from your maintenance people, the joint
Health and Safety Committee and the Risk Management Group.
Following a rigid procedure for LOCK/OUT will help avoid the risk of electrical contact
Items to be included within a LOCK/OUT procedure
IsoIate:
v Identify the switch to be used to de-energize the circuit.
v Use safe work practices in operating the switch, e.g. clear work area around the switch, use left hand to
operate, stand to the side not in front, look away as you operate a switch.
Verify:
v Either visually examine or conduct testing to ensure that all phases have been de-energized.
v f doing testing, check for voltage line-to-ground frst to ensure that the return path is established and that
the tester is operating properly.
v Whether doing testing or visual examination to ensure that all phases are open, you must still test for
voltage at the point of working, in case of a second source or power, or if the switch was originally wired
improperly.
Ensure:
v The procedures must establish a means to ensure that the equipment will stay de-energized while work-
ers are at risk.
v Locks must be of substantial construction, to ensure that specialized equipment such as bolt cutters or
hacksaws must be used to remove a lock if the key is not available.
OESC ruIes regarding isoIation:
2-304 Disconnect and lock out equipment to be
serviced
28-602 Types and ratings of disconnecting means
28-604 Location of disconnecting means
Also check Ministry of Labour latest rules regarding isolation.
Page 1 of 1
09-01-FL
Flash 09-01-FL
Death of a 14-year-old boy from electrocution
May 01, 2009

Chatham, Ontario, August 24, 1998 Dr. Thomas Wilson, Southwestern Regional Coroner and Ross Suther-
land, Technical Advisor for Ontario Hydro Electrical nspection, Western Territory Offce in London, today
released details of preliminary fndings from their investigation into the death of 14-year-old Freddy Jewel.
Freddy died July 20, 1998, after he was electrocuted while operating a personal computer at his home in
Dresden.
The computer, which had a three-pin plug, was plugged into an unapproved power bar. The ground pin of the
power bar's plug had been broken off so it would ft into the home's two pin receptacles. The receptacles in
this home had been installed at some time in the past when two pin receptacles were the residential standard.
The power bar had an internal manufacturing defect which allowed the computer to operate normally, while at
the same time energizing the metal in the computer at 120 volts. The internal defect in the power bar would
not have caused problems if the circuit had been protected with a proper ground connection. Freddy was
electrocuted when he touched a metallic part on the computer.
A tragedy like Freddy Jewel's death can be avoided if people remember the following advice:
1. Do not remove the third pin on plugs connected to equipment.
2. Always use equipment clearly marked as approved for use in Ontario. For a complete list of recognized
marks see the ESA web site www.esasafe.com under Electrical Product Safety tab.
3. Older homes with receptacles that do not accept three-pin plugs but require them, should have grounded
receptacles or Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) receptacles which accept three-pin plugs installed
by a certifed electrician or licensed electrical contractor.
Page 1 of 1
08-02-FL
Flash 08-02-FL
EIectricaI shock and re hazard safety tips
for students and parents
August, 2008
Students leaving home to further their education through enrolment in a community college, university or simi-
lar post-secondary facility are learning about life. For many of these students, this is the frst time they will live
away from the family home and the security of a safe home environment.
Students living on campus beneft from safety provisions required under provincial safety legislation. Those
living off campus may fnd that their rental facilities don't comply with provincial safety legislation.
The Electrical Safety Authority encourages parents to review this important electrical safety checklist with their
children to help them identify and correct potentially unsafe electrical situations.
For safetys sake check your new accommodation for these potential electrical hazards and have
your IandIord make repairs where necessary:
Loose or damaged plugs and switches
Outlets and switches with missing cover plates
Outlets and switches that are warm or hot to the touch should be turned off immediately and replaced by
a licensed electrical contractor
Dim or fickering lights
Exposed electrical wiring
Fuses that blow or circuit breakers that frequently trip, or circuits that don't work when fuses are replaced
or breakers reset
Renovated kitchens and bathrooms require GFC (Ground Fault Circuit nterrupter) outlets
n older accommodations ask the landlord to replace existing outlets in the bathroom and kitchen with
GFCI-protected outlets, and two-prong outlets with three-prong outlets
For safety's sake - take these steps to protect yourseIf:
Ensure all electrical products purchased and used bear the mark of a recognized certifcation agency (see
www.esasafe.com for a list of recognized marks)
Power bars must be approved by a certifcation agency, and it is recommended that only those with
heavy-gauge cord should be purchased for use in the home
Never use extension cords that are frayed and/or damaged
Never remove the 3rd prong from an electrical product the 3rd prong is the grounding device and is a
critical safety feature
Never use cheater plugs these are used to plug a 3-pronged device into a 2-pronged outlet and over-
rides critical safety mechanisms
Never overload outlets or circuits this can cause overheating that may lead to fre
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs) should be tested monthly to ensure they are in proper operating
condition
Page 1 of 2
08-02-FL
Page 2 of 2
Consider purchasing a portable Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) from an electrical wholesale dis-
tributor for use in areas where GFCIs are not present
The price of electrical safety is a small investment for peace of mind. By encouraging post-secondary school-
bound students to start thinking about electrical safety in the home at this age will set a lifestyle pattern for
safe electrical practices for the balance of their life.
The Electrical Safety Authority brings this important electrical safety message to you. Visit www.esasafe.com
for more electrical safety information.
08-01-FL
Flash 08-01-FL
Electrical hazards found at baseball diamonds
June 2008
Mississauga, ON While conducting regular feld inspections, the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) has
found numerous electrical hazards at baseball felds throughout Ontario. Municipalities are being advised to
take a closer look at the electrical installations at their sports felds to ensure there are no electrical hazards,
or damaged or deteriorated equipment.
One of the main concerns is the use of electrical metallic tubing (EMT) as the raceway in light standards
or tower installations. EMT was commonly used a number of years ago as raceway for electrical wiring in
outdoor installations such as sports feld light standards. However, EMT can become rusted and break apart
where it has been used as a conduit in exposed installations, see Photo F2. The EMT has a tendency to
shear off at the point where it exits the concrete base leading up into the light tower. This deteriorated conduit
can pose a shock hazard to the public through loss of bonding and exposed conductors.
Another major concern is the condition of the electrical panels. Many of the wooden or sheet metal enclo-
sures protecting the electrical panels from exposure to the weather have deteriorated over time and now allow
the weather to infltrate the electrical equipment inside, see Photo F3. Many of the enclosures are not locked,
making it easy for the public to access the equipment and the panels. Equipment that is rusting or has holes
or missing panel fllers could make live connections accessible to the public, see Photo F1.
ESA's inspections have identied the foIIowing issues:
v Some of the towers used to support the lighting are in a deteriorated condition.
v High-risk electrical wiring in the light standards is not being properly protected by raceway.
v In some instances there has been no bond wire used in the original installation.
v Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) is rusting and breaking apart.
v The EMT can shear off at the point that it exits the concrete base leading up into the light standard.
v EMT was sometimes used as the bond conductor back to the electrical panel in older installations. n this
instance, if the EMT breaks apart, there would be no bond continuity back to the electrical panel to open
an overcurrent device (fuse or breaker) if a phase conductor contacted the metal structure. This would
leave a condition where a shorted wire could energize the metallic structure thus posing a shock hazard
to anyone in the area.
v Many of the electrical panels are rusting or have openings as a result of missing panel fllers or knock out
fllers. This exposes the live bus to anyone putting their hands on or near the panel.
v PVC conduit has been found to be damaged by snow removal or lawn care equipment, thus exposing the
wires.
v The Ontario Electrical Safety Code prohibits the use of EMT conduit in wet environments.
v Many of the electrical panels are protected by wooden enclosures which are not weather-proofed and
tend to deteriorate with outdoor exposure.
v Many of the electrical panels are not locked even though they have the capability of being locked.
v Most of the outdoor outlets are not GFCI protected. This poses a potential hazard where the public (and
children) have unsupervised exposure to the electrical outlets. There is no way to ensure the condition of
the electrical cords being used by the public in these receptacles.
ESA recommends all outdoor electrical receptacles are GFCI protected and tested monthly as per manufac-
turers instructions.
Page 1 of 3
08-01-FL
ESA recommends MunicipaIities deveIop a maintenance check Iist that incIudes the foIIowing:
Light Standards and Towers - Structures that carry electrical wiring need to be maintained to protect park
visitors from potential electrical hazards.
1. Check the condition of all conduits to ensure no breaks or cracks.
2. Look for conduit that has sheared off at ground level
3. Ensure that there is proper grounding and bonding of all electrical equipment.
4. Assess the integrity of the EMT. If deterioration has occurred, the EMT should be replaced with an ap-
proved conduit rated for exterior use.
5. Ensure connection boxes are not damaged nor have missing covers.
6. Conduct annual routine inspections of the structural integrity of light standards and towers. ESA Inspec-
tors have identifed severe cracks and rust deterioration in some light poles.
7. Repair all identifed defciencies immediately.
Electrical Panel and Enclosure
1. Check the condition of the enclosure protecting the electrical equipment from the weather.
2. Check the condition of the electrical panels and equipment. Ensure there are no holes in the panels or
missing panel fllers that would expose the public to a shock hazard. Check for deterioration due to rust.
3. Ensure that the panel enclosure can be locked, and that it is locked.
4. Ensure the copper ground wire has not been removed (copper wire is at high risk of theft).
5. Repair all identifed defciencies immediately.
f you are not sure what to look for, a Licensed Electrical Contractor can help with the assessment and repairs
to damaged or deteriorated electrical equipment. Go to www.pluginsafely.ca for a list of Licensed Electrical
Contractors.
For more electrical safety information, please visit our website at www.esasafe.com.
Photo F1
Page 2 of 3
08-01-FL
Photo F2
Photo F3
Page 3 of 3
07-02-FL
Page 1 of 1
Flash 07-02-FL
Communication Grounding Hardware and Conductors
to Meterbase Enclosures
February 2007
Concerns have arisen from Local Distribution Companies, in regards to the attachment of communication
grounding hardware and conductors to meterbase enclosures. Utility workers regularly work on meterbases
with the electrical power energized. Grounding devices attached to removable covers on meterbases could
pose a hazard to these employees. The devices could dislodge the cover from its catch or the conductor in
the device could interfere with the cover removal. There is also concern that the conductor could free itself
from the grounding device and contact the exposed meter connections.
Bonding and Grounding hardware must be approved devices as per Rule 2-024 of the Ontario Electrical
Safety Code and installed as per the manufacturers instructions. As well, these devices must not be installed
directly to removable covers on meterbases. These devices must not distort or damage the meterbase enclo-
sure. Communication companies need to ensure their installation practices meet these requirements.
Note: Utility workers need to be aware of these devices when working on meterbase enclosures. Communi-
cation companies need to ensure their installation practices meet these requirements.
Examples of approved devices
07-01-FL
Flash 07-01-FL
Hazards due to misuse of extension cords
January 2007
The misuse of extension cords has contributed to increasing reports of electrical fres in Ontario over the past
year. Do not become a statistic. n the past ten years there have been fve fatalities, and numerous fres in
Ontario associated with the misuse of extension cords.
The Electrical Safety Authority warns consumers to use extension cords safely - follow these important rules.
Only use extension cords:
v That are rated for the particular task:
Select the appropriate cord for the application. Not all cords are created equal, some are designed for
exterior use, others interior use only, some for hard usage in wet locations, others not.
v For temporary installations:
Flexible extension cords must never take the place of permanent wiring; they are not designed or in-
tended for permanent installations. Once the task has been completed, the cord should always be discon-
nected and properly stored away for future use.
v For portable electrical equipment:
always follow the manufacturers instructions.
Failure to use and maintain extension cords in the manner they were intended may create a fre or shock
hazard that puts you or your family at risk.
Safe use of Extension Cords
ESA encourages consumers to ask the following questions before using an extension cord:
v Will I use the cord indoors or outdoors?
v What is the total current or wattage rating of the appliances Ill use with the cord?
v How far is the nearest outlet from where 'll be working?
WiII I use the cord indoors or outdoors?
The frst step in determining which extension cord you will need is to decide whether you will be using the
appliance indoors or outdoors. Extension cords that can be used outdoors will be clearly marked Suitable
for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors; it could result in an electric
shock or fre hazard. f you are working outdoors purchase an outdoor rated extension cord it's a small
price to pay for safety.
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires all receptacles on residential properties located outdoors, below
1.5m be ground fault circuit interrupter protected. Please ensure that all portable electrical equipment used
outdoors has GFCI protection, your life may depend on it.
What is the totaI current or wattage rating of the appIiances I'II use with the cord?
Extension cords are labeled with valuable information as to the use, size, current and wattage rating of the
cord. Cords are offered in many lengths and are marked with a size or gauge. The gauge is based on the
American Wire Gauge (AWG) System, in which the larger the wire, the smaller the AWG number. For exam-
ple, a 14 gauge wire would be larger, and can power larger wattage appliances, than a 16 gauge wire.
Page 1 of 2
07-01-FL
f you don't have a properly rated cord purchase a new extension cord it's a small price to pay for safety.
How far is the nearest outIet from where I'II be working?
To determine what size -- or gauge -- cord you will need, you will also have to determine how long you need
the cord to be. A cord, based on its gauge, can power an appliance of a certain wattage only at specifc dis-
tances. As the cord gets longer, the current carrying capacity of the cord gets lower. For example, a 16 gauge
extension cord less than 50 feet in length can power a 1625 watt (W) appliance. A 16 gauge cord that is
longer than 50 feet in length can only power an appliance up to 1250W. If you are going to use the extension
cord with two or more appliances, you must add together the wattage rating for all appliances used on the
cord to determine the gauge size you will need.
Power Bars
Power bars not unlike extension cords are also widely misused. The safety steps listed above are required
to determine if the power bar is suitable for your intended application. ESA recommends that you purchase
power bars with a minimum 14 gauge copper conductor to ensure a higher level of safety. The practice of
daisy chaining power bars is not recommended by ESA.
Figure F1 Outdoor GFCI cord and receptacle
Page 2 of 2
06-02-FL
Flash 06-02-FL
Locking HV switch
February 2006
A local LDC supplied power to a new customer owned gang operated high voltage switch. The high voltage
contractor, bringing power to the facility through a substation had left the customer owned switch unlocked
once he had completed his job. Someone closed the switch energizing the facility. This was done without
proper authorization from ESA.
A worker, assuming that the building was still in its de-energized state, went to inspect a 600 V panel and was
intending to touch exposed part (which was energized). Had he not been warned by another contractor work-
ing nearby, critical injury or fatality may have resulted.
The practice of not locking out switches to prevent unauthorized use is very dangerous. Ontario Health and
Safety Act and Regulations Section 185(1) of the Construction Regulations requires electrical equipment to be
installed and operated so as not to pose a hazard to a worker. Energizing without authorization from ESA is
also in contravention of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
High voltage contractors bringing power into a facility or a section of a facility must keep the installation locked
out until connection has been authorized. Keys to the installation shall only be given to those who have au-
thority.
Page 1 of 1
05-01-FL
Page 1 of 2
Flash 05-01-FL
Use of defective equipment causes hoteI re
June 2005
Contractor activity resuIted in a hoteI re
A contractor was removing lint from the ventilating system in the hotel laundry. The foor lamp he was using to
illuminate the work area was not designed for the purpose for which it was intended. t had a defective cord
and abuse during its use created an arc, which ignited lint fbers on the foor and subsequently spread to other
lint fbers nearby and resulted in a fre.
n a densely populated building, this incident could have easily resulted in a serious fre. What occurred in this
incident is a perfect example of how dangerous defective equipment can be, given the right condition. n a
separate event, a defective cord leaked enough current that resulted in a fatality a few years ago. n short,
damaged electrical equipment has been known to cause fre and death.
Applied regulations and codes
Both the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) and the Ontario Health and Safety Act and Regulations
(OHSA & Regs) requires equipment to be kept in good condition. When the equipment is damaged that it
compromises safe operation of the equipment, endangering the building, general public or worker, the equip-
ment must not be used and should be removed. The OESC and OHSA and Regs also specify that workplace
must be kept in good housekeeping order, so that the environment does not contribute to injuries or material
damage.
What can be done to avert the hazard
Ensure that equipment and tools are used for the intended purpose. Please inspect all your electrical equip-
ment prior to use. Look for damaged or frayed cord, broken casing, removed ground pins, exposed bare wires
that can compromise the safety of the tool or equipment. Keep workplace clean from dust and debris that can
contribute to fre or safety hazard. Destroy and discard defective cords right away so they can no longer be
used. Place defective equipment where they will not be used. Tag it clearly and have a qualifed person repair
the tool or equipment.
05-01-FL
Page 2 of 2
F1 Fixture used as a trouble light
F2 - Defective cord caused by misuse that Iater arced and caused a re
JJ
04-03-FL
Flash 04-03-FL
Fire investigation into high-rise apartment re
March 2005
n the fall of 2004, the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) was asked to assist the Offce of Fire Marshal (OFM)
in a fre investigation involving an electrical fre in a high-rise apartment complex in Eastern Ontario. This fre
left more than a thousand people homeless, the damage extensive, resulting in multi-million dollar damage
and given the circumstances, it was fortunate there was no associated loss of life or life-threatening injury.
This fre was so severe that even after 4 weeks following the fre, the building continues to remain unoccu-
pied.
The fre, which involved one of the apartment building's main electrical distribution risers (busway), originated
from the main electrical panel board located in the basement, and ran up the building through electrical clos-
ets located on each foor. The busway supplies power to the electrical closets, which in turn supplies power to
the electric heating located in every individual apartment.
Preliminary investigations of the site identifed that a water leak on a higher foor migrated into an electrical
closet . The water entered the busway and caused a short circuit. The busway overcurrent and ground fault
protection failed to clear the fault resulting in catastrophic failure of the busway, The failure resulted in an elec-
trical fre, spreading to multiple foors throughout the building.
Following further investigation, ESA and OFM determined the busway protection failure was due to a malfunc-
tion in the busway protective device. The switch mechanism did not work freely causing the operating linkage
to bind, preventing the switch from opening to clear the fault.
Rule 2-300 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires All operating electrical equipment shall be kept in
safe and proper working condition.
The fre investigation identifed that regular testing, calibration and maintenance of the protective systems and
related switches in the main distribution switchgear should have identifed and corrected the problem.
Recommendations
The Electrical Safety Authority strongly recommends all owners, condominium associations, and rental
management companies involved in high-rise buildings initiate a program of regular testing, calibration, and
maintenance of electrical systems to ensure electrical systems in buildings function properly and safely. Test-
ing, calibration and maintenance must follow what the manufacturers recommend.
Page 1 of 1
04-02-FL
Flash 04-02-FL
Hazards of eIectricaI paneIs and equipment
February 2004
The Accident
A restaurant supervisor received very serious injuries when attempting to recover a set of keys that has fallen
behind electrical equipment in the back offce. A fellow worker called the police and had the power turned off
before removing the victim. Without the help of the second person, this victim could have died.
Facts
Electricity is invisible, silent, dangerous and not obvious to most people.
t is common to fnd electrical equipment in closets or backrooms of shops, offces and restaurants.
Because of cramped space, people often use the electrical equipment as tables, shelves, even stor-
age.
n most cases, the electrical equipment or panels look just like any part of the building. There is no
fashing light or sparks and often, they do not generate sound. When the electrical panels are opened
and electrical and component exposed, despite the danger, they still look deceivingly harmless.
Most electrical panels or equipment are not marked to warn common people of potential danger.
o Some equipment can overheat when the vent is covered with clothing or cloth or card-
board. t can initiate fres.
o Electricity and electrical equipment can do harm even without physically touching the ac-
tual equipment, components or wires. Electricity can travel through air and hurt a human
body.
What to do when you nd eIectricaI equipment in your ofce or cIoset.
1. Do not block access to electrical panels and equipment. Electricians should have immediate access
to the panels and equipment in case they needed to be turned off in a hurry.
2. Do not place objects near, on or inside the equipment. You can create a fre hazard by doing so and
worse, you can be seriously injured.
3. Warn co-workers about the danger of electrical equipment; place warning signs and this hazard no-
tice on the panel or cover of the equipment.
4. Do not open panels or covers of the electrical equipment, regardless how harmless the equipment
looks. f an object accidentally fell inside or behind the panel or equipment, call a qualifed electrician
to do the job. Do not attempt to retrieve by opening any panels, covers or inserting objects such as
wires or wooden object inside the electrical equipment through openings and vents.
Page 1 of 1
03-01-FL
Page 1 of 2
Flash 03-01-FL
347 Volt lighting circuits kill one apprentice and severely
injured two others
January 2003
347 volts has struck again. n the past year, working live with 347 Volt circuits has cost the industry one life
and two serious injuries that resulted in permanent loss of limb. The three young victims were supposedly
trained in the hazards of working live.
Typically, many industrial and commercial lighting installations operate at 347 volts and do not have individual
area switching. The lack of switching makes it diffcult to de-energize the circuit when performing maintenance
such as ballast changes.
Several facts about The Ontario Health and Safety Act and Regulations (OHSA & Regs) that you should be
aware of are:
Under the OHSA and regulations, employers and supervisors are responsible for
- providing information, instruction and supervision to protect the safety of the workers.
- identifying and communicating safety hazards to the worker.
- providing workers with safe work procedure and all protection necessary to perform the work
- taking all necessary precaution to protect the worker.
When working with 347 Volt systems, ESA recommends the following:
nstalling a new 47 Volt System
v Lay out the circuits so that no single area is fed from a single branch circuit or switch. Make it safer for
the person servicing the area. You may make it safer for yourself if you have service this same circuit
at a later date.
Servicing 347 Volt System
v Always work with de-energized lines. Not only it is safe practice, it is also the law.
v Plan your work, make arrangements to de-energize circuits at times when they will least affect the oc-
cupants. i.e. lunch breaks, after or before hours.
v Take special precaution and respect the hazards of electricity; 347 Volt systems are not forgiving.
v Always treat the neutral as energized unless it has been verifed as de-energized.
v Always shut off and tag out circuits you are going to be working on.
v f in doubt, ask. Ensure that all hazards are known and are minimized.
v When circumstances require working live, minimize all factors that can lead to injuries. Always use ac-
cess equipment that is non-conductive and with good insulating properties, such as wooden ladders.
Hand tools must also be non-conductive. Drape an insulating blanket on the light box and maintain
distance with other surrounding metal items such as ceiling tracks and hanging wires. Always use
CSA approved rubber gloves, with a minimum of class zero classifcation.
03-01-FL
Page 2 of 2
Remember, these accidents did not have to happen.
v Do not become complacent when working with electricity. Use these incidents to remind yourself and
others that electricity can and does KILL .
v Share your knowledge, train others to work safely.
v Make sure that you will go home at the end of the day.
02-03-FL
Flash 02-03-FL
Industry alert on temporary ground connection
March 2002
During testing of some temporary ground connections, it was found that when subjected to available fault cur-
rents the ground connections failed violently. This could potentially injure people in the vicinity. ESA has no
known accidents or injury data involving temporary ground connections and their failure, but the potential of a
serious injury or fatality exists.
Purpose of temporary ground services
Temporary ground, safety grounds are conductors which serves two purposes;
1. to pass current to ground in case of the line becoming inadvertently energized and cause aprotective
device to operate, and
2. to drain any induced current that may be present from other lines in the vicinity that are still energized.
The current carrying capacity of the temporary ground must be at least the same as the lines that it is being
attached to, preferably larger to provide a safety factor
Suggested Guidelines
When installing temporary ground connections, ensure that it complies with the OHSA section 42, of the
Industrial Regulations. n addition, a very comprehensive Work Protection Code to prevent injuries must also
exist.
The Work Protection Code must have the following;
1. All precaution to ensure that lines are de-energized and that hot sticks and gloves are used to ensure
your safety in case the line was still energized.
2. Provision to ensure the power supply to electrical installations, equipment or conductors are discon-
nected, locked out of service and tagged before any work is done, or when while it is being done on
or near live exposed parts of the installations, equipment or conductors.
3. Making the length of safety ground as short as possible to minimize the violent effect
n certain cases, locking out may not be required and these are the conditions
(a) if the conductors are adequately grounded with a visible grounding mechanism; or
(b) if the voltage is less than 300 volts and there is no locking device for the circuit breakers or fuses and
procedures are in place adequate to ensure that the circuit is not inadvertently energized.
Page 1 of 1
01-07-FL
Flash 01-07-FL
Electrician narrowly escapes serious injury
July 2001
While installing metering conductors in a 4160 volt switchgear, a qualifed Electrician came into contact with
the terminal of an energized lightning arrester.
This contact could have been FATAL!
A serious hazard exists when electricians assume lightning arresters are de-energized when the main switch
is turned off or even when a breaker is racked out. Lightning arresters are typically installed on the line side
of a main switch to protect the incoming supply conductors from surges. Extreme care shall be exercised to
ensure lightning arresters are de-energized when working in compartments.
The following is recommended practice for
1. Check the single line drawing, ensure that tag and lock-out procedure is understood by personnel doing
the work.
2. Follow the proper lock-out, tag-out procedure and test to confrm no potential exists before working within
an electrical enclosure.
Figure F1- Single Line Diagram
Page 1 of 1
01-05-FL
Flash 01-05-FL
Test for voltage before you work It could save your life
May 2001
Accidents and fataIities can be reduced if workers:
1. Carefully check to ensure voltage is disconnected before doing any work on electrical equipment.
2. Ensure that the voltage testers they are using have been Approved and meet the minimum stan-
dards for safety. (Approved Testers are marked - CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 231.0 or C22.2 No. 1010).
This is required by the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, Rule 2-034 and the Occupational Health and
Safety Act. Use of an unapproved voltage tester is a violation of Ontario Electrical Safety Code Rules
2-034 and 2-306 and may result in charges being laid under the Electricity Act.
Important steps that couId save your Iife:
v When working on equipment always follow the proper LOCKOUT procedure required by both your
company and the Occupational Health and Safety Act.
v Use an Approved Voltage Tester, certifed to a CSA Standard.
v Always do suffcient tests with an approved voltage tester to ensure the equipment is not energized.
Or
v Have visible isolation of the contact surfaces of the disconnecting device so you can ensure the
equipment you are working on is not energized.
To ensure that you have conducted suffcient tests:
1. Measure a known voltage source (to ensure you have bonding and the meter works)
2. Ensure there is no voltage on the load side of all contacts of the isolating device (ensures contacts
are actually open).
3. Follow lock out and tag out procedures to ensure voltage cannot be reconnected while you are work-
ing on the equipment.
Page 1 of 1
01-04-FL
Flash 01-04-FL
Avoiding eIectricaI shocks and re hazards from
ungrounded steel studs
April 2001
The Electrical Safety Authority has been informed a homeowner received a serious electrical shock when at-
tempting to check for a blown fuse in the electrical panel where the steel studs framing his fuse panel had not
been bonded to ground. During the renovation of the homeowners basement, metal stud framing was used
with non-metallic sheathed cable (NMD-90) wiring and non-metallic or PVC boxes. When the drywall was
installed one of the screws penetrated a switch leg, energizing the complete metal stud assembly at 120 volts
when the power was turned on.
The use of non-metallic or PVC boxes together with no physical connection between the bonding conductor
of the cable and the metal stud assembly energized the entire wall system for weeks before the homeowner
checked the blown fuse.
Caution:
The Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires that metal stud partitions be bonded to ground so that the branch
circuit over current device will operate in the event the studs become energized.
Precautions should be taken to ensure that wall assemblies are at the same potential to ground as the electri-
cal service box. Metal or steel boxes can be secured to the studs in compliance with the Ontario Electrical
Safety Code or the metal frame can be separately bonded by a conductor to connect each isolated section,
ensuring good electrical contact with all framing members.
Rule 10-002 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires that grounding and bonding shall be done in such
a manner as to serve the following purposes:
(a) To protect life from the danger of electric shock, and property from damage by bonding to ground non-cur-
rent-carrying metal systems;
Experience has shown that metallic wall assemblies using non-metallic wire and boxes are susceptible to
electrical faults, resulting in a potential exposure of persons to electrical shock.
The bonding requirements of Rule 10-400: Exposed, non-current carrying metal parts of fxed equipment shall
be bonded to ground if equipment is: (g) in electrical contact with metal, metal foil, or metal lathe; supports the
general concept of bonding metal studs.
From this point of view, ESA will require metal studs assembled to form a steel building frame or wall as-
sembly, which is not intentionally bonded to ground and may become energized, to be bonded to the service
equipment enclosure. The bonding conductor shall be sized in accordance with Table 16.
Page 1 of 1
01-01-FL
Flash 01-01-FL
Dangers associated with gasoline spraying and incandescent
extension handlamps (incandescent trouble light)
January 2001
The Electrical Safety Authority, together with CSA International and the Ontario Fire Marshal, are issuing
a warning that ncandescent Handlamps, and other incandescent lights should not be used when working
on fuel system or any other fammable liquids of gas powered vehicles. nvestigations by the Ontario Fire
Marshal have discovered that the use of incandescent lighting fxtures near fammable liquids could result in
serious or fatal explosions.
This situation occurs when a liquid such as gasoline comes in contact with incandescent lights causing a ther-
mal shock, which shatters the bulb, or when the gasoline comes into contact with the incandescent trouble
light, that has broken after being dropped. When fammable gasoline vapors mix with a glowing flament,
they ignite causing an explosion and possibly fre.
Over the past few years there have been isolated fatalities from people using Incandescent Handlamps near
fammable liquids, and over $5 million in reported damages. n the past six months, there have been inci-
dents where one individual suffered serious burns and a second succumbed to burns when gasoline came in
contact with incandescent extension handlamps.
Starting November 30, 2000 the CSA nternational will require that any Manufacturer holding a CSA nterna-
tional Certifcate with respect to ncandescent Handlamps (portable luminaries) retest to ensure they comply
with the extension handlamps enclosure integrity abnormal test.
CSA nternational has prepared a Technical nformation Letter that clearly states the requirements for the
condition where extension handlamps may be used in the proximity of vehicles or equipment. All handlamps
that do not comply will be marked:
"CAUTION: DO NOT USE N THE PROXMTY OF VEHCLES OR EQUPMENT, WHERE THERE S A
RSK OF FLAMMABLE LQUDS COMNG NTO CONTACT WTH THE HANDLAMP.
The Electrical Safety Authority is interested in ensuring the safe use of electrical equipment in Ontario. As
part of our electrical inspection process, we will be checking to ensure applications comply with this Techni-
cal nformation Letter. Please be aware of the requirements of Rule 20-110 (for commercial garages) shall
comply with the following:
v They shall be of the totally enclosed gasketted type, equipped with handle, lamp holder, hook, and
substantial guard attached to the lamp holder or handle, and all exterior surfaces which may come in
contact with battery terminals, wiring terminals, or other objects shall be of non-conducting materials
or shall be effectively protected with an insulating jacket; and
v The lamp holders shall be of unswitched type; and
v They shall not be provided with receptacles for attachment plugs.
Page 1 of 1
00-01-FL
Flash 00-01-FL
Dangers associated with high voltage installations
January 2000
In August of 1999 an electrician received severe burns to their left hand after contacting 2400 volts. This
worker was extremely fortunate to have not lost a limb or worse, his life.
During the replacement of a 2400 volt, 4 cells MCC, the victim came in contact with a 2400 volt power source
connected to the load side of the bottom right hand cell. The current fowed from the bus through the victim
and into the door of the enclosure.
On investigating it was found that:
v The main disconnect, which was the top right cell was opened, locked and tagged.
v The transformer feeder was disconnected and grounded.
v The cell where the contact took place had been used as a transfer switch, but had not been used since
1978. The alternate feed was still connected and energized on the load side terminals of the cell.
v There was no signage or circuit diagram on the door indicating its purpose.
v There was no interlocking on either end of the supply conductor disconnects or the transfer cell.
v There was a schematic showing the second feeder but this was not supplied to the contractor doing the
work.
v The equipment was not tested for potential at any time during the process. The victim received burns to
fngers on his left hand.
This accident did not have to happen.
Rule 36-006 (4) of the Ontario Electric Safety Code states: (4) Where the possibility of feedback exists:
(a) Each group operated isolating switch or disconnecting means shall bear a warning notice to the effect that
contacts on either side of the device may be energized; and
(b) A permanent, legible, single-line diagram of the station switching arrangement, clearly identifying each
point of connection to the high-voltage section, shall be provided in a conspicuous location within sight of
each point of connection.
f this high voltage cubicle had the required warning notices and single line diagram the worker would have
been alerted to the hazards within the high voltage cubicle.
Proper lockout tagout procedures as required by the Occupational Health and Safety Act would have provided
the proper protection for the worker, therefore, no contact.
The Electrical Safety Authority would like to advise all customers, to ensure that all high voltage in-
staIIations meet the minimum requirements of RuIe 36-006, to prevent this type of accident from
occurring again.
v If you have had any additions or alterations to your high voltage switchgear your single line diagram
should refect those changes.
v Post the Single Line Diagram in a conspicuous location within sight of each point of connection.
Page 1 of 1
97-02-FL
Page 1 of 1
Flash 97-02-FL
Hazards in electrical rooms put people and property at risk
February 1997
Live electrical panels left open - cause danger
Electrical Safety Authority's Continuous Safety Services nitiative has identifed that many Commercial and
Industrial establishments leave live panels open for long periods of time. They noted that many people, other
than electricians, now enter electrical rooms to maintain data, phone, security, fre alarm and other wiring
systems PIease note:
Rule 2-202 Guarding of bare live parts in the Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires protection of persons
and property:
(1) Bare live parts shall be guarded against accidental contact by . . . approved cabinets . . . a suitable
room, vault or similar enclosed area . . . accessible only to qualifed persons.
(3) Entrances to rooms . . . containing bare live parts shall be marked with conspicuous warning signs
forbidding entry to unqualifed persons.
Permanent metal panel covers must be replaced as soon as possible
Poor housekeeping creates serious risks to people and property
Materials, supplies and trash left in electrical rooms often blocks access, causes accidents, and poses fre
hazards.
Allowing any objects to be left near electrical panels violates the Ontario Electrical Safety Code:
Rule 2-308 states a minimum working space of 1 metre with secure footing shall be provided and main-
tained about electrical equipment . . . enclosed in metal.
Rule 2-312 further requires working space around electrical equipment shall not be used for storage and
shall be kept clear of obstruction.
Safety is everyones concern and everyones responsibility.
These hazards should be identifed and fxed.
Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Safety Alerts
Page 1 of 2
Safety Alert Index
There will no longer be a paper edition of the Safety Alerts. A complete listing and a full release of the Safety
Alerts are available thru the ESAs Website www.esasafe.com and the CD version of the Bulletins
Index
09-05-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Decorative Lamps &
Bulbs Distributed by Vickie Jeans Creations
09-06-AL UL warns of video game charger with unauthorized UL Certifcation Mark
09-07-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Counterfeit Lithium-ion Battery Chager
09-08-AL UL warns of USB AC/DC adapter with unauthorized UL Marks
09-09-AL UL warns of compact fuorescent lamp with unauthorized UL Marks
09-10-AL UL warns of Class 2 power supply adapter with unauthorized UL Marks
09-11-AL UL warns of night light with unauthorized UL Mark
09-12-AL UL warns of power supply with unauthorized UL Marks
09-13-AL UL warns of candle warmers and air fresheners with unauthorized UL Marks
09-14-AL UL warns of ceiling light with unauthorized UL Marks
09-15-AL UL warns of unauthorized UL Marks on power supply provided with cordless drill
09-16-AL UL warns of potentially hazardous compact fuorescent lamps
09-17-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Decorative Silk
Flower Light sold at the CNE
09-19-AL UL Warns of Lighting Fixture with Unauthorized UL Mark
09-20-AL UL Warns of Pilot Light with Unauthorized UL Mark
09-21-AL UL Warns of Bird Deterrent Systems with Unauthorized UL Marks
09-22-AL UL Warns of Glue Gun with Unauthorized UL Mark
09-23-AL UL Warns of Portable Lamps and Ceiling Lamps with Unauthorized UL Mark
09-24-AL UL Warns of Power Supply Adapter with Unauthorized UL Mark
09-25-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about AC Operated RF Wireless
Remote Switch
09-26-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about PLATELITE INC. Electrical
Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light
10-01-AL UL warns of switch with unauthorized UL Mark
10-02-AL UL warns consumers of 2 in 1 AC adapters with an unauthorized UL Mark
10-03-AL UL warns consumers of nightlights bearing unauthorized UL Listing Marks
10-04-AL ESA warns consumers about Portable Air Compressors Manufactured by Zhejiang Xinlei
Mechanical & Electrical Co., Ltd.
10-05-AL UL warns of a bicycle light with unauthorized UL power supply
10-06-AL The Electrical Safety Authority, Health Canada and Underwriters Laboratories nc. Warn Con
sumers about Possible Laceration Hazard associated with Dishwashers
10-07-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Whole Body Vibration
Plate Type Fitness Equipment: T-Zone & Crazy Fit
10-08-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Massage Chairs Sold
by Paradigm Marketing
10-09-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Headboards with Built-
in lighting
10-10-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Potential Fire Hazard associated
with Portable Luminaires* / Table Lamps
10-11-AL UL warns of dental endodontic device
10-12-AL UL warns of potentially hazardous extension cord
10-13-AL UL warns of LED PAR 64 and PAR 575 stage lights with unauthorized UL marks
10-14-AL UL warns of Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) with inadequate corrosion protection
10-15-AL ntertek warns of nfrared Zone Heating System due to possible fre hazards
10-16-AL ntertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of a Euro-Master, Model Strong and Open
Master, Model OP-1 Garage Door Openers Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark
10-17-AL UL warns of AC/DC adapters with unauthorized UL Marks
10-18-AL ntertek warns of Outdoor nfatable Halloween Decoration imported by Chrisha Creations
Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark
Page 2 of 2
10-19-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Liform Lite ndustrial Co., Ltd. Track
Light Heads with Unauthorized UL Mark
10-20-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Wordsworth Data Innovations Inc.
Power Bars with Unauthorized CSA Certifcation Mark
10-21-AL UL Warns of Electric Bike Charger with Unauthorized UL Marks
10-22-AL UL warns of LCD television with unauthorized UL Marks
10-23-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns of Unapproved Straightening Irons
11-01-AL ntertek warns of ncredible Nails Set Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark
11-02-AL UL Warns of Class 2 Power Units Bearing Unauthorized UL Marks
11-03-AL UL Warns of Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) Elbows and Bends With nadequate Corrosion
Protection
11-04-AL ntertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of Turboion Croc Designer Ceramic Ball Hair
Dryer
11-05-AL UL Warns of Electric Signs with Unauthorized UL Marks
11-06-AL ESA warns Consumers and Chiropractic Professionals of Unapproved Chiropractic
Equipment
11-07-AL ntertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of HerStyler products bearing an Unauthorized
cETLus Certifcation Mark
11-08-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about LED Pool Lights Sold by Executive
Pools & Spas
11-09-AL UL Warns of Hair Straightener Flat ron with Unauthorized UL Marks for Canada
09-05-AL
Page 1 of 2
Safety Alert 09-05-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about
Unapproved Decorative Lamps & Bulbs distributed
by Vickie Jeans Creations
April 06, 2009
Product Safety Alert
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about unapproved decorative
lamps and bulbs distributed by Vickie Jeans Creations.
This product is unapproved and not tested to any Canadian Safety Standards. ESA is concerned of a poten-
tial fre hazard due to proximity of fammable material to the light bulbs.
Description/Models: Various decorative lamps with various markings: China, Vickie Jean's Creations,
USA & no markings. Silicone dipped decorative light bulbs; the light bulbs have markings: 6W / 130V and
4W / 130V.
Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests consumers to stop using this product immediately.
09-05-AL
Page 2 of 2
09-06-AL
UL warns of mislabelled video game charger
June 01, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., June 4, 2009 Underwriters Laboratories nc. (UL) is notifying consumers that Teknocre-
ations Video Game Handle Chargers bearing an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada,
identifed below, have not been evaluated for safety by UL. t is unknown if this product complies with U.S.
and Canadian safety requirements.
This notice supersedes the UL notice issued May 21, 2009.
Name of Product: CX360500 (nCharge for Xbox 360), CW200 (nCharge for Wii)
Number of Units: 4500 to 6000
Manufacturer: WELLFORM ndustrial Ltd., Guangdong, China
Date of Manufacture: Unknown
Identication: This notice only covers products marked with the UL Mark for the United States and Canada,
as shown below:
Sold at: Known to be sold at www.amazon.com and may have been sold by other retailers.
Page 1 of 2
09-06-AL
Photo of product: Model CX360500 (nCharge for Xbox 360)
Photo of product: Model CW200 (nCharge for Wii)
f the product or packaging does not bear the UL Mark as shown above, it is not covered by this notice.
Page 2 of 2
09-07-AL
Page 1 of 1
Counterfeit Lithium-ion Battery Charger
June 03, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about Counterfeit Lithium-ion
Battery Charger, Model HXY-0422000A. This product has been identifed as bearing a counterfeit UL Mark
for the United States and Canada. These Lithium-ion Battery Chargers have not been evaluated for safety by
UL, and may pose a potential fre and/or shock hazard.
Direction: Electrical Safety Authority is requesting consumers to stop using these products immediately.
Please see photos of the counterfeit product below.
09-08-AL
UL warns of USB AC/DC adapter with unauthorized UL Marks
July 2, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA -- June 25, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the USB
AC/DC Adapter, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada. This
product has not been evaluated by UL to the requirements of the appropriate standard for safety and is not
authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with U.S. or Canadian safety require-
ments.
Name of product: Model SCP0500300P
Number of units: Unknown
Manufacturer: Unknown
Date of manufacture: Unknown
Identication: on the product:
Page 1 of 2
09-08-AL
Photos of product:
Page 2 of 2
09-09-AL
UL warns of compact uorescent Iamp with unauthorized UL Marks
July 2, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
NORTHBROOK, Il -- June 26, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the Com-
pact Fluorescent Lamp, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada.
This product has not been evaluated by UL to the requirements of the appropriate standard for safety and
is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with U.S. or Canadian safety
requirements.
Name of product: EL-23W
Date of manufacture: 2004-present
Identication: On the product:
Sold at: Lumiere Galarneau and Eclairage R G in Canada. Known to be distributed by E-Lumine 14675 Hwy
38 Sharbot Lake, ON K0H 2P0 Canada
Page 1 of 2
09-09-AL
Pictures of product and packaging:
Page 2 of 2
09-10-AL
UL warns of Class 2 power supply adapter with unauthorized UL Marks
August 18, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, IL; -- August 18, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers and retailers
that the Class 2 Power Supply Adapter, intended for use with a Drink-O-Matic personal vending machine,
identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada. This product has not been
evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or Canada, and is not authorized
to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with the United States or Canadian safety require-
ments.
Name of product: Model QL-08011-b1205000F
Product label marking: Qili Power - Class 2 Power Supply
Identication: On the product: A label attached to the power supply is marked with the following:
Sold by: Smart Planet online (service@smartplanet.net) or by phone (818-702-2904)
Page 1 of 2
09-10-AL
Photo of vending machine:
Photo of Class 2 Power Supply:
Page 2 of 2
09-11-AL
UL warns of night light with unauthorized UL Mark
July 13, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., -- July 7, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the Night Light,
identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada. This product has not been
evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States and Canada, and is not autho-
rized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with the United States or Canadian safety
requirements.
Name of product: Nightlight Plus Three Outlets, Model NL3/LED
Manufacturer: Xiamen Hi-Light Lighting Co., Ltd., FuJian, China
The product and label are marked with the following information:
Sold at: Known to be sold at www.amazon.com, and may have been sold by other retailers.
Page 1 of 2
09-11-AL
Photo of product:
Page 2 of 2
09-12-AL
UL warns of power supply with unauthorized UL Marks
July 13, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA -- July 9, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the Power
Supply, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada. This product has
not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or Canada and is not
authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if these products comply with the United States or Canadian
safety requirements.
Name of product: Model KSAFD10000140W1US
Number of units: Unknown Quantity
Identication on the product IabeI incIudes:
Page 1 of 2
09-12-AL
Photo of product:
Page 2 of 2
09-13-AL
UL warns of candle warmers and air fresheners
with unauthorized UL Marks
July 20, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., -- July 15, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the Air Fresh-
ener and Candle Warmer, identifed below, bear unauthorized UL Marks for the United States and Canada.
These products have not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or
Canada, and are not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if these products comply with the United
States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of product: Candle Warmer models: 67318 and 67740; Air Freshener model 67971
Page 1 of 3
09-13-AL
Identication: On the products:
Sold at: Known to be distributed at website http://www.kennedyscountry.com.
Photos of products:
Candle Warmer Model: 67318
Page 2 of 3
09-13-AL
Candle Warmer Model: 67740
Air Freshener Model: 67971
Page 3 of 3
09-14-AL
UL warns of ceiling light with unauthorized UL Marks
August 13, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA -- August 6, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers and retail-
ers that the Ceiling Light, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada.
This product has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or
Canada, and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with the United
States or Canadian safety requirements. The company associated with the UL fle number (E91785) is not
responsible for the production, distribution, or performance of these products.
Name of product: Model 30001-MBZ
Number of units: Unknown quantity
Identication:
The product is marked with the following information:
E91785
tem No: 30001-MBZ
Date: 6 2006
MADE N CHNA
A label attached to the product is provided with the following information:
09/05
LISTED
INCANDESCENT
LUMNARE
SSUE NO. A-172,184
Page 1 of 2
09-14-AL
Photo of product:
Page 2 of 2
09-15-AL
UL warns of unauthorized UL Marks on power supply provided with
cordless drill
August 13, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA -- August 10, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the
power supply provided with the cordless drill, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United
States and Canada. This power supply has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety
for the United States or Canada, and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this power supply
complies with the United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of product: Model PSA08318CH
Number of units: Approximately 1600
Manufacturer: Wuxi Xinju Electric Tools, Co., Ltd
Date of manufacture: February 2006 to present
E244495
LISTED
17TE
SH-DC180400
Made in China
Page 1 of 2
09-15-AL
Sold at: Known to be sold at www.northerntool.com, and may have been sold by other retailers.
Photo of product:
Page 2 of 2
09-16-AL
UL warns of potentiaIIy hazardous compact uorescent Iamps
August 11, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill. USA, - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers and retailers that the compact
fuorescent lamp (CFL), identifed below, may pose a shock and fre hazard. This product does not comply
with UL's safety requirements and is not eligible to bear the UL Mark.
Name of product: Bright Effects Compact Fluorescent Lamp
Units: Unknown quantity
Manufacturer: Zhejiang Yankon Group Co, Ltd., Zhejiang, China
Date of manufacture: Units manufactured on and prior to July 2007
Hazard: The lamp may overheat and melt the enclosure, exposing live parts and creating a shock and fre
hazard.
E137657
Self-ballasted Lamp
5K53
13W 120V 60Hz 190mA
CF13EL/MNSPRAL Y728-1
Page 1 of 2
09-16-AL
Photo of the lamp:
Page 2 of 2
09-17-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved
Decorative Silk Flower Light sold at the CNE
September 17, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto ON - The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about unapproved decorative silk
fower lamps that were sold at the Canadian National Exhibition. The product is a silk fower arrangement with
integral 120 volt lighting. These products are unapproved, not tested to any Canadian Safety Standards and
do not bear any recognized certifcation mark in Canada.
Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests consumers to stop using these products immediately.
Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1
09-19-AL
UL warns of Iighting xture with unauthorized UL Mark
September 21, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA - Sept. 18, 2009 - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers and retailers
that the Lighting Fixture, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada.
This product has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or
Canada, and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with United States
or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of product: Model 2571 M
Units: Unknown Quantity
Identication: The product is marked with the following information:
Date: 09-02
tem: 2571 M
MADE N CHNA
A label attached to the product is provided with the following information:
04/07
E196267
LSTED/HOMOLOGUE
NCANDESCENT LUMNARE
LUMNARE A NCANDESCENCE
ISSUE NO/No DE CATEGORIE
A-232,303
Sold by: Known to be sold by: Maxilite, Port Moody BC Canada
Photo of product:
Page 1 of 2
09-19-AL
Photo of product:
Page 2 of 2
09-20-AL
UL warns of pilot light with unauthorized UL Mark
September 21, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA - Sept. 1, 2009 - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying manufacturers that the
pilot light, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Recognized Component Mark for the US and Canada.
This pilot light has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or
Canada, and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with the United
States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of product: Pilot Light, Model MPL22LD
Manufacturer:
YUEQNG XNDAL NDUSTRES CO LTD
XAMEN NDUSTRAL ZONE
LUSH
YUEQNG,
ZHEJANG 325604 CHNA
MDWEST
MODEL: MPL22LD
NPUT: 120 V AC, < 20mA
Sold at: Known to be sold at: http://www.midwestequipment.com
What should you do: Manufacturers of UL certifed products that have used this device are requested to
contact UL at: http://www.ul.com/global/eng/pages/offerings/perspectives/consumer/feldreport.
Page 1 of 2
09-20-AL
Photos of product:
Page 2 of 2
09-21-AL
UL warns of bird deterrent systems with unauthorized UL Marks
October 1, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
NORTHBROOK, Ill. - Sept. 1, 2009 - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying regulatory agencies, authori-
ties having jurisdiction, and consumers that the Bird Deterrent System, identifed below, bears an unauthor-
ized UL Marks for the United States and Canada.
These products have not been evaluated by UL for use as a bird deterrent. The products are UL Listed elec-
tric fence controllers intended to be used in the containment of livestock. The indicated use as a bird deterrent
has not been evaluated by UL, and such, fence controllers are not authorized to bear the UL Listing Mark.
Name of product: Bird-B-Gone Model CHG-ACSS5.
Number of units: Up to 1000 Bird-B-Gone.
Date of manufacture: May 2007 to December 2008 for Bird-B-Gone.
Manufacturer: Woodstream Corporation
Identication: On the product: The name Bird-B-Gone and a circle with a slash through a drawing of a bird,
and the statements, Electronic Bird Abatement for Birds and Small Animals. The Model designations found
on the product as CHG-ACSS5.
MODEL CHG-ACSS5
LISTED
ELECTRIC FENCE
CONTROLLER 11NO
Page 1 of 2
09-21-AL
Page 2 of 2
09-22-AL
UL warns of glue gun with unauthorized UL Mark
September 29, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA -- Sept. 29, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the
product packaging associated with the glue gun, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark. This prod-
uct has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety and is not authorized to bear the UL
Mark. t is unknown if these products comply with United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of product: MN GLUE GUN /MN PSTOLET COLLE
Brand name: GOLD Tools Professional Tools
Identication: On the packaging:
The packaging is marked with the unauthorized UL Mark and the following:
Imported By/ Importe Par
R.Z. Trading Ltd.
Toronto, Canada
Made in China
Gold Tools
GLUE GUN 10W 110-220V 50Hz/60Hz
Sold at: Known to be sold at:
Southampton Market
140 Albert St South
Southampton, ON N0H 2L0
Page 1 of 2
09-22-AL
Product Photo:
Page 2 of 2
09-23-AL
UL warns of portable lamps and ceiling lamps with unauthorized UL Marks
October 2, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA - Oct. 1, 2009 - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the Portable
Lamps and Ceiling Lamps, identifed below, bear unauthorized UL Listing Marks for the United States and
Canada. These products have not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standards for safety for the United
States and Canada, and are not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if these products comply with
United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of product: Portable Lamp: Models 56151 & 56155; Ceiling Lamp: Model DE2207
Number of units: 225 portable lamps and 160 ceiling lamps were produced.
Manufacturer: Lucky Land Handicrafts Co Ltd MinHou FuJian, China
Date of manufacture: August 2008
Identication: On the products: The products have a gray colored label with the following information:
E236833
PORTABLE LAMPS
E236833
CELNG LAMPS
Consumer contact: Lucky Land Handicrafts Co Ltd MinHou FuJian
Address: 42 Shangnan Rd, Shanggan, MinHou, FuJian 350112 China
Mr. Ma Congming
Tel: +86.591.22268888 ext: 8305
Email: linss@luckyhandicrafts.com
Page 1 of 2
09-23-AL
Photos of the units:
Models 56151 & 56155
Model: DE2207
Page 2 of 2
09-24-AL
UL warns of power supply adaptor with unauthorized UL Mark
September 30, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., -- Sept. 30, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that a power sup-
ply adaptor, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada. This product
has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or Canada, and is
not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with the United States or Canadian
Name of Product: AQ AC ADAPTER, Model RK-12W-SPEAKER
AQ AC ADAPTER
MODEL: RK-12W-SPEAKER
PR.: 100-240V-50/60Hz 0.35A
60YM / E202402
Page 1 of 2
09-24-AL
Page 2 of 2
09-25-AL
AC Operated RF Wireless Remote Switch
October 2, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about potentially dangerous Elec-
trical Device AC Operated RF Wireless Remote Switch, Model 47-1010-R sold with electric Fireplaces and Air
Heater products.
Name of product: Wireless Remote Switch, Model 47-1010-R
Manufacturer: Jeckson Electric Co., Ltd.
Importer: Dimplex North America and possibly other retailers nationwide.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been some reports of fres.
Electrical Safety Authority is requesting consumers to stop using these products immediately.
ESA will issue a notifcation about the corrective action will be taken by the manufacturer and / or the
distributer(s) shortly.
Page 1 of 2
09-25-AL
Photos of the Product:
Page 2 of 2
09-26-AL
PLATELITE INC. Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral
Electroluminescent Night-Light
October 21, 2009
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about potentially dangerous
Electrical Device Cover Plates sold as replacements for conventional electrical outlet, wall switch and other
devices, for use in the home.
Name of Product: Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light
Manufacturer: PlateLite Inc.
ESA attempted to contact the manufacturer as part of ESAs ongoing Investigation with no success.
Date of Manufacture: 2004
Identication: See photographs on Page 2.
Incidents / Injuries: There has been one report of a fre. The products were tested and certifed by ntertek
Testing Services in 2004 and subsequently de-listed in 2005. The cETLus certifcation Mark is clearly visible
on the back of the Cover Plate.
AIthough onIy one incident of a re was reported in the Province of Ontario, ESA has decided to
release this Product Safety Alert. ESA strongly recommends that all PlateLite Inc. cover plates with a
built-in glowing-type night-light be removed by a licensed electrician and destroyed. These devices
connect directly to the power source within the electrical box, whether a light switch, dimmer, electri-
cal outlet, etc.
Product Markings: See attached photographs for identifcation of known production lots.
Page 1 of 2
09-26-AL
Description/Models:
Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light
3-Gang Cover Plate in original packaging the
Night Lights are visible as white stripe below each
opening
Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light
3-Gang Cover Plate in original packaging the Night
Lights are visible as white stripe below each opening
Back of Cover Plates showing Date Codes of
2004.03 and 2004.02
ESA strongly suggests having a licensed
electrician remove any PlateLite Inc. cover plates
with ANY date code.
Back of Cover Plates showing Date Codes of
2004.03 and 2004.02
Electrical Safety Authority is requesting consumers to stop using these products immediately.
Page 2 of 2
10-01-AL
UL warns of switch with unauthorized UL Mark
January 4, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying manufacturers that the switch identifed below,
bears an unauthorized UL Recognized Component Mark. This product has not been evaluated by UL to the
appropriate standard for safety, and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product com-
plies with UL safety requirements.
This switch is similar to a switch that is authorized to bear the UL Recognized Component Mark. The differ-
ence between the switches is described below.
Name of unauthorized product: Special-Use Switch, Model MR Series
Identication of unauthorized switch: On the product: This switch has an unauthorized UL Recognition
Mark, in blurred stencils.
What should you do: Manufacturers of UL certifed products that have used this device are requested to
contact UL at: http://www.ul.com/global/eng/pages/offerings/perspectives/consumer/feldreport.
Manufacturer contact for the authorized product: CANAL Electronic Co., Ltd., http://www.canal.com.tw/
Page 1 of 1
10-02-AL
UL warns consumers of 2 in 1 AC adapters with an unauthorized UL Mark
January 13, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill. -- Nov. 30, 2009 -- Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that a power sup-
ply adaptor, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada. This product
has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or Canada, and is
not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with the United States or Canadian
Name of Product: DSL and PSP 2in1 AC Adapter, Model 5819233 (AP2918)
Sold at: Unknown
Identication on the product:
Electrical Safety Authority is requesting consumers to stop
using these products immediately.
DSL and PSP 2in1 AC Adapter
Model: 5819233 (AP2918)
Input: 120V AC 0.049A 60Hz
Output: 5.2V DC 450mA
I.T.E. POWER SUPPLY
65EJ
E229119
DSL and PSP 2in1 AC Adapter
Model: 5819233 (AP2918)
Input: 120V AC 0.049A 60Hz
Output: 5.2V DC 450mA
I.T.E. POWER SUPPLY
65EJ
E229119
Page 1 of 2
10-02-AL
Photographs of the product
Page 2 of 2
10-03-AL
UL warns consumers of nightlights bearing unauthorized UL Listing Marks
February 10, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
NORTHBROOK, Ill., - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying retailers and consumers that the nightlights,
identifed below, bear unauthorized UL Listing Marks for the United States and Canada. These products have
not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate safety standard for the United States or Canada, and are not
authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if these products comply with the United States or Canadian
Safety requirements.
Name of product: Disney Nightlight
Identication of product: Molded on to the nightlight's plastic enclosure are the following markings and a
UL Mark as follows:
Sold at: The products are known to be sold by Zellers in Quebec, Canada.
MADE IN CHINA
120V 60Hz
MAX7Watts
C7 25100
E304373
LISTED
NIGHTLIGHT
97TJ
MADE IN CHINA
120V 60Hz
MAX7Watts
C7 25100
E304373
LISTED
NIGHTLIGHT
97TJ
Page 1 of 2
10-03-AL
Page 2 of 2
10-04-AL
ESA warns consumers about Portable Air Compressors Manufactured by Zhejiang
Xinlei Mechanical & Electrical Co., Ltd.
April 1, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about potentially dangerous
Portable Air Compressors. These products did not have the required Thermal Protector installed resulting in
an unreasonable increased risk of fre. Electrical Safety Authority is requesting consumers to stop using these
products immediately.
Name of Product: Portable Air Compressors, Powerbuilt Model 641239, Hot Rod Model 647376 and Kawa-
saki Model 691298.
Number of Units: Unknown
Manufacturer: Zhejiang Xinlei Mechanical & Electrical Co., Ltd. ESA has attempted to contact the manufac-
turer as part of ESAs ongoing investigation with no success.
Date of Manufacture: 04/13/08, 09/10/08, and 03/18/09.
Incidents/Injuries: There has been one report of a fre. The products were tested and certifed by ntertek
Testing Services and subsequently de-listed in February, 2010.
Please see photos on page 2
Page 1 of 2
10-04-AL
Page 2 of 2
10-05-AL
SAFETY ALERT 10-05-AL
UL warns of a bicycle light with unauthorized UL power supply
April 1, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying retailers and consumers that the power sup-
ply provided with the bicycle lighting system identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United
States and Canada. This power supply has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety
for the United States or Canada and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this power supply
complies with United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of Product: Power Supply, Model GFP302-0512
LI-ION CHARGER
MODEL: GFP302-0512
NPUT: 100-240V 50/60Hz
OUTPUT: DC 8.5V/1800mA
MADE N CHNA LSTED
E241618
Sold at: Known to be sold at http://dealextreme.com/, and may have been sold by other retailers.
Page 1 of 2
10-05-AL
Photo of product:
Page 2 of 2
10-06-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority, Health Canada and Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
Warn Consumers about Possible Laceration Hazard associated with Dishwashers
April 21, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA), Health Canada and Underwriters Laboratories nc. (UL) have received
two separate reports of very young children being injured while playing adjacent to a dishwasher in the family
kitchen. n each case, the children sustained cuts to the foot and ankle on a sharp metal edge located under
the dishwasher door that required stitches at a hospital emergency department.
The applicable appliance manufacturers were alerted of the reported incidents.
ESA, Health Canada and UL are urging consumers with dishwashers to be aware of the potential laceration
hazard and to consider the following safeguards:
- Do not let children sit, stand, crawl, lie or play on or around a dishwasher.
- Take care to anticipate and avoid sharp edges while performing cleaning / wiping or other types of
cosmetic maintenance in the identifed area shown in the attached picture.
- Also take precautions when servicing dishwashers, as this often requires removal of an access panel
that can expose additional hazards. Always ensure the access panel is securely put back into posi-
tion to avoid the possibility of a child or animal having access to hot or moving parts.
- Read and follow the owner's manual, user's guide and other product information pertaining to your
dishwasher as they may contain additional safety information. These documents can typically be
requested from the retailer / manufacturer or in some cases, be downloaded from the nternet.
Electric appliances, including dishwashers, are regulated by provincial and territorial electrical safety authori-
ties. n Ontario, this authority is the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA). To report similar incidents or other con-
cerns with these appliances contact ESA at www.esasafe.com or contact 1-877-ESA-SAFE (1-877-372-7233).
Underwriters Laboratories Media Contact: Joe Hirschmugl
Global Media Relations Manager
Phone: +1 847 664-1508
E-mail: Joseph.F.Hirschmugl@us.ul.com
For Picture go to page 2
Page 1 of 2
10-06-AL
About Underwriters Laboratories
UL is an independent product safety certifcation organization that has been testing products and writing
Standards for Safety for more than a century. UL evaluates more than 19,000 types of products, components,
materials and systems for more than 66,000 manufacturers yearly. n total, there are more than 20 billion UL
Marks appearing on products worldwide each year. UL's global family of companies and network of service
providers includes 68 laboratory, testing and certifcation facilities serving customers in 102 countries. For
more information, visit: http://www.ul.com/newsroom
Page 2 of 2
10-07-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Whole Body
Vibration Plate Type Fitness Equipment: T-Zone & Crazy Fit
April 21, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about unapproved Whole Body
Vibration Plate Type Fitness Equipment. These products are unapproved, not tested to any Canadian Safety
Standards and do not bear any recognized certifcation mark in
Canada. They bear an unauthorized UL / cUL Mark. Those products with a CSA Mark are not included in this
Safety Alert.
Description/Models: Sold under T-ZONE and Crazy Fit brand names in North America.
Model numbers are: FT-F105, FT-F105N and VT-7
Further information is available at: http://www.wireservice.ca/index.php?name=News&fle=article&sid=1853
Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests that consumers to stop using / permanently unplug / discon-
necting these products immediately.
Page 1 of 1
10-08-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Massage
Chairs Sold by Paradigm Marketing
April 21, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about unapproved massage
chairs being sold by Paradigm Marketing at various trade shows across Canada.
These products are unapproved, not tested to any Canadian Safety Standards and do not bear any recog-
nized certifcation mark in Canada.
Seller: Paradigm Marketing Ltd.
300 1062 Homer St.
Vancouver, British Columbia
V6B 2W9
Page 1 of 1
10-09-AL
Unapproved Headboards with Built-in lighting
April 21, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about unapproved Headboards
made of an expanded foam type material with one or more built-in light bulbs.
These products are unapproved, not tested to any Canadian Safety Standards and do not bear any recog-
nized certifcation mark in Canada.
Description/Models: Possibly various design styles similar to those shown below. These headboards were
sold at specialty furniture stores approximately 15 years ago and were part of a bedroom set, including vanity
mirror frame. The photographs below show sections of the headboard ensemble that were allegedly involved
in a fre. As it is not determined that the light fxtures or wiring were the actual cause of the fre, ESA feels that
it is obligated to warn consumers as these headboards are unapproved, are possibly deteriorating due to age,
and the type of foam material may be more susceptible to overheating. They were manufactured in Italy.
Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests consumers to stop using / permanently unplug / disconnecting
these products immediately. Also, remove the bulbs after unplugging the power cord and it is recommended
to cut off the power cord at the entry point into the headboard. Dispose of the power cord as per local regula-
tions.
Page 1 of 1
10-10-AL
Potential Fire Hazard associated with Portable Luminaires* / Table Lamps
April 30, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Electrical Safety Authority warns that potential fres may start as a result of Portable Luminaires coming into
contact with fammable materials. n some cases the lamp shade can dislodge allowing the light bulb to
directly contact the shade and / or other materials such as bedding, clothing, carpets, etc. and pose a fre
hazard.
To reduce the chance of fre:
Locate the power cord such that it does not pose a tripping or entanglement hazard.
Do not leave young children unsupervised when they can reach luminaires.
Follow safety warnings / assembly guide / usage guide as supplied with the Luminaire. Never use the
Luminaire for any other purpose than what it is intended for.
ALWAYS replace the light bulb with the same type and wattage rating as specifed by the Luminaire
manufacturer. NEVER use a higher wattage light bulb than specifed.
NEVER drape or cover the light bulb or shade with any materials: cloth, plastic, paper, colour flters,
etc. These materials may cause the Table Lamp to catch fre.
NEVER allow a child to place a luminaire under their bedding for reading purposes.
NEVER use a Table Lamp to dry wet clothing, etc.
Trip Hazard due to
Power Cord Placement
Do Not Cover Shade with
Flammable Materials
Place Luminaires away from
the reach of Children
* Portable Luminaire a complete lighting unit designed to accommodate the lamp(s) and to con-
nect the lamp(s) to circuit conductors. [such as Table Lamps, Accent Lamps, Reading Lamps, Sidetable
Lamps and similar types of lighting products]
Page 1 of 1
10-11-AL
UL warns of dental endodontic device
May 6, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill., USA Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying dentists, retailers, distributors, and con-
sumers that the product, identifed below, bears a label containing a mark resembling UL's certifcation mark
for the United States and Canada. This product has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard
for safety for the United States or Canada, and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if these
products comply with United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of Product: Endomax Smart
Number of Units: Unknown Quantity
Brand Name: Maximum Dental
Product Identication / On the Product:
ENDOMAX SMART Canal Treatment Device
Model EMS
Type EL
Volts 4.5V-/9.6V-
Amps 0.03A
Internally Powered Equipment
SER No. DMEN00295
Manufactured by MAXMUM DENTAL
Secaucus New Jersey-USA
Known Place of Sale:
Maximum Dental
600 Meadowland Pkwy #269
Page 1 of 2
10-11-AL
Secaucus, New Jersey 07094
Phone: 201-617-1101
Page 2 of 2
10-12-AL
UL warns of potentially hazardous extension cord
May 6, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
NORTHBROOK, Ill. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying retailers and consumers that the 9FT exten-
sion cord, identifed below, bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Canada and may pose a
risk of fre and shock. This product has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the
United States or Canada, and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark.
Name of Product: 9FT Extension cord, PT-3712W
Hazard: The extension cord employs undersized wiring posing a risk of fre and shock.
Identication of Product: On the Product: The product bears a counterfeit holographic label with the follow-
ing information:
LISTED CORD SET
BW-8737
13A
125V
1625W
Suitable for use with outdoor appliances
Store indoors when not in use
Page 1 of 3
10-12-AL
On the Product Packaging/jacket:
9FT. EXTENSON CORD
PT-3712W
LISTED
E137398
Sold at: The product is known to be sold by Dollar Max, 98 5857 Whittier Blvd, E. Los Angeles, CA 90022.
What You Should Do: UL recommends that consumers stop using the product immediately and return it to
the place of purchase.
Photo of the Product:
Page 2 of 3
10-12-AL
Photo of Label
Page 3 of 3
10-13-AL
UL warns of LED PAR 64 and PAR 575 stage lights with unauthorized UL marks
May 7, 2010
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
Northbrook, Ill. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying retailers and consumers that the LED PAR64
and PAR575 Stage Lights, identifed below, bear unauthorized UL Listing Marks for the United States and
Canada. These products have not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standards for safety for the United
States and Canada, and are not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if these products comply with
United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of Product: Models LP64-136, LP64-336, PAR575-136-RGB, PAR575-136-RGBW, PAR575-136-RG-
BAW, PAR575-136-UV, PAR575-336-RGB, PAR575-336-RGBW, PAR575-336-RGBAW, PAR575-F336
Manufacturer: Daisy Group LTD, Guangzhou, China
Identication: See the photo
Sold at: Known to be sold on eBay and may have been sold by other retailers.
Photo of products:
Page 1 of 1
10-14-AL
UL warns of Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) with inadequate corrosion protection
May 14, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
NORTHBROOK, Ill., Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying AHJs, electrical contractors, electricians
and retailers that the Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) products, manufactured by Guangdong Walsall Steel
Pipe ndustrial Co., Ltd. and identifed below, may not be adequately protected against corrosion. These
products display a UL Listing Mark for the U.S. and Canada, however, products purchased at retailers and
distributors were found not to comply with United States or Canadian safety standards and are not authorized
to bear the UL Mark.
Product Description: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) in lengths of up to 10 feet, and EMT formed in the
shape of elbows and bends, in Trade Sizes of , , 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3 or 4 inches.
Manufacturer: Guangdong Walsall Steel Pipe Industrial Co. Ltd.
Shiqi Zhongshan Guangdong China
Defect: These EMT products may not be adequately protected against corrosion.
Identication: The affected EMT products are provided with a label that includes the UL Listing Mark, with
the name Walsall, Providence Pipe Products, nc. or Electrical Resource nternational as indicated in the fol-
lowing:
E234340** WALSALL*
Page 1 of 2
10-14-AL
Electrical Metallic Tubing
ssue Number: XXXXXXXX
(where X represents any number or letter)
EMT
Made in China
* : Or Electrical Resource nternational or Providence Pipe Products, nc.
** : Or E244932 or E312420
Example Label:
Page 2 of 2
10-15-AL
Intertek warns of Infrared Zone Heating System due to possibIe re hazards
May 27, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
ntertek is notifying consumers about an nfrared Zone Heating Systems bearing cETLus certifcation mark
with control number 3175310.
The supply chain in the U.S., PD Sixty and American Sewing Machine Company, have confrmed that no
product was sold in Canada, however the product does bear a cETLus label which means it is eligible to be
sold and used in Canada.
PD Sixty's ntertek Certifcation was terminated May 1st, 2009.
Hazard: The product does not comply with Canadian Standards requirements and may pose a fre hazard.
ntertek has identifed that two critical components; the over temperature device and the high voltage connec-
tor are not approved components.
Description/ Models: CH-750 and CH-1500 bearing cETLus certifcation mark with control number 3175310.
Direction: Unplug and stop using the product immediately.
Page 1 of 1
10-16-AL
Intertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of a Euro-Master, Model Strong and
Open Master, Model OP-1 Garage Door Openers Bearing an Unauthorized
ETL Listing Mark
June 18, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
ntertek Testing Services (ETL) is notifying consumers that the Euro-Master, Model Strong and OP-1 Garage
Door Openers with number 3054748 under the ntertek logo is not authorized to bear the cETLus Certifca-
tion Mark.
Page 1 of 2
10-16-AL
Page 1 of 2
10-17-AL
UL warns of AC/DC adapters with unauthorized UL Marks
June 29, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Northbrook, ll., USA - - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the AC/DC Adapters, iden-
tifed below, bear unauthorized UL Listing Marks for the United States and Canada. These products have not
been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standards for safety for the United States and Canada, and are not
authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if these products comply with United States or Canadian safety
requirements.
Name of Product: AC/DC Adapter Models: GM601-120200; GM601-120300; GM601-240250; GM-240270.
Identication: On the unauthorized products marking label:
Page 1 of 2
10-17-AL
Sold at: Unknown
Photos of the adapters with unauthorized UL marks:
Page 2 of 2
10-18-AL
Intertek warns of Outdoor InatabIe HaIIoween Decoration imported by
Chrisha Creations Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark
August 25, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
ntertek Testing Services (ETL) is notifying consumers that the Outdoor nfatable Halloween Decoration mod-
el number 90610 with ETL control number 3075050 is not authorized to bear the cETLus Certifcation Mark.
Description/ Models: Model number 90610 bearing cETLus certifcation mark with control number 3075050.
Direction: Unplug and stop using the product immediately.
Page 1 of 2
10-19-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Liform Lite
Industrial Co., Ltd. Track Light Heads with Unauthorized UL Mark
Sepetember 20, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying consumers about Track Light Heads. This product has not been
evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or Canada, and is not authorized
to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with the United States or Canadian safety require-
ments.
Name of Product: Track Light Head Model TH0618
Manufacturer: Liform Lite ndustrial Co., Ltd. ESA attempted to contact the manufacturer as part of ESA's
ongoing Investigation with no success.
Identication: On the product: The product bears an unauthorized UL Mark for the United States and Cana-
da with the following information: a model number TH0618, a manufacturer identifcation E127409-A, and
a date code MW appear on the same label showing the UL Mark.
What you should do: Electrical Safety Authority requests that consumers stop using the product immedi-
ately.
Page 1 of 1
10-20-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Wordsworth Data
Innovations Inc. Power Bars with Unauthorized CSA Certication Mark
Sepetember 20, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying consumers about counterfeit power bars that have not been tested
to any Canadian Safety Standard.
Description: Models H1P1 and H1P4.
Hazard: The power bars have reverse polarity and switching of the neutral conductor which may pose a
shock or fre hazard.
Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests that consumers to stop using / permanently unplug / discon-
necting these products immediately
Page 1 of 1
10-21-AL
UL Warns of Electric Bike Charger with Unauthorized UL Marks
October 21, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the electric bike chargers identifed below bear
unauthorized UL Listing Marks. This product has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standards for
safety for the United States and Canada and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if these
products comply with appropriate United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of Product: XTD2000
Manufacturer:
Changzhou City Xintai Electric Fittings
Changzhou City Xinbeiqu Electrons Zone 0519-5487263
Known to be Sold and Distributed at:
Daymak Company (Toronto)
130 Oakdale Rd.
Toronto, ON, M6N 1V9
Canada
Product Photographs and Identication: on the product
Page 1 of 1
10-22-AL
UL warns of LCD television with unauthorized UL Marks
November 16, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers and retailers that they received a report of fre associ-
ated with a Polaroid LCD television manufactured by the Proview Electronics Company. The television bears
an unauthorized UL Listing Mark for the United States and Canada. This television has not been evaluated by
UL to the appropriate standards for safety for the United States and Canada and is not authorized to bear the
UL Mark. t is unknown if the television complies with the United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of Product: Polaroid, Model TDA-03211C
Manufacturer: Polaroid, manufactured by Proview Electronics Co., Ltd
Date of Manufacture: 2007 through August 2010
Identication: The television is marked Polaroid on the front and has a marking label on the back panel that
includes the Model Number TDA 03211C, the unauthorized UL Listing Mark and the date of manufacture.
Sold At: Various locations.
What you should do: Contact Proview Electronics at:
Proview Electronics Co Ltd
1 Pau Sheng Road
6th Floor
Yung-Ho, Taipei Taiwan
Page 1 of 2
10-22-AL
Picture of the TV
Picture of the Marking Label
Page 2 of 2
10-23-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority Warns of Unapproved Straightening Irons
December 17, 2010
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about unapproved straightening irons being sold
at various trade shows and in Shopping Mall Kiosks across Canada. These products are unapproved, not
tested to any Canadian Safety Standards and do not bear any recognized certifcation mark in Canada.
Description / Models: The straightening irons are the Tattoo model and come in black, pink and red with a
tattoo design on the iron and the packaging.
Sold By: Luxury Hair Systems
1204 Yates St
Unit 42
Victoria, BC
V8V 4V1
Photo of the Straightening Iron
Page 1 of 2
10-23-AL
Photo of the Straightening Iron and packaging
Page 2 of 2
11-01-AL
Intertek warns of Incredible Nails Set Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark
February 4, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
ntertek Testing Services (ETL) is notifying consumers of the ncredible Nails Set bearing an unauthorized
cETL Certifcation Marks. ntertek determined the ncredible Nails Set does pose a safety risk.
Description/ Models: Please see photos below. No model number was identifed on the ncredible Nails
Set. The adaptor for the ncredible Nails Set did display the Model Number N-02. Further, it included an
unauthorized ETL and cETL certifcation mark without a control number.
Page 1 of 2
11-01-AL
Page 2 of 2
11-02-AL
UL Warns of Class 2 Power Units Bearing Unauthorized UL Marks
February 4, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
NORTHBROOK, Ill.: Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying retailers, consumers and manufacturers that
the Class 2 Power Units identifed below bear unauthorized UL Marks for the US and Canada. These prod-
ucts have not been evaluated by UL to the applicable Standard for Safety and are not authorized to bear the
UL Mark. t is unknown if these products comply with UL safety requirements. These products are known to
be packaged with LED decorative lighting and may have been packaged with other products or sold individu-
ally.
Name of Product: Adapter AC-DC - Class 2 Power Units
Date of Manufacture: July 2009-Dec. 1, 2010
Manufacturer: Changzhou Damei Electronic Co., Ltd
Identication of Products: On the Products: The products bear a label with the following information (please
note: x=0.5, 1,3,6,or 8, xx=0.1,or 0.15):
Page 1 of 2
11-02-AL
Photo of the Products:
Page 2 of 2
11-03-AL
UL Warns of Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) Elbows and Bends With Inadequate
Corrosion Protection
February 4, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
NORTHBROOK, Ill. - Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying AHJs, electrical contractors, electricians
and retailers that Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) elbows and bends manufactured by Patton nternational
Ltd. identifed below may not be adequately protected against corrosion. These elbows and bends, display a
stamped-on UL Listing Mark for the United States and Canada, but have been found not to comply with the
appropriate North American safety standards and are not authorized to bear the UL Mark.
Product Description: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 90 and 45 elbow s and bends, in the following trade
sizes: , , 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 and 2 inches.
Manufacturer: Patton nternational Ltd., based in Kolkata ndia
Date of Production: June 2009 through June 2010
Hazard: These EMT elbows and bends may not be adequately protected against corrosion.
Identication: These EMT products are provided with ink-stamped markings that include the UL Listing Mark
and the letter P surrounded by a circle:
Example Markings:
Page 1 of 1
11-04-AL
Intertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of Turboion Croc Designer
Ceramic Ball Hair Dryer
February 15, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
ntertek Testing Services (ETL) is notifying consumers of the Turboion Croc Designer Ceramic Ball Hair Dryer
bearing an unauthorized ETL Certifcation Mark. ntertek hasdetermined the Turboion Croc Designer Ceramic
Ball Hair Dryer does pose a safety risk.
Description/ Models: Please see pictures below. No Model number was identifed on the Turboion Croc
Designer Ceramic Ball Hair Dryer. Further, it included an unauthorized cETLus certifcation mark without a
control number.
Page 1 of 1
11-05-AL
UL Warns of Electric Signs with Unauthorized UL Marks
February 15, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
NORTHBROOK, Ill.,: Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying sign installers and Authorities Having Juris-
diction that electric signs manufactured by Speed Service Sign, British Columbia, Canada bear an unauthor-
ized UL Mark. These electric signs have not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standards for safety for
the United States and Canada and are not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if the electric signs
comply with the United States or Canadian safety requirements.
Name of Product: Electric Sign
Number of Units: 110
Manufacturer: Speedy Service Sign, headquartered in Coquitlam, British Columbia, Canada
Date of Manufacture: 2009 to present
Identication:
On the product: Attached to the sign is a label, which contains the UL Mark. Affected signs will have a UL List-
ing label with a number from GZ331706 through GZ331815 appearing on the label.
Page 1 of 2
11-05-AL
Photo of Product:
Page 2 of 2
11-06-AL
ESA warns Consumers and Chiropractic Professionals of Unapproved
Chiropractic Equipment
February 24, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about unapproved chiropractic equipment. These
products are unapproved, not tested to any Canadian Safety Standards and do not bear any recognized certi-
fcation mark in Canada.
Description / Models: Zenith 440 and 460
Manufactured by: Williams Healthcare Systems in Elgin, l.
What you should do: Electrical Safety Authority requests that consumers and Chriopractic Professionals to
stop using the product immediately.
Zenith 440 Zenith 460
Page 1 of 1
11-07-AL
Intertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of HerStyler products bearing
an Unauthorized cETLus Certication Mark
March 1, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
ntertek Testing Services (ETL) is notifying consumers of the HerStyler Product Line bearing unauthorized
cETLus Certifcation Mark on the product packaging. These products have not been evaluated by ntertek to
the applicable safety standard and is unknown if they are in compliance. It is unknown of how many various
HerStyler Models are in the marketplace with the unauthorized cETLus Certifcation Mark.
HerStyler Classic Zebra Hair Straightening Iron
Page 1 of 2
11-07-AL
HerStyler Turbolite Straightening Iron
Page 2 of 2
11-08-AL
The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about LED Pool
Lights Sold by Executive Pools & Spas
March 24, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying consumers about unapproved electrical pool and Spa equip-
ment sold by Executive Pools & Spas in Ontario.
The pool lights are unapproved, not tested to any Canadian Safety Standards and do not bear any recognized
certifcation mark in Canada.
Seller: Executive Pools & Spas
136 Harold Street North
Thunder Bay, Ontario
Canada
P7C 4C3
Telephone: 807-622-6546
Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests consumers to disconnect and stop using these pool lights
immediately.
Page 1 of 1
11-09-AL
UL Warns of Hair Straightener Flat Iron with Unauthorized UL Marks for Canada
March 25, 2011
FOR MMEDATE RELEASE
UL is notifying consumers and retailers that the hair straightener fat iron identifed below bears an unauthor-
ized UL Mark for Canada. This product has not been evaluated by UL to the applicable Standard for Safety for
Canada and is not authorized to bear the UL Mark. t is unknown if this product complies with Canadian safety
requirements.
Name of Product: Red Lion Flat Iron
Manufacturer: Red Lion Cosmetics
Known to Be Sold at: Red Lion Cosmetics: (www.redlioncosmeticsltd.com)
Identication of Product: The iron is marked with the unauthorized cUL Mark and the following:
Red Lion
110-120V/60HZ
170W
Photograph of the unit:
Photograph of the label:
Page 1 of 2
11-09-AL
Photograph of the packaging:
Page 2 of 2
Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Recalls
Page 1 of 6
Recall Index
There will no longer be a paper edition of the Recalls. A complete listing and a full release of the recalls are
available thru the ESAs Website www.esasafe.com
Index
RCL09-19 Springfeld Wire nc. Recall of Ritchie mmersion Heaters Due to Potential Shock Hazard
RCL09-20 Cybex nternational Recalls Treadmills due to Fall Hazard
RCL09-21 Electrolux Home Care Products Canada nc. Recalls Cordless Stick Vacuums Due to Burst
ing Batteries
RCL09-22 Conair Consumer Products nc. Recalls Clothing rons Due to Fire Hazard
RCL09-23 UL warns of appliance controls with counterfeit UL Mark
RCL09-24 All-Clad Recalls 4-Square Belgian Waffe Makers Due to Shock Hazard; Sold Exclusively at
Williams-Sonoma
RCL09-25 Best Buy Recalls Rocketfsh Portable Universal AC/DC/USB Power Supply Due to Fire Hazard
RCL09-26 Best Buy Recalls 26 LCD nsignia Television Due to Fire Hazard
RCL09-27 SkyLead Trading Corporation Recalls Remote Control Helicopter Due to Fire Hazard
RCL09-28 Digital power Saver Recalls Power Saver Devices
RCL09-29 Eprom nc. Recalls Micro AVR-1000 Power Bar
RCL09-30 UL warns of potentially hazardous under-cabinet lighting
RCL09-31 A.V. 7 nc. Recalls Protouchh Hair Straightener
RCL09-32 Haier Recalls Toaster Oven/Broiler Due to Shock Hazard
RCL09-33 Houston Tech in cooperation with JR Home Products, initiates a voluntary upgrade on its
Portable Free Standing nfrared Electric Heaters with Stainless Steel Offset Mounting Pole.
RCL09-34 Ridge Tool Company Recalls Ridge Universal Motor Due to Shock and Fire Hazard
RCL09-35 Lenovo Recalls ThinkVision Speaker AC Adaptors Due to Shock Hazard
RCL09-36 Catalina Lighting Recalls Halogen Clamp Lamp Due to Fire and Burn Hazard
RCL09-37 Home deas Recalls Animated Ocean Lamp due to Unapproved Electrical Product
Page 2 of 6
RCL09-38 Atico nternational USA nc Announces Voluntary Recall of Signature Gourmet 12-Cup
Programmable Coffeemakers and Kitchen Gourmet 10-Cup Coffeemakers
RCL09-39 Philips Consumer Lifestyle Recalls Senseo One Cup Coffeemakers Due to Burn Hazard
RCL09-40 DTX nternational Recalls Popcorn Machines Due to Burn Hazard
RCL09-41 Wagner Spray Tech Corp Recalls Control Spray Plus due to Shock Hazard
RCL09-42 Fluke Corp. Announce Recall of Clamp Meters Due to Electrocution Hazard
RCL09-43 The Recall RCL09-43 has been withdrawn and replaced with Safety Alert 09-06-AL
RCL09-44 Splash nternational Recalls Decorative Seasonal Desk Lamp
RCL09-45 Kobian Recalls XtatiK AC Adapters sold with Portable Travel Power Kit
RCL09-46 Schneider Electric Recalls Square D Double Throw Safety Switches; 30 A, 60 A and 100 A
RCL09-47 Bunn-O-Matic Recalls Single Cup Tea/Coffeemakers Due to Burn
RCL09-48 Tyler Refrigeration Recalls Commercial Frozen Food Merchandisers Due to Fire Hazard
RCL09-49 Applica Canada Recalls Black & Decker Brand Spacemaker Coffeemaker due to
Burn Hazard
RCL09-50 DCG mports / Sales nc. Recall Hot Melt Glue Guns
RCL09-51 Starbucks Recalls Coffee Grinders; Made by Tsann Kuen Due to Laceration Hazard
RCL09-52 The Toro Company Recalls Electric Blowers Due to Projectile Hazards
RCL09-53 Kidde Recalls Dual Sensor Smoke Alarms Due to Alarm Malfunction
RCL09-54 Campbell Hausfeld Recalls Air Compressors Due to Fire Hazard;
Sold Exclusively at Wal-Mart
RCL09-55 Aquatic Kingdom Recalls Aquarium Power Heads Due to Shock Hazard
RCL09-56 Thane Direct Canada nc. mplements Voluntary Corrective Action Program
Re Certain H2O Mop Steam Cleaners Due to Shock and Burn Hazard
RCL09-57 Wagner Spray Tech Digital Heat Guns
RCL09-58 Viking Range Corporation Recalls Built-n Refrigerators Due to njury Hazard;
Doors Can Detach
RCL09-59 Frigidaire Recalls Certain Clothes Washers Due to Potential Fire Hazard
RCL09-60 Applica Canada Recalls Black & Decker Brand 8-Cup Thermal Coffeemaker
Due to Possibility of Overheating
RCL09-61 Frigidaire Recalls Certain Smoothtop Electric Ranges with Rotary Knobs and Digital Displays
RCL09-62 Maytag Expands Recall of Refrigerators Due to Fire Hazard
RCL09-63 Rigid Table Saws Sold Exclusively at Home Depot in U.S. Recalled by One World
Technologies Due to Laceration Hazard
RCL09-64 DVD Players Sold in U.S. Stores Only Recalled by Walmart U.S. Due to Fire Hazard
RCL09-65 Siemens nitiates Safety Upgrade Program for Circuit Breakers Due to Potential Safety
Hazard
RCL09-66 Chateau Manis Recalls 3 Prong Adaptors
RCL09-67 OJ Electronics A/S Recalls Thermostats Used in Under Floor Heating Systems
RCL09-69 Chateau Manis Recalls Mini Glue Guns
RCL09-70 E-Lumine Recalls Compact Fluorescent Lamps
RCL09-71 Woodstock nternational Recalls Dust Collection Remote Switches
RCL09-72 HM ndustries Recalls Floor Cleaners Due to Burn Hazard
RCL09-73 Sony to Replace AC Adapters Due to Potential Safety ssue
RCL09-74 Canadian Tire Recalls Utility Heaters
RCL09-75 Kaz nc. Recalls HZ-316C Electric Heaters Due to Potential Exposure to nternal
Hot Parts and/or circuitry
RCL 09-76 dea Village Recalls Wireless Remote Light Switch
RCL 09-77 W.P. Appliances nc. Recalls Wolfgang Puck Toaster Over/Toasters
RCL 09-78 Belkin nternational, nc. Recalls SurgeMaster Surge Protectors
RCL 09-79 Nokia Exchanges Power Chargers Due to Potential Exposure to nternal Circuitry
RCL 09-81 DY Tools Recalls Flux/Mig Welder
RCL 09-82 Eaton Yale Company General Recalls Duty Safety Switch
RCL 09-83 NCX Recalls Vantec 2-5/3.5/5.25 SATA & DE Drive to USB 2.0 Adapter with Power Supply
RCL 09-84 Wellington Street mages Ltd. Recalls Christmas Light String Socket Set
RCL 09-85 Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. Recalls LED Lighted Moose Outdoor Decoration
RCL 09-86 Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. Recalls LED Lighted Polar Bear Outdoor Decoration
RCL 09-87 Superior Electrics Limited Recalls nfnita Kettle Due to Possibility of Overheating
RCL 09-88 Bioforal Recalls Assembled Ballasts
RCL 09-89 Samsung Recalls Over-the-Range Microwave Ovens
RCL 09-90 Bretford Manufacturing Recalls Power Bars
RCL 09-91 Chatters Canada Recalls LOOK Ultra rons
RCL 09-92 Home Depot Recalls Dehumidifers Due to Fire and Burn Hazards
RCL 10-01 Haier America Trading L.L.C. Recalls Blenders
RCL 10-02 Dehumidifers Sold Exclusively in the U.S. Recalled by LG Electronics Tianjin
Appliance Due to Fire and Burn Hazards
RCL 10-03 Thompson Broom Mfg. Ltd. Recalls Boot-Master boot & shoe cleaner
RCL 10-04 Creative Co-op Recalls a Ceiling Luminaire
RCL 10-05 BSH Home Appliances Corporation Expands Recall of Thermador Built-n Ovens
Due to Fire Hazard
RCL 10-06 Conair Consumer Products nc. (CONAR) Recalls Lysol Steam Mop by CONAR
due to Burn and Laceration Hazards
RCL 10-07 Liebherr Recalls Built-n Refrigerators Due to njury Hazard; Door Can Detach
RCL 10-08 Recall of Home mprovement Books Containing Errors on Electrical Wiring
RCL 10-09 Husky Generators Recalled Due to Fire Hazard
RCL 10-10 nnovage Recalls Discovery Kids Lamps due to Fire Hazard
RCL 10-11 Liquidation World Recalls Christmas Lights
RCL 10-12 Big Al's Aquarium Supercenter Recalls AquaClear Power Filters
RCL 10-13 Stanley Convergent Security Solutions, nc Recall Connector Kits Used with Sonitrol Access
Control Modules
Page 4 of 6
RCL 10-14 Techtronic ndustries, Co. Ltd. Recalls Mastercraft 18V Battery Chargers for Cordless Drills
RCL 10-15 Scotsman Recalls Commercial ce Cube Machines Due to Fire Hazard
RCL 10-16 Noncontact Electrical Tester Recalled by Fluke Due to Shock or Burn Hazard
RCL 10-17 Jeckson Electric Recalls Wireless Remote On/Off Switches Due to Potential Fire Hazard
RCL 10-18 Dimplex North America, on behalf of Super Star Technology Co., Recalls Wireless Remote
On/Off Switches Due to Potential Fire Hazard
RCL 10-19 Canadian Hardware & Tools Recall 8-1/2 Neiko Miter Saw
RCL 10-20 Audio Receivers Recalled by Niles Audio Corp. Due to Fire Hazard
RCL 10-21 Comarco nc. Announces Voluntary Recall to Replace Targus Power Adapters
RCL 10-22 Simple H2O recalls Precipitators, Conductivity Testers and Wise Lights
RCL 10-23 Conair Corporation Recalls BabylissPro 052 Series Professional Compact Hair Dryer
RCL 10-25 TUM recalls Mobile Power Packs
RCL 10-26 Radio Systems Corporation announces recall of Hon-Kwang power adapters sold with
Heated Wellness Sleepers
RCL 10-27 Schneider Electric Recalls Stab-lok Circuit Breakers Type NA15 / NA20 / NB15 / NB20
RCL 10-28 Hoover, nc. Announces a voluntary recall of Wind Tunnel T-Series Vacuums
RCL 10-29 Nutech R. Hldngs. nc. Recalls Heat Recovery Ventilators (HRVs) Manufactured between
1992 to 1998
RCL 10-30 Maytag Recalls Dishwashers Due to Heating Element Fire Hazard
RCL 10-31 General Electric Company (GE) Recalls Certain GE Front Load Non-Heater Clothes Washers
RCL 10-32 Eaton/Cutler-Hammer Recalls SMCRO6 Series Surgetrap Surge Protectors
RCL 10-33 DeVilbiss Air Power Company Recalls Pressure Washers and Compressors Using Pneumatic
Tires With Plastic Tire Hubs
RCL 10-34 Siemens Recalls Molded Case Breakers Handle and Shield
RCL 10-35 General Electric Coffee Makers Sold in U.S. Stores Only Recalled by Walmart Due to Fire
Hazard
RCL 10-36 Dritz Electric Scissors Recalled by Prym Due to Fire and Burn Hazards
Page 5 of 6
RCL 10-37 Superex Canada Ltd. recalls ACDelco and Superex Power nverters
RCL 10-38 Wagan Corp. Recalls Smart AC 120 USB nverters
RCL 10-39 Ren's Feed & Supplies Limited Recalls Grooming Tables & Dryers
RCL 10-40 MultiCraft mports nc. Recalls Mini Glue Guns
RCL 10-41 Molenaar LLC Recalls Electroluminescent Night Lights
RCL 10-42 Williams-Sonoma Recalls Baby Bottle Warmers Due to Burn Hazard
RCL 10-43 Dollarama Recalls LED Night Light Bulbs
RCL 10-44 Sharp Recalls LC32SB28UT LCD TV
RCL 10-45 nnovage Voluntarily Recalls Fix t One Million Candle Power Rechargeable Spotlight
RCL 10-46 Siemens Recalls Type QP Plug-n Circuit Breakers and X-Press Packs
RCL 10-47 Double K ndustries Recalls Pet Dryers
RCL 10-48 Sears Canada Recalls Table lamp due to Fire Hazard
RCL 10-49 Black & Decker Recalls Random Orbit Sanders Due to Laceration Hazard
RCL 10-50 Multicraft mports Recalls Glue Guns
RCL 10-51 Frigidaire and Electrolux CON Electric Smoothtop Cooktops and Slide-n Ranges Recalled
Due to Fire Hazard
RCL 10-52 GE Recalls Certain GE Dishwashers Due to Fire Hazard
RCL 10-53 Natures Expression recalls Salt Lamps
RCL-10-54 Franklin Electric Recalls Motor Controllers for Submersible Pump Systems Due to Shock
Hazard
RCL-10-55 Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. LED Lighted Sculptures Due to Fire Hazard
RCL-10-56 Pottery Barn recalls Lamps due to Electrical Shock Hazard
RCL-10-57 Emerge Technologies recalls iPod Retractable Wall Chargers
RCL-10-58 Big Al's Aquarium Services Recalls Aquarium Lights
RCL-10-59 Somfy Recalls Motorized Awnings Due to Shock Hazard
Page 6 of 6
RCL-10-60 Robert Bosch nc. Recalls Bosch HD19 and HD21 Hammer Drills Due to Electrical Shock
Hazard
Page 6 of 6
RCL09-19
Recall RCL09-19
SpringeId Wire Inc. RecaII of Ritchie Immersion Heaters Due
to PotentiaI Shock Hazard
February 18, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Springfeld Wire nc. has announced
a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-
ately.
Name of Product: Ritchie mmersion Heater
Units: Approximately 800 units in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Springfeld Wire nc. / Ritchie ndustries and its distributors.
Hazard: The outer cover of the immersion heater can crack and expose the heating element to water, posing
a shock hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: None reported.
Description/ModeIs: Model #17863 250w/120v or Model #17940 250w/240v
SoId by: Ritchie ndustries via distributors in Canada:
v Jad-Vent Distributors, 3089 Greenfeld Rd., P. O. Box 1140, Ayr, Ontario NOB 1EO (519) 632-7471
v Triple M Sales, 1030 Pacifc Avenue, Winnipeg, Manitoba R3E 1G5 (204) 772-2245
v General Farm Supply, 4825 36th Street SE, Calgary, Alberta T2B 3N2 (403) 273-6414
When was distributed: Feb 2007 to March 2009
Manufactured in: USA and Mexico
Remedy: mmediately stop using the unit, and return it to the place of purchase for a free replacement
heater.
Consumer Contact: Ritchie ndustries, 1-800-747-0222 toll-free, www.ritchiefount.com or the place of pur-
chase.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by CSA. For more information about CSA
product certifcation process please visit: www.csa-international.org
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-19
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-20
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-20
Cybex InternationaI RecaIIs TreadmiIIs due to FaII Hazard
March 19, 2008
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Cybex nternational has announced
ately.
Name of Product: Treadmill models: 445T, 455T, 530T, 450T, 500T, 515T, 520T, and 550T.
Units: Approximately 682
Manufacturer/Importer: Cybex nternational nc. of Medway, Mass.
Hazard: The treadmills can speed up unexpectedly while in use due to a malfunction with the lower control
board, posing a fall hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Cybex nternational has received 24 reports of incidents involving the treadmill unexpect-
edly increasing speed, including six reports of consumers falling. Three of those incidents resulted in minor
injuries.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves 115V ONLY Cybex 445T, 455T, 530T, 450T, 500T, 515T, 520T,
and 550T treadmills. The 220V model treadmills are not involved in this recall. The treadmills are black and
gray with rectangular uprights. The 530T style treadmill is 81 inches long by 32 inches wide. The 445T style
treadmill is 72 inches long by 32 inches wide. The treadmills have a display panel on a console as wide as
the treadmill. Cybex and the model number are written on the console.
SoId by: Cybex nternational and Cybex Dealers Nationwide - for between $5,500 and $7,000.
When was distributed: January 2001 through September 2008.
Manufactured in: United States
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled treadmills. Contact Cybex to
receive a free replacement fuse. f requested, a Cybex technician can install the fuse free of charge. Cybex
is directly contacting known purchasers.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Cybex toll free at (866) 897-9199 between 8 a.m.
and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at www.Cybexintl.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by ntertek. For more information about n-
tertek product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek-etlsemko.com/portal/page/cust_portal/TK_PGR/
PIease see photos of the recaIIed products on the next page
RCL09-20
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-21
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-21
CordIess Stick Vacuums Being RecaIIed by EIectroIux Canada Corp
Due to Bursting Batteries
March 23, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is notifying the public about a voluntary recall of the fol-
lowing consumer product. Consumers should unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Products: Ergorapido, Pronto, Precision, and Sanitaire by Precision Vacuums
Units Imported into Canada: Approximately 53,000, of which approximately 44,750 have been sold or are
in retailers inventory.
Manufacturer: Airtek ndustry Corporation, China
Canadian Distributor: Electrolux Canada Corp. ("EIectroIux")
Hazard: The vacuum's battery can expand and burst, posing a risk of injury to the user and bystanders.
Incidents/Injuries: Electrolux has received fve reports of incidents in Canada involving damage to the
vacuum and surrounding property. Electrolux is aware of one Canadian incident that involved minor injuries.
n the United States there have been two reports of minor injuries, including swollen hands and irritation to the
eyes from contact with battery powder.
Description and Affected ModeIs: This recall involves 2-in-1 cordless stick vacuums with a detachable
hand vacuum and free-standing charger. Units involved in the recall have 9.6-volts printed on a serial plate
on the underside of the handheld unit, serial numbers: 0740000001 through 085100001 and 74000001
through 85100001, and the following model names and numbers:
ModeI Number ModeI CoIour
EL 1000A Pronto Cayenne Silk
EL 1000AZ Pronto Cayenne Silk
EL 1001A Pronto Blue
EL 1002A Ergorapido White
EL 1005A Ergorapido Diamond Sand
EL 1006A Ergorapido Vivid Green
EL 1007A Ergorapido Havana Brown
SP 1000A Sanitaire by Precision Blue
SP 1000AB Sanitaire by Precision Blue
EL 1000B Pronto Cayenne Silk
PE 1000B Precision by Electrolux Blue
PE 1000BB Precision by Electrolux Blue
RCL09-21
SoId By: Major retailers including Canadian Tire, Costco, Hudson's Bay Company, Lowes, and Sears, and
independent retailers.
When SoId: The affected models were sold in Canada from November 2007 to March 2009
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled vacuums and contact Electro-
lux for a free replacement of the handheld portion which contains the batteries.
Consumers should confrm that they have one of the impacted units by checking the serial plate on the under-
side of the handheld unit and noting the voltage (which must be 9.6-volts), as well as matching both the serial
and model numbers provided above.
Consumer Contact: Consumers should contact the company at 1-800-932-1778 between 8:00 a.m. and
7:00 p.m. ET Monday-Friday to verify the product and arrange to receive a new handheld unit at no charge.
Consumers can also visit the frm's Web site at www.stickvacrecall.ca.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about product
the certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com.
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-22
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-22
CIothing Irons RecaIIed by Conair Consumer Products Inc.
Due to Fire Hazard
March 27, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Conair Consumer Products nc. has
announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Clothing ron: Canadian model number DPP1500C.
Units: About 2,700 nationwide.
Manufacturer/Importer: Conair Consumer Products nc. Canada.
Hazard: The clothing iron can overheat, posing a fre hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Conair Consumer Products nc.has not received reports of incidents or injury. Conair
Corporation USA has received three reports of overheating, including two fres resulting in property damage.
No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Conair Clothing ron model number DPP1500C. The model
number is printed below the soleplate. Please note that only models with detachable water tanks are being
recalled.
SoId by: Sears Canada, London Drugs and ndependents nationwide.
When was distributed: August 2005 through December 2008.
Manufactured in: China
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled clothing irons and contact
Conair at the number listed below for instructions to receive a comparable product.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Conair at 1-866-729-2389 between 8:30a.m. and
5:00 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at www.conaircanada.ca/recall or email con-
sumer_canada@conair.com
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about Under-
writers Laboratories product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
RCL09-22
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-23
Page 1 of 1
RecaII RCL09-23
UL warns of appIiance controIs with counterfeit
UL Mark
March 27, 2009
Northbrook, III., USA, March 26, 2009 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying manufacturers that ap-
pliance controls, identifed below, bear counterfeit UL Recognition Marks for the United States and Canada.
These appliance controls have not been evaluated for safety by UL and are not eligible to bear the UL Mark.
These controls have been sold with counterfeit Portable Cabinet Light Systems. See UL's Public Notice re-
leased March 26, 2009, for details concerning these portable cabinet light systems.
Name of product: Appliance controls, Model: TD1
Identication of counterfeit product: On the Product: The units have a label with a counterfeit UL Recogni-
tion Mark and the following information:
SoId at: Unknown
What shouId you do: UL recommends manufacturers stop purchasing and using the product immediately
and return it to the place of purchase.
Manufacturers of UL certifed products that have used this counterfeit device are requested to contact UL at
http://www.ul.com/global/eng/pages/offerings/perspectives/consumer/feldreport/
Photo of the Product:
RCL09-24
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-24
AII-CIad RecaIIs 4-Square BeIgian Wafe Makers Due to Shock Hazard;
SoId ExcIusiveIy at WiIIiams-Sonoma
ApriI 08, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that All-Clad Metalcrafters LLC, of Canon-
sburg, Pa. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using
recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: All-Clad 4-Square Belgian Waffe Maker.
Units: 787 units sold in Canada.
Manufacturer/mporter: mporter into U.S. is All-Clad Metalcrafters LLC, of Canonsburg, Pa.; mporter into
Canada is Williams-Sonoma nc.
Hazard: Wiring inside the waffe maker can be damaged and contact the waffe maker's metal body, posing a
shock or fre hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: All-Clad has not received any reports of incidents in Canada. All-Clad has received 23
reports of waffe makers emitting sparks outside of Canada. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recalled All-Clad 4-Square Belgian Waffe Maker is electric with a stainless steel
exterior. The recall involves units with a model/ref number of #WD700462 and 4-digit manufacture date
codes ending in 08. The model/ref number and manufacture date code are located on a white label on the
bottom of the waffe maker. Sold for about $200.
SoId by: Exclusively through Williams-Sonoma.
When was distributed: March 2008 through January 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should unplug the waffe maker immediately and contact All-Clad for instructions on
obtaining a free replacement.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact All-Clad toll-free at (888) 345-0474 between 8 a.m.
and 8 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at www.All-CladWafferRecall.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories nc. For more
information about Underwriters Laboratories nc. product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com.
RCL09-24
Page 2 of 2
Model/Ref Number Manufacturer Date

Look for
Model/Ref
Number and
Manufacturer
Date Here
(bottom)
Model/Ref Number Manufacturer Date

Look for
Model/Ref
Number and
Manufacturer
Date Here
(bottom)
RCL09-25
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-25
Best Buy RecaIIs Rocketsh PortabIe UniversaI AC/DC/USB
Power SuppIy Due to Fire Hazard
ApriI 02, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Best Buy Canada Ltd. has an-
nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Rocketfsh Portable Universal AC/DC/USB Power Supply, Model RF-NV80
Units: 90 sold at the retail level in Canada.
Manufacturer: Stone Technology, nc.
Importer: Best Buy Canada Ltd.
Hazard: An unknown possible defect in the product has led to reports of spontaneous fre in units during
charging of the battery. The precise cause has not been determined.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been three reported incidents in the United States of minor property damage.
Description/ModeIs: Rocketfsh portable power supply, Model RF-NV80, is a portable universal AC/DC/
USB power supply for use with portable electronics including laptops, USB devices, DVD players, portable-
gaming systems, cell phones and MP3 players.
SoId by: Best Buy Canada Ltd., exclusively at Best Buy stores and through internet sales.
When was distributed: September 1, 2008 through February 16, 2009.
Remedy: Consumers who own a Rocketfsh portable power supply, Model RF-NV80, are asked to immedi-
ately unplug and stop using the device.
Consumers who have purchased a Rocketfsh portable power supply, Model RF-NV80, from Best Buy
Canada, Ltd. should call 1-800-233-0462 for further information on this Recall.
Consumer Contact: 1-800-233-0462
RCL09-25
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-26
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-26
Best Buy RecaIIs 26" LCD Insignia TeIevision
Due to Fire Hazard
ApriI 02, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Best Buy Canada Ltd. has an-
nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products
immediately.
Name of Product: 26 LCD nsignia Television, Model S-LCDTV26
Units: 1500 sold at the retail level in Canada
Manufacturer: Xiamen Overseas Chinese Electronic Co., Ltd.
Importer: Best Buy Canada Ltd.
Hazard: A power supply component inside the television may fail resulting in fre.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been two reported incidents in the United States of minor property damage,
one of which also involved minor personal injury. The minor personal injury did not require medical attention.
Description/ModeIs: The 26 LCD nsignia television, Model S-LCDTV26, has the nsignia brand name lo-
cated on the bottom front panel cover of the product in the middle. The model number is located in the middle
of the back panel of the product.
SoId by: Best Buy Canada Ltd., exclusively at Best Buy and Future Shop retail stores and through internet
sales.
When was distributed: June 2005 through April 2007 although the bulk were distributed June 2005 through
July 2006.
Remedy: Consumers who own an 26 LCD nsignia television, Model S-LCDTV26, are asked to immediately
unplug the device. Consumers should also stop using the device. n the event of a fre, contact the appropri-
ate authorities. Do not touch the product during the fre or after the fre has been extinguished as the product
may be extremely hot.
Consumers who have purchased the 26 LCD nsignia television, Model S-LCDTV26, from Best Buy Canada
Ltd. should call 1-800-233-0462 for further information on this recall.
Consumer Contact: 1-800-233-0462
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about UL
product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com.
RCL09-26
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-27
Page 1 of 1
RecaII RCL09-27
SkyLead Trading Corporation RecaIIs Remote ControI HeIicopter
Due to Fire Hazard
ApriI 15, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that SkyLead Trading has announced a
voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Three Channels R/C Helicopter.
Units: 34 units sold in Pickering, Ontario.
Manufacturer: Zhong Sheng Hang.
Importer: SkyLead Trading Corporation
Hazard: The rechargeable lithium-ion battery inside the helicopter can ignite while charging, posing a fre
hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: SkyLead has received one reports of the battery exploded. No injuries have been re-
ported.
Description/ModeIs: Electric R/C Helicopter with Model no. ZS-016-C1 (Yellow) and ZS-016-C2 (White)
SoId by: SkyLead Trading Corporation between December 2008 to March 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the helicopter immediately and contact SkyLead Trading Corporation
for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, please email to sales@sky-lead.com or call (416) 451-1383
between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. ET Monday through Friday
RCL09-28
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-28
DigitaI power Saver RecaIIs Power Saver Devices
ApriI 15, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Digital power Saver has announced
ately.
Name of Product: Power Saver
Units: Approximately 300 units in Canada.
Manufacturer: Holica Electronics
Importer: Power Saver
Hazard: The recalled products have not been evaluated for any Canadian Standards and do not bear any
recognized certifcation mark in Canada.
Incidents/Injuries: One incident of smoke emitting out of the product. No injuries have been reported in
Canada.
Description/ModeIs:
EPH3 White in colour
SD-001 Grey and black in colour
SoId by: Digital power Saver
When was distributed: Sold between August 2008 until April 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the Power Saver device immediately and contact Digital power
Saver for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, please email to support@hydropowersaver.com or call (416)
619-0029 between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. ET Monday through Friday.
RCL09-28
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-29
Page 1 of 1
Recall RCL09-29
Eprom Inc. RecaIIs Micro AVR-1000 Power Bar
ApriI 15, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Eprom nc. has announced a volun-
tary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: AVR 1000VA 8 Outlets w/Surge Protection
Units: 55 units in Canada
Manufacturer: Maruson Technology Corp
Importer: Eprom nc.
Incidents/Injuries: none reported.
Description/ModeIs: The bar has microprocessor digital control technology; 5 step voltage regulation; over-
load protection circuit breaker; 3 LED function displays; 8 outlets, 4AVR outlets and 4 surge protection; RJ-11
for tel/fax/modem equipment protection; AC cable management and wall mountable design.
SoId by: Various retailers across Ontario and Canada
When was distributed: March 08 through March 09
Remedy: Consumers who have purchased the affected units are being requested to contact Eprom nc. and
arrange for a product exchange.
Consumer Contact: Consumer service number: 905-944-9000 ext 227 or email: rma@eprom.com
RCL09-30
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-30
UL warns of potentiaIIy hazardous under-cabinet Iighting
ApriI 15, 2009
Northbrook, III., ApriI 9, 2009 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is notifying consumers that the under-cabinet
lighting identifed below may pose a fre hazard. These lights have not been evaluated for safety by UL and
are not eligible to bear the UL Mark.
Name of product: tem No. ALFT4-24-4100
Manufacturer: EXTRA LGHTNG MFG LTD, Hong Kong
Hazard: Units may overheat, posing a fre hazard.
Identication: On the product: The Product has a white paper label with the following information:
Model No. ALFT4-24-4100
Electrical Rating: 120V, 24W, 60Hz, 1PH
Made in China / Fabrique en Chine UL Label nfo:
SoId at: Unknown
What you shouId do: UL recommends that consumers stop using this product immediately and return it to
the place of purchase.
Consumer contact:
Extra Lighting Mfg Ltd.
Company Website: http://www.meek-lighting.com/
Phone: +86.20.3849.3486
Email: market@extra-lighting.com
RCL09-30
Page 2 of 2
Photo of product:
RCL09-31
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-31
A.V. 7 Inc. RecaIIs Protouchh Hair Straightener
ApriI 27, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that A.V. 7 has announced a voluntary
recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Protouchh, Pro-Choice 1,
ONLY THS MODEL HS040
Units: Approximately 200 units.
Importer: A.V. 7 nc., 37 Rowe Court, Markham, ON, L3S 2J6.
Hazard: Counterfeit product bearing an unauthorized cETLus Mark.
Incidents/Injuries: None reported at this time.
Description/ModeIs: The Hair Straightener has an improper power cord marked as SPT-1 and not the
required SPT-2 type. The Hair Straightener is primarily fat black in colour with red lettering Pro-touchh [two
h] and red high-light areas.
SoId by: A.V. 7 nc., Markham, ON, to distributors and hair salons to end consumers / public.
When was distributed: 2008 to March 2009
Remedy: Stop using the product immediately, unplug it and contact A.V. 7 nc.
Consumer Contact: Telephone: 416-575-5880, address: 37 Rowe Court Markham ON. L3S 2J6.
Remarks: The recalled Protouchh ModeI Pro-Choice 1, HS040 Hair Straightener products have not been
tested by a recognized certifcation agency.
ESA issued a safety alert for this product in March 2009.
RCL09-31
Page 2 of 2
Photo of Product
Photo of Counterfeit IabeI
RCL09-32
Page 1 of 1
RecaII RCL09-32
Haier RecaIIs Toaster Oven/BroiIer Due to Shock Hazard
May 01, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Haier America Trading LLC of New
York, NY has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using
Name of Product: Haier Toaster Oven/Broiler, Model RTO1400SS
Manufacturer/Importer: Lun Dar Electric nd. Ltd
Hazard: Electrical connections in the Toaster Oven/Broiler can become loose, posing electrical shock or burn
hazards.
Incidents/Injuries: Haier America has received two reports of minor burns and one report of a minor electri-
cal shock to consumers, and one report of minor property damage.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves toaster oven/broilers with model number RTO1400SS. The units
are stainless steel and black plastic. Haier is printed on the front and the model number is printed on a label
on the back of the toaster oven/broilers.
SoId by: Mass merchandisers and specialty retailers nationwide (only in USA) for approximately $20 to $40.
When was distributed: From September 2006 through January 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled toaster oven/broilers and contact Haier
America to receive a free replacement toaster oven/broiler.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Haier America at (866) 927-4810 anytime, or visit the
frm's Web site at: www.haieramerica.com
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories, nc. For
more information about Underwrites Laboratories, nc. product certifcation process please visit UL Web site
at: http://www.ul.com
RCL09-33
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-33
Houston Tech in cooperation with JR Home Products, initiates a voIuntary
upgrade on its PortabIe Free Standing Infrared EIectric Heater
with StainIess SteeI Offset Mounting PoIe
May 11, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Houston Tech has announced a
voluntary upgrade and corrective action on the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using
this product immediately, and contact the Canadian distributer; JR Home Products to receive a free retroft
upgrade kit.
Name of Product: Portable Free Standing nfrared Electric Heater With Offset Mounting Pole in Stainless
Steel. Models L1P-15-TGG-SP and MS-1500WORPH.
Units: 5308 in Canada
Manufacturer/Importer: Houston Tech / JR Home Products.
Hazard: Heater may pose a risk of fre if any fabric was to come in direct sustained contact with heating head
component.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been no incidents or no reports of injuries.
Description/ModeIs: Models L1P-15-TGG-SP and MS1500WORPH. Stainless Steel offset mounting pole.
SoId by: Home Depot (store and Online), Costco (Online), Rona, and London Drugs.
When was distributed: 2007-2008
Remedy: Consumers in Canada are instructed to contact JR Home in one of two ways. By phone or by email
for a free retroft kit.
Consumer Contacts:
E-mail: safetyupgrade@jrhome.com
Phone: 1-800-561-5550
RCL09-33
Page 2 of 2
Image of box:
RCL09-34
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-34
Ridge TooI Company RecaIIs Ridge UniversaI Motor Due to Shock
and Fire Hazard
May 14, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Ridge Tool Company has announced
a voluntary recall of the following product. Customers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: RDGD Universal Motor sold as part of a 535, 300 Compact or 1233 Threading Ma-
chine, 300 Power Drive or a Hose Machine or sold separately as a replacement motor for these units.
Units: Approximately 270 affected units were sold in Ontario and approximately 902 affected units were sold
in Canada.
Importer: Ridge Tool Company
Hazard: The setscrews that retain the brush holders in the affected motors many not be properly tightened.
This could allow the brush holder to back out and the brush lead contact the motor housing. f a machine in
this condition is used with an improperly grounded power supply, this could result in an electrical shock or fre
hazard which could cause serious injury or death.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damage have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Affected machines can be identifed by looking at the serial plate on the machine (see
photos). f a machine serial number ends in 0408, 0508, 0608, 0708, 0808, 0908, 1008 or 1108 it is subject to
this recall.
SoId by: Various distributors across Ontario and Canada.
When was distributed: Between April 2008 and November 2008.
Manufactured in: Elyria, Ohio.
Remedy: Customers should take immediate steps to determine if they have an affected unit in their posses-
sion. Customers should stop using the affected unit immediately and contact Ridge Tool Technical Services
per the contact information set out below.
Consumer Contact: For information and service, contact Ridge Tool Technical Services at 1-800-519-3456
or techservices@rigid.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Canadian Standards Association. For
more information about Canadian Standards Association product certifcation process please visit: www.csa.ca.
RCL09-34
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-35
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-35
Lenovo RecaIIs ThinkVision Speaker AC Adaptors Due to Shock Hazard
May 11, 2009
Toronto, ON Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Lenovo (Canada) nc. has announced a
voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-
ately.
Name of Product: Lenovo ThinkVision Soundbar.
Units: 74 units were sold in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Lenovo (Canada) nc.
Hazard: The ThinkVision Soundbar shipped with an A/C Adaptor. The plastic shell of the AC Adaptor can
crack, posing a possible shock hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: No incidents involving this product have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Customers with a Lenovo ThinkVision Soundbar should look at the A/C Adaptor. f the
adaptor is subject to this action, the customer will see the FRU part number 89P8571 with date code 200810
located on the back of the adaptor.
SoId by: Lenovo (Canada) nc. and its distributors.
When was distributed: Products were sold from November 2008 through January 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled AC Adaptor and contact Lenovo to receive a free re-
placement part.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Lenovo at (800) 426-7378 anytime or visit the frm's
Web site at www.lenovo.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Safety Standards by TUV Rheinland of North America,
nc. For more information about the TUV Rheinland product certifcation process please visit:
www.tuv.com/us/en/index.html.
RCL09-35
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-36
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-36
CataIina Lighting RecaIIs HaIogen CIamp Lamp Due to Fire
and Burn Hazard
May 14, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Catalina Lighting has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: Halogen Clamp Lamp
Manufacturer/Importer: Catalina Lighting nc, Miami, FL.
Hazard: The UV glass lens on the lamp can crack exposing the halogen bulb posing a fre and burn hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: Catalina Lighting has received 65 reports of broken lenses in the USA. No injuries have
been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The halogen clamp lamps, also known as architect's lamps, have 150 watt halogen
bulb, an articulating arm, and a clamp desk lamp that adjusts up, down and swivels. Only lamps with model
number 13456-US and lot number C06081581V185, C06081582V185 and C06081584V185 are included in
the recall.
SoId by: Staples retail stores (only in USA) for about $50.
When was distributed: From July 2008 through October 2008.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled lamp and contact Catalina Lighting.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Catalina Lighting toll free at (866) 949-8567 between
8am and 5pm, Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at: www.catalinalighting.com.
Remarks: The affected units were intended for sale and distribution in the U. S only. However, the recalled
units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories, nc. For more information about Un-
derwrites Laboratories, nc. product certifcation process please visit UL Web site at: http://www.ul.com.
RCL09-36
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-37
Page 1 of 1
RecaII RCL09-37
Home Ideas RecaIIs Animated Ocean Lamp due to Unapproved
EIectricaI Product
May 11, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Home deas has announced a volun-
Name of Product: Animated Ocean Lamp
Units: 4 units in Ontario and in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Zhejiang Jinhua Dingli Arts & Crafts Co., Ltd.
Hazard: The product may have potential risk of electrical safety.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damage has been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This product consists of a rotating picture of deep sea fsh and a light inside. When
plug in, the picture turns around.
SoId by: Home deas
When was distributed: April 3 5, 2009, at the All About Pets Show.
Remedy: Consumer should stop using the above mentioned product immediately, and contact Home deas
to return.
Consumer Contact: KJ Zhong Home deas 3175 Rutherford Rd., Unit 64, Vaughan, ON. Canada L4K 5Y6
Phone: 905-669-7616.
RCL09-38
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-38
Atico InternationaI USA Inc Announces VoIuntary RecaII of Signature
Gourmet" 12-Cup ProgrammabIe Coffeemakers and Kitchen Gourmet
10-Cup Coffeemakers
May 12, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Atico nternational USA, nc. has an-
nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-
ucts immediately.
Name of Products: Signature Gourmet 12-Cup Programmable Coffeemaker and Kitchen Gourmet 10-
cup Coffeemaker
Manufacturer/Importer: Guang Dong Xinbao Electrical Appliances Holdings Co., Ltd., China
Hazard: The coffeemakers can ignite due to an electrical failure, posing a fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: Atico nternational USA, nc. has received 23 reports of coffeemakers igniting, resulting in
property damage. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs:
Name CoIor ModeI # Item #
Kitchen Gourmet 10-Cup Coffeemaker White XQ-673K W14A3714
Signature Gourmet 12-Cup
Programmable Coffeemaker
Black XQ-673BT or CM4193D W14A5084
The name of the coffeemaker is printed on the front of the unit. The model number and the item number are
printed on a sticker located on the bottom of the unit.
SoId by: Walgreens in USA.
When was distributed: From June 2004 through March 2009 for about $20.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled coffeemaker and contact Atico
nternational USA, nc. for instructions on returning the product for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: Consumers should call Atico nternational USA, nc. toll-free at (877) 546-4835 between
9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday.
units are certifed to Safety Standards by Underwriters Laboratories, nc. and ntertek Testing Services and
may have been imported and sold in Canada.
RCL09-38
Page 2 of 2
Signature Gourmet" 12-Cup Kitchen Gourmet 10-Cup Coffeemaker
ProgrammabIe Coffeemaker
RCL09-39
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-39
PhiIips Consumer LifestyIe RecaIIs Senseo One Cup Coffeemakers Due
to Burn Hazard
May 14, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Philips Consumer Lifestyle has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Senseo One-Cup Coffeemaker.
Units: 244 in Canada.
Manufacturer: Philips Consumer Lifestyle.
Importer: The Dutch Shop.
Hazard: An electrical fault and the build up of calcium from hard or medium water can cause an obstruction
in the coffeemaker. f this happens, the boiler can burst, posing a hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: None reported in Canada. The frm has received 17 reports of incidents in Europe, in-
cluding six reports of minor personal injury.
Description/ModeIs: Senseo one-cup coffeemakers with model numbers HD 7810; HD 7820 and HD 7832.
Model numbers and date codes are located on the bottom of the coffeemaker. Coffeemakers made in China
have date codes 0727 through 0847; coffeemakers made in Poland have date codes 0627 through 0847.
SoId by: Philips Consumer Lifestyle
When was distributed: July 1, 2006-February 2009.
Manufactured in: China and Poland.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the coffeemakers and contact Philips for instructions on
receiving a free replacement unit.
Consumer Contact: Consumers can contact Philips toll free at (866) 604-0051 between 8 a.m. and 11 p.m.
ET Monday through Saturday and 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. Sundays. Consumers can also visit the frm's Web site at
www.senseoexchange.
Remarks: The recalled units do not bear a recognized Canadian certifcation mark.
RCL09-39
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-40
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-40
DTX InternationaI RecaIIs Popcorn Machines
Due to Burn Hazard
May 14, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that DTX nternational has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: Popcorn Machines
Units: 5 in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: DTX nternational of Mancelona, Michigan.
Hazard: The heating element of the popcorn machine's warming deck can remain on after being switched
off. This poses a burn hazard to users.
Incidents/Injuries: DTX has received one report of the heating element remaining on when switched off. No
injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recall involves the Pasadena, Princeton and Paducah 8-ounce popcorn
machines. The model name is printed on the top of the unit. The recall includes units with and without a cart.
SoId by: Discount Tommy (www.discounttommy.com) and Great American Popcorn
(www.greatamericanpopcorn.com).
When was distributed: The product is still being distributedthe recall only impacts 5 popcorn machines
which were sold in Canada. The units in question were sold between September 2008 through October 2008.
Again, all other units are not impacted.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using popcorn machines immediately and contact DTX nternational to ar-
range for a free repair including shipping.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact DTX nternational at (800) 665-0728 between 9 a.m.
and 3 p.m. EST Monday through Friday or visit the frm's website at www.greatamericanpopcorn.com.
RCL09-40
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-41
Recall RCL09-41
Wagner Spray Tech Corp RecaIIs ControI Spray PIus due
to Shock Hazard
May 19, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wagner Spray Tech Corp. has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Wagner Control Spray Plus
Units: 169 units shipped to Ontario; 197 units total shipped to Canada, including Ontario
Manufacturer/Importer: Wagner Spray Tech Corp.
Hazard: The on/off switch may be dislodged from the case if the motor housing is dropped. f electrical
connections are exposed, a person may receive an electrical shock if they contact the connections while the
product is plugged into an electrical outlet.
Incidents/Injuries: No incidents, injuries, or property damage
Description/ModeIs: A grey and yellow electrically powered paint application tool, sold with two different
logo labels (Model No. 0414248)
SoId by: Lowe's stores in Ontario, and home center stores in Nova Scotia
When was distributed: August 2007-April 2009 (Manufactured Date Codes: Y182R thru Y365R, Z001R thru
Z366R, A001R thru A021R. The date code can be found on the bottom of the motor housing.)
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the sprayers, and contact Wagner for a free
repair.
Consumer Contact: Contact Wagner toll-free at (888) 925-6244 between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. CT Monday
through Friday or visit the frm's web site at www.wagnerspraytech.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories of Canada.
For more information about Underwriters Laboratories product certifcation process please visit: http://www.
ulc.ca/
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-41
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-42
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-42
FIuke Corp. Announce RecaII of CIamp Meters Due
to EIectrocution Hazard
May 21, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Fluke Corp. has announced a volun-
Name of Product: Fluke 33X series Clamp Meters
Units:
ModeI Ontario Canada
333 35 326
334 52 180
335 226 303
336 39 1252
337 330 2026
TotaI 682 4087
Manufacturer: Fluke Corporation, of Everett, Wash.
Hazard: The display may indicate a low or no voltage reading on a circuit energized with a hazardous volt-
age. This could create a hazardous situation if the user were to contact live voltage based on an erroneous
instrument reading.
Description/ModeIs: The following models are affected:
Model 337 (S/N 96310001 to 98890607)
Model 336 (S/N 96360001 to 98900400)
Model 335 (S/N 97160001 to 98860104)
Model 334 (S/N 97180001 to 98870101)
Model 333 (S/N 97170001 to 98880240)
SoId by: Fluke Corporation and various retailer and resellers across Canada.
When was distributed: January June 2008.
Manufactured in: Shilu, China
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled products immediately and return to Fluke for free re-
placement.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Fluke toll-free at (800) 363-5853 Monday through
Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at: http://ca.fuke.com/caen/home/default.htm
RCL09-42
Page 2 of 2
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Canadian Standards Association (CSA).
For more information about CSA product certifcation process please visit: http://www.csa.ca
RCL09-44
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-44
SpIash InternationaI RecaIIs Decorative SeasonaI
Desk Lamp
May 25, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Splash nternational Marketing nc.
has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled
Name of Product: Decorative Seasonal Desk Lamp, Model T110-7-1; tem No. SH2185
Manufacturer: Shang Kuo Co., Ltd.
Importer: Splash nternational Mkt.
Incidents/Injuries: There are no reported incidents or injuries.
Description/Models: Rustic Desk Lamp Snowman/Tree.
SoId by: Splash nternational Marketing nc., 395 Cochrane Drive, Markham, ON, L3R 9R5.
When was distributed: July 14th December 11th, 2008.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the desk lamps immediately and contact Splash international at the
listed telephone number below for a full credit.
Consumer Contact: Customer Service 800-237-4115 ext-225.
Remarks: The Decorative Seasonal Desk Lamps do not bear any electrical safety approval Marks, and have
not been investigated for compliance to electrical safety, fre & shock hazards.
RCL09-44
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-45
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-45
Kobian RecaIIs XtatiK AC Adapters soId with PortabIe
TraveI Power Kit
May 27, 2009
Toronto, ON Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Kobian Canada nc. (KC) has an-
nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using the recalled
Name of Product: AC adapter bundled in XtatiK 3-Piece iPod Travel Power Kit.
Units: Approximately 16,000 units of the product were sold in Canada between November 2007 and January
2009 and approximately 10,000 of the units were sold in Ontario.
Manufacturer: The AC Adaptor is manufactured in China by Chuangu ndustry Shexen Co. Ltd.
Importer: The AC Adaptor is imported by KC.
Incidents/Injuries: No known incidents or injuries.
Hazard: The product displays an unauthorized UL mark and it has not been tested to determine whether it is
compliant with the Canadian Standards for product safety.
Description/ModeI: The adapter was bundled together with a USB to iPod connecting cable and a car-char-
ger and sold under the XtatiK brand. The bundled product bears the bar code number 8886383608741.
SoId by: Distributed in Canada by KC, and sold by Future Shop Canada.
Remedy: f you have purchased or otherwise obtained the product, please contact Kobian Canada nc. to
obtain a replacement product.
Incidents/Injuries: No known incidents or injuries.
Consumer Contact:
Customer Support
560 Denison Street Unit 5
Markham, Ontario
L3R 2M8
Phone: (905)480-0476
Fax: (905)948-1601
Remarks: The recalled units are not certifed to Canadian Standards.
RCL09-45
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-46
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-46
Schneider EIectric RecaIIs Square D DoubIe Throw Safety Switches;
30 A, 60 A and 100 A
May 28, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Schneider Electric has announced a
voluntary recall of the following industrial/commercial product. Users should take steps to initiate the replace-
ment of affected devices immediately.
Name of Product: Square D Double Throw Safety Switch, 30 A, 60 A or 100 A rating
Units: Switches sold through electrical distributors across Canada from September 23, 2008 through March
31, 2009
Manufacturer: Schneider Electric
Hazard: There is the possibility for the switch handle to be placed in the OFF position when the switch is still
in an ON (closed) position. This may result in the potential for personal injury or property damage.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damage reported.
Description/ModeIs: See catalogue number table below. This recall affects the listed catalogue numbers
only, that have date codes from 08382 to 09095 only.
SoId by: Electrical distributors across Canada.
When was distributed: Between September 15 2008 to March 31, 2009.
Manufactured in: USA
Remedy: Switches with one of the indicated part numbers and having a date code within the indicated range
will (a) be replaced with a new switch if currently held in inventory, or (b) be replaced with a new switch by a
qualifed electrical contractor if already installed in a building or facility.
Contact Information: Should you have any questions, please contact our Recovery Administration team at
your convenience.
Schneider Electric
Product Recovery Administration
Phone: 1-866-333-1490
Fax: 1-866-587-4070.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by either CSA or UL depending on cata-
logue number. For more information about CSA product certifcation process please visit: www.csa-interna-
tional.org. For more information about UL product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
This Recall Notice is applicable ONLY to 30 Ampere, 60 Ampere and 100 Ampere Double Throw Safety
Switch Catalogue Numbers listed below, with date codes from 08382 to 09095.
RCL09-46
Page 2 of 2
DT321 DT322 DTU362DS DT223 DTU223RBE DTU363RB
DT321RB DT322RB DTU362DSVW DT223RB DTU323 DTU463AWK
DT361 DT362 DTU362RB DT323 DTU323RB DTU463DS
DT361RB DT362RB DTU362VW DT323RB DTU363 DTU663AWK
DTU321 DTU222 DTU462 DT363 DTU363AWK
DTU361 DTU322 DTU462AWK DT363RB DTU363AWKVW
DTU361RB DTU362 DTU462DS DTU223 DTU363DS
DTU361VW DTU362AWK DTU662AWK DTU223RB DTU363DSVW
For product in inventory, inspect the end of the shipping carton for the date code as follows.
For installed product, TURN OFF POWER BEFORE ATTEMPTNG TO NSPECT THE PRODUCT, and check
for manufacture date code by opening the cover. Look at the wiring diagram on the inside of the cover for the
manufacture date code as shown in the photos below.
RCL09-47
Page 1 of 2
RecaII RCL09-47
Bunn-O-Matic RecaIIs SingIe Cup Tea/Coffeemakers
Due to Burn
May 28, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Bunn-O-Matic Corporation has an-
nounced a voluntary recall and corrective action program of the following single-cup pod brewers. Consumers
should stop using recalled pod brewers immediately.
Name of Products: My Caf Pourover (MCP)
My Caf Automatic (MCA)
Units: 2827 of the affected units were sold in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Bunn-O-Matic Corp. /Bunn-O-Matic Corporation.
Hazard: The drawer of the pod brewer can open unexpectedly during a brew cycle posing a burn hazard to
consumer.
Incidents/Injuries: No reports of malfunction or injury have been reported in Canada. However, in the U.S.,
10 reports of pod drawer malfunction and 1 report of minor burns have been received.
Description/ModeIs: The pod brewers have a black body with stainless backsplash and measure 12 inches
high by 8 inches wide. Bunn is printed on the front and lights up when the pod brewer is on and were sold
for approximately $400.00.
SoId by: Bunn-O-Matic Corporation
When was distributed: August, 2004 March, 2009
Remedy: Customers should stop using the recalled pod brewers and immediately contact Bunn to receive
two replacement pod brewers.
Consumer Contact: Bunn-O-Matic Corp., 1-800-741-3405 (between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m ET Monday through
Friday), www.bunn.com.
information about Underwriters Laboratories nc. product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com.
RCL09-47
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-48
Recall RCL09-48
TyIer Refrigeration RecaIIs CommerciaI Frozen Food Merchandisers
Due to Fire Hazard
May 30, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Tyler Refrigeration has announced a
voluntary recall of the following commercial product. Commercial customers should stop using recalled prod-
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Certain refrigerated food display cases.
Units: There are 211 units in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Tyler Refrigeration, a division of Carrier Commercial Refrigeration, nc.
Hazard: f a light bulb is improperly installed in these units electrical arcing can occur and start a fre.
Incidents/Injuries: There is only one known incident and it was not in Ontario. No injuries were reported
and the property damage was limited to the display case and some of the food stored in it.
Description/ModeIs: The affected products are open, multi-deck freezers, with base model numbers D6F,
L6F, and N6F, and with low front options noted with an L suffx on the model number (D6FL, L6FL, and
N6FL). These display cases are or were manufactured in 4, 6, 8 and 12 foot lengths. The critical character-
istics for the products covered by this report are (1) an upright case, (2) fberglass reinforced plastic (FRP)
insulation adjacent to the light bulb holders, (3) an electronic ballast for the fuorescent light bulbs, and (4) a
circulating air fan located above the light fxtures.
SoId by: Tyler Refrigeration, a division of Carrier Commercial Refrigeration, nc.
When was distributed: May 1996 July 2003
Remedy: Tyler Refrigeration will, at no cost to the owners, install a grounded stainless steel plate where ap-
propriate to present a fame proof barrier that prevents a fre from igniting in the event of arcing.
Consumer Contact: This is a commercial product, not a consumer product. Owners may call the Safety
Recall Hotline (877) 574-0150.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-48
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-49
Recall RCL09-49
AppIica Canada RecaIIs BIack & Decker Brand Spacemaker Coffeemaker
due to Burn Hazard
June 23, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Applica Canada Corporation has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Black & Decker
brand Spacemaker Coffeemaker.

Units: Approximately 85,200 units were sold in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: mported by Applica Canada Corporation. Manufactured by Elec-Tech nternational
Co. Ltd. and Guangdong Xinbao Electrical Appliances Holding Co. Ltd.
Hazard: The brew basket can shift out of alignment allowing hot water to overfow. This poses a scalding
and burn hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Over the 3 years that the product has been on the market in Canada there have been
approximately 47 consumer reports in Canada indicating some type of contact with hot water; some have
reported burns/scalding.
Description/ModeIs: The Product is the Black & Decker branded Spacemaker coffeemaker. The product
has an under-cabinet mount, programmable digital clock/timer, removable water reservoir, and either a 12-cup
glass carafe or an 8 cup thermal carafe.
Only Model Numbers ODC440, ODC440B, ODC450 and ODC460 are affected. The model number can be
located on the back of the coffeemaker.
RetaiI Price: Approximately $69.99 - $79.99.
SoId by: Retailers across Canada including Bed Bath & Beyond, Canadian Tire, Home Hardware, London
Drugs, Sears Canada, Walmart Canada and Zellers.
When was distributed: Approximately March 2006 to March 2009.
Manufactured in: China.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled coffeemaker immediately and contact Applica Canada
Corporation for a free replacement brew basket.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, consumers should contact Applica Canada Corporation, toll
free number 866-668-4442, between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, or visit the following
website: http://www.acprecall.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by ntertek. For more information about
ntertek product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek-etlsemko.com/portal/page/cust_portal/TK_
PGR/
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-49
ODC440
ODC450 ODC 460
ODC450
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-50
Recall RCL09-50
DCG Imports / SaIes Inc. RecaII Hot MeIt GIue Guns
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that DCG mports nc. / DCG Sales nc.
Name of Product: Hot Melt Glue Gun
Importer: DCG mports nc. / DCG Sales nc.
Hazard: The recalled products have not been evaluated to Canadian Standards and may pose a safety haz-
ards.
Description/ModeIs: DCG Logo with red Maple Leaf located in the C on front packaging; a Black and
White version of the DCG logo is located on the back packaging. Model number on packaging is HH-58103
adjacent to bar code.
SoId by: DCG mports nc. / DCG Sales nc.
When was distributed: Started July 17, 2008
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the product immediately and return to point of purchase for complete
refund.
Consumer Contact: Consumer should call 905 270 6333 for further information regarding this recall.
PIease see photos on next pages
Page 1 of 3
RCL09-50
Page 2 of 3
RCL09-50
Page 3 of 3
RCL09-51
Recall RCL09-51
Starbucks RecaIIs Coffee Grinders; Made by Tsann Kuen Due to Laceration Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Starbucks Coffee Co. has announced
ately.
Name of Product: Starbucks Barista Blade Grinders
Units: Approximately 10,000 in Ontario, and approximately 44,000 in all of Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Tsann Kuen (Zhangzhou) Enterprise Co. Ltd. (TKL), of China.
Hazard: The grinder can fail to turn off or can turn on unexpectedly, posing a laceration hazard to consum-
ers.
Incidents/Injuries: The frm has received 20 reports in Canada of grinders that failed to turn off or that
turned on unexpectedly, including 1 report of hand laceration that occurred when the grinders turned on unex-
pectedly during cleaning.
Description/ModeIs: This recall includes the Starbucks Barista Blade Grinders with the following colors and
SKU numbers:
Color SKU #
Stainless Steel 171884
Orange 220623
Teal 220624
Cranberry 242275
Olive 344476
Black 454482
SoId by: Starbucks stores nationwide.
When was distributed: March 2002 through March 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the coffee grinders and contact Starbucks to receive a
free replacement coffee grinder.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Starbucks toll free at (866) 276-2950 between 9 a.m.
and 9 p.m. MT or visit the companys Web site at www.starbucks.com.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-51
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-52
Recall RCL09-52
The Toro Company RecaIIs EIectric BIowers Due to ProjectiIe Hazards
Note: The original Recall notifcation is published on August 2007. This notifcation is posted as the company
received additional reports.
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that The Toro Company has re an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Toro Power Sweep Electric Blowers.
Units: About 5000 in Canada
Manufacturer/Importer: The Toro Company, of Bloomington, Minn.
Hazard: The blower's impeller, which is a rotating component on the blower, can break, resulting in pieces of
plastic fying out of the blower. This poses a risk of serious injury to the user or a bystander.
Incidents/Injuries: Toro has received one report of minor injury in Canada. n total Toro has received 171
reports of broken impellers, including 32 reports of minor cuts and bruises resulting from projected impeller
pieces.
Description/ModeIs: The recall involves Toro Power Sweep electric blower model 51586 that was manu-
factured between 2000 and 2002. The electric blowers have serial numbers that range from 000055100-
000058581, 200000001-200365313, 210000001-210284435 and 220000001-220255609. There are two
decals on the main housing of the blower. One decal reads, TORO Power Sweep and the decal on the
opposite side of the blower contains the model number and serial number. The recalled units can be identifed
by a black impeller fan, which can be seen through the air inlet screen on the bottom of the unit.
SoId by: Toro dealers and various mass retailers nationwide including The Home Depot, Lowes, Target and
K-Mart stores from January 2000 through late December 2002 for about $32.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled blowers immediately and contact Toro to receive a
replacement blower.
Consumer Contact: For more information, contact Toro at (888) 279-3191 between 7:30 a.m. and 7 p.m. CT
Monday through Friday. Consumers can also visit the Toro web site at: www.toro.com. The Toro Company
has notifed registered owners directly.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-52
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-53
RecaII RCL09-53
Kidde RecaIIs DuaI Sensor Smoke AIarms Due to AIarm MaIfunction
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Kidde Canada nc. has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: Kidde Model P 2000CA Dual Sensor Smoke Alarms.
Units: Approximately 10,000 in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Kidde Canada nc.
Hazard: An electro static discharge can damage the unit, causing it not to warn consumers of a fre.
Incidents/Injuries: The frm has received two reported incidents of unit malfunctions involving electro static
discharge during installation. No injuries have been reported with respect to the alarms.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Kidde dual sensor smoke alarms model P2000CA. The alarms can
be identifed by two buttons, HUSH and PUSH AND HOLD TO TEST WEEKLY, which are located on the
front/center of the alarm. The model number and date code are on the back of the smoke alarm. Only date
codes 2009 Jan. 01 through 2009 May 04 are included in this recall.
SoId by: Retail, department, and hardware stores and through electrical distributors throughout Canada.
When was distributed: March 2009 to May 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should contact Kidde immediately to receive a free replacement smoke alarm.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Kidde toll free at (877) 524-2086 between 8 a.m. and
5p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Website at www.kiddecanada.com.
product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
Page 1 of 1
RCL09-54
Recall RCL09-54
CampbeII HausfeId RecaIIs Air Compressors Due to Fire Hazard;
SoId ExcIusiveIy at WaI-Mart
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Campbell Hausfeld/ Scott Fetzer
Company has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using
the recalled product immediately.
Name of Product: Campbell Hausfeld brand Model HU200099AV 20 gallon Air Compressor Kit
Manufacturer: Zhejiang Hong You Air Compressor Company Ltd.
Importer: Campbell Hausfeld
Hazard: Some or all of these units were produced with an incorrect thermal overload. The units therefore do
not comply with CSA listing.
The incorrect thermal overload allows the unit to restart automatically. This can lead to unit overheating, plas-
tic parts melting or catching fre if the unit fails in a way that allows the motor to continue to run and overheat.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been no reports of incidents.
Description/ModeIs: The recall involves the Campbell Hausfeld model HU200099AV air compressor with
a 20-gallon tank. The recall includes date codes ranging from January 2009 through June 2009. The model
number and date code can be located on the back of the tank.
SoId by: Campbell Hausfeld directly to Wal-Mart USA. Wal-Mart USA sold directly to its customers.
When was distributed: January 2009 to June 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled air compressor and return it to any Wal-
Mart for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For more information call:
Campbell Hausfeld US Hotline
1- 800-241-0448
Monday thru Friday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. (EST) or visit www.chpower.com
Remarks: The affected units were intended for sale and distribution in the U. S only.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-54
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-55
Recall RCL09-55
Aquatic Kingdom RecaIIs Aquarium Power Heads Due to Shock Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Aquatic Kingdom nc. has announced
ately.
Name of Products: SunSun Power heads.
Description/ModeIs: JVP-102 black power head 13 watts used to move water inside aquarium. JVP-101 is
6 watts.
Units: 48 pieces JVP-102 and 36 pieces JVP-101.
Manufacturer: SunSun Group.
Hazard: Potential electrical shock.
Incidents/Injuries: 2 electrical shocks reported with no injuries.
SoId by: Aquatic Kingdom nc.
When was distributed: January 2009
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the product.
Consumers who have purchased the affected units from Aquatic Kingdom are being requested to contact the
store with proof of purchase and arrange for a product refund.
Consumer Contact:
Aquatic Kingdom nc.
1810 Dundas St East
Mississauga, ON
phone: 905-281-1118
Daniel Nguyen
Ryan Lalande
Daniel.nguyen@aquatickingdom.ca
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-55
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-56
RecaII RCL09-56
Thane Direct Canada Inc. ImpIements VoIuntary Corrective Action
Program Re Certain H2O Mop Steam CIeaners Due to Shock and Burn Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Thane Direct Canada nc. (Thane)
has announced a voluntary corrective action program (the Program) with respect to the following consumer
product. Consumers should unplug and stop using these products immediately.
Name of Product: H2O Mop Steam Cleaners.
Units: Approximately 206,328.
Manufacturer: King Best - Zhongshan, (Model 808.092) and Maxx Concept Dongguan, (Model OEM-TV-
001).
Canadian Distributor: Thane
Hazard: The power cord can unexpectedly wear down and expose the wiring, posing a shock and burn haz-
ard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: n Canada, Thane has received two reports from consumers who claim to have received
shocks while using an H2O Mop. n the U.S.A., Thane has received 10 reports of incidents involving shock
injuries and eight reports of incidents involving burn injuries.
Description/ModeIs: The H2O Mop is an electrically-powered appliance for cleaning a variety of foor
surfaces that uses microfber or disposable cloths on a cleaning head through which steam is dispersed.
H2O Mops are white with a purple water tank with the H
2
O and M symbol printed on the top of the clean-
ing head. The model numbers of affected units are 808.092 and OEM-TV-001. This Program only includes
H2O Mops with the following reference numbers printed on the label on the back of the product: TDC03186
03317; M-TDC03305 03540, and M-H2OM1180 (Affected Units).
SoId by: Thane direct to consumers through television infomercials and on the Web, by TV Achats through
its televised home shopping programs, and through retailers nationwide including Wal-Mart, Zellers, Loblaw,
As-Seen-On-TV stores, and Linens N' Things.
Dates distributed: The Affected Units were sold in Canada from June 2007 to September 2008.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using Affected Units and contact Thane to receive a free repair
kit. Thane is sending repair kits to all consumers who purchased Affected Units directly from Thane.
Consumers should confrm whether they have one of the impacted units by checking the reference number,
as well as matching both the reference number and model numbers provided.
Consumer Contact: Consumers may contact the company at 1-877-451-9759 anytime to verify whether they
have an Affected Unit and to arrange to receive a repair kit at no charge. Consumers can also visit the frm's
Web site at www.h2omopservice.ca
Remarks: The Affected Units are certifed to Canadian standards by ETL ntertek. For more information
about the product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek.com
To view photos of the affected units, go to page (2)
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-56
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-57
RecaII RCL09-57
Wagner Spray Tech DigitaI Heat Guns
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wagner Spray Tech Corp. has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Milwaukee Heat Gun MHT3300 and the Wagner Heat Gun HT3500.
Units: Ontario: 9,099. Other provinces: 10,105.
Manufacturer/Importer: Wagner Spray Tech Corp.
Hazard: An electrical component failure inside the heat guns can cause them to continue to produce heat af-
ter the power switch is turned off. This can melt the heat gun's plastic exterior, causing a burn if the heat gun
is touched and igniting nearby combustibles.
Incidents/Injuries: The frm has received nine reports of the heat guns overheating. No injuries or property
damage have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The heat gun's name and model number are located on a black label on the bottom of
the heat gun's barrel. The heat guns are black plastic and measure about 10 inches long, 8 inches high and 3
inches wide.
SoId by: Major and independent hardware and home improvement stores
When was distributed: From November 2004 through April 2009
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled heat guns and contact Wagner for a free
replacement product.
Consumer Contact: Contact Wagner toll-free at (888) 925-6244 between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. CT Monday
through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at www.wagnerspraytech.com.
product certifcation process please visit: http://www.ul.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-57
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-58
Recall RCL09-58
Viking Range Corporation RecaIIs BuiIt-In Refrigerators
Due to Injury Hazard; Doors Can Detach
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Viking Range Corporation has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Viking Built-n Side-by-Side Refrigerator/Freezer Units and Refrigerators with Bottom
Freezers.
Units: Approximately 1,798 of the recalled products were sold in Canada.
Manufacturer: Viking Range Corp. of Greenwood, Mississippi.
Hazard: The refrigerator's doors can detach, posing an injury hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Viking has received a total of around 57 reports of doors detaching, including four reports
of injuries involving bruises, broken toes/fngers, and strains. Several incidents of minor damage to foors and
counters have also been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves built-in side-by-side refrigerator/freezer units and built-in refrigera-
tors with bottom freezer manufactured by Viking Range Corporation. The units are available in stainless steel,
various colours, and wood fnishes, and are built in to the kitchen cabinetry. The word Viking is written on the
front of each unit.
The side-by-side refrigerator/freezer is approximately 122 cm (48 inches) wide and the refrigerator with a bot-
tom freezer is approximately 91cm (36 inches) wide.
The recalled units can be identifed by the following model numbers and date codes. The date code is the frst
6 numbers of the serial number. Both the model number and serial number can be found either behind the
produce drawer or on the inside ceiling of the refrigerator.
Page 1 of 3
RCL09-58
ModeI Numbers
Starting With:
Date Codes
VCSB481, VCSB482,
DDSB482, DFSB482,
DTSB482, DDBB362,
VCBB360, VCBB362,
DFBB362, DTBB362,
DTBB363
All units
VCSB483, DDSB483,
DFSB483, DTSB483
Date codes before
030104
VCSB483D,
DDSB483D, DFSB483D
Date codes before
030105
VCBB363 Date codes before
111605
DDBB363 Date codes before
112305
DFBB363 Date codes before
041006
The frst six numbers in the serial number are the manufacture date of the unit in [mm][dd][yy] format; For
example, serial number 051903G0000000375 was manufactured on May 19, 2003 and serial number
F01250210170 was manufactured on January 25, 2002.
Units that are 42 inches (107 cm) wide or are free-standing are not included in this recall.
SoId by: Appliance and specialty retailers nationwide for between $4,725 and $6,400.
When was distributed: From July 1999 through April 2006.
Manufactured in: United States of America
Remedy: Consumers are advised to contact Viking to schedule a free in-home repair.
Consumer Contact: For more information, consumers may contact Viking toll-free at 1-888-345-2650 from
8AM to 5PM ET Monday through Friday or visit the frm's website www.vikingrange.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories. For more
information about Underwriters Laboratories product certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com.
Page 2 of 3
RCL09-58
Page 3 of 3
RCL09-59
Page 1 of 3
Recall RCL09-59
Frigidaire RecaIIs Certain CIothes Washers Due to PotentiaI Fire Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that the Frigidaire division of Electrolux
Canada Corp. (Frigidaire) has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers
should unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Certain Crosley, Frigidaire, Kenmore, and White-Westinghouse front load, top load,
and Laundry Center clothes washers.
Units: Approximately 7,322 across Canada.
Manufacturer: Frigidaire
Canadian Distributor: Frigidaire
Hazard: An internal defect in the washers' drain pump can cause heat to build up, posing a fre hazard to the
consumer.
Incidents/Injuries: No incidents or injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves washers with the following model and serial numbers (Affected
Washers).
SoId by: Major retailers including Sears, and The Brick, and at independent retailers across Canada.
Dates distributed: The affected models were sold in Canada from approximately February 2009 to May
2009.
Manufactured in: The United States
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the Affected Washers and contact Frigidaire
(or Sears Canada if the unit was purchased there) to schedule a free repair.
Consumers should confrm whether they have one of the Affected Washers by checking the serial plate, and
matching both the serial and model numbers provided below.
Consumer Contact: Consumers should contact Frigidaire toll free any time at 1-877-551-7327, or visit the
frm's Web site at www.laundrypumprecall.ca or in French at www.rappelpompebuanderie.ca. Consumers
who purchased their product at Sears Canada should call Sears Canada toll free any time at 1-800-469-4663
(1-800-FORMYHOME).
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about the
product certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com.
RCL09-59
Type of Washing
Machine
Brands ModeIs SeriaI Numbers *
Top Load Washer Crosley, Frigi-
daire,
White-West-
inghouse
CTW100FW, FWS1233FS, FWS933FS, GLWS-
1439FS, GLWS1749FS, WWS833FS
XC9O306228 to
XC91606302
Front Load
Washer
Frigidaire FTF124OFS, FTF53OFS, GLTF157OFS XC9O501765 to
XC91607678
Laundry Center Frigidaire,
Kenmore
C97812, C97912, C97962, GCET1O31FS,
MEX731CFS
XE85104013 to
XE91603486
* Not all serial numbers within these ranges are affected. Consumers with washers that fall within these
ranges should contact Frigidaire or Sears Canada (if they purchased the product from Sears Canada) to de-
termine whether their washer is affected, and to arrange a service call, if necessary.
Laundry Center
Serial Number Location: Open the door to the dryer, and the model and serial number are located on the
outer edge of the door near the handle.
Front Load Washer
Serial Number Location: Open the door, and the model and serial number are located with other information
at the top, centre.
Page 2 of 3
RCL09-59
Top Load Washer
Serial Number Location: Open the lid, and the model and serial number are located on the top right hand
corner of the underside of the lid.
SeriaI PIate
Page 3 of 3
RCL09-60
RecaII RCL09-60
AppIica Canada RecaIIs BIack & Decker Brand 8-Cup ThermaI Coffeemaker
Due to PossibiIity of Overheating
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Applica Canada Corporation has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Black & Decker
brand Thermal Coffeemaker.

Units: Approximately 77,066 units were sold in Canada.
Importer: Applica Canada Corporation.
Manufacturer: Fatia ndustrial Co. Ltd.
Hazard: The coffeemaker can overheat, could melt and / or may cause a fre.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been approximately 46 reports of melting or fre, 16 of which have alleged
some property damage.
Description/ModeIs: Black & Decker branded 8-cup programmable thermal coffeemaker Model TC-
M1000KT. The model number is printed on the rating plate on the bottom of the coffeemaker.
SoId by: Canadian Tire and Sears Canada.
When was distributed: 2007 July 8, 2009
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the product immediately and contact Applica Canada Corporation to
register for a free replacement household product(s).
Consumer Contact: For additional information, consumers should contact Applica Canada Corporation, toll
free number 866-699-4595, between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, or visit the following
website: http://www.acprecall.com.
ntertek product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek-etlsemko.com/portal/page/cust_portal/TK_
PGR/
To view photos of the affected units, go to page (2)
Page 1 of 3
RCL09-60
Page 2 of 3
RCL09-60
Page 3 of 3
RCL09-61
RecaII RCL09-61
Frigidaire RecaIIs Certain Smoothtop EIectric Ranges with Rotary Knobs
and DigitaI DispIays
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that the Frigidaire division of Electrolux
Canada Corp. (Frigidaire) has announced a voluntary recall (the Recall) of the following consumer prod-
ucts. Consumers should unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Products: Frigidaire and Kenmore Elite freestanding smoothtop electric ranges with rotary
knobs and digital displays, as described in the chart below.
Kenmore EIite Units: Approximately 22,125
Frigidaire Units: Approximately 31,789
Canadian Distributor: Frigidaire
Hazard: Depending on the model, the surface heating elements can: 1) turn on spontaneously without being
switched on; 2) fail to turn off after being switched off; or 3) heat to different temperatures than those selected
by unit controls. These characteristics create fre and burn risks for consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Frigidaire is not aware of any reports of serious injuries or substantial property damage
in Canada related to these issues. n the United States, Frigidaire has received four reports of minor injuries
and two reports of minor property damage.
Description/ModeIs: All models beginning with the letters and numbers set out below, and falling within
serial number ranges VF122xxxxx to VF831xxxxx or NF122xxxxx to NF806xxxxx are included in the recall
(Affected Units). The model and serial number can be found by opening the range drawer at the base of
the unit. The information plate appears on the right side of the frame.
Page 1 of 3
RCL09-61
Kenmore Elite
Model Numbers Beginning
with these Letters and Num-
bers
Serial Number Range
C970-68802
C970-68803
C970-68804
C970-68808
C970-68809
C970-68830
C970-68832
C970-68833
C970-69803
C970-69804
C970-69808
C970-69809
VF122xxxxx to VF831xxxxx
or
NF122xxxxx to NF806xxxxx
Frigidaire
Model Numbers Beginning
with these Letters and Num-
bers
Serial Number Range
CGLEFM97DB
CGLEFM97DS
CGLEF396AS
CPLEF398AC
CPLEF398CC
CPLEF398DC
CPLEFM99EC
CPLEFMZ9GC
CPLEFZ98GC
PGLEF388CS
PGLEF388ES
VF122xxxxx to VF831xxxxx
or
NF122xxxxx to NF806xxxxx
Page 2 of 3
RCL09-61
SoId by: Retailers across Canada.
Dates distributed: The Affected Units were sold in Canada from approximately June 2001 to September
2008.
Manufactured in: Canada and the United States
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using Affected Units and contact Frigidaire (or Sears Canada,
if the unit was purchased there) to schedule a free repair.
Consumer Contact: Consumers should contact Frigidaire toll free between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 8:00
p.m. Eastern Time, Monday to Saturday at 1-877-609-7857, or visit the frm's Web site at www.smoothto-
prangerecall.ca. Consumers can contact Sears toll free any time at 1-866-691-9948 to verify whether they
have an Affected Unit and to arrange for a free repair.
Remarks: The Affected Units are certifed to Canadian standards by the CSA. For more information about
the product certifcation process please visit: www.csa.ca
Smoothtop ranges with rotary knobs
and digital displays
Serial plate is located by
opening the range drawer at
the bottom of the unit.
Rotary knob surface element controls with digital displays.
Page 3 of 3
RCL09-62
RecaII RCL09-62
Maytag Expands RecaII of Refrigerators Due to Fire Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Maytag Corporation has announced
a voluntary recall of the following consumer product.
Name of Product: The recall involves certain Maytag, Magic Chef, Performa by Maytag and Crosley
brand side-by-side and top freezer refrigerators. The original Recall was issued on March 10, 2009. About
193,500 units were impacted by the original recall.
Units: The number of affected additional units in Ontario is approximately 6,900 and in Canada, approxi-
mately 17,000.
Manufacturer/Importer: Maytag Corporation
Hazard: An electrical failure in the relay, the component that turns on the refrigerator's compressor, can
cause overheating and pose a serious fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: Three additional incidents and no injuries have been reported in Canada. Outside of
Canada, Maytag has received 23 additional reports of refrigerator relay ignition, including four reports of prop-
erty damage ranging from smoke damage to extensive kitchen damage.
SoId by: Department and appliance stores and by homebuilders nationwide.
When distributed: September 2000 through May 2004.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately contact Maytag to determine if their refrigerator is included in the
recall and if so, to schedule a free in-home repair. Consumers should not return the refrigerator to the retailer
where it was purchased.
Consumer Contact: For more information, contact Maytag Corporation toll-free at 1-866-533-9817 anytime,
or visit the frm's Web site at www.repair.maytag.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL as indicated by the cULus mark. For
more information about the product certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com.
Description / ModeIs:
The recall involves certain Maytag, Magic Chef, Performa by Maytag and Crosley brand side-by-side
and top freezer refrigerators. Refrigerators with freezers on the bottom are NOT affected by this recall. The
affected refrigerators were manufactured in black, bisque, white and stainless steel. They have model and
serial numbers printed on a label located on the top middle or left upper side of the refrigerator liner and have
the following model and serial number combinations.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-62
Serial Numbers ENDING with AND Model Numbers BEGINNING with
Side-by-side
Refrigerators
CN, CP, YY, YZ MZ
Top Freezer
Refrigerators
CA, CC, CE, CG, ZB, ZD, ZF, ZH CT15G4, CTB152, CTL151, CTM152,
CTN151, MTB195, MTB215, MTB245,
MTF195, MTF215, PTB155, PTB175,
PTB195, PTB215
Refrigerators with freezers on the bottom are NOT affected by this recall
Representative ModeIs:
ModeI/SeriaI LabeI
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-63
RecaII RCL09-63
Ridgid TabIe Saws SoId ExcIusiveIy at Home Depot in U.S. RecaIIed by One WorId
TechnoIogies Due to Laceration Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that One World Technologies has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Ridgid 10-inch Table Saws
Distributor: One World Technologies nc., of Anderson, S.C.
Hazard: The table saw's arbor shaft can fail when used with a stacked blade set (commonly known as a
stacked dado set), which is used to cut grooves. The stacked blade set can be ejected from the saw, posing
a potential laceration hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: One World Technologies has received three reports of shafts failing when used with a
stacked dado set. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Ridgid 10-inch table saws, model R4511. The recalled saws have
manufacturing date codes between CD0829 and CD0837. The model number and manufacturing date code
are located on a metal plate on the rear of the cabinet. Products with an Arbor nspected sticker directly
above the plate or an orange square on the outside of the package are not included in the recall.
SoId by: Home Depot stores nationwide from January 2009 through July 2009 for about $600.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled table saw and contact One World Technolo-
gies to schedule a free on-site repair.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact One World Technologies toll-free at (866) 539-1710
between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday or visit www.ridgid.com.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-63
units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about UL product certifcation process
please visit UL Web site at: www.ul.com.
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-64
RecaII RCL09-64
DVD PIayers SoId in U.S. Stores OnIy RecaIIed by WaImart U.S. Due to Fire Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying Canadian customers who may have gone cross-
border shopping and may have purchased a Durabrand DVD player sold at Walmart stores in the U.S. only
that the company has announced a voluntary recall of the product. Consumers should stop using recalled
Name of Product: Durabrand DVD Players
Units: About 4.2 million
Imported in the U.S. onIy by: Wal-Mart Stores nc., of Bentonville, Ark.
Hazard: The DVD players can overheat, posing a fre and burn hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Walmart has received 14 reports of DVD players overheating, fve of which have resulted
in fres that caused property damage. No injuries have been reported in the U.S. There have been no inci-
dents reported in Canada, as the product was not sold in Canadian Walmart stores.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves a single DVD player with a remote control. The device was sold in
three colorssilver, pink and purple and has a U-shaped opening at the top to insert the DVD. The DVD play-
ers were sold under the following UPC codes and model numbers:
Silver: UPC 1799901002, Model No. 1002
Pink: UPC 1799934100, Model No. 1002 PNK
Purple: UPC 1799932100, Model No. 1002 PUR
SoId excIusiveIy at: Wal-Mart stores in the U.S. only from January 2006 through July 2009 for about $29.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the product and return it to the point of purchase.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Wal-Mart Stores at (800) 925-6278 between 7 a.m.
and 9 p.m. CT Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at: www.walmartstores.com.
please visit UL Web site at: www.ul.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-64
SiIver
Pink
PurpIe
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-65
RecaII RCL09-65
Siemens Initiates Safety Upgrade Program for Circuit Breakers Due to potentiaI
Safety Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Siemens Canada Limited has an-
nounced a Recall Notice for the following industrial product. Users should take action as directed by the
company to remedy the problem.
Name of Product: JD/LD/LMD Circuit Breakers.
Units: 054 units of the affected products in Ontario and 3669 units in Canada.
Manufacturer: Siemens Energy and Automation, nc.
Hazard: t has been discovered that the handle shield of the affected products may break with potential ac-
cess to live internal parts.
Incidents/Injuries: No known instances of injury and/or property damage.
Description/ModeIs: Affected products manufactured during the time period of May 18, 2007 through Au-
gust 8, 2007. The date code format reads: MMDDYY****, (affected 051807**** through 080807****).SoId by:
Siemens Canada Limited
When was distributed: May 18, 2007 through January 31, 2008.
Remedy: User should replace potentially defective handle shield in accordance with the installation instruc-
tions. For replacement parts and installation instructions please contact the Customer nteraction Centre.
Contact: Customer nteraction Centre: 1-888-303-3353.
Remarks: The affected units are certifed to Canadian Standards by CSA nternational. For more information
about CSA nternational product certifcation process please visit: www.csa-international.org.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-65
Picture of the overaII product
(LMD-frame circuit breaker example)
CIose-up picture of the certication mark on the product
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-66
RecaII RCL09-66
Chateau Manis RecaIIs 3 Prong Adaptors
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Chateau Manis Electronics nc. has
announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should unplug and stop using
Name of Product: 2 pack 3 prong adaptor.
Units: 4,800 units in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Chateau Manis Electronics nc. (C.M.E..)
Hazard: Potential electric shock.
Description/ModeIs: The model number 419-2 is located on the top right corner of the front side of the pack-
aging and the adaptors are gray in colour.
SoId by: Dollar stores across Canada.
When was distributed: From June 2007 through June 2009.
Manufactured in: China.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using adaptors and return to the place of purchase for a
refund or dispose them off according to local waste regulations.
Consumer Contact: Chateau Manis Electronics nc.
Tel: 514-697-7706 Fax: 514-697-8210
e-mail: sales@chateaumanis.com
Remarks: These products are not certifed to Canadian Standards.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-66
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-67
RecaII RCL09-67
OJ EIectronics A/S RecaIIs Thermostats Used in Under FIoor Heating Systems
Toronto, ON ESA is notifying the public that OJ Electronics A/S has announced a voluntary recall of the
following consumer product. Consumers should not cut, drill or nail into the heated foor, and they should
contact the manufacturer for a free in-home repair.
Name of Product: Thermostat with built-in GFC sold under various brand names and installed in 208 or 240
volt applications (see below).
Units: 13,000
Manufacturer: OJ Electronics A/S.
Hazard: n 208V or 240V applications (but not in 120V applications), the thermostat's foor sensor or its cable
can be damaged from cutting, drilling, or nailing. This poses a risk of electric shock to consumers if the power
supply is not disconnected.
Description/ModeIs: The recall involves thermostats that have a built-in GFC and are designed for use in
under-foor heating systems. Thermostats included in the recall are connected to 208-Volt or 240-Volt power
supplies (120V units are not included in the recall). They were sold under the brand names of Britech, Copal,
Danfoss, Momento, OJ Microline, Warmly Yours, Raychem and True Comfort. The brand name is located on
the front of the thermostat.
SoId by: Various home improvement stores, tile shops and other retail shops and electrical installers.
When was distributed: The thermostats were distributed from January 2004 through December 2008.
Manufactured in: Denmark
Remedy: Consumers should not cut, drill, or nail into the heated foor and should contact the manufacturer to
arrange for a free in-home repair.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact OJ Electronics at: (800) 380-6940 between 9 a.m.
and 5 p.m. CT Monday through Friday or visit the frm's Web site at www.ojelectronics.com
Page 1 of 3
RCL09-67
Brand Name here
Page 2 of 3
RCL09-67
Page 3 of 3
RCL09-69
RecaII RCL09-69
Chateau Manis RecaIIs Mini GIue Guns
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Chateau Manis Electronics nc. has
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Mini Glue Gun model GG-1013.
Units: 1,920 units in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Chateau Manis Electronics nc. (C.M.E.)
ards.
Description/ModeIs: The glue gun is black with a counterfeit cUL Label on it.
On the packaging: Marked CHATEAU and model number GG-1013 and the description Mini Glue Gun
on the top right corner. The packaging also lists the manufacturer as C.M.E.. Kirkland, Quebec H9J 3Z4,
Made in China, Fabrique' en Chine.
SoId by: Dollar stores across Canada.
When was distributed: December 2005 February 2006
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using mini glue guns and return to the place of purchase for a
refund or dispose them off according to local waste regulations.
Consumer Contact: Chateau Manis Electronics nc.
Tel: 514-697-7706 Fax: 514-697-8210
e-mail: sales@chateaumanis.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-69
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-70
RecaII RCL09-70
E-Lumine RecaIIs Compact FIuorescent Lamps
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that E-Lumine has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Compact Fluorescent Lamps
Units: 3,000
Importer: E-Lumine
ards.
Description/ModeIs: EL-23W PAR38
SoId by: E-Lumine
When was distributed: 2004
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the product immediately and return it to the place of purchase or
dispose off according to local waste regulations.
Consumer Contact: E-Lumine 14675 Hwy 38 Sharbot Lake, ON K0H 2P0, Tel. 1-866-709-2891.
Page 1 of 1
RCL09-71
RecaII RCL09-71
Woodstock InternationaI RecaIIs Dust CoIIection Remote Switches
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Woodstock nternational has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Shop Fox Dust Collection Remote Switches.
Manufacturer/Importer: Woodstock nternational, of Bellingham, Wash.
Hazard: An incorrectly sized wire inside the remote switch can overheat, posing a fre hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Woodstock nternational has received 10 reports of the remote switch overheating. No
injuries were reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recalled product is a remote dust collector switch, which remotely turns on and
off a woodworking dust collector. The product is a black electrical outlet box that comes with two hand-held
remote controls. The electrical outlet box has a label that reads Remote Dust Collector Switch. Both the
electrical box and remote controls have Shop Fox molded into the plastic on the top side of the product.
Model numbers D3038 & D3346 were printed on the carton but not on the remote control unit. The recalled
switches measures 4 and 13/16 long by 3 and 7/16 were sold from July 2008 through June 2009.
SoId by: Woodworking stores nationwide for about $50.
When was distributed: Sold from July 2008 through June 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled product and contact Woodstock nterna-
tional for directions on how to receive a replacement or a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, please contact Woodstock nternational at: 1(800) 840-8420
between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m. PT Monday through Friday, visit the frm's Web site at www.Woodstockint.com, or
e-mail the frm at Sales@woodstockint.com.
Remarks: Recalled units have not been tested by a certifcation agency.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-71
A
F
F
E
C
T
E
D
N
O
T
A
F
F
E
C
T
E
D
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-72
RecaII RCL09-72
HMI Industries RecaIIs FIoor CIeaners Due to Burn Hazard
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that HM ndustries nc. has announced
ately.
Name of Product: Majestic 360 Floor Cleaners
Manufacturer: HM ndustries nc., of Strongsville, Ohio
Hazard: The recalled cleaners' wiring can overheat, causing electrical arcing and melting. This poses a burn
hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: HM has received 40 reports of overheating and damage to carpets. No injuries have
been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recalled foor cleaner is a black-colored, canister-style vacuum with a powered
foor tool. The words Majestic 360 and FLTERQUEEN are printed on a label located on the unit.SoId by:
ndependent distributors in Canada and Ontario from September 2004 through August 2006 for about $2400.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled foor cleaners immediately and contact the frm to ar-
range for a free repair at an authorized repair center.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact HM ndustries at (800) 566-5606 between 9 a.m. to
5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at www.Filterqueen.com.
information about Underwriters Laboratories product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-72
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-73
RecaII RCL09-73
Sony to RepIace AC Adapters Due to PotentiaI Safety Issue
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Sony has announced it will voluntarily
replace the consumer product listed below. Consumers should stop using the affected product and contact
Sony of Canada Ltd. (Sony Canada) immediately to obtain a replacement, which will be provided at no
charge.
Description of Product: AC adapter for laptop computer.
Number of Units: The number of affected units in Canada is 3,500.
Importer: Sony of Canada Ltd.
Hazard: The insulation inside the affected adapters may fail over time. Such a failure could pose a risk of an
electrical shock to consumers should they touch the metal portions of the adapter, of the computer connected
to the adapter, or of peripheral devices connected to the computer.
Incidents/Injuries: Four incidents of short circuiting have been reported to Sony worldwide due to this issue.
No injuries or property damage have been reported with any of the incidents.
ModeI Number of Affected Adapter: VGP-AC19V17
ModeI Number of Affected Computers: The adapter was sold in Canada with the following VAO personal
computers: VGCJS250DQ, VGCLT10E, VGCLT18CE, VGCLT20E, VGCLT28CE, VGCLT33CE and VGCLT-
38CE
SoId by: Sony of Canada Ltd.
When Distributed: September 2007 to June 2009
Adapter Manufactured in: China
Remedy: Consumers in Canada with the affected product are instructed to contact Sony Canada to obtain an
improved replacement AC adapter at no charge.
Consumer Contact: Consumers can contact Sony Canada by telephone at (877) 899-7669 or by visiting
Sony's eSupport website at http://esupport.sony.com/ac19adapter
Remarks: The affected units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories (cUL). For
more information about Underwriters Laboratories nc. product certifcation process please visit: http://www.
ul.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-73
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-74
RecaII RCL09-74
Canadian Tire RecaIIs UtiIity Heaters
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Canadian Tire has announced a vol-
untary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Patton Utility Heater
Units: Not yet determined
Manufacturer: Jarden Consumer Solutions
Importer: Canadian Tire
Hazard: Unit may overheat, causing the outer plastic housing to melt and produce smoke.
Incidents/Injuries: Canadian Tire has not been notifed of any instance of injury.
Description/ModeIs: Two identifying features.
1. The product will have a date code on the side of the prong of the plug that falls between A186DH
through A322DH. f the date code identifed does not fall between A186DH through A322DH the
product is NOT included in the recall and the customer can continue to use as directed.
2. Once it has been determined that the product contains a date code that falls between A186DH
through A322DH, customers should examine the silver rating label located on the back of the product.
f the product does NOT have a round green sticker on the rating label it is included in this recall and
should be returned to Canadian Tire for a full refund.
SoId by: Canadian Tire
When was distributed: Sold from September 2008 through June 2009.
Remedy: f consumers are in possession of the recalled product, they should return the unit to Canadian Tire
for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: f unsure if a product is included in this recall, please call Jarden Consumer Solutions at
1-800-333-1930. For further information: Joanne Elson, Canadian Tire Corporation, Limited, (416) 544-7778,
Joanne.elson@cantire.com
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters' Laboratories nc. For
more information about Underwriters' Laboratories nc product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
This notice is in follow up to the initial consumer recall notifcation issued by Canadian Tire on September 14,
2009.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-74
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-75
RecaII RCL09-75
Kaz Inc. RecaIIs HZ-316C EIectric Heaters Due to PotentiaI Exposure to
InternaI Hot Parts and/or Circuitry
November 17, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Kaz nc. has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Quick Heat Ceramic Heater with Honeywell brand manufactured by Kaz nc. under
license from Honeywell nternational nc.
Description/ModeIs: The recall involves only one model HZ-316C in Canada only. There is no other Ca-
nadian OR US model related to this recall. All units were manufactured in black colour. The model number
can be found on the back of heater as showed in the picture below. Please refer to the picture below. The
date codes are very important in determining whether the heater qualifes for the recall. The date codes are
fve digits and they can be found on the metal prong as shown in the picture below. The product can also be
identifed by the UPC code 092926341121 on the box.
Date code range on
the electric prong
f the frst three digits on your heater are between
120 and 300 and the last two are 09 you have the
heater that is being recalled.
Units: The product is distributed through various Canadian retailers. The quantity of the affected heaters in
Canada is approximately 84,000 units.
Manufacturer: Kaz nc.
Hazard: The front plate of the heater can detach, exposing the internal, potentially hot parts and/or circuitry
of the heater. This condition affects only one heater model with certain date codes, shipped only to Canada.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or adverse events have been reported. SoId by: Central Home mprovement
Warehouse, Canwell (Sodisco), Home Hardware, Princess Auto Ltd., rly Distributors Ltd., Wal-Mart Canada,
Loblaw nc., Kent Building Supply, Cathelle nc., Copp's Building Material Limited, EG Penner Building Cen-
tres Ltd., Peavey ndustries Limited, Arora Electric Ltd., Piercey's, Canac-Marquis Grenier Ltd., Staples Ad-
vantage (formerly Corporate Express Canada nc.) , J & H Builders Warehouse, Holland mports (BC), G & G
General Supply Ltd., Chabot nnovation nc., Don Park nc., McDiarmid Lumber Home Centers, Tim BR Marts
Ltd., HQV nc., Cooperative Federee De Quebec, Grand & Toy, The North West Company LP, Groupe BMR,
Home Depot Canada, TRUSERV Canada nc., Jacques Laferte Ltee, Materiaux Laurentiens nc., Millwork
Home Center, Patrick Morin, Staples/Business Depot, Toolway ndustries Ltd., TSC Stores Ltd.
When distributed: The heaters were distributed between July 1
st
2009 and October 30
th
2009
Remedy: Consumers should immediately contact Kaz to determine if their heater is included in the recall. f
so, follow the instructions for product return and replacement. Do not return heater back to the store where
you purchased.
Consumer Contact: For more information, visit the frm's website at www.kaz.com/recaII or contact our toll
free number at 1-866-207-4055 from 8 am to 5 pm EST.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-75
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by ntertek Testing Services. For more
information about ntertek Testing Services product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek-etlsemko.
com/
Note: f you are not sure about whether your heater qualifes for recall, please call Kaz toll free line at
1-866-207-4055 and ask our representative.
Model HZ-316C
Rating Label on the back of the unit. Model
number should be Model/Modle HZ-316C
The date codes are fve digits located on the metal prong as shown.
f the frst three digits on your heater are between 120 and 300 and the
last two digits are 09 you have the heater that is being recalled.
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-76
RecaII RCL09-76
Idea ViIIage RecaIIs WireIess Remote Light Switch
November 17, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that deaVillage Products Corp. (deaVil-
lage) has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using
Name of Product: Handy Switch, Wireless Remote Light Switches
Units: Approximately 1,250 orders directly to consumers in Canada (approximately 500 orders to Ontario) by
deaVillage and approximately 16,000 to retail outlets.
Manufacturer/Importer: Manufactured by Blackstone nternational Ltd. of Baltimore, Maryland and imported
by Supertek Canada nc.
Hazard: The light switch receiver, which fts into the wall outlet, can overheat and pose a fre hazard to con-
sumers.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been 14 incidents reported of overheating, including 9 reports of fre, 5 of
which involved property damage such as minor damage to curtains, bedding or walls.
Description/ModeIs: The handy switch is a white plastic wireless remote light switch with Model No.: KS-
080 printed on the back of the receiver. On the front of the receiver is a blue electroluminescent night light.
Sold by:
Mass merchandisers, retailers and drug stores across Canada, including Zellers nc., Home Hardware Stores,
Walmart Canada, Staples Business Depot, Shoppers Drug Mart, Pharmasave, Montrex Distributions nc.,
Jean Coutu, Peavey ndustries, G. T. Wholesale Limited, Uniprix, Drug Trading, Pharmaplus Drugmarts,
Rexall Pharm, McMahon Dist. Pharm. nc. (Brunet), Pharmachoice # 421, Honest Ed's Limited, Pharmasante,
Electro-Tel nc., Bed Bath & Beyond, MDS Sales, Super Thrifty, Proxim, Stewart Pharmacy, Jodell Retail
Concepts, Your TV Shop, As Seen on TV etc., Juniors As Seen on TV Store, Regal Gifts Corporation, through
television infomercials, gift catalogues and the internet.
When was distributed: March 2007 to October 2009.
Cost: Approximately $20
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the product and contact deaVillage to learn
about free remedy options.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact deaVillage toll free at 1 888 655-4339 between 5:00
a.m. and 6:00 p.m. pacifc time Monday through Friday, or visit deaVillage's website at www.handyswitchre-
call.com.
information about ntertek Testing Services product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek-etlsemko.
com/portal/page/cust_portal/TK_PGR/
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-76
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-77
RecaII RCL09-77
W.P. AppIiances Inc. RecaIIs WoIfgang Puck Toaster Oven/Toasters
November 17, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that W.P. Appliances nc. has announced a
voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Wolfgang Puck Toaster Oven/Toasters
Manufacturer/Importer: Kingpower Electrical Appliances
Hazard: The toaster oven can remain on after the toast pops up, posing a fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: The frm has received seven reports of the toaster remaining on after the toast popped
up. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recalled toasters have model #WPTOT010 with date codes 3608, 3908, 0407, 0607,
or 0807 or model # BTOT0010 with date code 0207. The model numbers and date codes are located on an Un-
derwriters Laboratories (UL) label, which is affxed to the back of the unit. The black and stainless steel toasters
have Wolfgang Puck or Wolfgang Puck Bistro Collection stamped on the lower front right corner. They feature
a stainless steel handle on the oven door, three black knobs for controlling cooking, and a black push-down
lever for toasting. Two slots for toasting bread and similar products are located on the top of the toaster.
SoId by: Frontgate catalogs and HSN nationwide from March 2007 through March 2009 for about $100.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled toaster/toaster ovens immediately and contact W.P.
Appliances for instructions on returning the toaster/toaster ovens for a full refund. All known purchasers have
been notifed directly by mail.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact W.P. Appliances toll-free at (866) 510-9670 between
8:30 a.m. and 8 p.m. Monday through Friday, and Saturday 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., or e-mail the frm at oven-
rec@wphousewares.com
units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters' Laboratories nc.. For more information about Un-
derwriters' Laboratories nc. product certifcation process please visit Underwriters' Laboratories nc. web site
at: http://www.ul.com/
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-77
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-78
RecaII RCL09-78
BeIkin InternationaI, Inc. RecaIIs SurgeMaster Surge Protectors
November 20, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Belkin nternational, nc. has an-
nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product in the U.S. Consumers should stop using
Name of Product: SurgeMaster Surge Protectors
Importer: Belkin nternational nc., of Compton, Calif.
Hazard: The molding of the plastic 360 degree rotating plug, which allows for easy cord movement, can
crack or detach from the plug assembly, posing a shock hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been no injuries nor damage reported.
Description/ModeIs: Model F9G930-10 manufactured only in 2003.
SoId by: ndependent distributors nationwide in the US and the internet by www.belkin.com. None of these
products were sold in Canada.
When was distributed: September 2003 through December 2007 in the U.S. only.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using these power strips immediately and contact Belkin for a new replace-
ment unit. Please note that only units manufactured in 2003 are included in this recall. f you have a model
F9G930-10, please use the image at the bottom of this notice to determine if your unit was manufactured in 2003.
Consumer Contact: For more information please visit the frm's Web site at www.belkin.com/recall.
units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories. For more information about Underwrit-
ers Laboratories product certifcation process please visit Underwriters Laboratories' web site at: www.ul.com
Page 1 of 1
RCL09-79
RecaII RCL09-79
Nokia Exchanges Power Chargers Due to
PotentiaI Exposure to InternaI Circuitry
November 24, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Nokia Products Ltd. has announced
that it will voluntarily exchange certain Nokia branded chargers as a precautionary measure. Consumers
should stop using the affected product and contact the Nokia Contact Centre or visit the dedicated website to
obtain further information to facilitate the exchange.
Name of Product: Wall Chargers Models AC-3U, AC-3E and AC-4U.
Units: The number of affected units in Canada is approximately 75,005.
Manufacturer: BYD Electronics Co. Ltd.
Importer: Nokia Products Ltd.
Hazard: The plastic covers of the affected chargers could come loose and separate, exposing the charger's
internal components and potentially posing an electric shock hazard if certain internal components are
touched while the charger is plugged into a live socket.
Incidents/Injuries: No incidents or injuries have been reported by consumers.
Description/ModeIs: AC-3U and AC-3E manufactured between June 15, 2009 and August 9, 2009 and AC-
4U manufactured between April 13, 2009 and October 25, 2009.
Affected Chargers may have been sold with a Nokia device or purchased separately as an accessory:
SoId by: Rogers, Fido, 7-11, Cityfone and other independent dealers and retailers.
When was distributed: Models AC-3U and AC-3E- after June 15, 2009 and Model AC-4U after April 13,
2009.
Remedy: Consumers should visit Nokia's dedicated web site at http://chargerexchange.nokia.com to verify
if their charger is affected and if so, to register for the exchange. Nokia will send a replacement charger at no
charge together with a prepaid envelope and instructions on how to return the affected charger.
Consumer Contact: Consumers in Canada can call the Nokia contact centre toll free at 1-888-226-6542 be-
tween 9am-5pm EST or visit http://chargerexchange.nokia.com for information and support on the Charger
Exchange Program.
Remarks: The affected units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories nc. For more
information about Underwriters Laboratories nc. product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-79
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-81
Recall RCL09-81
DIY TooIs RecaIIs FIux/Mig WeIder
November 25, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that DY Tools has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Welder Flux/Mig welder, 135 AMP.
Units: 6
Importer: Ridgerock Tools nc. USA.
Hazard: Potential electric shock.
Incidents/Injuries: One consumer reported to ESA that 135AMP caught fre is not approved. No injuries or
damage has been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Tweco Compatible Torch ;*Extra Long 8' Torch Cable & 4.5' Gas-
Nose *115V~60Hz*Range of Current: 25-135Amp *nput Capacity: 3KVA *Fuse: 25A
SoId by: DY Tools for $399.00.
When was distributed: April 2009
Remedy: Consumer should stop using the above mentioned products immediately, and contact DY Tools to return.
Consumer Contact: DY Tools
2901 Steeles Ave West, Unit 38, North York, ON
M3J 3A5. Telephone number: (416)667-8665
Page 1 of 1
RCL09-82
Recall RCL09-82
Eaton YaIe Company GeneraI RecaIIs Duty Safety Switch
November 26, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority in cooperation with Eaton is notifying the public that Eaton has
announced a voluntary recall of the following product. Owners and operators with recalled switches should
take steps to initiate replacement of the recalled devices immediately.
Name of Product: General Duty Enclosed Safety Switches 240V rated 30Amp, 60Amp, 100A, fusible and
non fused.
Manufacturer/Importer: Eaton Corporation USA
Hazard: There is the possibility that over time, the operating mechanism could wear in such a way that the
switch will no longer function as intended and has the potential of being jammed in the On or Closed posi-
tion. The potential also exists that the safety switch handle may indicate it is in the OFF position while the
internal switch is still closed. Either of these could result in a potentially unsafe condition
Incidents/Injuries: None.
Description/ModeIs:
CataIogue # Date code range
CDG221NGB 9/17/09 to 10/12/09
CDG221UGB 9/17/09 to 10/12/09
CDG222NGB 9/24/09 to 10/12/09
CDG223NRB 9/23/09 to 10/12/09
CDG321NGB 9/17/09 to 10/12/09
CDG321UGB 9/17/09 to 10/12/09
CDG321URB 9/26/09 to 10/12/09
CDG322UGB 9/24/09 to 10/12/09
CDG322URB 9/25/09 to 10/12/09
CDG323NRB 9/23/09 to 10/12/09
CDG323URB 9/23/09 to 10/12/09
SoId by: Eaton - Canada
When was distributed: September 29, 2009 to October 13, 2009.
Remedy: Owners and operators of these recalled switches should review the date code located on the car-
ton label or inside of the door. Should the switch fall within the suspect date range, steps should be taken to
initiate replacement by contacting the supplier from whom they were purchased, for instructions on return of
the product and for a replacement switch.
The red circle indicates the date code
location inside the case of the switch
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-82
Consumer Contact: Eaton Canada, 613-267-7270 prcreturns@eaton.com.
Remarks: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAR OR CONFRM THE POTENTAL CONDTON.
The Affected Units are certifed to Canadian standards by the CSA. For more information about the product
certifcation process please visit: www.csa.ca
60A General Duty Safety Switch
The red circles indicate where the package label date code is
located.
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-83
RecaII RCL09-83
NCIX RecaIIs Vantec 2.5/3.5/5.25 SATA & IDE Drive to
USB 2.0 Adapter with Power SuppIy
November 25, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that NCX Netlink Computer nc. has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Vantec 2.5/3.5/5.25 SATA & DE Drive to USB2.0 Adapter with Power Supply
Units: 747 units sold in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Vantec
Hazard: Product not approved for use in accordance with Ontario Regulation.
Incidents/Injuries: Unknown
Description/ModeIs: VPN CB-SATAU2
SoId by: NCX Netlink Computer nc.
When was distributed: February 2009 September 2009
Remedy: Please return the Product via UPS collect to:
NCX Netlink Computer nc. (RMA #____________)
Unit 105 - 4620 Viking Way
Richmond, BC V6V 2L5
for either: (a) full refund of your purchase price; or
(b) for replacement power supply
f you opt for a replacement power supply, please return the power supply only to the address above.
Please indicate the RMA number on your mailing label as follows:
(a) RMA #160201 for replacement power supplies; or
(b) RMA #160287 for refunds
Consumer Contact: NCX Customer Service by telephone: 1-877-624-9777 or website http://secure.ncix.
com/message/
Remarks: The recalled units are have not been certifed to Canadian Standards.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-83
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-84
Recall RCL09-84
WeIIington Street Images Ltd. RecaIIs Christmas Light String Socket Set
November 30, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wellington Street mages Ltd. has
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Light String Socket Set.
Units: 24 units.
Manufacturer: GK / Bethlehem Lighting, Foxboro, Maine, USA.
Importer: Wellington Street mages Ltd.
Hazard: Potential electrical shock or fre hazards.
Description: tem # 15877 and/or 707200, 25foot green wire light socket sold for $9.00.
SoId by: Wellington Street mages Ltd.
When was distributed: November 2006 to October 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled products immediately and return the products back to
Wellington Street for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: Wellington Street mages Ltd.
137 Wellington Street, Apsley, ON K0L 1A0
Contact person: Michael Heaps
Telephone: 705-656-2323.
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-84
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-85
Recall RCL09-85
Costco WhoIesaIe Canada Ltd. RecaIIs LED Lighted Moose Outdoor Decoration
December 8, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. has
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: LED Lighted Moose
Importer: Everstar mports Taipei, Taiwan.
Hazard: Wiring could short out and cause a fre.
Incidents/Injuries: 7 incident reports ranging from burning and smoking cords to catching on fre. No inju-
ries or property damage reported other than to the item itself.
Description/ModeIs: 60-inch LED Lighted Moose, UPC# 7-64878-89969-1 and Costco tem# 909082.
SoId by: Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd.
415 West Hunt Club Rd.
Ottawa, ON K2E 1C5
When was distributed: August 24 to November 24, 2009
Remedy: The consumer should immediately stop using the LED Lighted Moose and return it to Costco
Wholesale for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd.
415 West Hunt Club Road, Ottawa, ON K2E 1C5.
Telephone: 1-800-463-3783
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-85
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-86
RecaII RCL09-86
Costco WhoIesaIe Canada Ltd. RecaIIs LED Lighted
PoIar Bear Outdoor Decoration
December 8, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. has
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: LED Lighted Polar Bear
Units: 590 sold in Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and British Columbia.
Importer: Everstar mports Taipei, Taiwan.
Hazard: Wiring could short out and cause a fre.
Incidents/Injuries: 6 incident reports ranging from burning and smoking cords to catching on fre. No inju-
ries or property damage reported other than to the item itself.
Description/ModeIs: LED Lighted Polar Bear,
UPC# 764878899707 Costco tem# 909083
415 West Hunt Club Rd.
Ottawa, ON K2E 1C5
When was distributed: August 17 to November 30, 2009
Remedy: The consumer should immediately stop using the LED Lighted Polar Bear and return it to Costco
Wholesale for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd.
415 West Hunt Club Road, Ottawa, ON K2E 1C5.
Telephone: 1-800-463-3783
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-86
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-87
RecaII RCL09-87
Superior EIectrics Limited RecaIIs Innita KettIe Due to PossibiIity of Overheating
December 8, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Superior Electrics Limited has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: nfnita kettle model EK814L with date code beginning with 07
Units: Approximately 2046 units were sold in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Emperor Household Electrical Appliance Co. Ltd.
Hazard: Kettle could overheat, could melt base and pose a fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been 3 reported incidents of fre, 2 of which have alleged property damage.
Description/ModeIs: nfnita kettle model EK814L stainless steel kettle with date code beginning with 07.
(The model number is printed on the rating label on the bottom of the kettle.)SoId by: Home Hardware
When was distributed: 2007 to March 2009
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the product immediately and contact Superior Electrics Limited for a
free replacement household product.
Consumer Contact: Superior Electrics Limited, toll free number 1-866-787-3531.
ntertek product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek-etlsemko.com/page/cust_portal/TK_PGR/
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-87
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-88
Recall RCL09-88
BiooraI RecaIIs AssembIed BaIIasts
December 9, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Bioforal nc. has announced a recall
of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Assembled Ballasts.
Units: 9 units were sold in Ontario or Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Bioforal nc.
ards.
Description/ModeIs: All assembled ballasts 1000W, 120/240 Volts HPS (high pressure sodium) or MH
(metal halide).
SoId by: Bioforal nc.
When was distributed: February - March 2009
Manufactured in: Qubec, Canada.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the product immediately and contact the manufacturer.
Consumer Contact: Roger Manouk, 1-877-384-9376,
675 Monte St-Franois, Laval, Qubec, H7C 2S8
Page 1 of 1
RCL09-89
Recall RCL09-89
Samsung RecaIIs Over-the-Range Microwave Ovens
December 9, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Samsung Electronics Canada nc.
(Samsung Canada) has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers
should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Samsung Over-the-Range Microwave Ovens.
Units: 1,650 units imported into Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Manufactured by Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd and imported by Samsung Elec-
tronics Canada nc.
Hazard: f the microwave oven is plugged into an ungrounded outlet, and an installation bolt comes into con-
tact with an electrical component inside the unit, the potential for a shock hazard may exist.
Description/ModeIs: The recall involves Samsung 1000 watt over-the-range microwave ovens manufac-
tured in April and May of 2009. The following model and serial numbers are included in this recall:
MODEL MANUFACTURED N
APRL 2009
MANUFACTURED N
MAY 2009
TOTAL
SMH9151B/XAC Quantity 450 - 450
Serial No. TS400001~TS400450 - -
SMH9151ST/XAC Quantity 340 475 815
Serial No. TS400001~TS400340 TS500001~TS500475 -
SMH9151W/XAC Quantity 200 185 385
Serial No. TS400001~TS400200 TS500001~TS500185 -
Model and serial numbers are located on a label on the inside front, top left hand side, of the microwave oven
cavity.
SoId by: Coast Wholesale Appliances Ltd.
When was distributed: April to July 2009.
Manufactured in: Malaysia
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled product, and contact Samsung
Canada to schedule a free repair.Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Samsung toll-free
at 1-888-517-5358 between 9:00 a.m. and 9:00 p.m. (EST) seven days a week, or visit Samsung Canada's
website at www.samsung.com/ca/otrrecall
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-89
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by CSA (Canadian Standards Association).
For more information about CSA's product certifcation process please visit www.csa-international.org.
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-90
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL09-90
Bretford Manufacturing RecaIIs Power Bars
December 11, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Bretford Manufacturing has an-
immediately and contact Bretford Manufacturing to arrange for replacement.
Name of Product: Bretford Electrical Power Bars
Units: 22,000 units in Ontario, 4 types of power bars:
Type A is 2 Outlet Power Bar
Type B is 3 Outlet Power Bar
Type C is 4 Outlet Power Bar
Type D is 10 Outlet Power Bar
Manufacturer: Bretford Manufacturing.
Importer: Bretford distributors in Canada.
Hazard: The recalled products have not been evaluated to Canadian Standards and may pose a safety
hazards.
Incidents/Injuries: None reported
Description/ModeIs: provided with pictures below.
SoId by: Bretford distributors in Ontario.
When was distributed: June 1999 thru June 2009
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the listed power bars immediately and contact Bretford for exchange
at no charge for consumers. Consumers should visit Bretford dedicated web site at http://www.bretford.com/
recall to register for exchange and obtain detailed instructions.
f you fnd Power Bars matching these descriptions attached to your AV Carts, Computer Workstations and/or
Computer Tables, Remove them and follow instructions provided on Bretford web site. You will be guided
through a Registration Process designed to replace your existing Bretford Power Bars with new Approved
Power Bars, all at no charge to you.
Consumer Contact: Consumers in Ontario can call Bretford Customer Service toll-free at 1-800-521-9614 or
visit http://www.bretford.com/recall for information and support on Bretford exchange program.
RCL09-90
A
2 Outlet Power Bar
Steel Housing
20-foot power cord
Attached to a steel cart
B
3 Outlet Power Bar
Steel Housing
20-foot power cord
Attached to a steel cart
C
4 Outlet Power Bar
Steel Housing
20-foot power cord
Attached to a cart, workstation or
table
D
10 Outlet Power Bar
Steel Housing
20-foot power cord
Attached to a workstation or table
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-91
Recall RCL09-91
Chatters Canada RecaIIs LOOK UItra Irons
December 21, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Chatters Canada Limited has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: LOOK Ultra rons, Model 5519930
Units: 42.
Manufacturer/Importer: The Cricket Company LLC
Hazard: LOOK Ultra rons, Model 5519930 were sold in Chatters salons between August 1
st
, 2009 to Novem-
ber 9
th
, 2009 in red packaging claiming a 30 Minute Auto Shut Off feature. Some of the irons sold in this red
packaging were of an older model which did not have this feature installed. These older model irons were
inadvertently packaged in the red packaging. Consumers should be aware that some of these irons may not
have the 30 Minute Auto Shut Off feature, as advertised, which may result in a risk of a burn or fre.
Incidents/Injuries: No damages or injuries have been reported to Chatters Canada Limited as of the date of
this Notice.
Description/ModeIs: The LOOK Ultra rons were sold in a red box with white lettering. The model number of
the affected irons is 5519930. The suggested retail price at the time the irons were sold was $149.95.
SoId by: Chatters salons
When was distributed: Between August 1
st
, 2009 to November 9
th
, 2009.
Manufactured in: Korea
Remedy: Those consumers who purchased a LOOK Ultra ron, Model 5519930 between the months of Au-
gust 1
st
, 2009, and November 9
th
, 2009, should be aware that their iron may not have a 30 Minute Auto Shut
Off as advertised. n the event that they purchased a LOOK Ultra ron, Model 5519930 between the months
of August 1
st
, 2009 to November 9
th
, 2009, and the 30 Minute Auto Shut Off feature is not working, they can
return the iron to their nearest Chatters salon for an exchange or store credit of equivalent value.
Consumer Contact: Don Goyan, Director of Development and General Counsel, Chatters Canada Limited,
1-888-944-5055.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by TUV America. For more information
about TUV America product certifcation process please visit: www.tuvam.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-91
Page 2 of 2
RCL09-92
Recall RCL09-92
Home Depot RecaIIs Dehumidiers Due to Fire and Burn Hazards
December 21, 2009
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Home Depot has announced a
voluntary recall of the following consumer product in the U.S. Consumers should stop using recalled products
immediately.
Name of Product: Hampton Bay Dehumidifers
Importer: The Home Depot, of Atlanta, Ga.
Hazard: An internal component can fail causing the dehumidifer to overheat, posing fre and burn hazards to
consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Home Depot in the U.S. has received 18 reports of the dehumidifers catching fre. One
consumer reported a burn injury to his forearm.
Description/Models: The dehumidifers are beige, have four wheels, and measure 21 inches high, 13 inches
wide and 17 inches long. Hampton Bay is printed on the front panel. Model HB-50 is being recalled. The
model number is printed on the back interior panel.Sold by: The Home Depot from November 2000 through
May 2007 for between $120 and $150 in the U.S only.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled dehumidifers and contact Home Depot to
receive a gift card for the full amount of the purchase price.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact The Home Depot at (800) 553-3199 between 8:30
a.m. and 5:30 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at www.homedepot.com
Remarks: The affected units were intended for sale and distribution in the U. S .only. However, the recalled
please visit Underwriters Laboratories Web site at: www.ul.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL09-92
Description/ModeIs:
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-01
Recall RCL10-01
Haier America Trading L.L.C. RecaIIs BIenders
January 4, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority, in co-operation with Health Canada, is notifying the public that
Haier America Trading L.L.C. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consum-
ers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Haier Blenders
Units: 456 units in Canada.
Manufacturer: Ka Po nternational ndustrial Co. Ltd., of Hong Kong
Hazard: The blade assemblies of the blenders may come apart or break, posing a risk of cuts to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Haier America has received approximately 60 reports from consumers in North America,
where a total of about 54,000 units were sold, of blade assemblies coming apart or breaking. One such con-
sumer reported receiving a minor cut to his hand.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves model number HB500BSS commercial-style 500-watt blenders.
The units are stainless steel and black plastic. Haier is printed on the front below the power switch, and the
model number is printed on a label on the bottom of the blenders.
SoId by: Better Life Canada nc. and Meubles et Electromnagers M L, in Quebec
When distributed in Canada: November 2006 through November 2008
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled blenders and contact Haier America to
receive a free replacement blade assembly.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Haier America toll-free at (866) 327-6147 anytime, or
visit the frm's Web site at www.haieramerica.com.
Remarks: The recalled units were certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about UL
product certifcation process please visit: http://www.ul.com.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-01
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-02
Recall RCL10-02
Dehumidiers SoId ExcIusiveIy in the U.S. Recalled by
LG EIectronics Tianjin AppIiance Due to Fire and Burn Hazards
January 20, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the Canadian public that LG Electronics Tianjin Ap-
pliance has announced a voluntary recall of the following dehumidifers sold exclusively in the U.S. Consum-
ers should stop using the recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Portable Dehumidifers
Manufacturer/Importer: LG Electronics Tianjin Appliance Co., of China.
Hazard: The power connector for the dehumidifer's compressor can short circuit, posing fre and burn haz-
ards to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: n the U.S., LG has received 11 reports of property damage incidents involving arcing,
heat, smoke, including four fres that spread to the building structure and involved signifcant smoke/water
damage. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves 30 pint portable dehumidifers sold under the brand names in the
chart below. The dehumidifers are white with a red shut-off button, controls for fan speed and humidity control
and a front-loading water bucket. Goldstar or Comfort-Aire is printed on the front. The model and serial
numbers are printed on the interior of the dehumidifers and can be viewed after the water bucket is removed.
SoId by: The Home Depot, Wal-Mart and Heat Controller nc. in the U.S only.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled dehumidifer, contact LG to determine if it is
included in the recall and return it to an authorized LG service center for a free repair.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact LG toll-free at (877) 220-0479 between 8 a.m. and 7
p.m. CT Monday through Friday and between 8 a.m. and 2 p.m. CT on Saturday for the location of an autho-
rized LG service center for the repair, or visit the frm's Web site at www.30pintdehumidiferrecall.com
Remarks: The affected units were intended for sale and distribution in the U.S. only. n addition to being
certifed in the U.S. by Underwriters Laboratories the recalled units are also certifed to Canadian Standards
by CSA. For more information about CSA product certifcation process please visit CSA's Web site at: http://
www.csa-international.org
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-02
Brand ModeI No. SeriaI Number Range SoId at
Goldstar GHD30Y7 611TAxx00001~08400
611TAxx08401~40600
612TAxx00001~20400
612TAxx21001~30600
Home Depot U.S.
Goldstar DH305Y7 612TAxx00001~00600
701TAxx00001~16800
702TAxx00001~03000
Wal-Mart U.S.
Comfort-Aire BHD-301-C 611TA000001~001697
612TA000001~004200
701TA000001~000578
710TA000001~000599
Heat Controller nc. U.S.
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-03
RecaII RCL10-03
Thompson Broom Mfg. Ltd. recaIIs Boot-Master boot & shoe cIeaner
February 9, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Thompson Broom Mfg. Ltd. has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Boot-Master boot & shoe cleaner
Units: 84 units sold and affected in Ontario.
Manufacturer: Thompson Broom Mfg. Ltd.
Hazard: Potential electrical shock or fre hazards.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or incidents have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Color is beige with a brown or black water tank and belt cover.
SoId by: Thompson Broom Mfg. Ltd.
Manufactured in: Canada
Remedy: Consumers should contact the manufacturer to coordinate steps for product approval and required
arrangements.
Consumer Contact: Thompson Rink Equip. Ltd., 592 Gunn Road, Winnipeg, Manitoba, R2C 2Z9. Toll free:
1-888-832-3728
Page 1 of 1
RCL10-04
Recall RCL10-04
Creative Co-op RecaIIs a CeiIing Luminaire
January 21, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Creative Co-op nc. has announced
ately.
Name of Product: Ceiling Luminaire Model DE2207. This Ceiling Luminaire has been sold under the brand
Creative Co-op nc.
Number of Units: 84 Lamps
Manufacturer/Importer: Creative Co-op nc.
Date of Manufacture: August 2008
Hazard: The product displays an unauthorized UL mark and it has not been tested to determine whether it is
compliant with the Canadian Standards for product safety and may pose a safety hazard. The unauthorized
UL label shows the number E236833.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries and/or damages have been reported
dentifcation:
On Product: The label on the Ceiling Lamp has an unauthorized UL Labels mark. See picture of unauthor-
ized mark below.
On Packaging: White curved metal ceiling lamp with beads attached.
SoId by: Creative Co-op nc
When was distributed: August 2008 November 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the product immediately and contact Creative Co-op to arrange
returning the product to the place of purchase.
Consumer Contact: Creative Co-op nc.
Pam Haggerty 1-866-323-2264
Remarks: A Safety Alert was issued on October 2, 2009.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-04
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-05
Recall RCL10-05
BSH Home AppIiances Corporation Expands RecaII of
Thermador BuiIt-In Ovens Due to Fire Hazard
January 21, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that BSH Home Appliances Corporation
has announced a voluntary feld repair action in Canada for the consumer products set out below. Consumers
should stop using the self-cleaning mode in any affected unit immediately and contact BSH to arrange for an
onsite inspection and free repair if necessary.
Name of Product: Thermador Brand Built-n Ovens. Thermador Brand Built-n Ovens.
Units: Approximately 550 in Canada.
Manufacturer: BSH Home Appliances Corporation, Huntington Beach, California.
Hazard: The oven may have gaps in the insulation where overheating can occur and when used in the self-
cleaning mode it can cause nearby cabinets to catch fre. This poses a fre hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: As of January 21 2010, BSH has not received any reports of fres in Canada that caused
damage to surrounding cabinets. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This is an expansion of the recall originally issued on June 29, 2007 and involves Ther-
mador Brand built-in double ovens. The model numbers of the double ovens are C272B, C302B, SEC272,
SEC302, SECD272 and SECD302. The ovens have serial numbers between FD8403 through FD8701. The
model number and serial number can be found on the underside of the control panel. See picture beIow.
SoId by: Appliance and specialty stores in Canada from June 2004 through July 2007.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the oven's self-cleaning mode and contact the frm immediately to
schedule an inspection and free repair, if necessary.
Consumer Contact: Please call Thermdor at 800-701-5230 toll-free, 24-hrs day/ 7-days/week. For additional
information on the voluntary feld action, consumers can visit www.thermador.ca
Remarks: The affected ovens are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories nc. For
more information about the Underwriters Laboratories nc. product certifcation process, please visit: www.
ul.com .
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-05
ModeI and SeriaI Number Location
SEC,SECD 272 and 302 C272 and C302

HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA. OVEN
C
( A5 )
LISTED 43WJ
FOR HOUSEHOLD USE
E212130
MODEL: SEC302BS 01
FD 8608000067
? 1-888-xxx-xxxx
RATING 120/208 240 VOLTS 60 Hz
AC ONLY, ( A2 ) WIRE, 1 PHASE,
208V ( A3 ) A, 240V ( A4 ) A
MADE IN USA OF US AND IMPORTED PARTS
Model #
Serial #
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-06
RecaII RCL10-06
Conair Consumer Products Inc. ("CONAIR") RecaIIs LysoI Steam Mop by CONAIR
Due to Burn and Laceration Hazards
February 1, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Conair Consumer Products nc.
(Conair) has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using
Name of Product: Lysol Steam Mop. Canadian model number SM10LC.
Manufacturer/Importer: Conair
Hazard: Hot water mixed with Lysol can forcefully spurt out and rupture the housing unit, posing a burn haz-
ard and a laceration hazard to consumers from the broken housing unit.
Incidents/Injuries: Conair has received one report of this incident. Conair Corporation in the US has re-
ceived 14 reports of hot water forcefully spilling out of water reservoir compartment including two minor burn
injuries to consumers who sought medical attention.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves the Lysol Steam Mop by Conair with model number SM-10LC. The
model number is printed on the bottom of the mop under the microfber cloth.
SoId by: Sears Canada, Home Hardware and other retailers.
When was distributed: March 2007 through October 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled Lysol Steam Mop and contact
Conair at the number listed below for instructions to receive a free replacement steam cleaning mop.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Conair at 1-866-729-2389 between 8:30a.m. and
5:00 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at www.conaircanada.ca/recall or email con-
sumer_canada@conair.com
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about Under-
writers Laboratories product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
3000 units were evaluated by QPS and bear the QPS mark. These units are included in the 8700 total units covered by
the recall. For more information about QPS, please visit: www.qps.ca
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-06

Page 2 of 2
RCL10-07
RecaII RCL10-07
Liebherr RecaIIs BuiIt-In Refrigerators Due to Injury Hazard; Door Can Detach
February 1, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Liebherr has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Liebherr Built-n Refrigerator
Manufacturer/Importer: Liebherr-Hausgeraete Ochsenhausen GmbH
Hazard: The refrigerator door can separate and fall off, potentially injuring the user.
Incidents/Injuries: n Canada and the United States, Liebherr-Hausgeraete Ochsenhausen has received
13 reports of the door falling off, including two reports of injuries involving bruises and strains. An addition 11
reports were received involving the door loosening, without falling.
Description/ModeIs: R 1400
RB 1400
RI 1400
RBI 1400
The refrigerators come individually or as the refrigerator compartment of the following
side-by-side combinations: SBS 24 0
SBS 24 I 0
SBS 24 5
SBS 24 I 5
When was distributed: The models were manufactured and sold between January 2005 and November
2009.
Manufactured in: Germany
Remedy: Consumers are advised to contact Liebherr to schedule a free in-home repair.
Consumer Contact: For more information, consumers may contact Liebherr toll-free at 1-888-543-2437 from
8AM to 5PM ET Monday through Friday or visit the frm's website www.liebherr.ca/ca-hg/en/recall.asp.
ntertek's product certifcation process please visit:
www.intertek-etlsemko.com/portal/page/cust_portal/TK_PGR/
Page 1 of 3
RCL10-07
Page 2 of 3
RCL10-07
Page 3 of 3
RCL10-08
Page 1 of 3
Recall RCL10-08
RecaII of Home Improvement Books Containing Errors on EIectricaI Wiring
February 2, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Oxmoor House, nc. has announced
a voluntary recall of the following home improvement books. Consumers should stop using recalled books
immediately.
Name of Product: Table 1 below indicates the nine titles which are the subject of this recall.
Units: About 52 000 copies were distributed in Canada.
PubIisher: Oxmoor House, nc. of Birmingham, Alabama.
Hazard: The books contain errors in the technical diagrams and wiring instructions that could lead consum-
ers to incorrectly install or repair electrical wiring, posing an electrical shock or fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: No incidents, injuries, or property damage have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: SBN numbers of the affected books are listed in Table 1 below. The SBN number on
each book is printed the back cover, near the bar code. See page 2 of this recall for photos of front covers of
the recalled books.SoId by: Home improvement stores and bookstores.
When distributed: See publication dates in Table-1 of this recall.
Remedy: Consumers who followed the technical diagrams or wiring instructions in these books to do their
own wiring should contact Oxmoor House immediately on the toll free number below and inform Oxmoor
House which pages/wiring instructions they used. Oxmoor House will be able to advise if the instructions or
diagrams used are affected. ESA strongly recommends hiring a licensed electrical contractor to rectify any
faulty wiring installations. The Ontario Electrical Safety Code requires that any work on an electrical installa-
tion done in Ontario be inspected by ESA
All Consumers should immediately stop using these books and return them to Oxmoor House for a refund.
Consumer Contact: Oxmoor House toll-free at (866) 696-7602 or visit the frm's Web site at www.sunset-
recall.com
RCL10-08
TabIe - 1 RecaIIed books
Title SBN-13 SBN-10 Units Suggested
price
Publication
Date
AmeriSpec Home
Repair
Handbook
AmeriSpec Manuel
dentretien de la mai-
son
978-0-376-00180-1 0-376-00180-1 33,000
(22,000
English;
11,000
French)
US $24.95 January
2006
Lowes Complete
Home mprovement
and Repair
978-0-376-00922-7
978-0-376-01098-8
0-376-00922-5 1,573 US $34.95 September
2005
December
1999
Lowes Complete
Home Wiring
978-0-376-00928-9 0-376-00928-4 700 US $29.95 May 2008
Sunset Basic Home
Repairs
978-0-376-01581-5
978-0-376-01025-4
0-376-01581-0 328 US $12.95 February
1995
January
1975
Sunset Complete
Home Wiring
978-0-376-01594-5 0-376-01594-2 1,429 US $19.95 December
1999
Title SBN-13 SBN-10 Units Suggested
price
Publication
Date
Sunset Complete Patio
Book
978-0-376-01411-5
978-0-376-01397-2
978-0-376-01399-6
0-376-01411-3 8,581 US $19.95 January
2006
January
1998
April 1990
Sunset Home Repair
Handbook
978-0-376-01258-6
978-0-376-01256-2
0-376-01258-7 1,095 US $19.95 October
1998
February
1985
Sunset Water Gardens 978-0-376-03849-4 0-376-03849-7 997 US $19.95 January
2004
Sunset You Can Build
- Wiring
978-0-376-01596-9 0-376-01596-9 4,578 US $249.95 January
2009
Page 2 of 3
RCL10-08
Page 3 of 3
RCL10-09
Recall RCL10-09
Husky Generators RecaIIed Due to Fire Hazard
February 2, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Homelite Consumer Products, nc. of
Anderson, South Carolina has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers
should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Husky Generators
Units: 53
Manufacturer/Importer: Homelite Consumer Products, nc.
Hazard: The fuel gauge can leak gasoline posing a potential fre hazard to consumers.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Husky brand generators models HUCA5700 and HUCA7000. Af-
fected products are limited to those with the following manufacturing date codes:
BML306 through BMM151
CHL122 through CHM151
CRL153 through CRM059
The model number and manufacturing date code are included on the data label located on the top or side of
the engine. Products with a green dot on the outside of the package or a silver dot on the fuel gauge face
are not affected products.
SoId by: Home Depot Canada, nc.
When was distributed: Sold in Home Depot stores between July 2008 and May 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using their generator and contact Homelite Consumer Prod-
ucts, nc. at 1-800-242-4672 between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday to obtain a free repair kit.
For additional information regarding affected generators consumers may visit www.homelite.com.
Consumer Contact: Consumers may contact Homelite Consumer Products, nc. at 1-800-242-4672 be-
tween 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday or by visiting www.homelite.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by CSA nternational. For more informa-
tion about CSA nternational product certifcation process please visit: www.csa-international.org
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-09
HUCA7000
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-10
Recall RCL10-10
Innovage RecaIIs Discovery Kids Lamps Due to Fire Hazard
February 9, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that nnovage LLC of Foothill Ranch, Ca.
Name of Product: Discovery Kids Animated Marine and Safari Lamps
Units: Approximately 900 units.
Importer: nnovage, LLC
Hazard: A defect in the lamp's printed circuit board can cause an electrical short, posing a fre and burn haz-
ard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: nnovage has received nine reports of incidents in the United States, including one in-
volving smoke inhalation injury to a child and three involving minor property damage.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves the Discovery Kids Animated Marine with model number
1627121 or 1628626 and Safari Lamps with model number 1627124 or 1628626.All models have batch
numbers beginning with 2. The decorative lamps are silver in color and feature rotating flms with marine or
safari scenes. Discovery Kids is printed on the front top left corner. The batch number is an 11 digit number
located on the bottom of the unit. The model number can be found on the bottom of the packaging.
SoId by: Bed, Bath & Beyond
When was distributed: Between September 2009 and January 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the lamps, and contact nnovage for information on
returning the product for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact nnovage toll-free at (888) 232-1535 between 9 a.m.
and 5 p.m. PT Monday through Friday, visit the frm's Web site at www.lamprecall.org or email info@lampre-
call.org
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-10
11 Digit Number beginning with 2
located on the bottom of the unit
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-11
Page 1 of 2
Recall RCL10-11
Liquidation WorId RecaIIs Christmas Lights
February 17, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Liquidation World has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: Christmas Lights
Importer: Liquidation World
Hazard: The affected products have not been tested to determine whether it is compliant with the Canadian
Standards for product safety and may pose a safety hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries and/or damages have been reported
SoId by: Liquidation World
When was distributed: October 1, 2009 through February 1, 2010
Remedy: Please return any product listed below to your nearest Liquidation World store for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: Laura Dzsudzsak, Operations Co-Ordinator, 519-720-2593
RCL10-11
Page 2 of 2
Description/Models:
AssortmenItem Number Item Description Primary SKU/PLU/UPC List Price Units
RX9 869085100000655 XTT TREE TOPPER ANGEL UL -DWO 764878834456 14.99 34
RX9 869085100000656 XTT TREE TOPPER STAR UL -DWO 764878831318 9.99 509
RX9 869085100000657 XTT TREE TOPPER STAR UL -DWO 764878868871 7.99 149
RX9 869085100000957 XTT TREE WHITE 4FT LED -DWO 764878699048 59.99 18
RX9 869085100000960 XTT TREE WHITE 6FT LED -DWO 764878693220 79.99 59
RX9 869085100000999 XMAS 100OUTDR BLULGHT UL -DWO 012495959824 5.99 84
RX9 869085100001000 XMAS 100OUTDR REDLGHT UL -DWO 012495959817 5.99 207
RX9 869085100001001 XMAS 100OUTDR CLRLGHT WHT-DWO 012495959800 5.99 195
RX9 869085100001002 XMAS 100MULTI LGHT WHTWIR-DWO 012495959794 5.99 361
RX9 869085100001006 XMAS H/D 100 LGHTS CLR UL-DWO 012495959763 9.99 795
RCL10-12
RECALL RCL10-12
Big AI's Aquarium Supercenter RecaIIs AquaCIear Power FiIters
February 25, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Big Al's Scarborough Supercenter
Name of Product: AquaClear Power Filter 70
Units: 84 units
Manufacturer: Askoll
Importer: Big Al's Aquarium Supercenter
Incidents/Injuries: None have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: AquaClear Power Filter model #70.
SoId by: Big Al's Aquarium Supercenter.
When was distributed: November 12, 2009 to January 2, 2010.
Manufactured in: taly
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the product. Consumers who have pur-
chased the affected units from Big Al's Scarborough are being requested to contact the store and arrange for
a product refund.
Consumer Contact: Big Al's Aquarium Supercenter
1295 Kennedy Road, Scarborough, Ontario M1P 2L4
(416) 757-3281 Bruce Rosenberg
brucer@bigalscanada.com
Remarks: The recalled units are not certifed to Canadian standards.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-12
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-13
RECALL RCL10-13
StanIey Convergent Security SoIutions, Inc RecaII Connector Kits Used with SonitroI
Access ControI ModuIes
February 24, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Stanley Convergent Security Solu-
tions, nc. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using
Name of Product: Connector kits used with electronic door lock control modules.
Units: 248 shipped to Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: EBY Electro, nc. (a USA company)
Hazard: n the event of a fre or other emergency, a faulty connection between the pin connector and pin strip
could prevent a door lock from receiving a control signal allowing egress from a building.
Description/ModeIs: 40010751 8Z-40010751 nstallation kit for ACCESS4-S Module, ACCESS4-S 8Z-AC-
CESS4S 4-Door Access Control Module (a 40010751 part is included in every kit); ACESS4-SLUC 8Z-AC-
CESS4SC 4-Door Access Control Module (a 40010751 part is included in every kit); the pin connectors and
pin strips are small enough to connect a circuit board to an access control device such as a key card reader
and automatic lock.
SoId by: Sonitrol franchise dealers and Stanley Convergent feld offcers.
When was distributed: Between August 2008 and October 23, 2009
Remedy: n an abundance of caution, the installers of such access control devices have been sent informa-
tion and replacement connectors. End users will have any connectors replaced at no charge until all affected
pin connectors and pin strips are replaced.
Consumer Contact: Ms. Kara Dean, Counsel & Assistant Secretary, 14670 Cumberland Rd., Noblesville, N
46060, 317-703-1208.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratory Canada. For
more information about Underwriters Laboratory Canada product certifcation process please visit: http://
www.ulc.ca/
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-13
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-14
RECALL RCL10-14
Techtronic Industries, Co. Ltd. RecaIIs Mastercraft 18V Battery Chargers for CordIess
DriIIs
February 26, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Techtronic ndustries, Co. LTD. has
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Mastercraft battery charger model 542973-4, 3 hour 18 V battery charger.
Units: Approximately 75,000 chargers were sold in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Techtronic ndustries Co., Ltd.
Hazard: Drill Charger may overheat.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries reported. There have been incidents where damage to the charger and/or
minor property damage occurred.
Description/ModeIs: The recall involves the Mastercraft model 54-2973-4 battery charger distributed with
the Mastercraft 18V model 54-2973-4 Drill. Both were sold in a drill kit and a model 54-2772-2 combo kit. The
chargers are black, the name Mastercraft, appears on the front of the charging stand, and 18v appears in
the charging stand at the bottom of the receptacle for the battery stem. One hour versions of the charger are
not affected.
SoId by: Canadian Tire
When was distributed: Between 2000 and 2009.
Remedy: Techtronic ndustries will provide consumers with a replacement charger. Consumers should stop
using the existing charger and contact Techtronic ndustries at the number provided below for instructions and
information on having the free replacement charger shipped to them.
Consumer Contact: Customers should contact Techtronic ndustries toll-free at 1-800-597-9624, for further
information and a free replacement charger.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-14
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-15
RECALL RCL10-15
Scotsman RecaIIs CommerciaI Ice Cube Machines Due to Fire Hazard
February 24, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Scotsman Group LLC has announced
a voluntary recall of the following commercial product. Product owners should stop using recalled products
immediately.
Name of Product: Scotsman Commercial Modular Cube ce Machines (Modular Cubers).
Units: Approximately 1,550 units in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Scotsman Group LLC, Vernon Hills, llinois.
Hazard: A solenoid, an electrical component in the product, can fail and result in an electrical arc that can
pose a fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: The company received two warranty claims of burned or melted solenoids that resulted in
replacement of components in Canada, including one claim in Ontario. There have been four reports of fres
and 35 warranty claims of burned or melted components in the United States (where 43,000 units have been
distributed), resulting in replacement of machines and component parts. No injuries or damage other than to
the machine itself have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The machines are designed to be installed on top of ice storage bins or ice dispens-
ers, and typically are used in food service, convenience store, health care, education, lodging, offce and
other commercial establishments. Model numbers begin with C0322, C0330, C0522, C0530, C0630, C0830,
C1030, C1448, C1848, C2148, EH130, EH222, EH330, or EH430, and serial numbers of the recalled ma-
chines within these model designations begin with 05, 06, 07, 08 or 09. Model and serial numbers are on the
back of all machines and, depending on the model, behind the machine's front panel either in the lower right
corner of the machine or on the left side of the sheet metal wall that separates the larger (equipment) com-
partment from the smaller (ice-making) compartment.
Scotsman commercial fake and nugget ice machines, commercial undercounter cube ice machines, and
residential ice machines are not involved in this recall.
SoId by: Commercial equipment distributors, and commercial foodservice equipment dealers for suggested
retail prices between about $4,000 and $15,000 depending on the model.
When was distributed: September 2006 through December 2009.
Remedy: Product owners should contact the company to schedule a free repair.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-15
Customer Contact: Owners may contact Scotsman at (800) 541-0520 between 6 a.m. and 8 p.m.
Central Time Monday through Friday or visit the company's Web site at www.scotsman-ice.com.
Remarks: The affected units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories nc.
For more information about Underwriters Laboratories nc. product certifcation process please visit:
www.ul.com.
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-16
RECALL RCL10-16
Noncontact EIectricaI Tester RecaIIed by FIuke Due to Shock or Burn Hazard
March 12, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Fluke has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Fluke VoltAlert Voltage Detector
Units: Number of the affected units in Ontario and in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Fluke Corporation, of Everett, Wash.
Hazard: The testers can fail to give an indication of live voltage, resulting in the operator falsely believing the
electrical power is off, posing a risk of serious injury or death from electrical shock or thermal burns.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The Fluke voltage testers look like a pen with a yellow, white and gray body. The
testers measure 90 to 1000 volts alternating current (VAC). Fluke and the model number are printed on the
front of each unit. The recall involves Fluke 1AC-A1- VoltAlert tester with product marking 1AC-A.
SoId by: ndustrial distributors and electrical wholesalers nationwide from September 2009 through February
2010 for about $25.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled product immediately and contact Fluke for a free re-
placement.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Fluke toll-free at (888) 983-5853 between 7 a.m. and
4 p.m. PT Monday through Friday or visit the frm's Web site at www.fuke.com/1AC-A1recall.
product certifcation process please visit: www.csa-international.org
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-16
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-17
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-17
Jeckson EIectric RecaIIs WireIess Remote On/Off Switches Due to PotentiaI Fire
Hazard
March 16, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Jeckson Electric Co. Ltd has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: RF Wireless Remote On/Off Switch
Units: Approximately 70,000 in Ontario and 160,000 in Canada
Manufacturer/Importer: Jeckson Electric Co. Ltd / Dimplex North America Ltd.
Hazard: n some cases, the plug-in remote control receiver can overheat, posing a fre hazard
Incidents/Injuries: One case of fre resulting in property damage, no injuries. n Canada and the USA,
Dimplex has received about 5,000 reports of the plug-in wall units overheating including 19 reports of dam-
age beyond the remote control and one report of a house fre in Columbus, Ohio that resulted in considerable
property damage.
Description/ModeIs: Jeckson Model 47-1001, 47-1010-R, and DOC D# 255K656-61-8367R, black, see
pictures below.
SoId by: Mass merchandise, home improvement, specialty freplace and furniture retailers sold freplaces,
stoves and freplace inserts that included the affected plug-in remote controlWhen was distributed: Manufac-
tured between 1998 and 2008, distribution continued into 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately discontinue use of the remote. The electric freplace or stove can
be safely reconnected to a suitable outlet without the use of the plug in remote control receiver.
Consumer Contact: Consumers should request a replacement plug-in remote control kit by visiting www.
recall.dimplex.com, or by calling the toll free recall hotline at 866-673-9880.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by ntertek and CSA. For more information
about the product certifcation process please visit:
ETL:
www.intertek-etlsemko.com/page/cust_portal/TK_PGR/
CSA:
www.csa-international.org
RCL10-17
Page 2 of 2
How to identify recaIIed pIug-in remote controI receivers:
This style of recalled plug-in receivers have
Model Numbers 47-1001 and 47-1010-R
or DOC D # 255K656-61-8367R
RCL10-18
RECALL RCL10-18
DimpIex North America, on behaIf of Super Star TechnoIogy Co., RecaIIs WireIess
Remote On/Off Switches Due to PotentiaI Fire Hazard
March 16, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Dimplex North America has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: RF Wireless Remote On/Off Switch
Units: Approximately 10,000 in Ontario and 20,000 in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Superstar Technology Co. Ltd/ Dimplex North America Ltd.
Hazard: n some cases, the plug-in remote control receiver can overheat, posing a fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: n Canada and the USA , Dimplex has received about 5,000 reports of the plug-in wall
units overheating including 19 reports of damage beyond the remote control and one report of a house fre in
Columbus, Ohio that resulted in considerable property damage.
Description/ModeIs: Super Star model APT-1315, grey, see pictures below.
SoId by: Mass merchandise, home improvement, specialty freplace and furniture retailers sold freplaces,
stoves and freplace inserts that included the affected plug-in remote control.
When was distributed: Manufactured between 2005 and 2006 with distribution into 2007.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately discontinue use of the remote. The electric freplace or stove can
be safely reconnected to a suitable outlet without the use of the plug in remote control receiver.
Consumer Contact: Consumers should request a replacement plug-in remote control kit by visiting www.
recall.dimplex.com, or by calling the toll free recall hotline at 866-673-9880.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about the
product certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-18
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-19
RECALL RCL10-19
Canadian Hardware & TooIs RecaII 8-1/2" Neiko Miter Saw
ApriI 21, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Canadian Hardware & Tools has an-
nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Neiko Miter Saw
Units: 2 units in Ontario
Manufacturer/Importer: Ridgerock Tools nc. USA.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damage have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Model 10330
SoId by: Canadian Hardware & Tools
When was distributed: May 2007
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using Neiko Miter Saw and return to the place of purchase for
a refund.
Consumer Contact: Canadian Hardware & Tools Tel 416-840-0102 Fax 416-537-9870.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-19
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-20
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-20
Audio Receivers RecaIIed by NiIes Audio Corp. Due to Fire Hazard
March 22, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Niles Audio Corporation has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: ZR-6
Units: 218 units sold in Canada, with 118 of these sold in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Niles Audio Corporation
Hazard: A failure in the receiver's internal components can cause connected loudspeakers to overheat and
cause a fre, posing a fre hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Three incidents of loudspeakers overheating have been reported. No injuries have been
reported.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Niles ZR-6 MultiZone Receivers. The receivers are black with a
blue LCD display on the right side and the Niles logo in white on the front center. The model number ZR-6
appears on the lower left side of the front panel. Units with a software version lower than 3.26 are affected.
The software version is shown on the LCD display if the ZR-6 is turned off and then back on using the front
panel power button. The retail price of the ZR-6 is C$2,499.95.
SoId by: Audio/Video/Home Theater Custom nstallation Professionals
When were units distributed: Units were shipped to Canada beginning on September 5, 2008.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled receivers and contact Niles Audio for a free
repair kit. The repair kit includes a software update for the receivers. Niles is directly contacting consumers
who purchased the recalled receivers.
Consumer Contact: For more information, contact Niles Audio toll-free at 1-800-667-3991 between 9 a.m.
and 6 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, visit the website at www.nilesaudio.com/ZR6nfo, email ZR6nfo@
nilesaudio.com or write to Niles Audio Corporation, Attn: ZR-6 Recall, 12331 SW 130 ST, Miami, FL 33186.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about the UL
RCL10-20
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-21
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-21
Comarco Inc. Announces VoIuntary RecaII to RepIace Targus Power Adapters
ApriI 30, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Comarco nc. has announced a vo-
luntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately
and contact Comarco nc. to return the affected units to Comarco nc., and receive a free replacement unit.
Name of Product: Targus Universal Wall Power Adapters for Laptops.
Units: Approximately 3776 in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Comarco Wireless Technologies, nc., 25541 Commercentre Drive, Lake Forest, CA
92630-8870 USA
Hazard: As a result of poor electrical contact, the connector tips can heat and degrade. The connector tips
would be hot to the touch. n some instances, the heat can cause melting or charring of the plastic encasing
the connector tip.
Incidents/Injuries: Comarco nc. has received indirect reports of 518 incidents in the United States, of which
8 consumers reported the tip was hot enough to burn a fnger tip or hand when the part was checked or
disconnected. There are no reports of any injury requiring medical care or of any other injury. No reports of
injury or property damage have been reported in Canada.
Description/ModeIs: The recall affects certain Targus-branded universal power adapters for laptops that
were sold at retail through March 10, 2010 with the model numbers: APA23US-02, APA23US-03, APA23US-
04, APA63US-03, APA63US-04, APM62US-03 and APM62US-04. (The photograph below shows where the
model number (the SKU#) can be found on the underside of the adapter unit.)
SoId by: Wal-Mart Canada Corp.
When was distributed: The affected units were distributed from August 2009 through March 10, 2010.
Remedy: Consumers who have in their possession an affected unit should stop using the unit immediately
and contact Comarco to return the affected unit and receive a replacement unit.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, visit Comarco's website for this recall, at www.regcen.com/
comarco (available 24/7) or call toll-free 1-877-781 5186, between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m., Central Time, Monday
through Friday. Please have your adapter available when using the website or toll free number, to provide the
model and serial numbers.
RCL10-21
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by TUV Rheinland of North America, nc.
For more information about the TUV Rheinland of North America, nc., FCC Class B. product certifcation
process please visit: www.tuv.com/global/en/index.html.
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-22
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-22
SimpIe H2O recaIIs Precipitators, Conductivity Testers and Wise Lights
ApriI 30, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Simple H2O has announced a volun-
tary recall of Precipitators, Conductivity Testers and Wise Lights
Name of Products: C.C.K Electronic Dual Precipitators, Conductivity Testers with Light Bulbs, PR-1 Precipi-
tators, PR-2 Precipitators, and Wise Lights.
Units: 1277 C.C.K Electronic Dual Precipitators, 516 Conductivity Testers with Light Bulbs, 100 PR-1 Precipi-
tators, 50 PR-2 Precipitator s, and 30 Wise Lights.
Importer: Simple H2O
Standards for product safety and may pose a safety hazard. mproper use could result in electrical shock.
Description/ModeIs: PR-2 Precipitator 2 110 Volt Compact Model with Case Black with Silver Rods
PR-1 Precipitator Dual Voltage 110V with Case Black with Silver Rods
C.C.K- Electronic Dual Precipitator 110V Model: DP-01 Gray with Silver Rods
Wise Light - Black
Conductivity Tester with Light Bulb Opaque plastic
SoId by: Simple H2O
When was distributed: Between April 2008 April 2010.
Manufactured in: China and USA
Remedy: Stop using the recalled products immediately and return all recalled products to Simple H2O for a
full refund. Please contact the customer service department for full instructions on how to return all recalled
products.
Consumer Contact: Simple H2O
100 Hanlan Rd. Unit 13
Woodbridge ON L4L 4V8
Toll Free: 1-866-874-2532
Fax: 1-866-292-4710
www.simpleh2o.ca
RCL10-22
Page 2 of 2
PR-1 Precipitator Dual Voltage 110V
with Case Black with Silver Rods
C.C.K- Electronic Dual Precipitator 110V
Model: DP-01 Gray with Silver Rods
Conductivity Tester with Light Bulb
Opaque plastic
Wise Light
PR-2 Precipitator 2 110 Volt Compact
Model with Case Black with Silver Rods
RCL10-23
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-23
Conair Corporation RecaIIs BabyIissPro 052 Series ProfessionaI
Compact Hair Dryer
May 7, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Conair Corporation (Conair) has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: BabylissPro 052 Series Professional Compact Hair Dryer.
Manufacturer/Importer: Conair Corporation / Dannyco Trading (Canada) Ltd.
Hazard: Laceration hazard from broken plastic housing.
Incidents/Injuries: Conair USA has received 16 reports of the fan breaking causing the housing to shatter
including 7 complaints of minor lacerations and one report of a person seeking medical attention. There are 2
reported incidents in Canada.
Description/ModeIs: BTMDV052C, BTMDVK052C, BTM052C, BTM052RDC, MMDBLUE & -MMDWHTE
(Colors may vary).
SoId by: Dannyco Trading (Canada) Ltd. Montreal
When was distributed: March 2007 through August 2009.
Remedy: Consumer should immediately stop using the recalled professional compact dryer and contact
Dannyco to receive a free replacement hair dryer.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Dannyco @ 1-800-363-0707 or visit the frm's
website at www.dannyco.com
information about ntertek Testing Services' product certifcation process please visit:
www.intertek-etlsemko.com/page/cust_portal/TK_PGR/
RCL10-23
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-25
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-25
TUMI recaIIs MobiIe Power Packs
May 19, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that TUM has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Mobile Power Pack; Model #14362
Manufacturer/Importer: TUM
Hazard: Defective battery packs may overcharge if it contains a contaminated power cell. Overcharging only
happens on FRST charge. F the unit is in use and functioning properly, there is no cause for concern.
Incidents/Injuries: One consumer reported a small fre in electrical socket which resulted in damage to wall
area.
Description/ModeIs: Gun Metal color fnish, no distinguishing marks from normally functioning units.
SoId by: Betty Hemmings, Holt Renfrew, Hudson's Bay Co., Taschen nc., Satchel Shop and Miscellaneous
specialty stores.
When was distributed: November 2007 August 2008.
Remedy: f the unit has not been used and has never been charged, Please do NOT charge. Call Tumi Cus-
tomer Care at (800)-530-0069 for information on how to return the product.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, please contact Tumi Customer Care at
(800) 530-0069 between 8 a.m. and 4:45 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's web site at www.
Tumi.com, or e-mail the frm at customercare@tumi.com
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards UL. For more information about UL product
certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
RCL10-25
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-26
RECALL RCL10-26
Radio Systems Corporation announces recaII of power adapters soId with
PetSafe Heated WeIIness SIeepers
May 19, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Radio Systems Corporation has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Direct Plug in Class 2 transformer sold with PetSafe Heated Wellness Sleeper models
PCU00-10911 (small), PCU00-10912 (medium) and PCU-10913 (large).
Units: 1,344 in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer:
Radio Systems Corporation
10427 Electric Ave
Knoxville, TN 37932 USA
Hazard: The output connector and the coil spring may become hot or create arcing, posing a risk of fre to
consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Radio Systems has received three reports of melted output connectors. No injuries or
fres have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recalled power adaptors are identifed by the markings PLUG N CLASS 2
TRANSFORMER, MODEL NO: K12-800 and have a spring coil covering the length of the electrical wire.
Heated Wellness Sleepers with power adaptors without springs are not affected by this voluntary recall.
The Heated Wellness Sleepers were produced with Hunter Green/Sand, Military Blue/Sand and Khaki/Sand
covers and have a jacquard PetSafe logo stitched to the center front. Additional product labels include the
Radio Systems Customer Care phone number.
SoId by: Pet specialty stores, catalog and online retailers.
When was distributed: From late 2006 until early 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using these products immediately and call Radio Systems Corporation's
Customer Care at 1-800-732-2677 for instructions on how to receive a free replacement power adaptor with
the return of the old power adaptor.
Consumer Contact: Radio Systems Corporation, Customer Care 1-800-732-2677 or
ATTN: Recall
Radio Systems Canada
160 Adelaide St. S., Unit 110
London, ON N5Z 3L1
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-26
Page 2 of 2
ATTN: Recall
Radio Systems Canada
160 Adelaide St. S., Unit 110
London, ON N5Z 3L1
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about UL prod-
uct certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
RCL10-27
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-27
Schneider EIectric RecaIIs Stab-Iok Circuit Breakers
Type NA15 / NA20 / NB15 / NB20
May 19, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Schneider Electric Canada has an-
nounced a voluntary recall of the following industrial/commercial products.
Name of Product: Stab-lok NA15, NA20, NB15 and NB20.
Units: 330 units across Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Schneider Electric Canada.
Hazard: A small number of circuit breaker handles were moulded with the ON and OFF impressions inter-
changed. There is the possibility for the circuit breaker handle to indicate the OFF (open) position when the
circuit breaker is still in an ON (closed) position. This may result in the potential for PERSONAL NJURY.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damages have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Stab-lok circuit breaker models NA15, NA20, NB15 and NB20 with a date code of
1002 to 1014 only. The date code is stamped on the product label located next to the handle. The date code
is also stamped on the product carton.
SoId by: Schneider Electric Canada distributors.
When was distributed: Between January 12, 2010 and April 7, 2010
Manufactured in: Mexico
Remedy: mmediately inspect the Circuit Breakers for the correct handle, as show in the photos below. f a
product with the incorrect handle is found, contact the Schneider Electric Product Recovery number below to
arrange for free installation of replacement product. Circuit breakers should be replaced by a licensed electri-
cian only.
Consumer Contact:
Schneider Electric
Phone: 1-866-333-1490
Fax: 1-866-587-4070
Remarks: Although the circuit breaker mechanism is completely functional and will correctly trip on both
overload and short circuit; however, there is still a potential for personal injury, if the circuit breaker handle in-
dicated OFF when the circuit breaker is ON. Users with the affected product should contact Schneider Electric
immediately.
Products and cartons marked with blue dots (shown below) have been inspected and found to have proper
markings. Products and products in cartons with blue dots are approved for sale.
RCL10-27
Page 2 of 2
the circuit breaker handle indicated OFF when the circuit breaker is ON. Users with the affected product
should contact Schneider Electric immediately.
Products and cartons marked with blue dots (shown below) have been inspected and found to have proper
markings. Products and products in cartons with blue dots are approved for sale.
The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Canadian Standards Association (CSA). For more
information about CSA product certifcation process please visit: www.csa-international.org
RCL10-28
RECALL RCL10-28
Hoover, Inc. Announces a voIuntary recaII of Wind TunneI T-Series Vacuums
May 31, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority in cooperation with Hoover, nc. is notifying the public that
Hoover, nc. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop us-
ing recalled products immediately.
Name of Product:
WindTunnel T-Series Rewind Plus - Bagless Upright
WindTunnel T-Series Pet Rewind - Bagless Upright
Units: 493 units in Canada and 93 in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Hoover, nc.
Hazard: Some of the power cords may not be routed properly or securely seated in the cord rewind assem-
bly. Power cords could be pulled loose, causing a potential fre or shock hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: To date, there have been 3 reports of minor burns to carpet and furniture, and 1 report of
a minor burn to the hand, which did not require medical attention in the United States. No reports have been
received from Ontario or Canada.
Description/Models: The following 2 models are included in the recall:
UH70205 WindTunnel T-Series Rewind Plus - Bagless Upright (Shadows Metallic)
UH70210 WindTunnel T-Series Pet Rewind - Bagless Upright (Billowy Blue)
The affected manufacturing codes are listed for your reference:
All vacuums with H09A, 09A, J09A and some of K09A are affected. Vacuums with manufacturing code K09A
accompanied by a green dot or green slash are safe for use. All other date codes are safe for use.
The following vacuums with the model numbers and carton date codes below are affected.
Model UH70205 Carton Date Code 09219 to 11209
Model UH70210 Carton Date Code 09109 to 11219
All date codes accompanied by a green dot or green slash are safe for use.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-28
Carton Date Code Sample:
SoId by: Home Depot and London Drugs at $199.99.
When was distributed: Prior to November 23, 2009.
Manufactured in: Juarez, Mexico
Remedy: f the consumer has an affected model, stop using it immediately and contact Hoover for a free
repair.
Consumer Contact: Phone 888-891-2054 (M-F 8AM-7PM ET) or visit our website at www.hoover.com/
tseriesrewindrecall for more information and to locate Authorized Service Centers in Canada.
Remarks: The recalled Hoover WindTunnel T-Series Bagless Uprights are certifed to Canadian Stan-
dards by UL. For more information about UL product certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com.
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-29
RECALL RCL10-29
Nutech R. HIdngs. Inc. RecaIIs Heat Recovery VentiIators (HRVs)
Manufactured between 1992 to 1998
June 1, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Nutech R. Hldngs nc. has an-
nounced a voluntary Recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using affected prod-
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Heat Recovery Ventilators (HRVs).
Units: About 12,000 in Ontario and about 5,000 in the rest of Canada.
Manufacturer: Nutech R. Hldngs nc.
Hazard: The motors in these units can overheat posing a potential fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: Nutech R. Hldngs nc. has received 9 reports causing property damage. No personal
injury has occurred.
Description/ModeIs: The Safety Program covers the units distributed under the brand names of: Lifebreath,
Tradewinds, Honeywell, Lennox, Fresh-X-Changer, American Aldes, Raydot, Standex, Sears Authorized n-
door Clean Air Services, Nutone and Airfow manufactured between 1992 to 1998 by Nutech R. Holdings nc.
Unit serial numbers containing the numbers 29, 39, 49, 59, 95, 96, 97, or 98 will qualify for the Safety Program
unless the original white motor has been replaced with a grey or black motor.
SoId by: Heating, plumbing and building supply retailers nationwide.
When was distributed: From 1992 through 1998.
Remedy: Owners should turn the affected unit off, disconnect it from the power source and contact Nutech
R. Hldngs nc. as soon as possible.
Consumer Contact: Contact Nutech R. Hldngs nc by phone at 1-866-557-0535 or www.hrvinfoline.com.
Remarks: The affected units are certifed to Canadian Standards by Canadian Standards Association
(C.S.A.). For more information about C.S.A. product certifcation process please visit: http://www.csa-inter-
national.org/
Page 1 of 3
RCL10-29
HRV StyIes of Affected Units
Page 2 of 3
RCL10-29
An HRV, installed near your furnace, is a compact, electrically-powered unit designed to improve air quality
inside your home in an energy effcient manner. The HRV typically has dimensions of 33 x 19 x 15 (refer to
fgures 5 to 8).
Page 3 of 3
RCL10-30
RECALL RCL10-30
Maytag RecaIIs Dishwashers Due to Heating EIement Fire Hazard
June 3, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Maytag Corporation has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Dishwashers
Units: Approximately 160,000 dishwashers were distributed in Canada, of which 60,000 were distributed in
Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Maytag Corporation
Hazard: An electrical failure in the dishwasher's heating element can pose a serious fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: Maytag has received 12 reports of dishwasher heating element failures that resulted in
fres and dishwasher damage, including one report of extensive kitchen damage from a fre. No injuries have
been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recall includes Maytag, Amana, Jenn-Air, Admiral, Magic Chef, Performa
by Maytag and Crosley brand dishwashers with plastic tubs and certain serial numbers. The affected dish-
washers were manufactured with black, bisque, white, silver and stainless steel front panels. The brand name
is printed on the front of the dishwasher. The model and serial numbers are printed on a label located inside
the plastic tub on a tag near the left side of the door opening. Serial numbers will start or end with one of the
following sequences:
SERAL number STARTING with OR SERAL number
ENDING with
NW39, NW40, NW41, NW42,
NW43, NW44, NW45, NW46,
NW47, NW48, NW49, NW50,
NW51, NW52, NY01, NY02, NY03,
NY04, NY05, NY06, NY07, NY08,
NY09, NY10, NY11, NY12, NY13,
NY14, NY15, NY16, NY17, NY18,
NY19
JC, JE, JG, JJ, JL,
JN, JP, JR, JT,
JV, JX, LA, LC,
LE, LG, LJ, LL,
LN, LP, LR, LT,
LV, LX, NA, NC,
NE, NG, NJ, NL,
NN, NP, NR
SoId by: Department and appliance stores and by homebuilders nationwide.
When was distributed: From February 2006 through April 2010 for between $250 and $900.
Page 1 of 3
RCL10-30
Remedy: f you have an affected dishwasher you should:
Stop using the dishwashers immediately.
o nform all potential users in your home that the use of this product could result in a fre.
o Disconnect the electric supply to the dishwasher by shutting off the associated fuse or
circuit breaker, if there is a chance that someone in your home could turn it on.
Contact Maytag to verify if your dishwasher is included in the recall and arrange for corrective action:
o Schedule a free in-home repair; or
o Ask Maytag about their rebate program for impacted consumers.
Consumers should contact Maytag directly and not return the recalled dishwashers to the retailer where it
was purchased as retailers are not prepared to take the units back.
Consumer Contact: For more information, contact Maytag toll-free at (800) 544-5513 anytime, or visit the
frm's Web site at www.repair.maytag.com.
Remarks: Some of the recalled models are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories
nc. The remaining recalled models are certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Laboratories nc. and
by CSA nternational. For more information about the product certifcation process at Underwriters Laborato-
ries nc. and CSA nternational please visit: www.ul.com or www.csa-international.org respectively.
Page 2 of 3
RCL10-30
Page 3 of 3
RCL10-31
RECALL RCL10-31
GeneraI EIectric Company (GE) RecaIIs Certain GE Front Load Non-Heater
CIothes Washers
June 10, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that General Electric Company (GE) has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: GE Front Load Washing Machines
Units: 32,955 sold in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: GE Appliances & Lighting, Louisville, KY.
Hazard: A wire can break in the machine and make contact with a metal part on the washtub while the ma-
chine is operating, posing fre and shock hazards to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: GE is aware of seven instances including one instance in Canada in which fames have
escaped the unit and caused minor smoke damage. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This product is a front load washing machine without auxiliary water heating manufac-
tured from December 2006 until February 1, 2010. The models and serial numbers of the units involved are
located on the bottom right side and on the bottom door frame of the washers.
Brand ModeI
Number
Begins
With:
SeriaI Number
Begins With:
GE GBVH5 AM, AR, AS, AT, DM,
DR, DS, FM, FR, FS,
GM, GR, GS, HM, HR,
HS, LM, LR, LS, MM,
MR, MS, RM, RR, RS,
SM, SR, SS, TM, TR,
TS, VM, VR, VS, ZL,
ZM, ZR, ZS
SoId by: Department and retail stores nationwide from December 2006 through May 2010 for approximately
$700 per unit.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the washing machine, unplug it from the electrical outlet
and contact Mabe Canada for a free repair. Consumers should not operate their washer until the unit is re-
paired.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Mabe Canada toll-free at 877-861-1315 between
7:30 a.m. and 7:30 p.m. Eastern time Monday through Friday, or contact Mabe Canada at servicerequest@
mabe.ca.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-31
uct certifcation process please visit: http://www.ul.com.
GBVH5 ModeIs not recaIIed have different controI
appearance
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-32
RECALL RCL10-32
Eaton/ CutIer-Hammer RecaIIs SMICRO6 Series Surgetrap" Surge Protectors
June 8, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Eaton has announced a voluntary recall of the fol-
lowing products. Owners and operators with recalled surge protectors installed should take steps to initiate
replacement of the devices immediately.
Name of Product: This potential issue impacts 3 styles of SMCRO6 Series Surgetrap Surge Protectors
sold between January 1, 2009 and May 21, 2010.
Manufacturer/Importer: Eaton Corporation
Hazard: The Surge protector may experience an internal short circuit when inserting a plug into one of the
six outlets on the surge protector. n the event that this occurs, the surge protector may emit a spark and/or
smoke. An internal fuse is designed to provide protection if this condition occurs.
ncidents/Injuries: No injuries or damage reported.
ModeIs: SMCRO6C, SMCRO6T, SMCRO6TC
SoId by: Authorized Eaton Distributors
When was distributed: Between January 1, 2009 and May 21, 2010.
Remedy: Owners and operators of the affected units should stop using them immediately. Steps should be
taken to initiate replacement by contacting the supplier from whom they were purchased, and ask for replace-
ments for the product by Catalog Number, and Quantity.
Contact Information: Eaton authorized distributors; Eaton Customer Service (800-268-3578) or the Perth
Returns Centre @ PRCReturns@Eaton.com
Remarks: The affected units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about the UL
certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com.
Page 1 of 1
RCL10-33
RECALL RCL10-33
DeViIbiss Air Power Company RecaIIs Pressure Washers and Compressors Using
Pneumatic Tires With PIastic Tire Hubs
June 18, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that DeVilbiss Air Power Company has announced a vol-
Name of Product: DeVilbiss Air Power Company Pressure Washers and Air Compressors.
Units: Approximately 11,715 units were shipped for distribution in Canada, approximately 10,587 of which
were shipped for distribution in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: DeVilbiss Air Power Company
Hazard: The pressure washers and air compressors have pneumatic tires with plastic hubs that can break,
posing fracture and laceration hazards to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: DeVilbiss has received more than 100 injury reports, including hand and fnger fractures
and lacerations, minor property damage, and damage to vehicles. n Canada, there have been two alleged
incidents with one report of personal injury and one report of property damage.
Description/ModeIs:
Excell Pressure Washer Models: XR2500-1, XR2600, XR2600-1, XR2750-1, XR2600-2
PORTER-CABLE Pressure Washer Models: PC2525SP-1, PCE1700-2, PCH2401-1, PCK3030SP-1,
PCV2250-2, PCE1700-3, PCV2500, PCH2800C, PCH2425-2
Delta Pressure Washer Models: DTH2450, DTT2450, DTH2450-1, D2400H-2, D2700K-1, D2400H-3,
D2750H
Simoniz Pressure Washer Model: S2600
Water Driver Pressure Washer Model: WHAB2627-1
Pressure Wave Pressure Washer Models: PWH2500, PWH2500K
PORTER-CABLE Compressor Models: C3151-1, C3551-1, CFFR350B-1, PTA51 Service Kit
SoId by: Home centers and hardware stores nationwide.
When was distributed: Recalled pressure washers were sold from January 2004 through November 2005.
The recalled air compressors were sold between December 2004 and October 2006.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using these products immediately and contact DeVilbiss to obtain the loca-
tion of the nearest service center to receive a free replacement of the tires.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact DeVilbiss toll-free at (866) 323-9867 between 8 a.m.
and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's website at www.devap.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by either UL or ETL. For more information
about UL and ETL product certifcation process please visit www.ul.com or www.intertek.com.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-33
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-34
RECALL RCL10-34
Siemens RecaIIs MoIded Case Breakers HandIe and ShieId
June 18, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Siemens Canada Limited has announced a voluntary
recall of the following consumer product. Users should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Siemens Sentron Molded Case Breakers, Type: JD/LD/LMD
Units: 150 units across Canada.
Manufacturer: Siemens ndustry nc.
Importer: Siemens Canada Limited
Hazard: n some situations, the circuit breaker could fail which could lead to property damage or serious
personal injury, including death.
Incidents/Injuries: None reported in Canada.
Description/ModeIs: Affected products manufactured from March 12, 2009, through April 2, 2009, utilized an
incorrect lubricant in the handle area of the affected products. The lubricant will cause a deterioration of the
plastic handle and associated handle shield. This deterioration can be great enough to cause crystallization,
resulting in cracking or breakage of the plastic parts. n some cases, the breakage may result in the creation
of an opening to live internal parts. Depending on the severity of the cracking and the size of any potential
opening, hot gasses may be expelled through this opening during an interruption of higher level fault currents.
The affected products are circuit breakers, circuit breaker frames, motor circuit interrupters, and molded
case switches with type designations JXD2-A, JD6-A, JXD6-A, HJD6-A, HJXD6-A, HHJD6, HHJXD6, CJD6-
A, SJD6-A, SHJD6-A, SCJD6-A, JXD6-A ET, CJD6-A ET, LD6-A, LXD6-A, HLD6-A, HLXD6-A, SLD6-A,
SHLD6-A, SCLD6-A, HHLD6, HHLXD6, CLD6-A, LXD6-A ET, LMD6, LMXD6, HLMD6, and HLMXD6.
SoId by: Siemens Canada Limited and affliated distributors.
When was distributed: March 12, 2009- August 31, 2009.
Remedy: Users that have the affected products should contact Siemens immediately to receive a replace-
ment Handle Kit.
Consumer Contact: Siemens Canada Limited
1-888-303-3353.
product certifcation process please visit: www.CSA.ca.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-34
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-35
RECALL RCL10-35
GeneraI EIectric Coffee Makers SoId in U.S. Stores OnIy RecaIIed by WaImart Due
to Fire Hazard
June 18, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Walmart has announced a voluntary
recall of the following consumer product sold at Walmart stores in the U.S. only. Consumers should stop using
Name of Product: General Electric-branded 12-cup digital coffee makers.
Manufacturer/Importer: Walmart Stores nc., of Bentonville, Arkansas.
Hazard: The coffee maker can overheat, posing fre and burn hazards to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Walmart has received 83 reports of overheating, smoking, melting, burning and fre, in-
cluding three reports of minor burn injuries to consumer's hands, feet and torso. Reports of property damage
include a signifcant kitchen fre and damage to countertops, cabinets and a wall.
Description/Models: Model No. 169164 (Black) and model No. 169165 (White).
Sold by: Walmart in the U.S only.
When was distributed: March 2008 through January 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled coffee makers and return the product to
the point of purchase.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Walmart at 1-800-925-6278 Monday through Friday,
or visit the frm's website at www.walmart.com
please visit UL Web site at: www.ul.com.
Page 1 of 1
RCL10-36
RECALL RCL10-36
Dritz" EIectric Scissors RecaIIed by Prym Due to Fire and Burn Hazards
June 18, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Prym Consumer USA has announced
a voluntary recall of the following consumer product in the U.S. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-
ucts immediately.
Name of Product: Dritz Quick Cut Electric Scissors
Distributor: Prym Consumer USA, of Spartanburg, S.C.
Hazard: The electric scissors can overheat, posing fre and burn hazards.
Incidents/Injuries: Prym Consumer USA has received two reports of the electric scissors igniting causing
minor property damage. No injuries have been reported.
Description/Models: The electric scissors are white and blue, about 10 long and include an AC adaptor.
Dritz is written on the handle on the blue grip.
SoId by: Jo-Ann Fabric and Craft Stores and other craft stores nationwide from September 2009 through
February 2010 for about $50 in the U.S only.
Remedy: Return the scissors to store where purchased or mail directly to Prym Consumer USA for a refund.
f mailing to Prym, please include the product, your complete name, mailing address and phone number in the
package and mail to Prym Consumer USA Recall Center, 950 Brisack Road, Spartanburg, SC 29303.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact the frm at 800-255-7796 Monday through Friday
8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. ET, by e-mail at customer.service@prym-consumer-usa.com or on the frm's website at
www.prym-consumer-usa.com.
units are sold with a power adaptor which is certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information
about UL product certifcation process please visit UL Web site at: www.UL.com.
Page 1 of 1
RCL10-37
RECALL RCL10-37
Superex Canada Ltd. recaIIs ACDeIco and Superex Power Inverters
JuIy 12, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Superex Canada Ltd. has announced
ately.
Name of Product: ACDelco & Superex Power nverters
Units: ACDelco1000W 177 sold in Ontario
ACDelco 2500W 151 sold in Ontario
Superex 1000 W 19 sold in Ontario
Importer: Superex Canada Ltd.
Incidents/Injuries: None have been reported
Description/ModeIs: AC Delco model numbers 59-210U (1000W) and 59-225US (2500W), Superex model
numbers 50-310 (1000 W), 50-143 (1500 W) and 50-141 (3000 W).
Recall is on these specifc models and sizes only and does not include other models sold under the ACDelco
and Superex brands.
SoId by: TSC Stores, Home Hardware, Uni-select, UAP and other distribution centers
When was distributed: From January 2007 to May 2010
Manufactured in: Taiwan
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the product. Customers should contact
Superex Canada Ltd. Technical Department for instructions on returning units
Consumer Contact: Consumers should contact Superex Canada Ltd Technical Department by phone at 1-
800-268-3319 ext. 254 or by e-mail at service@superex.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-37
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-38
RECALL RCL10-38
Wagan Corp. RecaIIs Smart AC 120 USB Inverters
JuIy 12, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wagan Corporation has announced
ately.
Name of Product: Tech Smart AC 120 USB inverters.
Units: 2692
Manufacturer/Importer: Wagan Corporation
Hazard: The product is not authorized to bear the cETL mark and may pose a safety hazard.
Description/ModeIs: The product produces a 120Vac supply via a standard receptacle. The affected mod-
els have an ETL marking on the back of the package.
Sold by: Best Buy Canada and Modern Outpost.
When was distributed: March 18, 2008 and April 15, 2010.
Remedy: Please bring it back to your retailer for replacement. Or contact manufacturer, Wagan Corporation,
for a replacement unit.
Consumer Contact: Wagan Corporation Customer Service 1-800-231-5806
customerservice@wagan.com
31088 San Clemente St.
Hayward, CA 94544, USA
Page 1 of 1
RCL10-39
RECALL RCL10-39
Ren's Feed & SuppIies Limited RecaIIs Grooming TabIes & Dryers
JuIy 16, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Ren's Feed & Supplies Limited has
ucts immediately.
Name of Products (Descriptions and ModeIs):
#1800261 Metro AF Master Blaster
#1800224 Metro AF Twin Turbo Hi-Velocity Dryer
#4022500 DK Challengair Extreme 2500AMX Blue 2 Speed
#4022501 DK Challengair Extreme 2500AMX Black 2 Speed
#4022502 DK Challengair Extreme 2500AMX Variable Speed Black
#4022503 DK Challengair Extreme 2500AMX Variable Speed Blue
#4022000 DK Challengair Airmax Blue 2 Speed
#4022001 DK Challengair Airmax Black 2 Speed
#4022002 DK Challengair Airmax Variable Speed Black
#4022003 DK Challengair Airmax Variable Speed Blue
#4085000 DK Challengair Model 850 Stand Dryer
#4085010 DK Challengair Model 850 Box Dryer
#4090001 DK Challengair 9000 Stand Dryer
#4090000 DK Challengair 9000 Stand Dryer with Hose Kit
#6390030 BK K9 Dryer Black
#6390030 RD K9 Dryer Red
#9700101 R. Rover Electric Grooming Table Lighted 42
#9700106 R. Rover Electric Grooming Table 42
#7810001 Hanvey Bathing Beauty System
Units: 351 in total.
Manufacturer/Importer:
METRO/MJM Company
Double K/nvelop nc.
Electric Cleaner Company nc.
Hanvery Specialty Pet Engineering
Ren's Feed & Supplies Limited
Hazard: The products have not been tested to determine whether they are compliant with the Canadian Stan-
dards for product safety and may pose a safety hazard. Products do not display any authorized UL mark.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries and/or damages have been reported.
Description/ModeIs:
SoId by: Ren's Feed & Supplies Limited
Page 1 of 3
RCL10-39
When was distributed: October 2008 May 2010
Manufactured in: United States and China
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the affected products immediately and contact Ren's Feed & Sup-
plies Limited to arrange return or repair of the product.
Consumer Contact:
Ren's Feed & Pet Supplies Limited
Scott Robinson
1-866-736-7738 x233
PIease view the photos on Page 2 and 3
#1800261 Metro AF Master Blaster #1800224 Metro AF Twin Turbo Hi-Velocity Dryer
#4022500 DK Challengair Extreme 2500AMX
Blue 2 Speed
Black 2 Speed
Variable Speed Black
Variable Speed Blue
#4022000 DK Challengair Airmax Blue 2 Speed
#4022001 DK Challengair Airmax Black 2 Speed
#4022002 DK Challengair Airmax Variable Speed
Black
#4022003 DK Challengair Airmax Variable Speed
Blue
Page 2 of 3
RCL10-39
#4085000 DK Challengair Model 850 Stand Dryer
#4085010 DK Challengair Model 850 Box Dryer
with Hose Kit
#6390030BK K9 Dryer Black
#6390030RD K9 Dryer Red
#7810001 Hanvey Bathing Beauty System
#9700101 R. Rover Electric Grooming Table
Lighted 42
#9700106 R. Rover Electric Grooming Table 42
Page 3 of 3
RCL10-40
RECALL RCL10-40
MuItiCraft Imports Inc. RecaIIs Mini GIue Guns
JuIy 23, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that MultiCraft mports nc. has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Craft E-Z Push Mini Glue Gun
Units: Approximately 25000 in Canada
Importer: Multicraft mports
Hazard: The product is not authorized to bear the cUL mark and may pose a safety hazard.
Description/ModeIs: Model GG800
Sold by: Dollar and Discount stores across Canada between $1.25 and $2.00.
When was distributed: Between August 2009 and June 2010.
Remedy: Stop using the product immediately and return it to the place of purchase or discard it in accor-
dance with the local Regulation.
Consumer Contact: Multicraft mports by telephone: 1-866-323-9006 or visit the company's website at www.
multicraftimports.com
Page 1 of 1
RCL10-41
RECALL RCL10-41
MoIenaar LLC RecaIIs EIectroIuminescent Night Lights
August 16, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Molenaar, LLC has announced a voluntary recall of
the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Electroluminescent Night Light
Manufacturer: Molenaar, LLC
Hazard: Panel may melt or burn, resulting in risk of electrical shock or fre.
Incidents/Injuries: 4 incidents reported, resulting in minor smoke and property damage. No injuries have
been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Model #2017 (rectangular) and #2019 (house). Both models are white with a green-
glowing panel. 71980 U.S.A. is molded directly above the outlet blades on the back (see image below).
Sold by: Molenaar, LLC (M-i Line)
Distributed: September 2005 - September 2009
Remedy: Consumers are required to immediately remove product from use and discard safely in accordance
with all applicable local and provincial regulations.
Consumer Contact: Brett Franks
1 (800) 328-8944
601 ndustrial Drive SW
PO Box 777
Willmar, Minnesota USA 56201
Email: recall@miline.com
information about Underwriters Laboratories' product certifcation process please visit www.ul.com.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-41
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-42
RECALL RCL10-42
WiIIiams-Sonoma RecaIIs Baby BottIe Warmers Due to Burn Hazard
August 30, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Williams-Sonoma has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: Beaba Express Steam Bottle Warmer
Units: 7 units were sold in Canada (3 in Ontario; and 4 in BC).
Importer: Williams-Sonoma Canada, nc.
Hazard: Units may heat food or liquids to temperatures exceeding the target temperature of 98 degrees
Fahrenheit, posing a burn hazard to both children and adults.
Incidents/Injuries: The frm has received 10 reports in North America of the bottles overheating, including
one report of an adult who received a fnger burn from touching a hot bottle.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves the Beaba Express Steam Bottle Warmer which uses steam to
heat baby bottles or baby food. The bottle warmer is green
with an orange temperature dial. Beaba is printed on the base and model number 9602 is printed on the
underside of the warmer.
SoId by: Williams-Sonoma retail stores in Ontario, Alberta and British Columbia.
When was distributed: June and July 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled bottle warmers and call Williams-Sonoma
for instructions on how to return the product for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Williams-Sonoma toll-free at (877) 548-0850 be-
tween 4 a.m. and 9 p.m. PT seven days a week or visit the frm's website at www.williams-sonoma.com.
ntertek's product certifcation process please visit: http://www.intertek.com/
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-42
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-43
RECALL RCL10-43
DoIIarama RecaIIs LED Night Light BuIbs
September 17, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Dollarama has announced a voluntary recall of the
following consumer product in Ontario. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: LED Night Light Bulb
Units: 9519 in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Ningbo Homemate Products
Standards for product safety and may pose an electrical or fre hazard.
Description/ModeIs: LED Night Light Bulb model #06-3000860
SoId by: Dollarama stores in Ontario for $1.
When was distributed: November 2007 May 2010
Remedy: Consumers in Ontario should stop using the affected products immediately and return to Dollarama
for a refund.
Consumer Contact: For more information contact Dollarama at: 1-888-755-1006.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-43
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-44
RECALL RCL10-44
Sharp RecaIIs LC32SB28UT LCD TV
September 28, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Sharp Electronics of Canada Ltd. has announced a
ately unless otherwise instructed.
Name of Product: Sharp 32 LCD-TVs Model LC32SB28UT
Manufacturer/Importer: Sharp Electronics Corporation of Mahwah, NJ Corporation
Hazard: The stand neck support can break, causing an injury hazard to the user.
ncidents/njuries: Sharp has not received any reports of injury or property damage.
Description/ModeIs: The LCD-TVs have 32 inch screens and have the model number LC32SB28UT. Af-
fected TV's are within the serial number ranges below, and bear manufacture dates of March 2010 through
April 2010. The model number, serial number and manufacture dates are located on a label on the back of
the display.
Affected Serial Number Ranges
002832837 002835190
04857501 - 004859020
04857501 - 004859020
004861401 - 004864020
004872001 - 004878800
No other model numbers or serial numbers are affected.
SoId by: Major Retailers
When was distributed: March 2010 through August 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately contact Sharp to arrange for a free replacement of affected stand
neck supports.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, consumers should contact Sharp toll-free at 1-(800) 291-
4289 (available 24 hours per day, 7 days a week), or visit the frm's Website at www.sharp.ca then go to the
Press Release section.
Remarks: The affected TVs are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about the UL
certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-44
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-45
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-45
Innovage VoIuntariIy RecaIIs "Fix It" One MiIIion CandIe Power
RechargeabIe SpotIight
September 29, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that nnovage LLC of Foothill Ranch, California has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Fix t One Million Candle Power Rechargeable Spotlight.
Manufacturer/Importer: nnovage Canada Ltd.
Hazard: The Spotlight charging adapter may overcharge the battery and cause venting or rupturing of the
cells posing a potential chemical hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: None reported in Canada. Thirteen incidents involving property damage and/or minor
injuries including skin irritation have been reported in the United States. As with any chemical hazard, risk of
burn injuries or other related injuries can occur.
Description/ModeIs: The One Million Candlepower Spotlight is a halogen rechargeable spotlight.
SoId by: Door to door sales and small retail establishments including Federated Co-Operatives Ltd., Lawton
Drug and Sobey's Ontario.
When was distributed: Approximately March 2003 through May 2008 for approximately $10.00.
Remedy: nnovage will provide a full refund of $10.00 retail price for the product. For purchases made
above the retail price, additional refunds will be offered with valid receipts. Customers will be asked to return
the product, via a self addressed stamped envelope or box that will be provided. nstructions for facilitating
the refund and returns will be posted on www.spotlightrecall.org and will be available through the Call Center
at (888) 408-1140.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, please contact nnovage at (888) 408-1140 between 9 a.m.
and 5 p.m. PST Monday through Friday, or visit www.spotlightrecall.org, or e-mail the frm at info@spotlight-
recall.org.
Remarks: The adapters for the recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more informa-
tion about the UL certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
RCL10-45
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-46
RECALL RCL10-46
Siemens RecaIIs Type "QP" PIug-In Circuit Breakers and X-Press Packs
October 4, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Siemens Canada Limited has an-
nounced a voluntary recall of the following products.
Name of Product: Siemens one pole and two poles plug in breakers, under Type designation QP. Siemens
Canada Limited also sells combination packages of potentially affected QP type breakers and loadcentres,
under designation X-Press packs.
Units: 70,000 breakers and 4,426 X-Press packs
Manufacturer/Importer: Siemens ndustry nc.
Hazard: Spring clips on mentioned Type QP plug in circuit breakers may break resulting in insuffcient elec-
trical connection. Over time, this may lead to excessive temperature, arcing or thermal damage. Such activity
may, in extreme situations, lead to property damage, or serious personal injury, including death.
Incidents/Injuries: One reported in U.S.A, None reported in Canada.
Description/ModeIs:
Only those Type QP breakers with catalogue (model) numbers Q115, Q120, Q130, Q215, Q230 and Q250
that were assembled in Mexico are affected.
The QP type breakers assembled in Mexico can be identifed by the black label on the front face of the break-
er and the black and white label on the left side the breaker. The Canadian manufactured type QP breakers
which are not in the scope of this recall can be identifed by a white front label and a white side label carrying
the marking Made in / fait au Canada.
n order to identify affected type QP breakers already installed in loadcentres please refer to the Product
dentifcation Sheet posted on the www.siemens.ca/breakerrecall website or call the Siemens Recall Hotline
below. Do not remove breakers from a loadcentre unless this is done by a certifed electrician!
SoId by: Siemens Canada Limited and affliated distributors / retailers.
When was distributed: June through August 2010
Remedy:
End-customers that have the affected or potentially affected products should contact Siemens immediately for
more information.
Consumer Contact: Siemens Recall Hotline 1-888-557-5588 or recall e-mail: q.recall.ca@siemens.com or
recall website www.siemens.ca/breakerrecall
Remarks:
The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by CSA. For more information about CSA product certi-
fcation process please visit: www.CSA.ca.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-46
Picture 1: Front View of type QP breaker IabeI
Picture 2: Side view of type QP breakers with bIack and white IabeI on the Ieft side of breaker
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-47
RECALL RCL10-47
DoubIe K Industries RecaIIs Pet Dryers
October 13, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Double K ndustries has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Challengair 2000, Challengair AirMax and Challengair Extreme Pet Dryers
Manufacturer: Double K ndustries
Standards for product safety and may pose a hazard.
Description/ModeIs: Challengair 2000 Dryer in variable speed and two speeds in Black and Blue, Challegair
AirMax Dryer in variable speed and two speed in black and blue. Challengair Extreme Dryer in variable speed
and two speed in black and blue.
SoId by: Ren's Pets, The Pet Supply House Colibris
Henry Schein Canada, R.and R. Sharpening, Treasure Coast Pet Products, Petcetera, Razor's Edge, DeBoer
Grooming Supplies and Frega.
When was distributed: January 1, 2005-September 1, 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using products and contact Double K ndustries as directed below for
further instructions.
Consumer Contact: Double K ndustries
9711 Mason Ave
Chatsworth, CA 91311 USA
818/772-2887
800-821-9449
info@doublekindustries.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-47
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-48
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-48
Sears Canada RecaIIs TabIe Iamp due to Fire Hazard
October 15, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Sears Canada nc. has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: Touch Ceramic Font Accent Lamps
Units: There are a total of 1042 affected units in Canada of those 350 were sold in Ontario.
Importer/RetaiIer: Sears Canada nc.
Hazard: The lamps can overheat causing a fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: 1 incident with 0 injuries reported.
Description/Models: The 15 high Touch lamp has a high fred swirl ceramic body with polished brass plated
accents with a 3-level touch switch. The shade consists of a mushroom pleated fabric. The regular selling
price was $39.99 and the model number is 44395 053 (champagne colour).
When distributed: Between January 2007 and December 2008.
Remedy: Sears urges consumers to stop using this product and return it to their nearest Sears store for a full
refund.
Consumer Contact: Sears National Customer Service Centre @ 1-800-26Sears (1-800-267-3277).
RCL10-48
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-49
RECALL RCL10-49
BIack & Decker RecaIIs Random Orbit Sanders Due to Laceration Hazard
October 21, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Black & Decker (U.S.) nc. has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Black & Decker Random Orbit Sanders
Manufacturer/Importer: Black & Decker (U.S.) nc.
Hazard: The black plastic disc (called the platen) that holds the sandpaper can fy off or break apart during
use and the disc, or pieces of the disc, can hit the user or those nearby, posing a laceration hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: Black & Decker has received 73 reports of incidents involving the sander's black plastic
disc (platen) breaking or falling apart, including 15 reports of injuries from fying pieces, one of which involved
a serious facial laceration.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Black & Decker random orbit sanders with model numbers RO400,
RO400G, RO400G-CA, RO410, RO410K, RO410K-CA, RO410LW, FD3000ROS, and FS3000ROS-CA and
date codes between 200701 and 200929. The sanders are orange and black. Black & Decker is printed on
the sanders. The model number is printed on a label on the sander. The date code is stamped on the under-
side of the sander where the dust bag is inserted.
SoId by: Home center, hardware, and discount stores, including Canadian Tire, Lowe's, and Wal-Mart, and
authorized Black & Decker dealers.
When was distributed: Approximately January 2007 through July 2009.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled sanders and contact Black & Decker for a
free replacement platen to hold the sandpaper.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Black & Decker Customer Service at (866) 220-1767
between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday or visit the frm's website at www.blackanddecker.com.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by CSA nternational. For more information
about the CSA nternational product certifcation process, please visit: http://www.csa-international.org/
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-49
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-50
RECALL RCL10-50
MuIticraft Imports RecaIIs GIue Guns
October 25, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Multicraft mports nc. has announced a voluntary
recall for the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Craft Magnum Glue Gun 40W,
Craft Cannon Glue Gun 80W and Craft Quick Shot Mini Glue Gun 10W.
Number of Units: Approx. 35,000 in Canada.
Importer: Multicraft mports LTD.
Hazard: The product is not authorized to bear the cUL mark and may pose a safety hazard.
ModeIs:
TY- G1001 (GG600) Craft Quick Shot Mini Glue Gun 10W
TY- G4001 (GG500) Craft Magnum Glue Gun 40W
TY- G6008 (GG520) Craft Cannon Glue Gun 80W
SoId by: Dollar and Discount stores across Canada between $2.50 and $7.00.
When was distributed: Between September 2007 and August 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the product immediately and return it to the place of purchase.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-50
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-51
RECALL RCL10-51
Frigidaire and EIectroIux ICON EIectric Smoothtop Cooktops and SIide-In Ranges
RecaIIed Due to Fire Hazard
October 25, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that the Frigidaire Division of Electrolux
Home Products, nc. ("Frigidaire") has announced a voluntary recall (the "RecaII") of the following consum-
er products. Consumers should unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Products: Frigidaire and Electrolux CON Electric Smoothtop Cooktops and Slide-in Ranges
with rotary knobs and digital displays, as described in the chart below.
Number of Units: Approximately 28,000
Canadian Distributor: Electrolux Canada Corp.
Hazard: Liquids can pool under the control knobs and cause a surface heating element to turn on unexpect-
edly, heat to temperatures other than expected and then not turn off, posing a risk of fre and burn hazards to
consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: The company is not aware of any reports of serious injuries or substantial property dam-
age in Canada related to these issues.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Frigidaire and Electrolux CON Electric Smoothtop Cooktops and
Frigidaire Slide-in Ranges with rotary knobs and digital displays. Model and serial numbers for the slide-in
ranges can be found inside the oven door on the left side of the unit or on the underside of cooktop models.
The following model and serial numbers are included in this recall (the "Affected Units"):
FRIGIDAIRE SLIDE-IN UNITS
MODEL NUMBERS BEGINNING WITH THESE
LETTERS AND NUMBERS
SERIAL NUMBER RANGE
CGLES389EB NF501xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
CGLES389ES NF501xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
CGLES389FB NF601xxxxx-NF852xxxxx
CGLES389FS NF601xxxxx-NF952xxxxx
CPLES399EC NF501xxxxx-NF952xxxxx
GLES389EB NF501xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
GLES389EQ NF501xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
GLES389ES NF501xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
GLES389FB NF601xxxxx-NF952xxxxx
GLES389FQ NF601xxxxx-NF752xxxxx
GLES389FS NF601xxxxx-NF952xxxxx
LES389FE NF601xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
PLES389EC NF501xxxxx-NF952xxxxx
Page 1 of 4
RCL10-51
PLES399EC NF501xxxxx-NF952xxxxx
FRIGIDAIRE COOKTOP UNITS
LETTERS AND NUMBERS
SERIAL NUMBER RANGE
GLEC30S9EB NF501xxxxx-NF752xxxxx
GLEC30S9EQ NF601xxxxx-NF752xxxxx
GLEC30S9ES NF501xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
GLEC36S9EB NF501xxxxx-NF752xxxxx
GLEC36S9EQ NF501xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
GLEC36S9ES NF501xxxxx-NF752xxxxx
LEEC30S9FE NF601xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
LEEC36S9FE NF601xxxxx-NF652xxxxx
PLEC30S9EC NF501xxxxx-NF952xxxxx
PLEC36S9EC NF501xxxxx-NF952xxxxx
ELECTROLUX ICON COOKTOP UNITS
LETTERS AND NUMBERS
SERIAL NUMBER RANGE
E30EC65ESS NF501xxxxx-NF045xxxxx
E36EC65ESS NF501xxxxx-NF045xxxxx
SoId by: Retailers across Canada.
Dates distributed: The Affected Units were sold in Canada from approximately January 2005 to August
2010.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using Affected Units, unplug the recalled ranges from the
electrical outlet or power off the cooktops at the circuit breaker. Contact the company for information on how
to obtain a free repair kit.
Consumer Contact: Consumers should call 1-800-777-9241 toll free between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and
10:00 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday to Saturday, or go to the following websites: www.cooktoprecall.ca or www.
rappeltablesdecuisson.ca (for Electrolux CON Models) or www.smoothtoprangerecall.ca or www.rappelcui-
sinieresurfacelisse.ca (for Frigidaire Models).
Remarks: The Affected Units are certifed to Canadian standards by the CSA. For more information about
the product certifcation process please visit: www.csa.ca
Page 2 of 4
RCL10-51
Sample smoothtop slide-in range with rotary knobs and digital displays
Sample Smoothtop cooktop with rotary knobs and digital displays
Page 3 of 4
RCL10-51
Slide-in serial plate left side
of oven with door open
Cooktop serial plate underside of unit
Page 4 of 4
RCL10-52
RECALL RCL10-52
GE RecaIIs Certain GE Dishwashers Due to Fire Hazard
October 27, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that GE Appliances has announced a voluntary recall of
Name of Product: GE Profle and GE Monogram Dishwashers.
Manufacturer/Importer: GE Appliances/Mabe Canada nc.
Hazard: GE has determined that water condensation can drip onto the electronic control board, potentially
causing a short circuit resulting in an overheated connector. This poses a fre hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: GE has been made aware of fve reports of escaped fres, four of which in the US caused
damage to the kitchen counter-tops where the dishwashers were installed and one of which in Canada
caused damage to adjacent cabinets and smoke damage to the home. No injuries have been reported in US
or Canada.
Description/ModeIs: See chart below.
SoId by: Retail stores nationwide and appliance dealers.
When was distributed: January 2004 through December 2006.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled dishwasher, disconnect the electric supply
by shutting off the fuse or circuit breaker controlling it and inform all users of the dishwasher about the risk of
fre. Contact GE and Mabe Canada for a free in-home repair.
Consumer Contact: Consumers who have one of the recalled dishwashers and want more information or
to arrange free in-home repair should call the Mabe Canada Recall Hotline: 1-877-813-4942from 8:00 a.m.
to 7:30 p.m. Eastern time Monday through Friday, or e-mail Mabe Canada at servicerequest@mabe.ca to
request your free repair. Before you call, please write down the model and serial number of your dishwasher
and have it available for your reference. nformation on the recall can also be found on the Recall nformation
page at www.geappliances.ca/recall/index.jsp.
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-52
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-53
RECALL RCL10-53
Nature's Expression recaIIs SaIt Lamps
October 28, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Natures Expression has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Salt Lamps
Units: 402 in Ontario and 1567 in the rest of Canada.
Manufacturer: Hub Pak Salt Refnery and Nature's Expression
Importer: Natures Expression
Incidents/Injuries None reported
Description: Style numbers STLPS, STLL, and STLXL. Natural, rough salt lamp, peach in colour, with cord
and bulb.
SoId by: Natures Expression
When was distributed: January 1, 2010 through October 5, 2010.
Remedy: For retailers, please contact Nature's Expression to obtain a return tag, once certifed they will be
replaced. For consumers, you may return these to the store where they were purchased or contact Nature's
Expression directly.
Consumer Contact: Nature's Expression #4-11520 Voyageur Rd. Richmond BC V6X 3E1, 1-800-723-6403
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-53
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-54
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-54
FrankIin EIectric RecaIIs Motor ControIIers for SubmersibIe Pump Systems
Due to Shock Hazard
November 1, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Franklin Electric has announced a voluntary recall of
Name of Product: Pumptec Electric Motor Controllers for Submersible Pump Systems.
Units: 760 units of this product were sold in Ontario and 4,217 units were sold in Canada.
Manufacturer: Franklin Electric Co, nc.
Hazard: n certain applications, the product label may lose adhesion which might expose certain circuitry. f
that occurred, it could be hazardous to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: Thirteen units with labels that were curling up at the edges have been returned to Frank-
lin Electric Co, nc. Franklin Electric has received no reports of any injuries or safety problems associated
with this condition to date.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves the Pumptec electronic motor controller for 115v/230v submersible
motors rated 1/3 to 1 1/2 HP with model number 5800020600 and date codes of 06F45 through 09L45.
The model number and date code can be found on the nameplate label located on the right-hand side of the
enclosure.
SoId by: Franklin Electric sold the units to various distributors.
When was distributed: June, 2006 to November, 2009.
Manufactured in: United States of America.
Remedy: Consumers should not touch any openings of the units that are exposed due to label curling or
peeling, and should immediately contact their dealer for a free replacement cover.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Franklin Electric toll-free at (866) 841-6039 between
8 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET daily or visit the frm's Web site at www.franklin-electric.com
uct certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com
RCL10-54
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-55
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-55
Costco WhoIesaIe Canada Ltd. LED Lighted ScuIptures Due to Fire Hazard
November 4, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: LED Lighted Horse, LED Lighted Buck, LED Lighted Feeding Doe, LED Lighted Sleigh
and LED Lighted Lamp Post.
Units: 7,035 total units in Canada.
Importer: Seasonal Specialties LLC USA.
Hazard: Sculpture may ignite at the rectifer resulting in fre.
Incidents/Injuries: Two reports of fre involving the LED Lighted Horse.
ModeIs: Lighted Buck 910124, Lighted Doe 910124 Lighted Sleighs 910125, Lighted Horse 910126 and
Lighted Lamp Post 910186.
When was distributed: August 1, 2010 to October 28, 2010.
Remedy: The consumer should immediately discontinue the use of the LED lighted sculpture(s) and return
them to Costco Wholesale for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd., 415 West Hunt Club Road, Ottawa, ON K2E 1C5 or
call the customer service department at 1-800-463-3783.
information about Underwriters Laboratories product certifcation process please visit: www.ul.com
RCL10-55
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-56
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-56
Pottery Barn recaIIs Lamps due to EIectricaI Shock Hazard
November 17, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Pottery Barn has announced a volun-
Name of Product: Clay Task Lamp; Montgomery Task Lamp & Montgomery Floor Lamp.
Units: 42 units sold in Ontario; 72 units sold in Canada.
Importer: Pottery Barn Kids
Hazard: The electrical wire that runs through the lamps can be pinched or severed at the lamp's adjustable
joint, posing a risk of electric shock to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries reported in Canada. One consumer received a mild shock in US.
Description/ModeIs:
Montgomery Task Lamp, model # 9691783; $179
Montgomery Floor Lamp, model # 9691775 $359
Clay Task Lamp, Model # 2374536; $99
SoId by: Pottery Barn retail stores
When was distributed: July 2009 to September 2010
Manufactured in: ndia
Remedy: Consumers should return the lamps to a Pottery Barn store for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: Consumers should contact Pottery Barn at 877-851-7890 if they have questions.
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about the UL
RCL10-56
Page 2 of 2
Montgomery Floor Lamp Montgomery Task Lamp Clay Task Lamp
RCL10-57
Page 1 of 2
RECALL RCL10-57
Emerge TechnoIogies recaIIs iPod RetractabIe WaII Chargers
November 17, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Emerge Technologies has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Retrak iPod retractable wall charger.
Units: 11,359 units in Ontario and 4,429 units in the rest of Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Emerge Technologies, nc.
Hazard: The affected products have not been tested to determine whether they have been compliant with the
Canadian Standards for product safety.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been no injuries or damage reported.
Description/ModeIs: ETPODCHGW is a white wall charger with retractable cable. ETPODCHGWB is a
black wall charger with retractable cable.
SoId by: Best Buy, GEM-SEN Distribution, Micro Channel Management, Staples and Tiger Direct for $24.00.
When was distributed: Between August 2008 and October 2010.
Remedy: Customer should contact Emerge Technologies directly by calling toll free: 877-499-6072 or fax:
972-456-4220 or by email: custserv@emergecorporate.com. Product to be returned to Emerge Technologies
and customer will receive a full refund, including shipping costs.
Consumer Contact: Lauren Hawkins at 877-499-6072 or custserv@emergecorporate.com
Address:
Emerge Technologies, nc.
306 Airline Dr. Suite 200
Coppell, TX 75019
RCL10-57
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-58
RECALL RCL10-58
Big AI's Aquarium Services RecaIIs Aquarium Lights
November 17, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Big Al's Aquarium Services has announced a volun-
tary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Coralife AQ Pendant 150W HQ BLK and Coralife AQ T-5 F/W Light Fixture
Units: 1 Coralife AQ Pendant, and
36 Coralife AQ T-5 F/W Light Fixtures.
Manufacturer: Coralife
Importer: Energy Savers Unlimited
Standards for product safety and may pose a safety hazard
Incidents/Injuries: None have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: CL AQ Pendant 150W HQ BLK Aquarium Light Fixture,
CL AQ T-5 COLORMAX/ 6700K 30 Aquarium Strip Light
SoId by: April 2009 until November 2010
When was distributed: April 2009 November 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using product. Consumers who have purchased
the affected units from Big Al's Scarborough are being requested to contact the store and arrange for a prod-
uct refund.
Consumer Contact:
Big Al's Aquarium Supercenter
1295 Kennedy Road
Scarborough, Ontario
M1P 2L4
(416) 757-3281
Bruce Rosenberg
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-58
CoraIife AQ Pendant CoraIife AQ T-5 F/W Light Fixture
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-59
RECALL RCL10-59
Somfy RecaIIs Motorized Awnings Due to Shock Hazard
November 19, 2010
Toronto, ON The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Somfy ULC of Mississauga, On-
tario has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using the
Name of Product: Motorized Awnings
Manufacturer/Importer: Somfy ULC of Mississauga, Ontario.
Hazard: The awning's motor power cable can be severed while the awning is opened or closed manually,
posing a risk of electrical shock to the user.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves the Sunea CMO RTS motor used to operate retractable awnings.
The awning motor heads are silver and black coloured, andSomfy is printed on the motor head. Motor
heads that are entirely black in colour are not included in this recall. The Sunea CMO RTS model numbers
included in this recall are 525A2, 535A2 and 550R2. The model number is printed on a label on the motor
tube.
SoId by: Awning dealers and retailers in Ontario and Quebec.
When was distributed: From December 2009 through September 2010.
Manufactured in: France
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled awning motors and the awnings manual
crank and unplug and/or disconnect the electric supply by shutting off the fuse or circuit breaker controlling
the unit to protect against anyone using the awning. Contact Somfy ULC to receive free installation of a re-
placement awning motor by an authorized Somfy representative.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Somfy ULC at (800) 637-6639 between 8 a.m. and 5
p.m. ET Monday through Friday or visit the frm's website at www.somfysystems.com.
Remarks: The affected motors are certifed to Canadian Standards by UL. For more information about UL
Page 1 of 2
RCL10-59
Location of Awning Motor
Page 2 of 2
RCL10-60
RECALL RCL10-60
Robert Bosch Inc. RecaIIs Bosch HD19 and HD21 Hammer DriIIs
Due to EIectricaI Shock Hazard
November 24, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Robert Bosch nc. has announced a voluntary recall
Name of Product: 1/2 Hammer Drill
Manufacturer/Importer: Robert Bosch nc.
Hazard: The models have a grounding system and trigger switch that could cause ground wire abrasion
and/or ground connector failure. n addition, the switch trigger could become stuck in the on position posing
an injury hazard to the user.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damage reported.
Description/ModeIs: Bosch 1/2 2-Speed Hammer Drill HD19-2, HD19-2D, HD19-2L & HD21-2.
SoId by: Various retailers including Lowes Canada and various distributors.
When was distributed: September 2009 to August 2010
Manufactured in: Switzerland
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the hammer drill and return the product to Robert Bosch
Tool Corporation for repair.
Consumer Contact: Contact Bosch at 1-866-244-2110 between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m. CT Monday through Fri-
day or visit the frm's website at www.Boschtools.com.
product certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 10-61
HD19-2, HD19-2D, HD19-2L & HD21-2 Hammer DriIIs
Manufactured with SeriaI Numbers beginning with:
987 988 989 990 991 992
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008
Page 2 of 2
RCL 10-61
RECALL RCL10-61
The Home Depot Canada RecaIIs HoIiday Light Strings
Due to the PotentiaI Risk for Shock or Fire
December 1, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that The Home Depot Canada has announced a
voluntary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products
immediately.
Name of Product: All 2010 Holiday LED light strings by Home Accents Holiday & Martha Stewart Living.
Units: Approximately 165,872 across Canada; 110,551 sold in Ontario.
Manufacturer: Heshan Yinyu Light Decoration Ltd.
Importer: The Home Depot of Canada nc.
Hazard: Exposed wiring on some products poses the potential risk for shock or fre.
Incidents/Injuries: One reported incident of exposed wiring.
Description/ModeIs: All Home Accent Holiday LED String Lights: 1000673901, 1000673855, 1000673903,
1000673904, 1000673870, 1000673892, 1000673721, 1000673878, 1000673723, 1000673715, 1000674121,
1000673720, 1000673719, 1000674120, 1000673908, 1000673713, 1000673722, 1000673863, 1000673880,
1000674122, 1000673902, 1000673718, 1000674123,and 1000673887.
All Martha Stewart Holiday LED String Lights:
1000673909, 1000673753, 1000673717, 1000673724, 1000673735, 1000673843, 1000673847, 1000673725,
1000673849, 1000673748, 1000673906, 1000673889, 1000673852, 1000673875, and 1000673885. **This
recall does not affect other holiday products sold under the Home Accents or Martha Stewart brands. These
numbers appeared on the boxes.
All 2010 Holiday LED light strings by Home Accents Holiday & Martha Stewart Living sold in The Home Depot
Canada stores are being recalled. The model number that appeared on the product is LED-PLE-18NC-XX-Z-
YY, where the XX stands for the number of bulbs, the Z for colour and the XX (between 2 and 5 alpha-numeri-
cal characters) denote the decorative outft, which is marked on a white label attached to the female end of
the power cord. The CSA nternational fle number 77218 is identifed on a red label attached to the string's
male plug cap.
SoId by: The Home Depot Canada at locations across the country.
When was distributed: October 1- November 18, 2010.
Remedy: Customers should discontinue using the products immediately and return them to their local Home
Depot store for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: The Home Depot at 1-800-668-2266 between 8a.m. and 8p.m. Monday through Friday.
Page 1 of 2
RCL 10-61
Media Contact: Tiziana Baccega, 416-412-6570, tiziana_baccega@homedepot.com
Remark: The light string's designs and models were initially certifed by CSA nternational but the affected
light strings produced and distributed were not manufactured in accordance with CSA nternational require-
ments, and therefore are no longer eligible to bear the CSA nternational certifcation mark.
Page 2 of 2
RCL 10-62
RECALL RCL10-62
Diogen Lighting RecaIIs Westinghouse LED String Lights
SoId by ZeIIers Due to the PotentiaI Risk for Shock or Fire.
December 1, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Diogen Lighting nc. has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Seasonal Decorative ndoor/Outdoor LED String Lights, Westinghouse brand.
Units: About 163,000 in Canada
Manufacturer: Heshan Yinyu Light Decoration Ltd.
Hazard: The products may have exposed wires upon removing the product from the packaging, which could
create a shock or fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been no reports of any incidents or injuries.
Description/ModeIs: ndoor/Outdoor LED Light Strings with shrink-wrap husk construction full list of model
numbers below:
Zellers tem
No.
UPC Code tem Description White Label Model Number
82021957
0 98719010397 LED C6 2x70L Multi 4x4x4 Out-
door
LED PLE 18NC-70/2-M-
C6STB
82021874 0 98719015569
LED C7 25L 5Multi (R/PG/G/
B/O) 4x8x4 Green Wire CSA
Listed Outdoor in Non-Lit
LED-PLE-18NC-25-M-S149
63005987 400630059872
LED M5 100L 5Multi (R/PG/B/
Y/O) 4x4x4 Green Wire CSA
Listed Outdoor
LED PLE 18NC - 100/2-W-
PC
62978390 400629783900
LED C6 70L cicle Lights Pure
White White Wire CSA Listed
ndoor/Outdoor
LED-PLE-18NC-70/2-W-
C6STB
63006159 400630061592
LED C9 25L 5Multi (R/PG/O/B/Y
- 5 each & repeat) 4x8x4 Green
Wire CSA Listed Outdoor
Page 1 of 4
RCL 10-62
Zellers tem
No.
UPC Code tem Description White Label Model Number
72184708 400721847081
LED M5 100L Warm White
4x4x4 Green Wire CSA Listed
Outdoor in Non Lit Tray
LED PLE 18NC-100/4-W-
PC
63005953 400630059537
LED M5 100L PURE WHTE
4X4X4 GREEN WRE CSA
LSTED OUTDOOR
LED PLE 18NC-100/4-W-
PC
82021817 0 98719015521
LED C7 25L Pure White 4x8x4
Green Wire CSA Listed Outdoor
LED-PLE-18NC-25-W-S149
82021858 0 98719015583
LED C7 25L Warm White 4x8x4
63006134 400630061349
LED C9 25L Pure White 4x8x4
63006126 400630061264
LED C9 25L Blue 4x8x4 Green
LED-PLE-18NC-25-B-S149
72186380 400721863807
LED C9 25L Red 4x8x4 Green
63006050 400630060502
LED C9 25L Warm White 4x8x4
LED-PLE-18NC-25-R-S149
82021700 0 98719016597
LED C9 25L 2Multi (Red/Pure
White) 4x8x4 Green Wire CSA
Listed Outdoor
84106934 400841069349
LED C7 3x25L 5Multi (R/PG/
G/B/O) 4x8x4 Green Wire CSA
Listed Outdoor in Storage Con-
tainer
84107019 400841070192
LED C7 3x25L Warm White
4x8x4 Green Wire CSA Listed
Outdoor in Storage Container
Page 2 of 4
RCL 10-62
SoId by: Zellers
When was distributed: From October to November 2010
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled LED string lights and return
them to the retailer for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For more information, consumers may contact Customer Service at 1-866-227-8465, or
by email: lightstringsrecall@gmail.com
Remarks: The light string's designs and models were initially certifed by CSA nternational but the affected
light strings produced and distributed were not manufactured in accordance with CSA nternational require-
ments, and therefore are no longer eligible to bear the CSA nternational certifcation mark.
The Red tag on the Iight string has the CSA FiIe number 77218 and the white cord IabeI has the modeI
number LED-PLE-18NX-XX-Z-YY or LED-PLE-20NC-XX-Z-YY, where the XX stands for the number of
buIbs, the Z the coIor and the YY (between 2 and 5 aIpha-numericaI characters) denotes the decorative
outt. See beIow picture:
The product bearing the above IabeIs wiII Iook simiIar to the foIIowing pictures.
Please see the photos on the next page
Page 3 of 4
RCL 10-62
Page 4 of 4
RCL 10-63
RECALL RCL10-63
XS Cargo RecaIIs EIectric Food SIicer
December 15, 2010
Toronto, ON - The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that XS Cargo has announced a volun-
Name of Product: homeMAX Electric Food Slicer
Units: 3758 sold in Ontario and an additional 4894 sold in rest of Canada
Manufacturer: Yuyao Ocean rise Electronic Co. Ltd.
Importer: XS Cargo
Hazard: The recalled product is not authorized to bear the cETLus Certifcation Mark and may pose a fre
hazard.
Incidents/Injury: XS Cargo has been made aware of one incident involving fre damage to the product. No
injuries have been reported.
Description/Models: Model # CZTQ001, sku # 23664 homeMAX Electric Food Slicer Grey in colour.
SoId by: XS cargo store locations across Canada for $49.99.
When was distributed: January 2009 to October 2010
Remedy: Customers should immediately stop using the product and contact XS Cargo customer service or
return product to a store location for a full price store credit voucher.
Consumer Contact: For additional information email custservice@xscargo.com or visit website at
www.xscargo.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 10-63
Page 2 of 2
RCL 10-64
RECALL RCL10-64
UPM Marketing RecaIIs Line VoItage Thermostats
December 14, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that UPM Marketing nc. has announced a voluntary
recall and product upgrade replacement of the following products. Affected devices are to be replaced im-
mediately.
Name of Product: Line Voltage Thermostats.
Units: About 1,000 sold in Ontario and 9,000 sold in the rest of Canada.
Manufacturer: W.H. Mandolyn nternational Ltd. (Hong Kong).
Importer: UPM Marketing nc.
Hazard: The unit may overheat and emit smoke, especially when the load has exceeded the specifed maxi-
mum rating.
Incidents/Injuries: 10 cases of minor smoke/soot damage to the wall surface reported.
Description/ModeIs: UPM models: HTM611A and HTM621, Noma models: HTM611A (52-2544-0) and
HTM621 (52-2545-8). Affected units were manufactured in 2008 and has serial number starting with 08.
Units with serial number not starting with 08 are not affected.
SoId by: Canadian Tire Corporation
When was distributed: Most of the affected units were distributed in 2008 and early 2009.
Remedy: f you have purchased or installed these products within the specifed time frame, contact the
Consumer Contact below to obtain the process of checking the serial number of the installed unit. f the
serial number starts with 08, then they should contact UPM Marketing immediately for a free upgraded unit.
Consumer Contact:
For additional information and product upgrade, contact Customer Support department of UPM Marketing nc.
at 1-888-468-6876. Email: info@upm-marketing.com
about CSA nternational product certifcation process please visit: http://www.csa-international.org/Default.
asp?language=english
Page 1 of 2
RCL 10-64
HTM621 HTM611
Page 2 of 2
RCL 10-65
RECALL RCL10-65
Ryobi RecaIIs RTS20 Ten-Inch, PortabIe
TabIe-Saw Due to Injury Hazard
December 14, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Ryobi has announced a voluntary recall (the
Recall) of the following consumer product sold from July 2010 to October 2010. Consumers should stop
using recalled products immediately unless otherwise instructed.
Name of Product: Ryobi Ten-nch RTS20 Table-Saw.
Number of Units: Approximately 427 in Canada.
Manufacturer: Ningbo Dalton Machinery ndustrial Company, Ltd., China.
Canadian Distributor: One World Technologies, nc.
Hazard: The motor carriage on the table-saw may have been damaged during transport, which could cause
the saw blade to become misaligned and create a laceration hazard for consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: The company is not aware of any reports of serious injuries or substantial property dam-
age in Canada related to these issues. However, the company received one report of a consumer in the U.S.
being hit by a piece of metal during the cutting operation.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves the Ryobi RTS20 Table-Saw sold from July 2010 to October 2010
(the Affected Units). The table-saw has a blue base and warning label with the model RTS20 and the Ryobi
name printed on it and attached to the rear of the saw.
SoId by: Home Depot Canada.
Dates distributed: The Affected Units were sold in Canada from approximately July 2010 to October 2010.
Remedy: Consumers with Affected Units should contact Ryobi immediately to receive a free inspection of
their product and, if necessary, a free repair or replacement of their RTS20 Ryobi Table-Saw.
Consumer Contact:
For additional information, contact Ryobi at (800)-597-9624 between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. EST, Monday through
Friday, or visit the frm's Web site at www.ryobitools.com.
Remarks: The Affected Units are certifed to Canadian standards by UL. For more information about the
Please see the photos on the following pages.
Page 1 of 3
RCL 10-65
Table-Saw in Fully Assembled Form
Page 2 of 3
RCL 10-65
Data Plate
Table-Saw in its Consumer Packaging
Page 3 of 3
RCL 10-66
RECALL RCL10-66
Extech Instruments Corporation RecaIIs CIamp
Meters and MuItimeters due to Shock Hazard
December 15, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Extech nstruments Corporation has announced a
ately.
Name of Product: Clamp meters and multimeters.
Units: Approximately 1077 sold in Canada.
Manufacturer: Extech nstruments Corporation
Hazard: n the case of an extremely weakened battery condition, the affected instruments may display a zero
or very low voltage reading while testing a live circuit with unsafe voltage.
Description/ModeIs: CIamp meter modeIs:
EX612, EX613, EX622, EX623, and Multimeter modeIs: EX540, EX542 and EX570.
SoId by: ndustrial, electrical, HVAC, disaster restoration, and electronic distributors nationwide. For a com-
plete listing, click here: http://www.extech.com/instruments/distributors.asp?loc=int&cid=37
Suggested retail pricing for affected models is:
EX540 - $360
EX542 - $360
EX570 - $300
EX612 - $180
EX613 - $216
EX622 - $240
EX623 - $276
When was distributed: between February 1, 2008 and November 8, 2010
Remedy: The affected products must be returned to Extech nstruments' offce at FLR Systems Canada for
free replacement. Customers must contact Extech via phone, 1-855-239-8324;
website, http://www.extech.com/recall; or email, recall@extech.com to register their recalled product. For
more information, you may use any of the below Consumer Contact.
Consumer Contact: Recall hotline: toll-free 1-855-239-8324 between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern time,
Monday through Friday Or Email recall@extech.com For more information, please visit: Recall website:
http://www.extech.com/recall
Page 1 of 2
RCL 10-66
ntertek's product certifcation process please visit: http://www.intertek.com.
Page 2 of 2
RCL 10-67
RECALL RCL10-67
Haier America Trading, L.L.C. RecaIIs Chest
Freezer SoId in US OnIy Due to Fire Hazard
December 17, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Haier America Trading, L.L.C. has announced a
voluntary recall of the following consumer product in the US. Consumers should stop using recalled products
immediately.
Name of Product:Chest Freezers
Manufacturer:Haier America Trading, L.L.C., New York, N.Y.
Hazard:A capacitor in the freezer's circuitry can overheat, posing a fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries:Haier America has received reports of 18 incidents from consumers in the United States,
where about 67,500 units were sold, including four reports of fres with minor property damage, consisting of
smoke damage, damage to a wall, and food spoilage. There have been no reports of injuries.
Description/ModeIs:This recall involves Black & Decker Model BFE53 and Haier Model ESNCM053E 5.3
cubic foot capacity white chest freezers with serial numbers beginning with 1001 through 1007.
SoId by:Black & Decker Model BFE53 was sold in the United States exclusively at Wal-Mart and Haier Model
ESNCM053E was sold through Amazon.com and other retailers in the United States.
When distributed:January 2010 through October 2010 in the United States only.
Manufactured in:China
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug their freezer and contact the company to schedule an ap-
pointment for a free repair to the freezer.
Consumer Contact: (877) 878-7579 or visit the frm's website at www.chestfreezerrecall.com
please visit www.ul.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 10-67
BIack & Decker ModeI BFE53
Model number is
on label at the top
center of the back
of the freezer.
Model number is
on label at the top
center of the back
of the freezer.
Haier ModeI ESNCM053E
1004000001 1004000001
Page 2 of 2
RCL 10-68
RECALL RCL10-68
American Tack and Hardware Co. Inc.
(AmerTac) RecaIIs Forever-GIo CyIinder
Nite Lites Due to Fire and Burn Hazard
December 17, 2010
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that American Tack and Hardware Co. nc. (AmerTac)
has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled
Name of Product: Forever-Glo Cylinder Nite Lites
Units: About 10 000 across Canada.
Manufacturer: Ningbo Shengye Electronics Co., Ltd.
Importer: American Tack & Hardware Co. nc., of Saddle River, N.J.
Hazard: An electrical short circuit in the night lights can cause it to overheat and smoulder or melt which can
burn consumers or result in a fre.
Incidents/Injuries: AmerTac has received nine reports from the United States of the recalled night lights
smoking, burning, melting and/or charring. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recalled Forever-Glo Cylinder Nite Lite is a cylinder shaped night light with a
white base and clear top that plugs into the wall. Only Model Number 71107 with a manufacturer code of SY
is included in this recall. The model number and manufacturer code are printed on the back of the night light.
The light measures about 4 inches in height by 1- 1/2 inches wide and is about 1 inch thick.
SoId by: Rona stores across Canada
When was distributed: May 2009September 2010
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled night lights immediately. f the units are plugged into the
wall, remove the light from the wall socket. Contact AmerTac for instructions on receiving a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact AmerTac at (800) 420-7511 between 8 a.m. and 5
p.m. CT Monday through Friday, or visit AmerTac's website at www.amertac.com or www.recall-center.com
ntertek product certifcation process please visit: ntertek's Website: www.intertek.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 10-68
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-001
RECALL RCL11-001
001CiIek Canada RecaIIs Biconcept Racecar Bed
January 6, 2011
Toronto, ON - The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Cilek Canada has announced a vol-
Name of Product: Biconcept Racecar Bed
Units: 3 units sold.
Manufacturer/Importer: Cilek
Hazard: The affected product has not been tested to determine whether it is compliant with the Canadian
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damages reported.
Description/ModeIs: a kid's bed that has a shape of a race car, red colour, LED lights on the front.
SoId by: Cilek Canada from Cilek online store and retailers: Modern Furniture, Cozy Living, Simpo for
$1060.00
When was distributed: From August 2010 until September 2010.
Manufactured in: Turkey
Remedy: Consumers should immediately unplug the tem from the outlet and contact Cilek Canada for fur-
ther instructions.
Consumer Contact: Julia Alexeeva at Cilek Canada by tel. 416-473-6787, address 9100 Jane St, unit 30,
Vaughan ON, M6K 0A4
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-002
RECALL RCL11-002
WaI-Mart Canada Corp. RecaIIs Durabrand
Panini Maker Due to Laceration Hazard
January 12, 2011
Toronto, ON -
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wal-Mart Canada Corp. has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Durabrand Panini Maker
Manufacturer/Importer: Cuori Electrical Appliances Co. Ltd.
Hazard: The sides of the handles have sharp edges which may pose a laceration hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: One reported incident of a consumer received a cut during using the product.
Description/ModeIs: ndoor Grill with Panini press Model Number S663 P.
When was distributed: From October 2010 to November 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the Panini Maker and return the product to any Wal-Mart
Canada Retail Store
Consumer Contact: Return to the nearest Wal-Mart Canada Retail Store for full refund.
ntertek product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-002
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-003
RECALL RCL11-003
WaI-Mart Canada Corp. RecaIIs Durabrand
Sandwich Maker Due to Laceration Hazard
January 12, 2011
Toronto, ON - The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wal-Mart Canada Corp. has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Durabrand Sandwich Maker
Manufacturer/Importer: Cuori Electrical Appliances Co. Ltd.
Hazard: The sides of the handles have sharp edges which may pose a laceration hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: None
ModeIs: S663F
When was distributed: October 2010 to December 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the Sandwich Maker and return the product to Wal-Mart
Canada Retail Stores.
Consumer Contact: Return to the nearest Wal-Mart Canada Retail Store for full refund.
ntertek US. product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-003
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-004
RECALL RCL11-004
Sonias SaIon & Spa Systems RecaIIs Spa Equipment
January 12, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Sonia's Salon & Spa Systems has announced
a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products
immediately.
Name of Product: Spa Equipments
Units: 69 pieces.
Manufacturer: Sidu Corp, American nternational ndustries, Wahl Europe Ltd.
Importer: Sonia's Salon & Spa Systems
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries / damages have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Anioksi Superturbo Hair Dryer 1800- 2300 W, Variable Speed Rotary Drill, Nail Dryer
Nail Dust Collector SD 39, Depilatory Heater SD 60 and SD 61, Nail Dryer LG, Best ron - Flat iron
Gigi Wax warmer 0225 CN, Wahl 300 Series Hair Clipper, Kebi Professional Flat iron, Tre Milano nstyler
Rotary ron, Sterilizing Pot - SD 71, and Nail Drill Set.
SoId by: Sonia's Salon & Spa Systems.
When was distributed: July 2010 to Dec 2010.
Manufactured in: USA and China
Remedy: Customers should immediately stop using the affected products and return them to a store location
for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: Sonia's Salon & Spa Systems
6790 Davand Drive, # 11, Mississauga, ON, L5T 2G5
Phone : 905-564-5267.
Page 1 of 4
RCL 11-004
DepiIatory Heater SD 61 NaiI Dust CoIIector SD 39
Page 2 of 4
RCL 11-004
Page 3 of 4
RCL 11-004
Page 4 of 4
RCL 11-005
RECALL RCL11-005
WaI-Mart Stores Inc. RecaIIs EIectric
Heaters Due to Fire and Burn Hazard
January 18, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wal-Mart U.S. has announced a voluntary recall
of the following consumer product that was sold in Wal-Mart U.S Stores only Consumers should stop using
Name of Product: Flow Pro, Airtech, Aloha Breeze & Comfort Essentials Heaters.
Importer: Wal-Mart Stores nc., of Bentonville, Arkansas.
Hazard: The heaters can malfunction resulting in overheating, smoking, burning, melting and fre.
Incidents/Injuries: Wal-Mart U.S. has received 21 reports of incidents, which included 11 reports of property
damage beyond the heater. njuries were reported in four incidents, three of which required medical attention
for minor burns and smoke inhalation. The remaining incidents included smoke irritation, sparking or property
damage beyond the heater.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Flow Pro, Airtech, Aloha Breeze and Comfort Essentials 1500 watt
heaters. The heaters are grey with a metal handle on the top with vents and grey control knobs on the front.
The model number is 1013 and can be found on a label on the lower left corner of the back panel of the
heater.
SoId ExcIusiveIy at: Wal-mart stores in the U.S.only from December 2001 through October 2009 for about
$18.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled heater and return the product to any Wal-
mart U.S store for a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Wal-Mart U.S. toll-free at (800) 925-6278 between 7
a.m. and 9 p.m. CT Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's website at www.walmart.com
units are certifed to Canadian Standards by ntertek Testing Services. For more information about ntertek
Testing Services product certifcation process please visit ntertek Testing Services Web site at:
www.intertek.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-005
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-006
RECALL RCL11-006
Makita RecaIIs PortabIe Gas
Generators Due to Fire Hazard
January 21, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Makita Canada nc. has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: G1700i 1700W portable gas generator.
Manufacturer/Importer: Makita Canada nc.
Hazard: A crack may develop in the neck of the fuel tank and leakage of gasoline may occur.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damage has been reported to date.
Description/ModeIs: Affected model is Makita brand model number G1700i nverter type portable genera-
tor. Case colour is Makita blue. Retail cost is approximately $1500.00. Affected serial numbers fall within the
following ranges:
#3000003#3000688
#3010003#3021505
#6000001#6017296
#8000001#8004382
SoId by: Access Rental, Home Hardware, Angelo's Electric Limited, Atlas Machinery Supply, Automotive Tool
Supply, Busy Bee Machine Tools Ltd., Castle Building Centres, Charles Jones ndustrial Ltd., Clark ndustrial
Wholesale, Contractors Rental Supply, Dixon Electric (Timmins) Ltd., Fastening House nc., G Cooper Equip-
ment Rentals Ltd., G. P. Mceachern Limited, Hansler Smith Limited, Hd Supply Canada nc., Home Depot Of
Canada nc., Hon-Mark Co Ltd., deal Supply Co Ltd, J. H. Varty Machinery Limited, Kelly Lake Bldg. Supp
Ltd., Lakeshore Mills Supply Limited, Markham nd & Trade Supp Ltd., Mark's Small Engine, Mississauga
Hardware Centre, Northfast Limited, Ottawa Fastener Supply Ltd., Resource Equipment Limited, Speed
Fastening Systems, St. Lawrence nd. & Safety, Tegs Tools & Machinery, The Tool Store Corp., Weber Supply
Company, Wfs Ltd. and William Knell & Co. Ltd.
When was distributed: Affected products were distributed between September 2003 and February 2009.
Manufactured in: Japan
Remedy: Consumers should stop using this product immediately and contact Makita Head Offce or a Makita
Canada nc. Factory Service Centre. Consumers will be instructed to send their generator to the nearest
Makita Canada Factory Service Centre to have a newly modifed fuel tank installed.
Consumer Contact: Call Makita Canada nc. Head Offce at 1-800-263-3734.
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-006
Remarks:
The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by CSA. For more information about CSA product
certifcation process please visit www.csa.ca
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-007
RECALL RCL11-007
Schneider EIectric RecaIIs Xantrex GT
Series SingIe-Phase Grid Tie SoIar Inverters
January 21, 2011
Toronto, ON -
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Schneider Electric has announced a voluntary recall
of the following consumer product.
Name of Product: Xantrex GT series single-phase grid-tie solar inverters (60 Hz)
Units: 664 units have been shipped into Canada, of which 424 units have been shipped into Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Xantrex Technology nc. (a subsidiary of Schneider Electric), Livermore, California
Hazard: A component of the inverter can degrade, causing out-gassing within the wiring compartment of the
inverter. When arcing occurs, gasses could build and force the compartment cover to be blown off. f the
cover is blown off with suffcient force it can injure the user or person, or cause damage to property in close
proximity to the inverter.
Incidents/Injuries: Schneider Electric has received fve reports of wiring compartment covers being blown
off. No injuries or property damage have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recalled inverter converts solar photovoltaic voltages into utility grid voltages; allow-
ing the owner to feed power into the electrical grid. The recalled units were manufactured between September
2005 and August 2010. These products were sold under the Xantrex, Sunpower, and General Electric brands.
The brand name is printed on the front of the unit.
Page 1 of 3
RCL 11-007
The following part numbers are included in this recall:
864-0002 864-0126 864-1001-02 864-1012
864-0107 864-0127 864-1002 864-1013
864-0108 864-0128 864-1004 864-1014
864-0111 864-0130 864-1005 864-1015
864-0112 864-0131 864-1006 864-1016
864-0114 864-0132 864-1006-02 864-1018
864-0116 864-0133 864-1007 864-1019
864-0117 864-0135 864-1008 864-1021
864-0118 864-0136 864-1009 864-1022
864-0119 864-0139 864-1009-02 864-1032
864-0124 864-0140 864-1010 864-1032-02
864-0125 864-1001 864-1011
X-864-0002 X-864-0125 X-864-0140 X-864-1012
X-864-0107 X-864-0126 X-864-1001 X-864-1013
X-864-0108 X-864-0127 X-864-1002 X-864-1014
X-864-0111 X-864-0128 X-864-1004 X-864-1015
X-864-0112 X-864-0130 X-864-1005 X-864-1016
X-864-0114 X-864-0131 X-864-1006 X-864-1018
X-864-0116 X-864-0132 X-864-1007 X-864-1019
X-864-0117 X-864-0133 X-864-1008 X-864-1021
X-864-0118 X-864-0135 X-864-1009 X-864-1022
X-864-0119 X-864-0136 X-864-1010 X-864-1032
X-864-0124 X-864-0139 X-864-1011
SoId by: Solar distributors and system integrators nationwide and in the U.S. for between about $2500 and
$4000.
When was distributed: The products were distributed between September 2005 and January 2011.
Remedy: End users should immediately contact their authorized dealer to set up an appointment to get a free
repair of the inverter.
Consumer Contact: For more information, contact Xantrex Technology at (800) 714-7176 between 8:30 a.m.
and 5 p.m. PT Monday through Friday.
about the CSA nternational product certifcation process please visit: http://www.csa-international.org/.
SoId by: Solar distributors and system integrators nationwide and in the U.S. for between about $2500 and
$4000.
When was distributed: The products were distributed between September 2005 and January 2011.
Page 2 of 3
RCL 11-007
Remedy: End users should immediately contact their authorized dealer to set up an appointment to get a free
repair of the inverter.
Consumer Contact: For more information, contact Xantrex Technology at (800) 714-7176 between 8:30 a.m.
and 5 p.m. PT Monday through Friday.
about the CSA nternational product certifcation process please visit: http://www.csa-international.org/
Page 3 of 3
RCL 11-008
RECALL RCL11-008
MetaI Ware RecaIIs Food
Dehydrator Due To Fire Hazard
January 15, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Metal Ware has announced a voluntary recall of the
following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: NESCO American Harvest Gardenmaster Model FD-1020 Food Dehydrator
Units: 1192 in Canada, 4 of which were sold in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: The Metal Ware Corporation, Two Rivers, Wisconsin
Hazard: A defective capacitor in the electronic control module could overheat, posing a smoke and fre haz-
ard.
Incidents/Injuries: NESCO received three reports of overheating resulting in smoke or fre. No injuries have
been reported.
Description/ModeIs: The recalled product includes a base with stackable trays to place food. The top of the
unit houses the electronic control module. Model number FD-1020 and production date codes: 09E 0610;
09E 0624; and 09E 0903 are molded into the underside of the dehydrator's electronic control module. Retail
price - approximately $140 US.
SoId by: National mass merchandisers and retailers and online at www.nesco.com and other websites.
When was distributed: July 2009 to January 2011.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled product and contact NESCO for instructions
on how to receive a free electronic control module.
Consumer Contact: For more information, contact NESCO at (800) 726-4457 between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. CT
Monday through Friday or visit the frm's website at www.nesco.com
Remarks:
The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by ntertek Testing Services. For more information
about ntertek Testing Services product certifcation process please visit ntertek Testing Services Web site at:
www.intertek.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-008
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-009
RECALL RCL11-009
Hoover Inc. RecaIIs WindTunneI
BagIess Canister Vacuums
February 9, 2011
Toronto, ON - The Electrical Safety Authority in cooperation with Hoover, nc is notifying the public that
Hoover, nc. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop us-
ing recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: WindTunnel Bagless Canister
Units: 35,662 units in Canada and 20,680 units in Ontario.
Manufacturer/Importer: Hoover, nc.
Hazard: The power cord between the powered nozzle and the wand can short-circuit posing a fre and shock
hazard to consumers. This condition can occur even if the vacuum has been turned off but left plugged in.
Incidents/Injuries: n the United States and Canada, Hoover has received 69 reports (8 of which were
reported in Canada) of overheating or electrical malfunction, including one report of fre and smoke dam-
age, and two reports (one of which was reported in Canada) of carpet damage. There has been one report of
minor injury, namely a blister.
Description/ModeIs: The model S3755050 WindTunnel Bagless Canister (silver in color) was sold at retail
between $250 and $280. Affected vacuums may be identifed by the model number and serial number on the
product data label.
If the modeI number is S3755 on the IabeI and the
rst four digits of the seriaI number are one of
the numbers Iisted foIIowing chart, you have an
affected product.
Page 1 of 3
RCL 11-009
f your product is still in the carton, an affected product can be identifed by the model number located in the
lower right front panel of the carton and the carton date code may be found on lower back panel of the carton
(see FGURE B).
FRONT BACK
The six digits of the carton date code represent the Month, Day & Year of Manufacture (MMDDYY). AII
modeIs with carton date codes for the years 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 ( Iast two digits are 03, 04,
05, 06, 07) are affected. ModeIs with carton date codes for January through May 2008 are aIso
affected (01DD08, 02DD08, 03DD08, 04DD08, 05DD08)
SoId by:
Various retailers and dealers
When was distributed:
March 2003 through December 2008
Manufactured in:
China
Remedy:
Consumer with affected model should stop using the vacuumand contact Hoover for further instructions.
Consumer Contact:
f the consumer has an affected model, stop using it immediately and call 888-564-2066 between 8 a.m. and
Page 2 of 3
RCL 11-009
7 p.m. EST Monday through Friday, or visit our website at www.hoover.com/windtunnelcanisterrecall
Remarks:
The recalled Hoover WindTunnel Bagless Canister is certifed to Canadian Standards by Underwriters Labo-
ratories. For more information about
Underwriters Laboratories product certifcation process please visit: www.UL.com
Page 3 of 3
RCL 11-010
RECALL RCL11-010
AmerTac RecaIIs Night Lights
Due to Fire and Burn Hazard
February 15, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that American Tack and Hardware Co. nc. (AmerTac)
has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled
Name of Product: Color Changing Night Light (Model No. 71193), AmerTac HiLo Night Light (Model No.
71194) and AmerTac HiLo Night Light (Model No.327879).
Units: Approximately 1,829 sold across Canada.
Manufacturer: Ningbo KML Electrical Co., Ltd.,
Importer: American Tack and Hardware Co. nc. (AmerTac) of Saddle River, NJ.
Hazard: An electrical short circuit in the night light can cause it to overheat and smoulder or melt which can
burn consumers or result in a fre.
Incidents/Injuries: AmerTac has received 19 reports from the United States of the night lights smoking, burn-
ing and/or charring, including reports of property damage and one report of a minor burn injury. AmerTac has
not received any reports of incidents with these night lights occurring in Canada.
Description/ModeIs: Three night light models are being recalled, model numbers 71193, 71194 and 327879.
All three models have KML, ETL, the model number and the AmerTacTM logo molded on the back of the
night lights' plastic housing. Model number 71193 is a square shaped, white plastic unit with a fat translucent
square window on the front and a button for changing the screen colour. Model 71194 and 327879 resemble
a computer mouse with white plastic housing and inset translucent windows on the front and sides.
SoId by:
Lowes Canada (locations across Canada)
Azcor Electronics nc. (Thornhill, ON)
Sundial Lighting (Vernon, BC)
Mountain High Lighting (Castelgar, BC) and
Vancouver Lighting (Richmond, BC).
When was distributed: April 2009 - January 2011.
Manufactured in:China
Remedy: Consumers should stop using the recalled night lights immediately and unplug them from the wall.
Contact the frm for instructions on receiving a full refund.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact AmerTac at (800) 420-7511 between 8 a.m. and 5
p.m. CT Monday through Friday, or visit AmerTac's website at www.amertac.com or www.recall-center.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-010
Remarks:
The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by ntertek. For more information about ntertek prod-
uct certifcation process please visit: www.intertek.com
AmerTac" CoIor Changing Night Light-ModeI No. 71193
AmerTac" HiLo Night Light ModeI No. 71194
AND
AmerTac" HiLo Night Light ModeI No. 327879
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-011
RECALL RCL11-011
Cooper TooIs, LLC RecaIIs WeIIer
100 Watt SoIdering Irons
February 11, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Cooper Tools, LLC has announced a voluntary recall
Name of Product: Weller 100 watt soldering irons.
Units: There are approximately 16,150 affected units in Canada including approximately 7,140 in Ontario.
Manufacturer: The soldering irons were manufactured by Cooper Tools, LLC. The electrical cords used from
July 2006 through March 9, 2010 were manufactured by Gold Mark China Ltd. and the electrical cords used
from March 10, 2010 to May 12, 2010 were manufactured by -Sheng Manufacturing (Song Gang) Factory.
Hazard: The electrical cord attached to the iron can detach from the fex point at the base of the handle. f
the electrical cord fails while the product is in use and the cord is touching the user's skin, it could produce an
electrical arc that could cause a minor burn.
Incidents/Injuries: There have been three reported injuries, all of which were superfcial burns to the hand,
none requiring medical attention. Two of the reported injuries occurred in the United States of America and
one in Canada.
Description/ModeIs: Weller 100 watt, 120 volt, soldering irons model numbers W100PG, W100PGMX,
W100P3 and W100PD3 with date codes from July 2006 to May 2010. The date code is located on the heat-
ing element and is shown as MONTH YEAR (e.g. June 08). Once the unit is unplugged and cool, the heater
can be accessed by removing the fanged barrel that is secured to the handle by screws. f, for any reason,
you are unable to locate the date code, reference the ship dates below to determine whether returnable prod-
uct has been purchased.
SoId by: Authorized distributors nationwide from August 2006 through May 2010, for between approximately
$50 and $60.
When was distributed: The Weller 100 watt soldering irons were manufactured and sold to commercial dis-
tributors and shipped between July 1, 2006 through May 12, 2010.
Remedy: Consumers should contact Cooper Tools, LLC immediately for a free replacement soldering iron.
Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact Cooper Tools, LLC at (800) 476-3030, ext. 1 between
8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, or visit the frm's website at
http://www.cooperhandtools.com.
Page 1 of 3
RCL 11-011
Page 2 of 3
RCL 11-011
Page 3 of 3
RCL 11-012
RECALL RCL11-012
22Schneider EIectric Canada recaIIs
9001SKRU MuIti-Speed Push Button Units
due to the possibiIity of Misoperation
February 22, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Schneider Electric Canada has announced a
voluntary recall of the following industrial product. ndustrial customers should stop using recalled products
immediately.
Name of Product:
Square D brand model 9001SKRU-2, -3, -4 and -5 Multi-Speed Push Button Controller. These push buttons
may have been sold separately, or as part of a model SKYP pendant control station.
Units: There are 38 push button units in Ontario, and 12 in the remainder of Canada, for a total of 50 units.
Manufacturer/Importer: Schneider Electric Canada.
Hazard: t is possible that insuffcient lubrication may cause the pushbutton to not operate as designed. The
current-carrying contact carriers may not open the electrical circuit, or may not open or close the electrical
circuit in the correct sequence as expected.
Incidents/Injuries: No injuries or damages have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: Square D model 9001SKRU-2, -3,
-4 and -5 push button unit, date codes 1001 through 1041 only.
SoId by: Various electrical distributors.
When was distributed: Between January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010.
Remedy: Customers should stop using the product immediately and contact Schneider Electric for return
instructions and free replacement pushbuttons.
Consumer Contact: Customers should contact the Schneider Electric Canada Recovery Administration team
at your earliest convenience.
Schneider Electric Canada
Phone: 1-866-333-1490
Fax: 1-866-587-4070
Remarks: The recalled units are certifed to Canadian Standards by CSA. For more information about the
CSA product certifcation process please visit: www.csa-international.org
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-012
Type SKRU push button assembly
Push button label showing catalogue number,
date code (1041) and CSA certification mark
Carton label showing catalogue number and date
code (1041)
The SKRU pushbutton may be
mounted in a SKYP pendant
control station
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-013
RECALL RCL11-013
Guangdong KeIon Air-Conditioner Co., Ltd.
RecaIIs Dehumidier Due to Fire Hazard
February 24, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Guangdong Kelon Air-Conditioner Co., Ltd. (Kelon)
Name of Product: Dehumidifers
Units: Approximately 220,000 units sold in Canada.
Manufacturer: Guangdong Kelon Air-conditioner Co., Ltd.
Importer: Canadian Tire Corporation
Hazard: An electrical failure in the dehumidifer's circuitry can overheat, posing a fre hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: Kelon has received seven reports of dehumidifer electrical failures that resulted in fres,
smoke damage and property damage. No injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves the following 35 pint and 25 pint Whirlpool branded dehumidifer
models sold exclusively through Canadian Tire retail stores: AD25USV, AD25GUSW, AD35USV and AD-
35GUSW.
SoId By: Canadian Tire Corporation
When was distributed: From August 2007 through January 2011.
Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled dehumidifers, unplug the unit, inform all
users of the dehumidifer about the risk of fre and contact Kelon to verify if their dehumidifer is included in the
recall. f the dehumidifer is included in the recall, Kelon will coordinate a repair with the consumer. Consum-
ers should not return the recalled dehumidifers to the retailer where purchased as retailers are not prepared
to take the units back.
Consumer Contact: For more information, contact Kelon toll-free at 1-800-660-0476 or visit the frm's web-
site at www.kelonrepair.ca
uct certifcation processes, please visit: www.ul.com
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-013
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-014
RECALL RCL11-014
Groupe SEB Canada Inc. RecaIIs T-faI Maxi
Fry Deep Fryer Due to PotentiaI Fire Hazard
February 22, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Groupe SEB Canada nc. has announced a volun-
Name of Product: T-fal Maxi Fry Deep fryer.
Units: Approximately 14'000 units affected in Ontario, approximately 40'000 total in Canada.
Manufacturer/Importer: Groupe SEB Canada nc.
Hazard: Potential Fire hazard may exist due to overheating of a loose internal connection.
Incidents/Injuries: 117 incidents, overheated terminal blocks with kitchen countertops receiving minor dam-
age. No injuries were reported.
Description/ModeIs: Deep Fryer, models FF100250 and FF100651, colour: white, retail prices $60-$80.
This recall is only for T-fal Maxi Fry deep fryer with production date codes prior to the 19th week of 2005. Any
production date after week 19 of 2005 is not included in this recall.
SoId by: Canadian Tire Corporation Limited, Hart Store nc., Home Hardware Stores Limited, London Drugs,
Metro Richelieu nc. and The Northwest Company nc. When was distributed: Sold in Canada between 2003
2005.
Remedy: Consumers are advised to stop using immediately and contact Groupe SEB Canada's Consumer
Service for assistance and further action. Deep fryers will either be repaired or replaced.
Consumer Contact: Groupe SEB Canada's Consumer Contact Centre 345 Passmore Avenue, Scarborough,
Ontario, Canada. M1V 3N8, telephone: 1-800-418-3325.
about CSA nternational product certifcation process please visit: www.csa-international.org
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-014
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-015
RECALL RCL11-015
Liebherr RecaIIs BuiIt-In Refrigerators
Due to Injury Hazard; Door Can Detach
March 3, 2011
Toronto, ON - The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Liebherr has announced a voluntary
Name of Product: Liebherr Built-n 30-nch Wide Bottom Freezer Refrigerators
Manufacturer: Liebherr-Hausgeraete Lienz GmbH of Austria
Importer: Liebherr-Canada Ltd of Ontario
Hazard: The refrigerator's door can detach, posing and injury hazard to consumers.
Incidents/Injuries: n Canada and the United States, Liebherr-Hausgeraete Lienz has received 10 reports of
doors detaching. No injuries reported.
Description/ModeIs: This recall involves Liebherr built-in 30-inch wide bottom freezer refrigerators with
model numbers and index numbers listed below. The refrigerators were sold individually or as a side-by-side
companion units. The refrigerators come in stainless steel and various custom fnishes and are built into the
kitchen cabinetry. Liebherr is written on the top interior control panel. The model number can be found on a
label located behind the bottom drawer on the left interior side of the single door refrigerator.
When was distributed: The models were manufactured and sold between February 2004 and January 2011.
Manufactured in: Austria
Remedy: Consumers with recalled refrigerators should contact Liebherr immediately to schedule a free in-
home repair. Consumers should Contact the frm for further instructions.
Consumer Contact: For more information, consumers may contact Liebherr toll-free at 1-888-543-2437 from
8AM to 5PM ET Monday through Friday or visit the frm's website www.liebherr.ca
ntertek's product certifcation process please visit: www.intertek.com
Please see the photos on pages 2, 3 and 4
Page 1 of 4
RCL 11-015
Page 2 of 4
RCL 11-015
Page 3 of 4
RCL 11-015
Location of the ModeI Number and Index Number
Page 4 of 4
RCL 11-016
RECALL RCL11-016
R.E RoyaI Trading Inc. recaIIs
CurIing Irons and FIat Irons
March 23, 2011
The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that R.E Royal Trading nc. has announced a voluntary
recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.
Name of Product: Curling irons and Flat rons
Units: 311 sold in Ontario.
Manufacturer: HerStyler
Importer: R.E Royal Trading nc.
Standards for product safety and may pose a shock or fre hazard.
Description/ModeIs: The Grande curling iron is a 30cm tourmaline ceramic curling iron without a clip. This
item comes in black, pink and purple color and is sold for approximately $149. The Colorful Seasons 1.5 inch
ceramic fat iron, comes in black, pink, purple, green and blue color and is sold for approximately $149.
SoId by: Hair Majesty's Style kiosks located in shopping malls across Ontario.
When was distributed: August 1, 2010 to December 15, 2010.
Remedy: Hair Majesty's Style will exchange the products with the same products of a different brand.
Consumer Contact: R.E Royal Trading nc. at 1-888-800-9721.
Grande CurIing Iron
Page 1 of 2
RCL 11-016
Straightening Iron
Page 2 of 2
RCL 11-017
RECALL RCL11-017
Ontario NaturaI Food Co-op RecaIIs "BIues Buster"
Light BuIbs (incandescent and compact uorescent)
March 21, 2011
Toronto, ON - The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Ontario Natural Food Co-op has an-
immediately.
Name of Product: Blues Buster Light Bulbs all models.
Importer:
Ontario Natural Food Coop
5685 McLaughlin Rd
Mississauga, ON L5R 3K5
Ph 905-507-2021
Fax 905-507-2848
Hazard: The affected products have not been tested to determine whether they are compliant with the Cana-
dian Standards for product safety and may pose a safety hazard.
Incidents/Injuries: To date, no injuries have been reported.
Description/ModeIs:
Full Spectrum Light Bulbs
Blues Buster Light Bulbs - Clear 60 watt 12/1pk UPC 646304002175
Blues Buster Light Bulbs - Clear 100 watt 12/1pk UPC 646304002137
Blues Buster Light Bulbs - Frosted 60 watt 12/1pk UPC 646304002168
Blues Buster Light Bulbs - Vanity Clear 40 watt 12/1pk UPC 646304007132
Full Spectrum Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFL)
Blues Buster Light Bulbs - Compact Fluorescent 100 watt Replacement 12/1pk
UPC 646304091117
Blues Buster Light Bulbs - Compact Fluorescent 75 watt Equivalent 12/1pk
UPC 646304092022
Blues Buster Light Bulbs - Compact Fluorescent 60 watt Equivalent 12/1pk
UPC 646304093159
SoId by: Various retailers in Ontario, Quebec, Manitoba, and the Maritimes
When was distributed: Light bulbs: since Sep 2006 through February 2011; CFLs: since Mar 2008 through
February 2011.
Page 1 of 3
RCL 11-017
Remedy: Consumers should disconnect and stop using the affected products immediately and return to place
of purchase for a refund or dispose of them in accordance with applicable waste regulations.
Consumer Contact: Ontario Natural Food Coop
Phone: 1-800-387-0354 (toll free)
Page 2 of 3
RCL 11-017
Page 3 of 3

Electrical Safety Code Bulletins 2009

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Safety Code Bulletins 2009

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bulletins

Copyright by Paperless (all rights reserved)

Model/Ref Number Manufacturer Date

Model/Ref Number Manufacturer Date

brand Spacemaker Coffeemaker.

brand Thermal Coffeemaker.

You might also like